> 
 
 
 
 
 V^,^ ^-> '>""-'* 
 
 
 
 
 
 -V 5 *% 
 
 
 -^ 
 
 - "*, ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O0 v 
 

 
 ,x*-'^ ' ;—- _ ■- ^ -r^ •- 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 V 
 
 - 
 
 * 8 i A * 
 
 O V o. < * o , > 
 
 
 "i_r%: "'W ^-: : ' ... : , = 
 
 %> V 
 
 ■■ """' ^: ,^ <5s. : --=-_"%=- : 
 
 £% 
 
 yi?^ .<? "% v-^> 
 
 a\ 
 
 
 
 « v ' " H. 
 
 
 .^ -7-, . ' -— ^ •' \0^. * 1 
 
 
 
 
 W: ?°«. *ift 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 %. ■-. 
 
 
 6> </» 
 
 
 
 
 
 = ■■ : ~ - ^ 
 

 
 
ANTHONS SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS 
 FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES. 
 
 In presenting the volumes of this series, as far as it has been comple- 
 ted, to the notice of the public, the subscribers beg leave to say a few 
 words respecting its general features, and the advantages that are to re- 
 sult from it both to students and instructers. 
 
 The plan proposed is to give editions of all the authors usually read in 
 our schools and colleges, together with such elementary and subsidiary 
 works as may be needed by the classical student either at the commence- 
 ment, or at particular stages, of his career. 
 
 The editions of the Classical authors themselves will be based on the 
 latest and most accurate texts, and will be accompanied by English com- 
 mentaries, containing everything requisite for accurate preparation on 
 the part of the student and a correct understanding of the author. The 
 fear entertained by some instructers, lest too copious an array of notes 
 may bribe the student into habits of intellectual sloth, will be found to be 
 altogether visionary. That part of the series which contains the text- 
 books for schools must, in order to be at all useful, have a more ex- 
 tensive supply of annotations than the volumes intended for college lec- 
 tures ; and when these last make their appearance, the system of com- 
 menting adopted in them will not fail to meet with the approbation of all. 
 
 The advantages, then, which this series promises to confer are the 
 following : the latest and best texts ; accurate commentaries, putting the 
 student and instructer in possession of the opinions of the best philolo- 
 gists ; together with all such subsidiary information as may serve, not 
 only to throw light upon the meaning of the author, but also to give 
 rise in the young student to habits of correct thinking and to the for- 
 mation of a correct taste. 
 
 Many of the works at present used in our Classical schools are either 
 reprints of antiquated editions, swarming with errors, not merely in the 
 typography, but in the matter itself; or else they are volumes, fair to 
 the view, indeed, as far as manual execution is concerned, but either 
 supplied with meager and unsatisfactory commentaries, or without any 
 commentaries at all. These are the works that drive students to the 
 use of translations, and thus mar the fairest prospects of youthful 
 scholarship, producing an infinitely stronger habit of intellectual in- 
 dolence than the most copious commentary could engender. Indeed, 
 to place this matter in its proper light, and to show, within a very 
 brief compass, how much good the projected series is about to ac- 
 complish, it may be sufficient to state, that the printed translations of 
 those authors whose works have been thus far published in the series 
 meet now with a much less ready sale than formerly ; and are seldom, 
 if ever, seen in the hands of those whose instructers have the good 
 sense and judgment to give a decided preference to the volumes edited 
 by Professor Anthon. 
 
 The publishers take the liberty to subjoin a few of the communica- 
 tions relative to the published volumes of the series, which they have 
 received from gentlemen of high classical reputation in different parts of 
 the country. 
 
 Harper & Brothers, 
 
 New-York, May, 1839. 82 cliff-street. 
 
ANTHON'S SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS 
 
 FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES. 
 
 From H. Humphrey, D.D., Presi- 
 dent of Amherst College, at Am- 
 herst, Mass. 
 
 1 am very happy to see that you have 
 undertaken to furnish uniform editions 
 of the Latin classics for the use of our 
 grammar schools and higher seminaries 
 of learning. Professor Anthon deserves 
 and will receive the thanks of the public 
 for the labour which he has so judicious- 
 ly and successfully bestowed upon Sal- 
 lust, Caesar, and Cicero. The explan- 
 atory notes or commentaries are more co- 
 pious and comprehensive than those of 
 any other edition I have seen, and much 
 better adapted to the wants of young stu- 
 dents. Among the most valuable of 
 these notes are those which divert atten- 
 tion to the beautiful uses of the moods 
 and tenses, and explain the delicate 
 shades of meaning and peculiar beauties 
 that depend upon them, which our lan- 
 guage often expresses imperfectly and 
 with difficulty, and which young learn- 
 ers rarely regard. The explanations of 
 the force and meaning of the particles 
 are also very useful. 
 
 The historical, geographical, and oth- 
 er indexes are also highly valuable, fur- 
 nishing the student, as they do, with fe- 
 licitous illustrations of the text, andmuch 
 general information. 
 
 The text seems to be settled with much 
 care and ability. The editions adopted 
 as the basis or referred to as authority 
 are those in the highest repute among 
 scholars. The typographical execution 
 is very fine, and this is a high merit. 
 The wretched reprints of foreign editions 
 of the classics, got up in cheap offices, 
 on wretched paper, with incompetent 
 proofreaders and no editors, to which, 
 until within a very few years, our stu- 
 dents have been universally condemned, 
 have, by taking them young, been as 
 successful inmaking them uncertain and 
 inaccurate scholars as if that had been 
 one of the main objects of the publishers. 
 School books of all kinds, instead of be- 
 ing the worst (as they often are), should 
 be the most carefully printed books we 
 have. 
 
 H. Humphrey. 
 
 From the Rt. Rev. Bishop M'Il- 
 vaine, President of Kenyon Col- 
 lege, at Gambier, Ohio. 
 
 I anticipate the greatest benefits to our 
 schools and colleges from the admirable 
 edition of the classics which you are now 
 publishing, under the superintendence 
 and illustrated by the copious and learn- 
 ed notes of Professor Anthon. What 
 your accomplished editor has aimed at 
 in his Horace, C&sar, and other volumes 
 of the series, few can have been much 
 connected with classical institutions in 
 this country without learning to be pre- 
 cisely the one needful thing to their stu- 
 dents. The object is most satisfactorily 
 attained. The needed books we have, 
 so fur as your series has yet been pub- 
 lished ; and as to what are yet to come, 
 we have learned from what we have, if I 
 may use the words of one of your authors, 
 quae a summa virtute summoque in- 
 genio expectanda sunt, expectare. 
 }Vishing you the most abundant encour- 
 agement in your important enterprise, I 
 remain your obedient servant, 
 
 Chas. P. M'Ilyaine. 
 
 From William A. Duer, LL.D., 
 President of Columbia College, in 
 the City of New-York. 
 
 From the manner in which this under- 
 taking has been so far executed, as well 
 as from the established character and 
 reputation of Professor Anthon as a 
 scholar, his experience as an instructer, 
 and the accuracy and judgment previous- 
 ly evinced by him as an editor and com- 
 mentator, I can entertain no doubt, of the 
 success of the enterprise, so far as his 
 editorial labours and your own skill and 
 experience as publishers are concerned ; 
 and I trust that, from the increasing 
 value of classical studies in the estima- 
 tion of the public ,this judicious and spir- 
 ited effort to facilitate and promote so im- 
 portant a branch of education ivill be 
 duly appreciated and liberally rewarded. 
 I remain, gentlemen, 
 Your obedient servant, 
 W. A. Duer. 
 
ANTHON S SERIES OP CLASSICAL WORKS. 
 
 Letters of Recommendation — continued. 
 
 From Jeremiah Day, D.D., LL.D., 
 President of Yale College, at New- 
 Haven, Conn. 
 
 I estimate highly the impor- 
 tance of furnishing for our schools and 
 colleges accurate and neat editions of the 
 ancient Classics ; and I am much pleas- 
 ed with the general appearance and typ- 
 ographical execution of the specimens 
 
 ■ which you have given us It would 
 
 be presumptuous in one so little conver- 
 sant with the fair fields of elegant litera- 
 ture to undertake to pass sentence on the 
 finely -wrought productions of so accom- 
 plished a scholar as Professor Anthon. 
 .... His works have a reputation al- 
 ready too well established to need or to 
 receive additional value from any recom- 
 mendation which I can give 
 
 Jeremiah Dav. 
 
 From the Rev. B. Hale, D.D., Pres- 
 ident of Geneva College, at Gene- 
 va, N. Y. 
 
 Your object " to furnish accu- 
 rate and uniform editions of Classical 
 authors, read in colleges and schools, ac- 
 companied by a useful body of commen- 
 tary, maps," c]-c, is a very useful one, 
 and highly deserving of the public pat- 
 ronage, and no one, in our country, is 
 more competent to the editorial supervi- 
 sion of such an undertaking than Pro- 
 fessor Anthon. It is fortunate for the 
 cause of Classical learning in our coun- 
 try, that so learned and enterprising a 
 scholar has been brought into co-opera- 
 tion with publishers so enterpiising. 
 
 So far as I have examined the works 
 above mentioned, they appear to me ex- 
 ceedingly well adapted to their end, and 
 to do credit both to the editor and the 
 publishers. We have specified these ed- 
 itions in the requirements for admissio?i 
 to this college. BENJAMIN Hale. 
 
 From the Rev. Joseph Penney, 
 D.D., President of Hamilton Col- 
 lege, at Clinton, N. Y. 
 I have examined ivith much interest 
 and attention Dr. Anthonys editions of 
 the ancient classics so far as published by 
 you. I think there can be but one opin- 
 ion as to the merit of these works, and 
 the advantage to our country of so noble 
 an enterprise. It is not only honoured 
 by the learning of the editor, and the 
 ability and taste of the publishers, but 
 directly and greatly benefited in the vital 
 interest of the education of our youth. 
 
 We possess no means of sound mental 
 discipline and cultivated taste that can 
 supersede the relics of Greece and Rome ; 
 and thus to enrich them to the inquiring 
 mind, and to adorn them to the eye of 
 our studious youth, is a service not like- 
 ly to be appreciated as it deserves except by 
 those who have toiled through the crowd- 
 ed and careless page of former days. I 
 earnestly hope that you may be encour- 
 aged greatly to extend these labours. 
 Joseph Penney. 
 
 From the Rev. J. M. Mathews, 
 D.D., Chancellor of the New-York 
 University. 
 
 Professor Anthon has rendered an 
 important service to the cause of learn- 
 ing in this country by his editions of the 
 various Classics ; and I am gratified to 
 see that your valuable press is employed 
 in furnishing them to the public. 
 
 J. M. Mathews. 
 
 From the Rev. D. M'Conaughy, 
 D.D., President of Washington 
 College, at Washington, Penn. 
 
 The typographical execution 
 
 is correct and handsome, the binding sub- 
 stantial, the notes copious and valuable. 
 All agree, that it is not much reading, 
 but thorough reading, which secures 
 knowledge and makes the scholar. To 
 this purpose your edition of the classics 
 is eminently adapted. If well employed 
 by students and instructers, they cannot 
 fail to make accurate and well-instructed 
 scholars ; and must render the study of 
 Classic authors more interesting and 
 more profitable than it has generally been. 
 I hope that you will find extensive pat- 
 ronage. D. M'Conaughy. 
 
 From the Rev. Alonso Potter, 
 D.D., of Union College, Schenec- 
 tady, N. Y. 
 
 I have had occasion to exam- 
 ine these editions with some care, and, it 
 would be superfluous to add, with great 
 pleasure. The reputation of Professor 
 Anthon for learning and critical skill, 
 and the singular success with which he 
 adapts his labours to the wants of the 
 student, are too well known and too gen- 
 erally ajipreciated to need any recom- 
 mendation. It is proper, however, to 
 add that these volumes will be used in 
 our classes, and are held in the highest 
 esteem. Alonso Potter. 
 
anthon's series of classical works. 
 
 Letters of Recommendation — continued. 
 
 From the Rev. E. Nott, D.D., Pres- 
 ident of Union College at Sche- 
 nectady, N. Y. 
 
 The furnishing of our schools and 
 colleges ivith accurate and uniform edi- 
 tions of the Classical authors in use, 
 accompanied by a useful body of com- 
 mentary, maps, illlustrations, cf-c, is an 
 undertaking loorthy alike of commenda- 
 tion and of patronage. The competency 
 of Professor Anthonfor the editorial su- 
 pervision assigned him, is well known to 
 me. The whole design meets my entire 
 approbation, and you are quite at liberty 
 to make use of my name in the further- 
 ance of its execution. 
 
 Very respectfully, 
 
 Eliphalet Nott. 
 
 From the Rev. F. Wayland, D.D., 
 President of Brown University at 
 Providence, R. I. 
 1 have not been able, owing to the pres- 
 sure of my engagements, to examine the 
 above works with any degree of accuracy. 
 I however beg leave to thank you for the 
 volumes, and cheerfully bear testimony 
 to the distinguished scholarship of their 
 editor. No classical scholar of our 
 country enjoys a higher reputation, and 
 I know of no one in whose labours more 
 decided confidence may be reposed. 
 Yours truly, 
 
 F. Wayland. 
 
 From the Rev. John P. Durbin, 
 A.M., President of Dickinson Col- 
 lege at Carlisle, Penn. 
 
 For some months past my attention 
 has been directed to the series of Classi- 
 cal works now in the course of publication 
 from your press, edited by Professor An- 
 thon. I can with confidence recommend 
 them as the best editions of the several 
 works which have appeared in our coun- 
 try, perhaps in any country. The mat- 
 ter is select, and the notes are copious 
 
 and clear 
 
 Respectfully, 
 
 J. P. DURBIN. 
 
 From Thomas R. In galls, Esq., 
 President of Jefferson College at 
 St. James, Louisiana. 
 I have examined them with atten- 
 tion, and have no hesitation in saying 
 that I prefer them to any books I have 
 seen for the schools for ivhich they are in- 
 
 tended. The editions by Dr. Anthon 
 seem to me to supply, in a very judicious 
 manner, what is wanting to the student, 
 and cannot fail, I should think, to aid in 
 restoring Classical studies from their 
 unhappily languishing condition. 
 Your obedient servant, 
 
 Tho. R. Ingalls. 
 
 From C. L. Dubuisson, A.M., Presi- 
 dent of Jefferson College at Wash- 
 ington, Miss. 
 
 I have examined with some care the 
 first five volumes of Anthon's Series of 
 Classical Works. They are such as I 
 should expect from the distinguished ed- 
 itor. The '■'■Horace 1 '' and " Sallust" 
 of this gentleman have long been known 
 to me as the very best books to be placed 
 in the hands of a student. As a com- 
 mentator, Professor Anthon has, in my 
 estimation, no equal. His works have 
 excited a great and beneficial influence 
 in the cause of Classical learning, and 
 the present undertaking will infinitely 
 extend the sphere of that influence. No 
 one so well as a teacher can appreciate 
 the value of uniform editions of the text- 
 books to be used by his classes. The 
 undertaking of publishing a complete 
 series of all those standard works which 
 students must read is a noble one, and 
 I sincerely hope it will be completed. 
 With such a series as the present prom- 
 ises to be, there will be nothing left to 
 desire. It is be hoped that editor and 
 publishers will meet with such encourage- 
 ment as their truly valuable undertaking 
 deserves. 
 
 Your obedient servant, 
 
 C. L. Dubuisson. 
 
 From the Rev. John Ludlow, Pres- 
 ident of the University of Pennsyl- 
 vania at Philadelphia. 
 The object is worthy your en- 
 terprising spirit, and you have been sin- 
 gularly fortunate in securing the services 
 of Professor Anthon to direct it to its 
 completion. The volumes which you 
 have kindly sent me fully sustain the 
 reputation of that distinguished scholar, 
 and afford a sure pledge of what may be 
 expected in those which are to follow. 
 Most heartily do I recommend your un- 
 dertaking, and sincerely hope it will meet 
 with the encouragement which it richly 
 deserves. 
 
 With great respect, yours, tfc, 
 John Ludlow. 
 
anthon's series of classical works. 
 
 Letters of Recommendation — continued. 
 
 From the Rev. S. Chapin, D.D., 
 
 President of Columbian College, 
 
 at Washington, D. C. 
 
 Professor Anthon s editions of Hor- 
 ace, Salhcst, Cicero, and Caesar are so 
 extensively known and so justly appre- 
 ciated, that to recommend them farther 
 would seem a work of supererogation. 
 No one who examines them, if in any 
 degree a competent judge, can fail to 
 perceive that, in respect to the object 
 for which they were designed, they are 
 works of distinguished merit, and leave 
 nothing to be desired ; furnishing as they 
 do a text than which none probably more 
 correct, and a body of notes so luminous, 
 copious, and comprehensive as to meet 
 all the wants of the young student, while 
 the acute judgment, and profound and 
 various learning, which they everywhere 
 exhibit, cannot but afford delight and 
 profit to the most advanced scholar. 
 Yours, with sentiments of great respect, 
 S. Chapin. 
 
 From the Rev. Hector Humphreys, 
 D.D., President of St. John's Col- 
 lege, Annapolis, Md. 
 The perfect accuracy and uniform- 
 ity of the Anthon Classics, with 
 the copious and discriminating notes 
 and learned disquisitions in English by 
 which they are illustrated, and, more 
 especially, the substantial and tasteful 
 manner in which they are printed and 
 bound, fitting them for actual service, 
 recommend them most strongly to our 
 colleges and academies. The copies of 
 many existing editions are so slightly 
 put together, apparently more for sale 
 than for use, and so abound, withal, in 
 false readings, that I should be heartily 
 glad to see them superseded by the above 
 elegant and correct series. 
 
 Hector Humphreys. 
 
 From Gessner Harrison, M.D., 
 Chairman of the Faculty, and Pro- 
 fessor of Ancient Languages in the 
 University of Virginia, at Char- 
 lottesville, Va. 
 
 I have given a hasty examination to 
 Professor Anthon's school edition of 
 some of Cicero's orations, Casar's Me- 
 moirs of the Gallic War, and Sallust, 
 and am happy to say, that for the use 
 of preparatory schools, more especially, 
 it is, in my opinion, far better suited than 
 any other with which I am acquainted. 
 There is, indeed, no class of learners 
 
 who may not derive useful information 
 from the copious notes which it contains, 
 and which are highly valuable for the 
 geographical, historical, and other mat- 
 ter they convey explanatory of the text. 
 The help thus afforded will not only 
 serve to lighten the learnen's burden and 
 make his task a cheerful one, but both 
 directly and indirectly tend to ev.courage 
 to a better way of rendering the Latin 
 Classics, and to cherish a taste for their 
 study. 
 
 Although I have been able to do little 
 more than turn over the pages of Pro- 
 fessor Anthon's Greek Prosody, I have 
 satisfied myself of its value, and hope 
 that it may prove greatly useful by pla- 
 cing in the hands of the students of Greek 
 in schools and colleges, in a very neat and 
 convenient form, the means of becoming 
 acquainted more readily with a subject 
 so unworthily neglected in our country. . . 
 
 The typographical execution and the 
 paper in all these works are deserving 
 of very high praise, and entitle the en- 
 terprising publishers to the commenda- 
 tion of the public. 
 
 Gessner Harrison. 
 
 From the Hon. D. L. Swain, Pres- 
 ident of the University of North 
 Carolina, at Chapel Hill, N. C. 
 / have examined with as much atten- 
 tion as paramount engagements have 
 permitted, the first three volumes of the 
 series of Latin Classics edited by Pro- 
 fessor Anthon, and have taken pains to 
 ascertain the opinions of others with re- 
 spect to them, in whose judgment, o?i all 
 subjects connected with Classical litera- 
 ture, I have much more confidence than 
 in my own. The result of this examina- 
 tion and inquiry has been to create a lively 
 interest in the early and successful com- 
 pletion of your enterprise, under the con- 
 fident expectation that it will prove alike 
 creditable to the editor, the publishers, 
 and the country. 
 
 D. L. Swain. 
 
 From the Very Rev. Wm. M'Sher- 
 ry, S. J., President of George- 
 town College, D. C. 
 I have examined your editions of Cic- 
 ero's Orations, Sallust, and Ccesar, and 
 consider them highly creditable to your 
 press. The notes contain a variety of 
 informatian, and are well calculated to 
 improve the student. 
 
 Wm. M'Sherby. 
 
ANTHON S SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS. 
 
 Commendatory Notices — continued. 
 
 From the University of St. Louis, 
 Missouri. 
 
 We have examined them part- 
 ly ourselves, and submitted them for 
 farther examination to persons fully 
 competent to pronounce on their merit. 
 We feel happy in stating, that there has 
 ieen but one opinion on the subject, viz., 
 that the highest encomiums are due to 
 Professor Anthon as a scholar and a 
 friend to education, and that the typo- 
 graphical execution is not inferior to 
 that of the best schoolbooks published in 
 
 England and in France 
 
 Your obedient servants, 
 J. A. Elet, 
 Rector of St. Louis University. 
 J. B. ESNING, 
 
 ■ Profes. Ling. 
 
 From the Rev. John M'Caffrey, 
 
 D.D., President of Mount St. 
 
 Mary's College, at Emmitsburgh, 
 
 Maryland. 
 
 Nearly all the Classical works 
 
 edited by Professor Anthon have al- 
 ready been introduced by me into the 
 college under my government. As a 
 classical teacher myself, I am practical- 
 ly acquainted with the merits of several 
 of them. It is not so much the exten- 
 sive learning and accurate criticism of 
 the editor that I admire {highly as he is 
 to be esteemed for these important quali- 
 ties), as the judicious adaptation of ev- 
 erything to the benefit of the learner. 
 The learner's wants are always kept in 
 view, and he receives the ■precise amount 
 and kind of assistance which ought to 
 be given him. I shall therefore continue 
 to examine these works as they are is- 
 sued from your press, with a sanguine 
 hope of deriving the same gratification 
 from the remaining volumes of the series 
 
 as from the past 
 
 Very respectfully, 
 
 John M'Caffrey. 
 
 From the Rev. Richard H. Wall, 
 D.D., Principal of the Preparatory 
 School of Trinity College, Dublin, 
 and Minister of the Chapel Royal. 
 Doctor Anthon is an admira- 
 ble commentator. His works have a 
 great sale here. And I shall be anxious 
 to see anything in the Classiccd way 
 which comes from his pen. We have 
 his Cicero, Sallust, and Horace in gen- 
 eral circulation in our schools 
 
 anthon's classical series. 
 
 This admirable series has met, as 
 was predicted long ago, with success 
 so unequivocal, that, having advan- 
 ced already to the sixth work, it will 
 be carried out by successive pub- 
 lications to the fullest extent origi- 
 nally contemplated, under the super- 
 vision of the able and accomplished 
 scholar whose name prefaces our 
 remarks. The volumes already giv- 
 en to the public in this series, are, 
 Horace, Cicero, Sallust, Csesar, a 
 Grammar of the Greek Language, a 
 system of Prosody, for the student of 
 the same rich tongue, and a volume 
 of Latin Lessons. The Horace, Sal- 
 lust, Cicero, and Caesar, are remark- 
 able for an excellently correct text, 
 and notes brief, luminous, compre- 
 hensive, and admirably adapted to 
 youthful intellects ; the two latter 
 works are adorned with many addi- 
 tions known to no other edition ; the 
 Csesar, with a set of admirable maps 
 and plans, besides a Greek para- 
 phrase of several books ; and the 
 Cicero, with geographical and his- 
 torical indexes, compiled with great 
 diligence and acumen. The Greek 
 Grammar and Prosody, are even 
 more valuable than those already 
 specified ; each of them being com- 
 pletely a sine qua non to the proper 
 and thorough acquisition of the noble 
 tongue to which they belong, and 
 both together filling avoid which has 
 long existed, and long been regretted 
 alike by the ripe scholar and the raw 
 tyro. They are emphatically excel- 
 lent, and unsurpassed ; the Grammar 
 being the best, the prosody the only 
 work of the kind fitted for the use of 
 schools. We look forward with deep 
 interest to the forthcoming numbers, 
 and especially to the higher order of 
 classics, the Greek Tragedians and 
 Orators, which are included in the 
 plan, and from which, should the ed- 
 itor succeed, as he has thus far suc- 
 ceeded, in blending deep lore and the 
 results of vast reseach with the sin- 
 gular simplicity and rare faculty of 
 explaining that he has brought to his 
 arduous task, the most desirable ef- 
 fects may be expected, both as to 
 the facilitating the acquisition of this 
 branch of learning, and the increas- 
 ing the number of classical scholars 
 in the United States. — Southern Lit- 
 erary Messenger. 
 
ANTHON S SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS. 
 
 Letters of Recommendation — continued. 
 
 From the Rev. B. P. Aydelott, 
 President of the Woodward Col- 
 lege, at Cincinnati, Ohio. 
 From some personal acquaintance, but 
 much more from general reputation, I 
 formed a very high opinion of Professor 
 Anthonys abilities to prepare a full series 
 of Latin and Greek Classics for the 
 use of schools, colleges, cf-c. Accord- 
 ingly, as soon as I could obtain the va- 
 rious authors edited by him, I procured 
 them, and, upon a careful examination, 
 was so impressed with their superior 
 character, as to introduce them as fast 
 as possible into the different departments 
 of the institution under my charge. 
 
 The various Delphin editions are very 
 good, so far as ancient geography, mythol- 
 ogy, usages, <5(C., are concerned ; but in 
 respect to critical remarks and grammat- 
 ical illustrations they are of little worth ; 
 they were, in general, however, the best 
 we had. 
 
 But besides being abundantly full and 
 clear in everything archaeological, Pro- 
 fessor Anthon has done more, in the 
 editions of the classical authors prepared 
 by him, to unfold the grammatical struc- 
 ture, and thus throw light upon the mean- 
 ing and spirit of the original, than any 
 other commentator whom I have consult- 
 ed. It is a striking, and, I think, de- 
 cisive, proof of their superiority, that the 
 students show in their recitations that 
 they have read his notes and profit- 
 ed by them, which they never seemed to 
 me to have done when using other edi- 
 tions. 
 
 Some time ago I commenced a careful 
 collation of the Greek Grammar of the 
 same author with those of JButmann, Val- 
 py, 4-c, making full notes as I went 
 along, with the design of preparing a re- 
 view of it at the request of the editor of 
 an extensively circulated periodical, and 
 such was my conviction of its peculiar 
 fitness for the use of schools, that I have 
 since recommended no other to our pu- 
 pils. 
 
 I would add that the neatness and 
 taste with which Professor Anthon's 
 classics are got up (though they are far 
 cheaper than the Delphin editions) ought 
 to form no small recommendation of 
 them. Our students purchase, study, 
 and preserve them with manifest pleas- 
 ure ; and whatever has these effects upon 
 the pupil, will certainly do much to pro- 
 mole the cause of sound and thorough 
 classical learning. 
 
 B. P. Aydelott. 
 
 From the Rev. J. S. Tomlinson, 
 D.D., President of Augusta Col- 
 lege, Kentucky. 
 
 I take this opportunity to acknowledge 
 the receipt (so?ne time since) of four vol- 
 umes of the Classical Series of Prof es- 
 sor Anthon of New- York ; and, after 
 a careful examination of them, I can 
 truly say that I am more than pleased ; 
 I am delighted with them. The avowed 
 object of the publication, that of furnish- 
 ing accurate and uniform editions of all 
 the classical authors used in colleges and 
 schools, is one that, in my judgment, has 
 long been a desideratum in literature, 
 and I am gratified to find is about to be 
 accomplished, especially by one so entire- 
 ly equal to the task as Professor An- 
 thon has shown hi?nself to be. 
 
 The biographical sketches, commen- 
 taries, and annotations with which the 
 volumes are accompanied, while they re- 
 flect great credit upon the erudition and 
 research of the author, cannot fail to en- 
 hance to the student, in a high degree, 
 the attraction and value of classical 
 reading. As an evidence of the estimate 
 we place upon the series, we have hither- 
 to used it as far as it was attainable, and 
 shall, with great pleasure, avail ourselves 
 of the opportunity now afforded to adopt 
 the whole of it. Allow me to add, that 
 the neat, tastefid, and, at the same time, 
 substantial style of the mechanical exe- 
 cution of the work, fully sustains the 
 well-earned reputation, in that respect, of 
 the enterprising establishment whence it 
 emanates. Respectfully, 
 
 Your obedient servant, 
 J. S. Tomlinson. 
 
 From Alonzo Church, D.D., Pres- 
 ident of the University of Georgia. 
 
 As far as time and a press of busi- 
 ness woidd permit, I have examined 
 these volumes, and am much pleased 
 with them. They are, I think, well 
 adapted to the wants of, particularly, 
 young students, and will, I doubt not, 
 furnish what has long been a desidera- 
 tum in our preparatory schools, viz., 
 cheap, yet correct editiojis of the common 
 classics, accompanied with judicious 
 English notes. I do not hesitate to 
 say that, were I engaged in giving in- 
 struction to youth from these authors, I 
 should prefer the editions of Professor 
 Anthon to any which 1 have seen. 
 
 A. Church. 
 
ANTHON S SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS. 
 
 Letters of Recommendation — continued. 
 
 From the Rev. M. Hopkins, D.D., 
 President of Williams' College, at 
 Williamstown, Mass. 
 Professor Anthon has unquestionably 
 done much service to the cause of clas- 
 sical learning in this country by his edi- 
 tions of the Latin classics, given to the 
 public with unusual accuracy and ele- 
 gance from your press. His Sallust, 
 Caesar, and Cicero cannot fail to find 
 their way into very extensive use, and to 
 render the entrance upon classical studies 
 much more inviting and profitable. 
 
 M. Hopkins. 
 
 From Wilbur Fisk, D.D., Presi- 
 dent of the Wesleyan University, 
 at Middletown, Conn. 
 / am highly gratified to notice that 
 you have commenced a series of the clas- 
 sics under the editorial supervision of 
 that accomplished scholar, Professor 
 Anthon of Columbia College. No man 
 in our country is better qualified for this 
 office than Professor Anthon. To show 
 in what estimation he is held in England 
 as a classical scholar, it need only be 
 known that an edition of his " Horace" 
 has been published in London, and the 
 publishers informed me that the entire edi- 
 tion had met wit/t a ready sale ; showing 
 that, notwithstanding the numerous edi- 
 tions of this standard work by the first 
 scholars in England, the credit of the 
 work by our American scholar had, car- 
 iedr it successfully through the English 
 market, and that, too, by virtue of its in- 
 trinsic merit. Your editions of his Ccb- 
 sar, Cicero, and Sallust art now before 
 me, and show that there is no falling off 
 from the reputation of the edition of Hor- 
 ace. The copious notes and commenta- 
 ries cannot fail to shed a flood of light 
 upon the mind of the young student, and 
 will contribute much, I trust, to foster in 
 the rising generation of scholars a taste 
 for the ancient classics. 
 
 Wilbur Fisk. 
 
 From Silas Totten, D.D., Presi- 
 dent of Washington College. 
 The volumes which I have examined I 
 entirely approve, and think them better 
 adapted to the purposes of classical in- 
 struction than any edition of the same 
 authors yet published in this country. 
 The well-known ability of the learned 
 editor admits no doubt of the excellence 
 of the volumes yet to be published. 
 
 S. TOTTEN. 
 
 From the President and Faculty of 
 Miami University, at Oxford, Ohio. 
 
 These three volumes, enriched by a 
 copious and valuable apparatus of crit- 
 ical notes, and judiciously arranged his- 
 torical, geographical, archaeological, and 
 legal matters, furnished by so ripe a 
 scholar as Dr. Anthon, are specimens 
 well calculated to recommend the series 
 of which they are the commencement. 
 They are well adapted to promote thor- 
 ough classical learning, and are entitled 
 to a high grade of popular favour. By 
 order of the Faculty, 
 
 R. H. Bishop, President. 
 
 From Rufus Babcock, Jr., D.D., 
 late President of Waterville Col- 
 lege, in Maine. 
 
 / have examined with considerable 
 care, and with high and unmingled sat- 
 isfaction, your recent edition of Profes- 
 sor Anthonys Latin Classics. The dis- 
 tinguished editor of Horace has rightly 
 judged, that in order to elevate the range 
 and standard of scholarship in this coun- 
 try, it is requisite to facilitate the thor- 
 ough acquisition of those elementary 
 text-books which are usually first put 
 into the hands of pupils. By the beau- 
 tiful volumes which you have now given 
 to the public from his pen, more has been 
 done to make the student thoroughly ac- 
 quainted with those three prime authors, 
 Ccesar, Sallust, and Cicero, than by 
 any other helps within my knowledge. 
 I need not minutely specify the various 
 points of excellence by which these boolts 
 are distinguished. Their practical value 
 will immediately be appreciated by teach- 
 ers and learners. 
 
 Allow me, gentlemen, to tender, 
 through you, my hearty thanks to Pro- 
 fessor Anthon for the very valuable ser- 
 vice he has performed in aid of the great 
 cause of classical learning. May he 
 continue his labours for the public good. 
 Rufus Babcock, Jr. 
 
 From Professor Dennis, of Haver- 
 ford, Penn. 
 
 • • • • I have examined Anthon 1 s Greek 
 Grammar, and have no hesitation in 
 saymg that, as a class-book for schools 
 and colleges, I think it superior to any 
 other with which I am acquainted. . . . 
 Wm. Dennis. 
 
ANTHON S SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS. 
 
 Commendatory Notices — continued. 
 
 " To all classes— the maturest 
 scholar and the merest tyro, the man 
 of elegant and easy learning and the 
 laborious student— these admirable 
 works will prove a most invaluable 
 acquisition." — Commercial Advertiser. 
 
 " The profound scholar under 
 whose supervision these excellent 
 works are put forth to the world is 
 as well known on the Continent of 
 Europe as he is on our own shores ; 
 and is, perhaps, the only son of Amer- 
 ica who has ever attained that de- 
 gree of fame for classical attainments 
 which should constitute him an au- 
 thority second, if second, only to the 
 great names of English or of German 
 criticism — the Heynes and Bruncks, 
 the Elmsleys and the Porsons, and 
 the Bentleys, who have devoted so 
 much time and labour to minute in- 
 vestigation and clear exposition of 
 the great works of old." — N. Y. 
 Courier and Enquirer. 
 
 " The notes are all that notes 
 
 can be ; copious but not diffuse, 
 learned but not pedantic, luminous, 
 and replete with varied and most en- 
 tertaining knowledge." — N. Y. Even- 
 ing Star. 
 
 . . . . " The production of a learn- 
 ed philologist, and one of the sound- 
 est classical scholars of the age, and 
 one who, to his learned researches, 
 adds the qualification of a most suc- 
 cessful practical teacher. IMo stu- 
 dent can listen to him without admi- 
 ration and advantage To this 
 
 high praise his editions of the clas- 
 sics bear ample testimony ; and, judg- 
 ing from the experience and opinions 
 of educated men in our country, and 
 particularly in Europe, we have no 
 fear that their claims will not be ad- 
 mitted and awarded to him when 
 once clearly and thoroughly under- 
 stood." — Oneida Whig. 
 
 " The series of classical school- 
 books published under the superin- 
 tendence of Professor Anthon has al- 
 ready obtained a celebrity to which 
 our own commendation would add 
 little extension. These works all 
 appear to be collated and edited with 
 unusual care, and they are published 
 in a style of elegance too rarely char- 
 acterizing our schoolbooks, in which 
 it is important that the eye and the 
 taste, as well as the understanding, 
 should be allured." — N. Y. Mirror. 
 
 " There are few scholars in the 
 civilized world, comparatively speak- 
 ing, possessed of the critical acumen 
 and deep insight into the minutiae of 
 the Greek language, which alone 
 could enable them to produce the 
 matter with which the pages of these 
 admirable works are stored : there 
 are still fewer who, possessing the 
 requisite degree of knowledge, are at 
 the same time gifted with the tact 
 and skill in the science of education 
 which are so eminently visible in 
 their manner." — i\ T . Y. Express. 
 
 " The high character of Professor 
 Anthon's scholarship, and the uni- 
 versal favour with which his books 
 of elementary classics have been re- 
 ceived, render any other notice than 
 an announcement of their publica- 
 tion unnecessary. The present vol- 
 ume exhibits the same untiring re- 
 search, and the same accurate learn- 
 ing which have characterized all his 
 labours." — N. Y. Gazette. 
 
 " There is a very prevalent and 
 very mistaken idea current, that 
 schoolbooks are, for the most part, 
 mere compilations. Truly good 
 schoolbooks are the most difficult 
 things in the universe to produce, 
 and these are such par excellence." — 
 The Sun. 
 
 " Professor Anthon is acknowl- 
 edged by the best judges, not only in 
 this country, but in Germany and 
 England, to be one of the ripest clas- 
 sical scholars of the age. And this 
 series of books will be used in all our 
 academies and colleges. The editor 
 and the publishers will by this effort 
 do a good service to American as 
 well as ancient literature." — Common 
 School Assistant. 
 
 " Professor Anthon's classics are 
 too well known to require any com- 
 mendation. His editions of Sallust, 
 Caesar, Cicero, Horace, &c, have 
 gained him a reputation for deep eru- 
 dition and correct criticism which 
 has been by no means confined to 
 this country." — Providence (R. I.) 
 Journal. 
 
 BZ? In addition to the above, numer- 
 ous favourable notices of Anthon 7 s series 
 have been received from the most respect- 
 able sources, from some of which thepub- 
 lishers may hereafter present brief ex- 
 tracts. 
 
FIRST GREEK LESSONS, 
 
 CONTAINING 
 
 THE MOST IMPORTANT PARTS OF THE 
 
 GRAMMAR OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE, 
 
 TOGETHER 
 
 WITH APPROPRIATE EXERCISES IN THE TRANS- 
 LATING AND WRITING OF 
 
 GREEK, 
 
 THE USE OF BEGINNERS. 
 
 CHARLES ANTHON, LL.D., 
 
 JAY-PROFESSOR OF THE GREEK AND LATIN LANGUAGES IN COLUMBIA COLLEGE, 
 NEW-YORK, AND RECTOR OF THE GRAMMAR-SCHOOL. 
 
 NEW-YORK: 
 
 HARPER & BROTHERS, 82 CLIFF-STREET. 
 
 18 39. 
 
Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1S39, by 
 
 Charles Anthon. 
 in the Clerk's Office of the Southern District of New-York. 
 
 
GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 The Greek 
 namely : 
 
 A, a, 
 
 B, (3, 6, 
 
 r,y,r, 
 
 6,6, 
 
 E, e, 
 
 z,<r, 
 
 H, i\, 
 
 e, #, 0, 
 
 K, k, 
 
 A, A, 
 M, ^, 
 N,*i 
 E,f, 
 0,o, 
 
 n, 7r, 
 p,p, 
 
 2, (7 (when final, f) 
 T,r, 
 
 ft, 6), 
 
 I. ALPHABET, 
 alphabet consists of 
 
 twenty-four letters, 
 
 "AX(pa, 
 
 Alpha, 
 
 a. 
 
 Brjra, 
 
 Beta, 
 
 b. 
 
 Tdfifia, 
 
 Gamma, 
 
 g- 
 
 Ae/lra, 
 
 Delta, .\ 
 
 d. 
 
 *E ipikov, 
 
 Epsilon, 
 
 e. 
 
 Zrjra, 
 
 Zeta, 
 
 z. 
 
 T Rra, 
 
 Eta, 
 
 e. 
 
 QrjTa, 
 
 Theta, 
 
 th. 
 
 'Itira, 
 
 Iota, 
 
 i. 
 
 Karma, 
 
 Kappa, 
 
 k. 
 
 Adfi66a, 
 
 Lambda, 
 
 1. 
 
 Mv, 
 
 Mu, 
 
 m. 
 
 Nv, 
 
 Nu, 
 
 n. 
 
 Zl, 
 
 Xi, 
 
 X. 
 
 '0 flLKpOV, 
 
 Omicron, 
 
 0. 
 
 m, 
 
 Pi, 
 
 p- 
 
 'Pw, 
 
 Rho, 
 
 r. 
 
 Sty^a, 
 
 Sigma, 
 
 s. 
 
 Tai>, 
 
 Tau, 
 
 t. 
 
 *r i/>UoV, 
 
 Upsilon, 
 
 u. 
 
 «• 
 
 Phi, 
 
 ph. 
 
 X?, 
 
 Chi, 
 
 ch. 
 
 *f. 
 
 Psi, 
 
 ps. 
 
 *fl ^eya, 
 
 Omega, 
 
 6. 
 
 A 
 
 
 
2 PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 II. PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 A, when long, is sounded like the English a in far ; 
 when short, like the a in fat. 
 
 r, before a vowel, is sounded like the hard English g ; 
 but before another gamma, and also before a k, %, %, it is 
 sounded like ng in sing. Thus, ayysXoq is pronounced 
 ang-elos ; ayn&v, ang-kon, &c. 
 
 E is sounded like the short English e in met. 
 
 Z, like a soft d passing gently into the sound of z. Thus, 
 %d,G), pronounce d-zao ; fieXt^o), melid-zo, &c. 
 
 H, like the English a in cane, 
 
 0, like the English th in think. 
 
 1, when long, like the English e in me ; when short, like 
 the i in pin. 
 
 T, like the French u in une, or like the German ii. 
 X, like the gh in the interjection ugh I or like the ch in 
 the German buch ; always forming a guttural sound. 
 Q, like the o in throne. 
 
 Ai, like the English adverb aye. 
 Av, like the syllable ow in now. 
 Et, like the English word eye. 
 Ev, like the English word yew. 
 Oi, like the syllable oy in boy. 
 Ov, like the oo in soon. 
 Tt, like the English pronoun we. 
 
 III. DIVISION OF THE LETTERS. 
 
 I. Seven of the letters are vowels, namely, a, e, ?/, i, o, 
 v, g>. The remaining seventeen are consonants. 
 
 II. The seven vowels are divided into three classes, 
 namely, short, long, and doubtful. Thus, 
 
 e, o, are naturally short. 
 77, o), are naturally long. 
 a, 1, v, are called doubtful. 
 
LETTERS. 3 
 
 III. By a doubtful vowel is meant one which can be 
 pronounced both as short and long in different words, being 
 short in some words and long in others. 
 
 IV. DIPHTHONGS. 
 
 I. The vowels are combined in a variety of ways, two 
 and two together, and in this way are formed the diphthongs. 
 
 II. Diphthongs are formed by the union of a, s, o, re- 
 spectively, with i and v, producing one sound. 
 
 III. Of the diphthongs, six are proper; that is, where 
 both vowels are heard combined into one sound ; and six 
 are improper, where the sound of one vowel predominates 
 over that of the other. 
 
 IV. The proper diphthongs are six in number, namely : 
 
 at, av, et, ev, ol, ov. 
 
 V. The improper diphthongs are a, xi, 9, where the i or 
 second vowel is subscribed, or written under the first, to 
 show the faintness of its sound, and also tjv, vi, cov, which 
 last three are not of as common occurrence as a, 37, a). 
 
 V. BREATHINGS. 
 
 I. Every vowel or diphthong at the beginning of a word 
 has either a soft or rough breathing connected with it. 
 
 II. The soft breathing has no perceptible power, and at- 
 taches itself to the sound pronounced, as if spontaneously, 
 without any exertion of the lungs. The rough breathing, 
 or aspirate, as it is called, is equivalent, on the other hand, 
 to the modern h, and hence, for example, we pronounce 
 vnep as if written huper. 
 
 III. The mark of the soft breathing is (') ; as, del, eg; 
 the mark for the aspirate is ( r ) ; as, vdtuvdog. 
 
 V. The consonant p, when standing at the beginning of 
 a word, is always to be pronounced with an aspirate, and 
 the aspirate, as in the case of a consonant, comes after the 
 p ; as, pew, pronounce rheo ; prjrup, pronounce rhetor. 
 
EXERCISES ON THE LETTERS. 
 
 VI. When, however, a p is followed immediately by an- 
 other p, the first has the soft breathing, and the second the 
 aspirate, since they could not both be pronounced with an 
 aspiration ; as, eppeov, pronounce errheon. 
 
 VI. 
 
 EXERCISES 
 
 ON THE LETTERS, 
 
 1 &c. 
 
 I. Convert the following English 
 
 words into Greek char- 
 
 acters : 
 
 
 
 
 
 Abbot, 
 
 Zinc, 
 
 Macula, 
 
 Phoznix, 
 
 Hag, 
 
 Abandon, 
 
 Thomas, 
 
 Magnet, 
 
 Phasis, 
 
 Hang, 
 
 Abdomen, 
 
 Thither, 
 
 Mangle, 
 
 Sago, 
 
 Hand, 
 
 Append, 
 
 Clatter, 
 
 Mammon, 
 
 Salmon, 
 
 And, 
 
 Happen, 
 
 Cant, 
 
 Mango, 
 
 Sapid, 
 
 Hair, 
 
 Hard, 
 
 Cater, 
 
 Napkin, 
 
 Scanning, Air, 
 
 Batter, 
 
 Clip, 
 
 Nebula, 
 
 Tangle, 
 
 Heat, 
 
 Baron, 
 
 Colon, 
 
 Nipping, 
 
 Taper, 
 
 Eat, 
 
 Bangor, 
 
 Comma, 
 
 Nonplus, 
 
 Tartar, 
 
 Hod, 
 
 Bag, 
 
 Complex, 
 
 Noon, 
 
 Trader, 
 
 Odd, 
 
 Begin, 
 
 Gag, 
 
 Now, 
 
 Pseudo, 
 
 Hold, 
 
 Dictator, 
 
 Gong, 
 
 Permit, 
 
 Psalm, 
 
 Old, 
 
 Dinner, 
 
 Gambol, 
 
 Pilgrim, 
 
 'Omen, 
 
 Hull, 
 
 Dig, 
 
 Garden, 
 
 Placard, 
 
 'Open, 
 
 Halter, 
 
 Ding-dong, 
 
 Calendar, 
 
 Ponder, 
 
 Heart, 
 
 Alter, 
 
 Emmet, 
 
 Kennel, 
 
 Rhetoric, 
 
 Home, 
 
 Harm, 
 
 Ember, 
 
 King, 
 
 Rheum, 
 
 Hat, 
 
 Arm, 
 
 Entering, 
 
 Ladder, 
 
 Rhomb, 
 
 At, 
 
 Helmet, 
 
 Ephemeral, 
 
 Lamina, 
 
 Pyrrhus, 
 
 Ham, 
 
 Elm, 
 
 ~Zed, 
 
 Lamp, 
 
 Phantom, 
 
 Am, 
 
 Hill, 
 
 Zig-zag, 
 
 Landlord, 
 
 Philo, 
 
 Hemp, 
 
 III 
 
 Zeugma, 
 
 Lank, 
 
 Pharynx, 
 
 Eruption, 
 
 II. Convert the following Roman letters into Greek char- 
 
 acters : 
 
 
 
 
 
 Abakeo, Gnbphbs, Zbarkes, Historeo, 
 
 'Kenodokos, 
 
 Abrotes, Gnbrizb, Hebe, 
 
 Histourged, 
 
 Xenizb, 
 
 Agalma, Dapane, Hegembn, Hieros, 
 
 Xbanbn, 
 
 AgJcura, Dardanos, Hedone, Hierbpbmpos, 
 
 Xurao, 
 
 Aner, Dechbmai, Her aides, Hih 
 
 •ophulax, 
 
 ~Oktb, 
 
 1. This, though an uncouth, will nevertheless be found an extremely- 
 useful exercise, care being taken, at the same time, to show what the 
 pronunciation, for example, of such a word as rayyle (tangle) would be 
 if a true Greek form, and so of the rest. 
 

 
 ACCENTS. 
 
 
 Arrketos, 
 
 Dedroma, 
 
 'Egmenos, 
 
 Hikneomai, 
 
 ~Ogdoos, 
 
 Arithmos, 
 
 Demos, 
 
 'Egoun, 
 
 Hilar os, 
 
 "Obrimos, 
 
 Basko, 
 
 Dexis, 
 
 Thalamos, 
 
 Kakopatheo, 
 
 Paideud, 
 
 Bdelugma 
 
 Diagrapkd, 
 
 Thalassa, 
 
 Karadokia, 
 
 Panoplos, 
 
 Bebelos, 
 
 Drbsos, 
 
 Tharrhed, 
 
 Karpizo, 
 
 Polus, 
 
 Bembex, 
 
 Eirbn, 
 
 Tharrhuno, 
 
 Katakoimao, 
 
 Prothumos, 
 
 Bessa, 
 
 Errho, 
 
 Theatron, 
 
 Katakolumbao, 
 
 Rheuma, 
 
 Biblibn, 
 
 Ektimos, 
 
 Theelatos, 
 
 Keromatikos, 
 
 Rhed, 
 
 Blapto, 
 
 Elleipo, 
 
 Theemosune, 
 
 Ketodorpbs, 
 
 Rhiza, 
 
 Bbab, 
 
 Emesia, 
 
 Thlibo, 
 
 Lamband, 
 
 Sindon, 
 
 Bbiotos, 
 
 Epeuchomai 
 
 Thnesko, 
 
 Libanizo, 
 
 Skapto, 
 
 Botrus, 
 
 Ephestia, 
 
 Thoazd, 
 
 Litaneuo, 
 
 Skimmalizo, 
 
 Gala, 
 
 Zagrcus, 
 
 Thorubed, 
 
 Manteuomai, 
 
 Huperthen, 
 
 Galaxia, 
 
 Zephyros, 
 
 Thrasuno, 
 
 Methekd, 
 
 Hupologos, 
 
 Galene, 
 
 Zelembn, 
 
 Thrasucheir, 
 
 Mesoiketes, 
 
 Hoplomachos, 
 
 Gaulos, 
 
 Zeted, 
 
 Thrausantux 
 
 Melastrepho, 
 
 Psitlakos, 
 
 Gelad, 
 
 Zophlros, 
 
 Ididtes, 
 
 Nothros, 
 
 Psithurizo, 
 
 Genethle, 
 
 Zugon, 
 
 Idioxenos, 
 
 Nuchoboros, 
 
 Psomion. 
 
 Glossa, 
 
 Zugoulkos, 
 
 Idmosune, 
 
 Nephele, 
 
 
 VII. ACCENTUAL MARKS. 
 
 I. The ancient Greek is not to be pronounced by accent, 
 but according to the rules of quantity. Still, however, the 
 accents are important to be understood on several accounts, 
 and particularly because they serve to distinguish words. 
 
 II. There are three accents in Greek ; the acute, grave, 
 and circumflex. The acute is denoted by the sign (') ; as, 
 (j)vXa%. The grave is never marked, but lends its sign Q 
 to the softened acute. The circumflex is indicated by (~) ; 
 as, fcrjnog. 
 
 III. In every word there can be but one predominant tone, 
 to which all the rest are subordinate. This is the sharp 
 or acute accent, the fundamental tone of discourse being 
 the grave. Hence the grave requires no mark. 
 
 IV. When a word which, by itself, has the acute accent 
 on the last syllable, stands in connexion before other words, 
 the acute tone is softened down, and passes more or less 
 into the grave. Thus, opyrj 6e iroXXa, dpav avaynd^et rcaicd. 
 
 A2 
 
O EXERCISES ON THE ACCENTS. 
 
 V. The acute is placed on one of the three last syllables 
 of a word, the circumflex on one of the last two. 
 
 VI. Certain small words unite themselves so closely, in 
 respect to sense, with the preceding word, that they must 
 be blended with it, as it were, in pronunciation. For this 
 reason they throw back their accent on the preceding word, 
 and appear with none of their own. They are called en- 
 clitics, 
 
 VIII. EXERCISES ON THE ACCENTS. 
 
 I. Name the accents in the following Greek passage : 
 'TZvtevOev 3s rrjv emovoav 7]\ispav bXr]v enopevovro, :ial 
 
 rroXXol rtiv avdpG)7TG)v E$ovXi\iiaGav. Zevofitiv 3s ottig- 
 6o<pvXaKCdV, nai naraXa[i6dvG)v rovg TTLnrovrag rtiv dv- 
 6po)7TG)v yyvosi, b n to nddog eltj. , 'EiiTSi3i] 6s eItte rig avr(p 
 rCdV EfircEipcov, on cafycdg fiovXifMtdOL, tcai, sdv n (bdyoGtv, 
 dva<7T7)G0VTCU, rrapl&v sni rd vno^vyLa, el ttov ttotov rj 
 Ppojrbv 6p(f)7), s3l3ov, nai 3lettejj,7te dcddvrag rovg' 3vva\is- 
 vovg TrapaTp£%Eiv rolg f3ovXifii(DOiv. '~E7Tsi3r] 3s n s\i$d- 
 yoisv dvioravro nai snopEvovro. 
 
 II. Show why the accents are incorrectly placed on the 
 following words, and where the softened acute ought to be 
 employed : 
 
 BovXo[j,Evog, eteXevttios, e%g)v rig rcvva, 
 
 e^eXelv, avvdvTTjaag, ek,6\jliZ,e rl avrfo, 
 
 cvvdpafiovrsg, tifioGs, avrov rjpvaavro, 
 
 OLTTEnrsivs, anoOavovTog, e O 3s bvog, 
 
 TroXsfMovg, sXsvdspo), vvtcrog Eyslpov, 
 
 (povsvETE, EmoKETTTOfisvog, ekeXevge rovg GTparZteTag, 
 
 av[i<f)epet, snbvsL3cGTOV, Kara tcopv<pdg opsoyv. 
 
 IX. APOSTROPHE AND OTHER MARKS. 
 I. Apostrophe is the cutting off of a short vowel at the 
 end of a word when the next word begins with a vowel : 
 and when this takes place it is indicated by the mark (') 
 set over the empty space ; as, sir' sfiov, for km ifiov. 
 
EXERCISES IN APOSTROPHE. 7 
 
 II. When the following word has the rough breathing, 
 and the elided vowel was preceded by a smooth mute, n, 
 k, or r, this mute becomes aspirated, i. e., tt becomes <j>, k 
 becomes %, and r becomes 6 ; as, d</>' ov, for and ov ; ov^' 
 Tjfitiv, for ovkl rjjjLGJv ; e6' vpXv, for etc vfilv. 
 
 III. Sometimes, when two vowels come together, one at 
 the end and the other at the beginning of a word, the apos- 
 trophe is prevented by placing a v after the first of the two 
 vowels ; as, ndaiv slnsv EKEtvoig. 
 
 IV. Diaresis is a double dot ("') put over the second of 
 two vowels, when these follow one after the other, to show 
 that they must be pronounced separately, and not as a diph- 
 thong ; as, a'idrjg, to be pronounced a-idrjg ; npavg, to be 
 pronounced npa-vg. If the acute accent happen to fall on 
 the same vowel which is to receive the double dot of the 
 diaeresis, the accent is placed between the dots ; as in the 
 word npavg. 
 
 X. EXERCISES IN APOSTROPHE. 
 Bring the apostrophe to bear on the following : 
 
 Inl eOTiovxov, epirere d)g Td%iGTa, 
 
 snl a%Lov ravra d\ia rjyopeve, 
 
 » efiov, avEipnE vno avrf]V, 
 
 Trodelre vfiElg, ol ds av napd fjfitiv, 
 
 ovk rjyolro av, Xektol te eanovro, 
 
 etc 6e ovk e^elc, 7] rs EKOvaa eIttev, 
 
 napd kavrC), KoXnov te eSel^e arspva te wc, 
 
 eotl ovrcjai, fyvovv rs vno avydg, 
 
 did ETOvg, arjfiela Id&v tote danldo)v t 
 
 ovk, ovfiog, dsdoLKa a %pxi&, 
 
 dvTi otov, TavTa avTa EKaOTa, 
 
 ■ftavfidZETE wc, vvv ds ovte o\loIov. 
 
8 PARTS OF SPEECH. 
 
 XL PARTS OF SPEECH, &c. 
 
 I. There are eight parts of speech in Greek, the Article, 
 Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Preposition, and 
 Conjunction. The Interjections are ranked among adverbs. 
 
 II. The Article, Noun, Adjective, and Pronoun are de- 
 clined by Genders, Cases, and Numbers. 
 
 III. There are three genders, the Masculine, Feminine, 
 and Neuter ; and, to mark the gender, the article is usually 
 employed ; namely, 6 for the masculine, rj for the feminine, 
 and to for the neuter. Thus, 6 avdpodiroc, " the man ;" t\ 
 yvvrj, " the woman ;" to XPV^ " ^ e thing." 
 
 IV. Some nouns, however, are both masculine and fem- 
 inine ; as, 6, 7], KOTtvoq, " the wild olive-tree." These are 
 said to be of the common gender. 
 
 V. There are three numbers, the Singular, Dual, and 
 Plural. The singular denotes one, the plural more than 
 one, the dual two or a pair. 
 
 VI. There are five cases, the Nominative, Genitive, Da- 
 tive, Accusative, and Vocative. 
 
 VII. The Ablative in Greek is the same in form with the 
 Dative, and therefore has no separate name. 
 
 XII. GENERAL RULES. 
 
 I. Nouns of the neuter gender have the nominative, ac- 
 cusative, and vocative alike in all numbers, and these 
 cases in the plural end always in a. 
 
 II. The nominative and vocative plural are alike. 
 
 III. The nominative, accusative, and vocative dual are 
 alike, as also the genitive and dative. 
 
 IV. The dative singular in all three declensions ends in 
 i. In the first and second, however, the t is written under 
 or subscribed. 
 
 V. The genitive plural ends always in a)v. 
 
XIII. THE ARTICLE. 
 I. The article is a word prefixed to a noun, and serving 
 to ascertain or define it. Its declension is as follows : 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 6 
 
 n 
 
 ro 
 
 the. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 rov 
 
 T7JS 
 
 rov 
 
 of the. 
 
 Bat. 
 
 T(x> 
 
 ry 
 
 TO) 
 
 to ox for the. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 rov 
 
 rrjv 
 
 ro 
 
 the. 
 
 Voc. 
 
 wanting. 
 
 Bual. 
 
 * 
 
 * 
 
 Nom. 
 
 tg3 
 
 rd 
 
 r(x) 
 
 the two. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 rolv 
 
 ralv 
 
 rolv 
 
 of the two. 
 
 Bat. 
 
 rolv 
 
 ralv 
 
 rolv 
 
 to ox for the two. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ru> 
 
 rd 
 
 TW 
 
 the two. 
 
 Voc. 
 
 wanting. 
 
 Plural 
 
 * 
 
 * 
 
 Nom. 
 
 ol 
 
 at 
 
 rd 
 
 the. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 TG)V 
 
 rojv 
 
 rtiv 
 
 of the. 
 
 Bat. 
 
 rolg 
 
 ralq 
 
 role 
 
 to ox for the. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 rovg 
 
 rdc 
 
 rd 
 
 the. 
 
 Voc. 
 
 wanting. 
 
 *• 
 
 % 
 
 % 
 
 XIV. EXERCISES ON THE ARTICLE. 
 Give the Greek for the following parts of the article : 
 
 1. Nom. plural masc. and genitive dual feminine. 
 
 2. Ace. sing. fern, and dative sing, masculine. 
 
 3. Genitive plural masc. and nom. singular feminine. 
 
 4. Nom. dual fern, and accus. sing, neuter. 
 
 5. Dative sing. masc. and nom. sing, neuter. 
 
 6. Nom. dual masc. and nom. plural feminine. 
 
 7. Accus. plural neuter and gen. sing, masculine. 
 
 8. Accus. sing. masc. and nom. plural neuter. 
 
 9. Dative plural masc. and gen. sing, feminine. 
 
10 EXERCISES ON THE ARTICLE. 
 
 10. Accus. plural fern, and gen. dual masculine. 
 
 11. Gen. sing, neuter and dat. plural feminine. 
 
 12. Accus. plural masc. and nom. dual neuter. 
 
 13. Dative sing, neuter and dative plural feminine. 
 
 14. Nom. accus. dative and gen. singular masculine. 
 
 15. Dative accus. nom. and gen. dual feminine. 
 
 16. Accus. gen. nom. and dative plural masculine. 
 
 17. Gen. nom. accus. and dative singular feminine. 
 
 18. Nom. sing., nom. plural, nom. dual masculine. 
 
 19. Dative accus. nom., genitive plural feminine. 
 
 20. Accus. sing., accus. plural, accus. dual feminine. 
 
 21. Dative sing., dative dual, dative plural masculine. 
 
 22. Gen. singular, dual, and plural feminine. 
 
 23. Nom. dual feminine, nom. sing, and plural neuter. 
 
 24. Accus. singular, dual, and plural neuter. 
 
 XV. NOUNS. 
 
 I. The Declensions of Nouns are three, corresponding to 
 the first three declensions in Latin. 
 
 II. The First Declension has four terminations : two fem- 
 inine, a and 7} ; and two masculine, ag and 77c. 
 
 III. The Second Declension has two terminations, og and 
 ov. Nouns in oc are generally masculine, sometimes fem- 
 inine ; nouns in ov are always neuter, 
 
 IV. The Third Declension ends in a, 1, v, neuter • o) fem- 
 inine ; and v, if, p, c, ip, of all genders ; and increases in 
 the genitive, that is, the genitive and the other oblique 
 cases, excepting the vocative, exceed the nominative sin- 
 gular in length by their respective terminations. 
 
 XVI. EXERCISE ON THE DECLENSIONS. 
 Name the declensions to which the following nouns be- 
 long, according to their terminations : 
 
 ayyeXia, dalpcov, XdfjLnag (gen. -adog), 
 
 diaitovog, irapdevog, x et P 0T £X V7 l?> 
 
 eXcuov, Tifxrj, icsXevQog, 
 
 ^6rj, aynvpa, aiofia (neuter), 
 
FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 11 
 
 &fjp t 
 
 yfyag, 
 
 noxXiag (gen. -ov), 
 
 aorv, 
 
 ipdp, 
 
 alria, 
 
 Xoyog, 
 
 pdprvp, 
 
 (36vXevfia (neuter), 
 
 dXrjdeLa, 
 
 avefiog, 
 
 ireXeidg (gen. -adog), 
 
 (j)OlVL%, 
 
 -&d?uiaaa, 
 
 ragtag (gen. -ov), 
 
 XalXa\p, 
 
 avaJ;, 
 
 (3i6Xog, 
 
 altiv, 
 
 fisXi, 
 
 (3l6Xiov, 
 
 podov, 
 
 (j)G)V7j, 
 
 (f)GJg (neuter), 
 
 ve^eXr], 
 
 up66aroVj 
 
 KOpvg, 
 
 atavdK7]g, 
 
 pk, 
 
 odXmyi-. 
 
 Xdpva£, 
 
 $vpa, 
 
 
 XVII. FIRST DECLENSION. 
 Terminations. 
 
 > 
 
 } masculine. 
 
 I. Nouns in pa and a pure, that is, a preceded by a vowel, 
 together with some proper names, as Ar)da, 'AvSpofieda, 
 QiXofirjXa, and also the substantive dXaXd, " a war-cry" 
 have the genitive in ag, and retain their a through all the 
 cases of the singular. 
 
 II. All the contracted nouns of this declension likewise 
 retain the a in the genitive and other cases of the singular ; 
 as, fivd (contracted from fivda), gen. [ivag, dative fiva, &c. 
 
 III. All other nouns in a have the genitive in r\g and the 
 dative in 37 ; but in the accusative and vocative they resume 
 their a. 
 
 IV. Nouns in r\ retain the r\ throughout the singular num- 
 ber, making the accusative in rrv and the vocative in r\. 
 
 Examples. 
 7] rjfiepa, " the day." 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 N. 
 
 V 7]fiip-a, 
 
 N, 
 
 ra vpep-a, 
 
 N. 
 
 at vH-zp-Qi) 
 
 G 
 
 TVS Wep-aS, 
 
 G. 
 
 ralv vp£p-<uv> 
 
 G. 
 
 tuv v^p-M, 
 
 D. 
 
 TV Vf^p-a, 
 
 D. 
 
 ralv v/i£p-aw, 
 
 D. 
 
 rale Vf^p-aiCr 
 
 A. 
 
 ttjv vfJLep-av, 
 
 A. 
 
 ra ^ep-c, 
 
 A. 
 
 rag vpep- ?) 
 
 V. 
 
 Vfiep-a. 
 
 v.. 
 
 Vjjiep-a. 
 
 V, 
 
 Vftep-ai. 
 
12 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 Singular. 
 N. i] cotyi-a, 
 G. r^f oofi-ag, 
 D. 777 coipi-a, 
 A. r^v aotyi-av, 
 V. co&i-a. 
 
 Singular. 
 N. $ 66^-a, 
 G. 7% d6f-7?f, 
 D. t?/ < t >bt--r), 
 A. r^v 66^-av } 
 V. <Jd£-a. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 N. 57 KZ$CLk-7), 
 
 G. r^f Ke<j)a?i-jjg, 
 D. r^ KE(j>a2,-y, 
 
 A. T^V KB^al-TjV, 
 
 V. KE<paX-n. 
 
 7} ao(pia, " wisdom." 
 Dual. 
 
 N. ra oo(j>i-a, 
 G. raa' coipi-cuv, 
 D. ralv coipi-aiv, 
 A. ra coipi-a, 
 V. oofi-a. 
 
 7) doi-a, " ^e opinion. 
 Dual. 
 
 N. ra (56f-a, 
 G. ran> 86%-aLv, 
 D< ralv 86%-aiv, 
 A. t& <5d£-a, 
 V. i$d£-a. 
 
 Plural, 
 at ao<j>[-ai, 
 
 TUV GO(pL-£)V, 
 
 ralg co^i-au;, 
 
 rdq cocpi-ag, 
 
 co(j>i-at. 
 
 Plural. 
 N. at do^-ai, 
 G. tcjv dog-fiv, 
 J), ralg 66^-aig, 
 A. raf <Sd|-af, 
 V. <Jdf-a*. 
 
 77 K,e<paXr], " tfAe head." 
 
 Dual. 
 N. ra Ke(f>a7i-d, 
 G. ra«> KetpaTi-aZv^ 
 D. raw necpaX-atv, 
 A. rd KE(j>a2,-d, 
 V. neipaX-d. 
 
 Plural. 
 N. at K£<paX-ai, 
 G. rwv tceipal-tiv, 
 D. ratf KetydX-alg, 
 A. rdf Ke<j>a2,-dg, 
 V. Ke(j>aX-ai. 
 
 V. Nouns in a^ make the genitive in ov, and the remain- 
 ing cases like those of rjfispa. 
 
 VI. Nouns in 77c make the genitive in ov, and the remain- 
 ing cases like those of Ke<paXr). 
 
 VII. The vocative of words in 27c and ac is formed by 
 rejecting c ; but the following in 77c have the vocative in a : 
 1. Those which have a r before the r\g ; as, irpocftrJT'ng, 
 npo(j)rjrd ; epydrrjg, epydrd. 2. Those ending in 7r?7C ; as, 
 Kvvo)7irjg, KvvcJnd. 3. Words compounded with fierped), 
 7ro)Aecj, rpido) ; as, yeQfierprjg, " a geometer," voc. yeojps- 
 rpd ; (3i6?iLOTTG)?ir]g, " a bookseller" voc. /3i6Xion£)?Ld ; 7rat- 
 6orpi67]g, " a teacher of gymnastics" voc. Trat6orpl6d. 4. 
 Names of nations and communities ; as, Ittvdrjg, " a Scyth- 
 ian" voc. 2>itvdd ; HepGTjg, " « Persian" voc. TLspod. But 
 Jleparjg, a man's name, Perses, makes Heparj. 
 
FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 13 
 
 Singular. 
 N. 6 veavi-ac, 
 G. tov veavi-ov, 
 D. T<p veavi-a, 
 A. tov veavi-av, 
 V. veavi-a. 
 
 Examples. 
 6 veavlac, " the youth." 
 Dual. 
 N. tcj veavc-a, 
 G. rolv veavi-aiv, 
 D. rolv veavi-atv, 
 A. to) veavi-a, 
 
 Singular. 
 
 V. veavi-a. V. 
 
 j reXuvrjc, " the tax-gatherer" 
 
 Plural, 
 oi vsavi-at, 
 tuv veavi-ibv, 
 role veavi-aiq, 
 rovq veavi-aq, 
 vsavi-at. 
 
 N. 6 re'Xuv-nc, 
 G. tov ts16v-ov, 
 D. T<p re7i6v-y, 
 A. tov re?Mv-7]v, 
 V. TsTidv-n. 
 
 Dual. 
 to Ts?i6v-a, 
 rolv reluv-acv, 
 rolv reXuv-acv, 
 tu TeXdv-a, 
 reluv-a. 
 
 Plural, 
 oi reX6v-ac, 
 tuv te2,uv-qv, 
 role re?.6v-aiq, 
 rovg rcTitJv-ag, 
 rehuv-at. 
 
 XVIII. EXERCISES ON THE FIRST DECLENSION. 
 Preliminary Rules. 1 
 
 1. Nouns referring to the same person or thing agree in 
 case ; as, "Upa rj $ed, " Juno the goddess ;" rj XLiivq 'Epv- 
 6pai, " the estuary Erythra." 
 
 2. One noun governs another in the genitive when the 
 latter refers to a different person or thing from the former ; 
 as, pcjfjirj ipv^c, "firmness of soul." 
 
 3. Any verb may have the same case after it as before 
 it when both words refer to the same person or thing ; as, 
 "Hpa rjv tied, "Juno was a goddess ;" oocftia eorl rifirj, " wis- 
 dom is honour." 
 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 earl 
 
 . . . he, she, or it is. 
 
 slot 
 
 . they are. 
 
 TjV 
 
 . . . he, she, or it was. 
 
 rjoav 
 
 . . . they were. 
 
 Kai 
 
 . and. 
 
 V 
 
 . . or. 
 
 1 . A few simple rules of syntax are here anticipated, in order to serve 
 is a basis for the construction of short sentences in the exercises. The 
 orief vocabulary following immediately after is given with the same 
 view. 
 
 B 
 
14 
 
 EXERCISES ON THE FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 In what cases and numbers are the following words found ? 
 
 tivpav, otftiag, yXuoorjg, Aiveiov, dyopdg, 
 
 ■dvpaiv, oticiav, yXdaoav, Atveiav, (piXiaiv, 
 
 ■dvpaig, otniaiv, yXuooaig, Atveia, $<%, 
 
 ftvpag, otfciai, yXcjoa^, fiovlai, 
 
 ftvptdv, 
 
 ■&vpa, 
 
 tivpa, 
 
 dvpai, 
 
 edpag, 
 
 sdpa, 
 
 sdpav, 
 
 edpaig, 
 
 sdptiv, 
 
 otnia, yXcjoarj, 
 
 olfccaig, diipav, 
 
 olfutiv, dfyq, 
 
 atrlaiv, diipaig, 
 
 atriaig, Kcoa^g, 
 
 {iOVlOV, 
 
 fioviag, 
 
 [lOVl&V, 
 
 atrial, 
 atria, 
 atriag, 
 airiav. 
 
 (cojuag, 
 K&uai, 
 
 KG)fJ,r}V, 
 K(OfJL(OV, 
 
 rauiov, 
 Xeiporexva, 
 oeXrjvaiv, 
 aXrjdeia, 
 
 'Arpeidov, daXaoouv, 
 
 'Arpeidrjv, yecpvpaig, 
 
 auvatcq, o/ciav, 
 
 a/avdKTjg, ri\L7\g, 
 
 atiivdaa, fpcovrjv, 
 
 dnivditag, aynvpdv. 
 
 Translate the following, and name, at the same time, the 
 gender, number, and case. 
 
 yecpvpa, "a bridge," 
 
 \id%aipa, " a sword, 
 
 yecpvpa, 
 
 uaftaipag, 
 
 ye<pvpaiv, 
 
 fiaxaipaig, 
 
 y£<f)vpag, 
 
 fi&xaipai, 
 
 yecpvp&v, 
 
 fidxaipav, 
 
 yecpvpai, 
 
 fiaxaipa, 
 
 yecpvpaig, 
 
 fiaxaipaiv, 
 
 yecpvpav. 
 
 liaxaip&v. 
 
 ri\ir\, " honour" 
 
 fjbovaa, " a muse" 
 
 rifiy, 
 
 uovoav, 
 
 ri\ir\v, 
 
 fiovaaiv, 
 
 nuTJg, 
 
 \JbOVG7\g, 
 
 riud, 
 
 fxovaag, 
 
 riuai, 
 
 uovcxi, 
 
 rijxalg, 
 
 fiovaaig, 
 
 nualv. 
 
 uovoai. 
 
EXERCISES ON THE FIRST DECLENSION. 15 
 
 rafilag, " a steward" 7T0L7jrfjg, " a poet" 
 
 TdflLa, TTOLTjrdj 
 
 rafila, ttoltjt^, 
 
 TdflLOV, 7T017]T7)V, 
 
 rafiCatg, itoirjrov, 
 
 rafiiav, TroirjToig, 
 
 rd\iidg y TroLTjrdg, 
 
 TdfllCUV. TTOlTjTdt. 
 
 III. 
 
 Translate the following, and show the government : 
 
 r H GKid rijg olKidg. — rj -&vpa ralv oIkloXv. — r) dXrjdeia 
 rijg (piXiag. — r) (fxovrj rijg \iovarjg. — f) dlrid rijg (3povrijg. — 
 i\ vlfcrj rrjg dperrjg. — r) pi^d rrjg yXwaarjg. — rj dynXXd rrjg 
 -&aXdrrrjg. — rijg Svpdg rijg yecfrvpag. — rxj (fHdvJrj rijg (3pov- 
 rrjg. — rdlg vltcdig rtiv [lovaCiv. — rcjv pi^tiv rcov yXayaaojv. 
 — rdg d\iiXXag ralv -&dXdrrdlv. — rij dXrjBeia Kdi rij (piXia, 
 — rijg ye<pvpag Kdi rijg -&dXdrrrjg. — rtiv vlkCjv Kdi riov 
 \iovadv. — rijg yX&aarjg Kdi rrjg (f}G)vijg. — rrjv dlrtav Kdi 
 rfjv (puvrjv rrjg (3povrr)g. 
 
 f O TTOtrjrijg rrjg dyopdg. — 6 p,ddrjrrjg rijg arodg. — 6 rd- 
 jiidg rr)g yefyvpdg. — 6 7rpo(prjrrjg rijg viKrjg. — tw notary rdv 
 fiovaCJv. — rolg \iaQrjralg rijg dperrjg. — rcjv ra\ii&v rijg dy- 
 opdg. — rolv TTpotyrjralv rijg dXrjBeidg. — ro> Vdvrd rijg $dX- 
 drrrjg. — rolv ddXrjrdlv rrjg d\hiXXrjg. — rolg arpartcjralg 
 rov Klveiov. — rov ralv oiKialv deanorov. — rovg rtov rroX- 
 irCdv dtKdordg. — rc5 [idBrjrxj Kdi ru> vdvrxj. — rov rdfxiov 
 Kdi rov rrjg d\iiXXrjg ddXrrrov. — rov rd\iidv Kdi rovg npo- 
 fpTjrdg Kdi rijv rov noir/rov &6tjv. — ra> noirjrd Kdi ra jid- 
 dijrd Kal rw vavrd riov noXtrCjv. 
 
 f H aeXrjvrj earl nXdvrjrrjg. — dl dperdi elalv at -&vpdi 
 rijg ri\irjg. — 6 rdfudg Kdi 6 vdvrrjg elol -noXlrdi. — 6 ved- 
 vidg rjv itoirjrrjg. — b Trpocprjrrjg rjv diKdarrjg. — ol arpdriG)- 
 rdi rjOdv ddXrjrdi. — 'IrdXid earl %c5pa. — \ieBrj earl \idvia. 
 — ol jidBrjrdi Kdi ol re^virdi elal diKdardl rrjg d\LiXXrjg. 
 
16 
 
 EXERCISES ON THE FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 — ol tcXenrai 7\oav vavrat, Kal tj dyeXrj rov dporov tjv ?} 
 Xeia. — ol b-nXurai Kal tj arparla Kal at tCjv veavttiv ov\i- 
 (popal rjaav rj rrjg Xvittjc alrla. — 6 tgjv ttoXltgjv ra\iiag tjv 
 T7\q vU^g dpx'f}- 
 
 IV. 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English words opposite : 
 
 the country of 
 
 Robbers 
 Asia. 
 
 Of soldiers in Athens. 
 
 Days of despondency and 
 flight. 
 
 In Sellasia there was peace. 
 
 The tongue is the cause of 
 conflict. 
 
 The kingdoms of the earth. 
 
 The guard of Theramenes. 
 
 Of the council and the assem- 
 bly. 
 
 The beginnings of naval com- 
 mands. 
 
 Of the battles of the sea. 
 
 For Mitylene and the prom- 
 ontory Malea. 
 
 In the battle of the Arginusm. 
 
 The two councils of the day. 
 
 The two men of JBuboza. 
 
 Thunderings and lightning, 
 and flights of citizens. 
 
 Of Asia and Macedonia. 
 
 The two satraps and the two 
 commands. 
 
 Ayarrjg ev 6 x&pa, 6 'AoXa. 
 
 ^rpariojrrjg ev 'Adr/vat. 
 'Hfiepa 6 ddvpXa nal cj)vyr}. 
 
 'Ev 'EeXXaala tjv elprjvrj. 
 r O yX&Goa earlv alrla (MX?]. 
 
 f O (BaaiXsCa 6 yr\. 
 
 f O cbpovpd 6 Qr\pa\iEVif]q. 
 
 f O f3ovXr] Kal 6 efacXrjola. 
 
 'O dpxrj vavapxta. 
 
 r O \idxr] 6 ddXarra. 
 
 f O MltvXtjvt] nal 6 aitpa 6 
 
 MaXea. 
 'Ev 6 \idxr\ ol ' Apyivovaai. 
 f O (3ovXr] 6 rj^epa. 
 f O avdpomoc ~Ev6ola. 
 BpovTTj Kal doTpairi) Kal 7ro- 
 
 Xlrrjg (pvyrj. 
 'Ada Kal MaKsdovca. 
 f O carpd'n'nc Kal 6 dpx^j. 
 
SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 17 
 
 
 XIX 
 
 . SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 
 
 Terminations. 
 
 
 
 -of, masculine, sometimes feminine. 
 
 
 -ov, neuter. 
 
 
 
 
 Examples. 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 Xoyog, " the discourse." 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 6 Tioy-og, 
 
 N. to) 2,6y-o), 
 
 N. ol koy-oi, 
 
 G. 
 
 tov "koy-ov, 
 
 G. toZv \by-ow, 
 
 G. tuv \6y-o)v, 
 
 D. 
 
 tu> "koy-o), 
 
 D. toIv \6y-oiv, 
 
 D. toic koy-oig, 
 
 A. 
 
 tov "koy-ov, 
 
 A. to) koy-o, 
 
 A. Tovg koy-ovg, 
 
 V. 
 
 "koy-t. 
 
 V. koy-o). 
 
 V. koy-oi. 
 
 
 7\ §r\yoq, " the beech 
 
 5? 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 v Qny-fc, 
 
 N. to, (j>yy-u, 
 
 N. at (pny-ot, 
 
 G. 
 
 T7JC <f>7]y-OV, 
 
 G. Talv <j>ny-olv, 
 
 G. ruv <j)7jy-C>v, 
 
 D. 
 
 tv <j>ny-v, 
 
 D. Talv <priy-olv, 
 
 D. Talc ityny-olq, 
 
 A. 
 
 TTjv <j>ny-6v, 
 
 A. to. Qvy-u, 
 
 A. rag §ny-ovq, 
 
 V. 
 
 <j>7jy-£. 
 
 V. tyrjy-o. 
 to gvkov, "the fig." 
 
 V. tyny-oi. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 TO GVK-OV, 
 
 N. TO) GVK-O), 
 
 N. TO, GVK-a, 
 
 G. 
 
 TOV GVK-OV, 
 
 G. TOlv GVK-OLV, 
 
 G. TWV GVK-UV, 
 
 D. 
 
 tQ gvk-o), 
 
 D. TOIV GVK-OLV, 
 
 D. Tolg GVK-otg, 
 
 A. 
 
 TO GVK-OV, 
 
 A. TO) GVK-O), 
 
 A. TO. GVK-a, 
 
 V, 
 
 GVK-OV. 
 
 V. GVK-O). 
 
 V. GVK-a. 
 
 XX. EXERCISES ON THE SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 In what cases and numbers are the following words 
 found 1 
 
 VOflG), 
 
 dvdpo)rrog, 
 
 devdpov, 
 
 dpyavcj, 
 
 VOfMO, 
 
 avdpcjnovc, 
 
 6evdpo)v, 
 
 (7T£(f)dV(f), 
 
 VOfJLOVj 
 
 avdpcjTWi, 
 
 devdpG), 
 
 ■&eov, 
 
 VOflOl, 
 
 dvdpdjTro), 
 
 dsvdpoiv, 
 
 bfiiXe, 
 
 vofiotg, 
 
 aV$p(07TG), 
 
 devdpa, 
 
 %p6voiv, 
 
 VOflOLV, 
 
 avOpG)nov, 
 
 devdpG), 
 
 tipovov, 
 
 vofie, 
 
 avdpcjne, 
 
 d&poie, 
 
 poda, 
 
 B 2 
 
18 
 
 EXERCISES ON THE SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 vofiovg, 
 
 dyyiXoiv, 
 
 dcjpotv, 
 
 irpodaTG), 
 
 vo/xov, 
 
 dyyiXoig, 
 
 ddpa, 
 
 fy&v, 
 
 bdolv, 
 
 dyysXov, 
 
 \ii\Xov, 
 
 owy, 
 
 ode, 
 
 dyyiXovg, 
 
 fMTjXcdV, 
 
 Gi67]pOV, 
 
 66(0, 
 
 dyysXot, 
 
 \jLT\Xoig, 
 
 (3ap6lr(i). 
 
 II. 
 
 Translate the following, and name, at the same time, the 
 number and case. 
 
 7\Xlog, " the 
 
 sun," 
 
 Lirnog, " a horse" 
 
 r\Xiov, 
 
 
 CTTTTOig, 
 
 t\Xie, 
 
 
 C7T7TG), 
 
 TjXiOV, 
 
 
 LTTTTCJV, 
 
 rjXtovg, 
 
 
 CTTTTOVg. 
 
 tjXlo, 
 
 
 KEvrpov, " a goad" 
 
 rjXLU, 
 
 
 KEVTpG), 
 
 TjXiOLV. 
 
 
 Ksvrpa, 
 
 tidvarog, " 
 
 death," 
 
 KEvrpoig. 
 
 ■Sdvarov, 
 
 
 ddsXcpog, " a brother,'' 
 
 ■ftavdrov, 
 
 
 ddsX(f)&, 
 
 tiavdrotg, 
 
 
 ddsX(f)ovg, 
 
 -&avdr(p. 
 
 
 ddsXcptiv. 
 
 vlog, " a son," 
 
 TrtiXog, " a young stet 
 
 vie, 
 
 
 TTtoXovg, 
 
 vlolg, 
 
 
 TTGJXOL, 
 
 vlov. 
 
 
 TruXuv, 
 
 dvsfiog, il a 
 
 wind" 
 
 TTCdXoV. 
 
 dvEfiotg, 
 
 
 <T(j)vp6v, " the ankle" 
 
 aVS[lG)V, 
 
 
 0(f)Vp(b, 
 
 dvefioiv, 
 
 
 <7(f)Vp(x), 
 
 dvefjLG). 
 
 
 ocpvpd, 
 
 TEKVOV, " a 
 
 child," 
 
 O(f>vpolg. 
 
 rsicva, 
 
 
 %pr]G\L6g, " an oracle] 
 
 TEKVOiV, 
 
 
 XPVW<*>, 
 
 TEHVOLV. 
 
 
 Xp7]GfJ><i>. 
 
EXERCISES ON THE SECOND DECLENSION. 19 
 
 III. 
 
 Translate the following, and show the government : 
 
 f O Xoyog rov dvOptinov. — rov napirov riov devSpuv. — ■ 
 
 tg) rcatdtGi rov 'IimoKEvravpov. — ol rtiv dv6pG)rco)v tivfiol. 
 
 — UroXefialog 6 rov TLroXe\iaiov vlog. — r] rov Bdtcxov a\i- 
 
 -neXog. — ol rdv detiv vo\ioi. — rd rr\g vrjaov poda. — rCdV 
 
 %G)£dv nai rolv remfoiv. — rovg r&v %evo)v dopovg, Kal rd 
 
 rojv t 'P(x>jjbat(»)v onXa. — rj j3i6Xog r&v vdfiuv. — ol rov d)fcea- 
 
 vov dve\ioi. — rolg rdv 6evdpG)v \ir\Xoig. — 6 olvog rr\g d\mi- 
 
 Xov. — rd TTvXojpoJv aXeWpa. — rd rutv danldojv arjiiela, Kal 
 
 6 rtiv ottXcjv Koa\iog. 
 
 r O Xoyog rr\g ipvxrjg sldaXov earl. — f H Alyvnrog dtipov 
 
 eon rov NetAov. — 6 r\kiog Kal r\ aeXr\vr\ rjaav $eol rtiv 
 
 Alyvirrlcjv. — ol Trvyfialot Kal ol yepdvoi rjaav dvrifiax?]- 
 
 rai. — f H apx^ rov irXovrov earlv rj apx^j rCov novcov. — T £2 
 
 <dvdp(i)Tce, olvog earl Karonrpov rrjg Kapdiag. — "Ivaxog r\v 
 
 vlog 'SlKeavov. — Al vefyeXai rov ovpavov exovai 1 (3povrrjv 
 
 teal aorpa7T7\v Kal x a ^d£av. — Ol dve\ioi rr\g -&aXdrrrjg elal 
 
 <p66og rolg vavralg. — Ol trruxol exovai T V V fiaacXecav rov 
 
 ovpavov. — Aifiog exec rrjv yr\v Alyvrrrov. — f O KOOfiog earl 
 
 CKrjvr], Kal 6 j3iog earl irdpodog. — f O Qeog exei rov (3iov 
 
 Kal rrjv reXevrr)v ribv dvOpurrov. — Qdvarog Kal far), rrovog 
 
 Kal rjdovrj f irXovrog Kal irevia^ elalv dvQpunroig. — "E^et 
 
 rvpbv Kal aprov, olvov Kal aracfyvXag. — Srparrjyol Kal Xo- 
 
 X^yol r)aav ev ralg rtiv 'A6r)vaLG)v aKrjvalg. — 'AXKi6t.d6r]g 
 
 Kal rd dvdpdnoda rjaav ev r%\ odd), Kal r)v (podog ' Apxi>3dfj,(D 
 
 Kal rolg arparitiraig. — "E^;et rot-ov Kal (paperpav Kal (3dp- 
 
 6irov Kal poda. — f H |Ua%?? rtiv 'Foy^atuv ev QapaaXo). — At- 
 
 oXog rjv Kvpiog rCdV dve\i(x>v. — f O (3ovKoXog r)v ev r^ eprjiMJ 
 
 Kal 6 fioaxog ev tw norafiG). — Bpevvog r)v arparr\ybg rtiv 
 
 TaXarCdV. — Tolg KaraaKonotg rr)g x^P a ? V v vddriov ev 
 
 nerpa. 
 
 1. 'E^ei, " he, she, or it has," and l^ovcrt, " they have," being active 
 in meaning, take the accusative. The regular rule will be introduced 
 in the course of a few pages. 
 
20 
 
 EXERCISES ON THE SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 IV. 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English words opposite : 
 
 O avdpoyrrog e%ovoi irovog kv 
 6 f3iog. 
 
 Men have troubles in life. 
 Oh lord of the rivers and the 
 
 The thieves have the bull. 
 The fables of the poets, and 
 
 the treasures of song. 
 Bands and leaders of bands 
 
 are in the gates of Orcho- 
 
 menus. 
 He has the shoulders, and 
 
 head, and eyes, and hair of 
 
 Adrastus. 
 The arms of the army of the 
 
 Ar gives. 
 The heavy-armed men were in 
 
 the ditch. 
 Oh Olympus of the gods ! 
 Oh two children of the muse ! 
 In Paros, an island of the 
 
 sea, were the twins of the 
 
 goddess. 
 A merchant of the Pelopon- 
 nesus has gold and silver. 
 There are crocodiles in the 
 
 Nile, a river of Egypt. 
 Of the triangles, the side, and 
 
 of the centre of the circle. 
 The triangles are ABr and 
 
 KAM, the two diameters 
 
 are P2T and $X0, and the 
 
 two sides are Oil and AE. 
 
 Kvpwg 6 TToranog Kal 6 nov- 
 
 rog. 
 f O K?iETCT7jg exovai 6 ravpog. 
 f O 6 noir\rr\g fivdog, Kal 6 6 
 
 (bdfj 'drjoavpog. 
 A6%og not Xo%ayErr\g elalv kv 
 
 6 ttvXtj 'Opxofisvog. 
 
 'E%££ 6 o)fjiog, Kal 6 Ks^aXrj, 
 nai 6 dcpdaXpbg, Kal 6 ko\lt\ 
 o "Adpaorog. 
 
 onXov o 6 'Apyelog orpa- 
 rog. 
 
 f O oTrXirrig r\oav kv 6 rd<ppog. 
 
 Q "OXvfinog 6 Oeog ! 
 r Q, tekvov 6 Movoa ! 
 Ev lidpog, vrjcog 6 tidXarra, 
 rjoav 6 dldvaog 6 tied. 
 
 "Efinopog 6 HeXonovvTjGog 
 e%ei Xpvobg Kal dpyvpog. 
 
 ~Elal KpoKodscXog kv 6 NslXog, 
 norafiog 6 Alyvrrrog. 
 
 f O rpiyuvov 6 irXevpa, Kal 6 
 Kevrpov 6 KVKXog. 
 
 p O rpiyuvov slal ABr Kal 
 KAM, 6 SidjiETpog slot 
 P2T Kal $X0, Kal 5 nXev- 
 pd slal Oil Kal AE. 
 
ADJECTIVE. 
 
 21 
 
 XXL ADJECTIVE. 
 
 I. The Declensions of Adjectives are three. 
 
 II. The First Declension of Adjectives has three termi- 
 nations, the second two, the third one. 
 
 III. Adjectives of three terminations are the most nu- 
 merous, and have the feminine always in t\ except when 
 preceded by a vowel or the letter p, in which case it ends 
 in a. Thus, 
 
 deiXov, " cowardly " 
 KaXov, " handsome " 
 
 oocpov, "wise" 
 
 "friendly ;" 
 " holy f 
 " sacred." 
 
 decXog, 
 
 deiXrj, 
 
 tcaXog, 
 
 tcaXrj, 
 
 oocpoc, 
 
 OOCpf], 
 
 But, 
 
 
 fyiXiog, 
 
 faXta, 
 
 ayiog, 
 
 ayia, 
 
 lepog, 
 
 lepd, 
 
 (jjlXiov, 
 
 ayiov, 
 
 lepov, 
 
 IV. The masculine termination in og and the neuter in 
 ov are inflected after the second declension of nouns. The 
 feminine termination in 7] or a is inflected after the first de- 
 clension of nouns. 
 
 V. Adjectives in oog, however, have the feminine in r\ ; 
 as, oydoog, 6ydo7] ; -doog, #ot/. But, when p precedes, 
 these have also a ; as, ddpoog, adpoa. 
 
 XXII. ADJECTIVES IN og, rj, ov, AND og, a, ov. 
 
 co<pog, aocfyrj, cotyov, "wise." 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 lingular. 
 
 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fern. Neut. 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 N. 
 
 Go<p-6g, 
 
 GO(p-JJ, GO(j)-6v, 
 
 
 N. 
 
 GO<j)-6, 
 
 GO(j)-d, 
 
 GO(j>-G), 
 
 G. 
 
 cof-ov, 
 
 Go<p-rjg, GO(p-ov, 
 
 
 G. 
 
 GO(p-OlV, 
 
 Goty-alv, 
 
 GO(p-OtV, 
 
 D. 
 
 CTO^-GJ, 
 
 GO(p-fl, GO(j)-(J, 
 
 
 D. 
 
 GO<p-OLV, 
 
 GO(j)-aZv, 
 
 GO(p-olv, 
 
 A. 
 
 co(j)-6v, 
 
 Goip-r/v, GO<p-6v, 
 
 
 A. 
 
 GO(j>-6 t 
 
 GO<p-d, 
 
 GOf-6, 
 
 V. 
 
 ooip-e, 
 
 Goty-rj, GO(j>-6v. 
 
 
 V. 
 
 GO(f>-6, 
 
 co<f>-&, 
 
 G0(j>-6. 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 
 
 
 
 N. GO<j)-oi, 
 
 GO(j>-ac, 
 
 GO(j)-d 
 
 
 
 
 
 G. go(J)-G)V, 
 
 GO(p-£)V, 
 
 GO<p-£)V, 
 
 
 
 
 D. GO<j>-OLC, 
 
 GO(p-alc 
 
 GO(f)-OlC, 
 
 
 
 
 A. GOf-OVC, 
 
 Goty-dc, 
 
 GO§-a 
 
 
 
 
 
 V. GO(p-OC, 
 
 GO 
 
 <p-at, 
 
 GO(j)-d 
 
 
 
22 
 
 Masc. 
 N. lep-dg, 
 G. lep-ov, 
 D. lep-d), 
 A. lep-6v, 
 V. lep-e, 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 
 Ispog, lepd 
 ngular. 
 
 , lepov, " sacred." 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 Fern. Neut. 
 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 lep-d, lep-ov, 
 lep-ag, lep-ov, 
 lep-a, lep-d), 
 lep-dv, lep-ov, 
 lep-d, lep-ov. 
 
 
 N. lep-d), lep-d, 
 G. lep-olv, lep-alv, 
 D. lep-olv, lep-alv, 
 A. lep-d, lep-d, 
 V. lep-d), lep-d, 
 
 lep-d), 
 
 lep-olv, 
 
 lep-olv, 
 
 lep-d), 
 
 lep-d). 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fern. Neut. ' 
 
 
 N. lep-oi, 
 G. lep-dv, 
 D. lep-olg, 
 A. lep-ovg, 
 V. lep-oi, 
 
 lep-ai, lep-d, 
 lep-tiv, lep-uv, 
 lep-alg, lep-olg, 
 lep-dg, lep-d, 
 lep-ai, lep-d. 
 
 - 
 
 XXII. ADJECTIVES IN og, og, ov, OR OF TWO TERMINA- 
 TIONS. 
 evdot-og, evdot-og, svdo^ov, " glorious." 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neut. 
 
 N. ev8o^-og, evdo^-og, iv8o^-ov, 
 
 G. kvdo^-ov, kvdo^-ov, ev66^-ov, 
 
 D. kvdotj-G), kvdoij-c), kvdoij-G), 
 
 A. evSo^-ov, evdot;-ov, evSo^-ov, 
 
 V. evdotj-e, evdotj-e, evdotj-ov. 
 
 Dual. 
 Masc. Fem. Neut. 
 N. kvdoij-Q, evdo^-u, ev66^-co, 
 G. evdo^-ow, evdo^-oiv, kvdo^-oLv, 
 D. kv66!--oiv, evdo^-oiv, ev66^-otv, 
 A. kvdoij-o), kv66^-u, kvdotj-u, 
 V. ev66^-u>, kvdotj-u, kvdo^-co. 
 
 Masc. 
 N. evdotj-ot, 
 G. kvdo^-uv, 
 D. kvdoZ-oig, 
 A. evdo^-ovg, 
 V. evdo^-oc, 
 
 Plural. 
 Fern. 
 
 evdo^-oc, 
 
 evdoi;-uv, 
 
 evdo^-otg, 
 
 evS6£;-ovg, 
 
 evdotj-oi, 
 
 Neut. 
 evSo^-a, 
 evSotj-av, 
 evSS^-ocg, 
 evdoZ-a, 
 Evdo!;-a. 
 
 XXIII. EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES IN og, 7), ov, &c. 
 Preliminary Rules. 
 
 I. An adjective agrees with its substantive in gender, 
 number, and case ; as, ol tiaXoi avdpconoi,, " the handsome 
 men ;" at icaXal Ttapdevoi, " the beautiful maidens ,*" rd 6t~ 
 Kaia npayfiara, *' the just things." 
 
 II. A verb signifying actively governs the accusative; 
 as, tvtttei rbv avOponov, " he strikes the man ,*" e^ovai 
 itXovtov, " they have wealth" 
 
EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 
 
 23 
 
 i and name, at the same time, the 
 of each : 
 
 eXevdepcjv ovppdxojv. 
 
 eXevdepa dyopd ! 
 
 Xpvoiov eixior\\iov. 
 
 %&pav eTTLr^deiav. 
 
 fieratoXal $avaT7\$6poi. 
 Xoyoi drjfiooioL 
 iTTndoLfia %(Apia ! 
 Katpicd -&avdrcd. 
 K,aXr\g ao)T7]plag. 
 naXolg dvdpojnoig. 
 
 KaX& dvdpCJTTO) ! 
 
 dyadd napdevo ! 
 ttatcalv nefyaXalv. 
 
 KOLV(x) (3G)[A(x). 
 KOLVG) (3b)lJ,G). . 
 
 efj,6p6vT7]rs avdpGyrrel 
 orpoyyvXov Xidov. 
 dyadq rvxV- 
 dXrjdtvrjv Trcudecav. 
 Kcutolg TpaTre^iraig. 
 
 II. 
 
 Translate the following, and explain, at the same time, 
 the agreement or government in each clause or phrase : 
 
 f H liiiceXia, eorl vrjoog TroXvdvdpoirog nal \ianapia. — 
 'Hdovfj KaKfj ovtc eon {laicpd. — Ot rroXlrai r\oav eXevdepoi, 
 Kai eXevdepa f]v rj %&pa. — 'H n\i^pia e%ei ftvpiov fwtpbv, 
 nai tottov orevbv nai OKoreivov. — YLaXa d&pa rrjg emorr}- 
 firjg. — Qv7]rog ova e%ei dddvarov exdpav. — Ot (ptXdpyvpoi 
 avdpcdTTOL elolv dveXevdepoi. — Xprjorog Xoyog earl rb (pdp- 
 fj,a,KOV rov $v[iov. — Biov diKaiov rj reXevrij eorl KaXrj. — 
 
 Translate the following, 
 gender, case, and number 
 Qavdrov alfyvidLov. 
 66%r\g \ieydXr\g. 
 $r\pia dypia. 
 ovoi dypioi. 
 ddoZo) Texvq. 
 dr}[iooLG)v fiotfitiv. 
 6cKalo> dvdp&TTix). 
 
 XOLTTOV XPOVOV. 
 
 bfioiid xtepiy. 
 ovpdvia 666g. 
 iravToiav Xeiav. 
 s odovg nedcvag. 
 niorrj ipvxrj ! 
 mo™ orparrjyw. 
 vv% OKorecvr). 
 oufiara OKoreivd. 
 onovdaiov epyov. 
 oxoXaiav nopeiav. 
 XaXeirtiv epycdv. 
 X^piotg xa^eTToZg. 
 voog) xahzKifi- 
 
24 EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Zufjg TTOvrjpag -Sdvarog irovrjpbg earlv r\ reXevrr\. — 'H 
 yXcoaaa dvaptdfioyv tcattcov earlv rj atria. — Qr]aavpbg rdv 
 fcarcoJv earl Katcrj emdvfiia. — Evraitrog (3iog earlv 6 Kapnbg 
 dperrjg. — Aoyiafibg jibvog earl rb rr\g Xvnrjg (frdpfiatcov. — 
 Maicpbg alcbv avfifyopag iroXXdg eyjei. — f O (3 Log earl ttoiklXt} 
 666g. — "E^et Xbxov bXov dirXirtiv Kal d^id^ag diafcoaiag. — 
 "Anopog earlv b irorafibg, teal Kivdvvog fieyiorog e%ei rbv 
 arparbv 'EXXtjvikov. — f H rroXe^acrj dperij evrifwv (3lov 
 Kal eixalvovg evdb^ovg e%ei. — r H eruaroXij dnopprjrovg X6- 
 yovg e%ei, Kal SmdoXdg \ieyiarag. — 'Afifadpaog e^ei bixXa 
 aarjiia. — Tovg av\i\La%ovg npodvfiovg e%ovai, Kal rovg noXt- 
 rag ddvfiovg Kal deiXovg. — Xeppovqaog earl %&>pa KaXr\ 
 Kal acpOovog. — TeKrovLKrj Kal x a ^ KevriK ^ e ^ TrpaKriKai 
 re'xyO'i- — Tolg dyadolg evrtfiog Kal eXevdepiog earlv 6 (3iog, 
 rolg KaKolg rairecvbg Kal dXyeivbg. — f H tjjvxrj earlv d\ia 
 dyaOrj Kal KaKrj. — f H %&pa e^ei iKavr\v (pvXaKrjv. — To) dv- 
 OpcjTTG) rjaav faXonuordrG) 'AdrjvatGyv. — Ol vtoXepioi r\aav 
 ev rolg arevolg Kal vnepde^LOtg roixoig. — v ^%ei rreXraardg 
 dlajivplovg, Kal frnXirag x^ovg, Kal roi-orag, Kal a<pevdov- 
 Tjrag 'Fodiovg. 
 
 III. 
 
 Convert the following examples of tmgrammatical Greek 
 into grammatical, so as to suit the English words opposite : 
 
 Wisdom is always a very 
 
 They have their daggers bare. 
 In gymnastic contests and 
 
 gymnastic arms. 
 I have my hair in a squalid 
 
 state. 
 He has the best (men) first 
 
 and last. 
 I have five hundred foreign 
 
 mercenaries. 
 
 f O (ppovrjaig elfil del dyadbv 
 
 fieyiarog. 
 "E^w 6 eyx&ipi-diov yvfivog. 
 'Ev yvfiviKbg dyejv Kal yvfir 
 
 vi&bg brcXoV. 
 e O K0[i7] avxfirjpbg e^;w. 
 
 "E^6> 6 dpiarog rrptirog Kal 
 
 reXevralog. 
 "E%a> TtevraKoaiot [iiadocjyo- 
 
 pog i-evog. 
 
THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 25 
 
 They have wealth, and gold, 
 and empire. 
 
 Men are mortal gods, and 
 gods are immortal men, oh 
 Lucian. 
 
 You have, oh Alexander, 
 Elian spearmen, and Thes- 
 salian cavalry, and Persian 
 satraps, and abundant glo- 
 ry, and an upright tiara. 
 
 Of Argus ', a many-eyed herds- 
 man. 
 
 In a very fair island are the 
 two very powerful gods. 
 
 Oh master, you have an armed 
 virgin in the middle of your 
 head, a very great evil. 
 
 "E%a> tcXovtoc Kal xpvobq 
 Kal fiaoiXeia. 
 
 "AvdpoTiog elfil $vr)Tbg tiebg, 
 Kal tiebg elfil dddvarog av- 
 Opcorrog, G) Aovfuavog. 
 
 "E^G), <b 'AXe^avdpog, 'HXel 
 og dicovTLGTrjg, Kal Qerra 
 Xbg Irnrog (fern.), teal aar- 
 pdnrjg TLepoiKog, Kal 66^a 
 d(pdovog, Kal ndpa opObg. 
 
 "Apyog, (3ovKoXog rcoXvdfifia- 
 rog. 
 
 'Ev vrjoog KdXXiGTog elfil 6 
 $ebg 6 6vvard)rarog. 
 
 r £l Kvpiog, £%(£ Kopr\ evoirXog 
 ev fjLBOog 6 KetyaXfj, fieyiG- 
 rog KaKov. 
 
 XXIV. THIRD DECLENSION. 
 Terminations. 
 a, i, v, neuter. 
 G), feminine, 
 v, |, p, g, 'ip, of all genders. 
 
 I. The third declension is distinguished from the first 
 and second by its making the oblique cases longer by one 
 syllable than the nominative singular. In other words, it 
 is said to increase in the genitive. 
 
 II. The genitive singular of this declension ends always 
 in og. 
 
 III. The root of the words belonging to the third declen- 
 sion is generally disguised in the nominative by added vow- 
 els or consonants, or else exists there in a curtailed state. 
 In either case it is to be discovered by taking away og 
 from the genitive. Thus, 6 6alfi0)v, " the deity," genitive 
 datfiov-og, root daifiov ; 6 ytyac, " the giant" genitive yt- 
 
26 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 yavr-og, root yiyavr ; to <rc5/za, " the body" genitive rov 
 o6fiar-og, root cu^ar, &c. 
 
 FORMATION OF THE CASES. 
 I. General Rules. 
 
 I. As a general rule, the genitive singular of nouns of the 
 third declension is formed by adding og to the termination 
 of the root, such changes taking place at the same time as 
 the laws of euphony require. 
 
 II. The accusative singular of nouns of this declension 
 that are not neuter is formed by changing og of the genitive 
 into a ; [i?)v, genitive \Lr\v-og, accusative \ii\v-a. 
 
 III. The vocative of the third declension is generally 
 like the nominative, and this is particularly the case among 
 the Attic writers. 
 
 IV. The dative singular, as has already been remarked, 1 
 ends always in i ; the dative plural, in like manner, in 
 nouns which end in evg, avg, and ovg, is formed by ap- 
 pending i to the termination of the nominative singular ; as, 
 fiaocXevg, "a king" dative plural fiaoiXevoi; vavg, "a ship" 
 dative plural vavoi ; j3ovg, " an ox" dative plural fiovol. 
 
 V. In the case of other nouns, the dative plural is formed 
 by adding 01 to the root, such changes being at the same 
 time made as the rules of euphony require. Thus, vvg, 
 " night" genitive vvur-og, dative plural vv%l f odovg, " a 
 tooth" genitive odovr-og, dative plural bdovai f nalg, " a 
 
 1. Vide page 8. 
 
 2. The primitive form was vvkt-gl ; but by a law of euphony the 
 letters 6, ■&, r, f, are always dropped before a. This leaves vvkol, and 
 then, by another rule, we have /cf changed into its corresponding double 
 letter f, which makes vvfi, the regular form. 
 
 3. The primitive form was bdovr-cu, which, by rejecting r before a, 
 became bSovat,. Then, by another law of euphony, the letters v, r, d, Q, 
 are likewise thrown out before a, and the preceding vowel, if short, is 
 changed into a diphthong, or, if doubtful, is lengthened. This gives us 
 bdovai, the o being changed into the diphthong ov. We must take care, 
 however, as regards the vowel thus changed into a diphthong, or length- 
 ened, never to do so if the penult of the nominative plural be short. 
 Hence urdg makes ureai, not kteloc, the nominative plural being Kriveg. 
 So, also, novg, nom. plural Trod eg, dative plural rcooi, not novel, and 
 Saiuov, nom. plural dai/zoveg, dat. plural dai/toci. 
 
THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 27 
 
 Joy," genitive ncud-og, dative plural Traioi ;' "Apaip, " an 
 Arabian," genitive "Apa6-oc, dative plural "Apaipi f rv- 
 Trecg, " having been struck" genitive rvnevr-og, dative plural 
 rvneloi ; 3 Kreig, " a comb" genitive ftrev-og, dative plural 
 
 £T£(7£, 4 &c. 
 
 II. Special Rules, with Examples. 
 1. Nouns in v and p. 
 Nouns in v and p form the genitive by adding og to the 
 termination of the nominative ; as, p,rjv, genitive \ir\v-6g. 
 In the greater part, however, the long vowel in the termi- 
 nation of the nominative is changed into the corresponding 
 short. Thus, 
 
 
 
 6 firjv, ' 
 
 the month." 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 6 {J,7/V, 
 
 N. TO) 
 
 fj.rjv-e, 
 
 N. 
 
 ol fifjv-ec, 
 
 G. 
 
 tov \ir\v-6g, 
 
 G. toIv 
 
 flVV-OiV, 
 
 G. 
 
 to)v jirjv-ibVy 
 
 D. 
 
 TO) (ITjV-L, 
 
 D. TOIV 
 
 (XTJV-OtV, 
 
 D. 
 
 Tolg {iv-ci,, 5 
 
 A. 
 
 rbv fifjv-a, 
 
 A. TO) 
 
 /X7jv-e, 
 
 A. 
 
 Tovg fi7]v-ac, 
 
 V. 
 
 Hrjv, 
 
 V. 
 
 fijjv-e. 
 
 V. 
 
 /xfjv-eg. 
 
 
 6< 
 
 rrOlflTjV, 
 
 " the shephei 
 
 d." 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 6 KOLfiriv, 
 
 N. TO) 
 
 ttoluev-e, 
 
 N. 
 
 OC TTOLfJLEV-Eg, 
 
 G. 
 
 tov Troiuev-oc, 
 
 G. TOIV 
 
 7TOtfJ,EV-OCV, 
 
 G. 
 
 TCJV irOlfJ,EV-0)V, 
 
 D. 
 
 TO) TTOlflEV-t, 
 
 D. TOlv 
 
 irotuev-OLV, 
 
 D. 
 
 TOtg -KOlflE-CSip 
 
 A. 
 
 tov Troifiev-a, 
 
 A. TO) 
 
 TrOLfJLEV-E, 
 
 A. 
 
 Tovq TCOL/btEv-ag, 
 
 V. 
 
 -KOL[l7]V. 
 
 V. ' 
 
 TTOlfCSV-e. 
 
 V. 
 
 TTOL/LtEV-Eg. 
 
 1. Primitive form izaidoi, which, on rejecting 6 before cr, becomes rrai- 
 ai. No change takes place in the first syllable, as a diphthong (at) is al- 
 ready there. 
 
 2. Primitive form "ApaSaL The only change here is the substitution 
 of the double letter ip for its equivalent [3g . 
 
 3. Primitive form tvkevt-ol. By rejecting r before a we have tv- 
 ttevgi, and by throwing out v before cr, and changing the short vowel s 
 to a diphthong (the penult of the nominative plural being long by posi- 
 tion), we have the form tvkeZgl. 
 
 4. Primitive form ktevgL By rejecting v we have ktegl, the vowel 
 e not being changed to ei, because the nominative plural has a short pe- 
 nult. 
 
 5. Primitive form /xrivai. By rejecting v we have fx^ai. No change 
 takes place in the vowel rj, which is long already. 
 
 6. Primitive form ttoiilevoi. By rejecting v we have Troifiici, like 
 
28 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 2. Nouns in g. 
 When the nominative ends in g , the genitive is formed 
 by rejecting this c, shortening the preceding vowel if it be 
 long, and adding og; as, rpir\pr\g, " a trireme" genitive rpt- 
 rjpeog. 
 
 3. Nouns in $■ and ip. 
 
 I. The double consonant £ is equivalent to yg, Kg, or %g ; 
 and the double consonant ip to /3c, rrg, or 0c. 
 
 II. When the nominative ends in £ or t/>, and we wish 
 to form the genitive, the double consonant is resolved into 
 its component letters, the termination og is added, and the 
 c or final letter of the root is thrown out. If a long vowel, 
 moreover, be found in the final syllable of the nominative 
 before the double consonant, it is changed to its correspond- 
 ing short. Thus, 
 
 ~alyg, 
 dXojrrrjKg, 
 
 (pXebg, 
 
 alj;, " a goat, 
 
 clXgutt]^, "a fox," 
 
 $pi%, " the hair" 
 
 (pXsip, " a vein," 
 
 dtp, " an eye," 
 KarrjXiip, " a roof" 
 
 (pdXay^, " a phalanx," 
 
 Xdpvy%, " the larynx," 
 
 }£< 
 
 (x)ng, 
 
 KarrjXL^g, 
 (pdXayyg, 
 Xdpvyyg, 
 
 gen. auy-og. 
 
 " aXtirreit-og. 1 
 
 " rpix-og? ■ 
 
 " (j)Xe6-6g. 
 
 " <bn-6g. 
 
 " Karr)Xc(()-og. 
 
 " (f)dXayy-og. 
 
 " Xdpvyy-og. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 N. ^ TVTEpV^, 
 
 G. TTJc nrspvy-og, 
 
 D. ry TTTepvy-i, 
 
 A. r^v TTTepvy-a, 
 V. Trrepvt;. 
 
 7} nrspv^, " £Ae wing." 
 Dual. 
 N. ra Trripvy-e, 
 G. raZv Tzrepvy-oiv, 
 D. raiv Trrepvy-oiv, 
 A. ra 7TTepvy-e, 
 V. Trrepvy-e. 
 
 Plural. 
 N. at nripvy-ec, 
 G. TUV Tvrepvy-uv, 
 D. ra?c 7CTEpv^-i, 3 
 A. rdc TTTepvy-ag, 
 V. TTTepvy-Eg. 
 
 1 . The long vowel (??) in the termination of the nominative is changed 
 in the genitive to a short. 
 
 2. Generally speaking, no two successive syllables can each begin 
 with an aspirate in Greek. Hence dpixos changes to rptxog, the r and 
 & being cognate letters. 
 
 3. Primitive form irripvyai, whence, by substituting £ for yc, we have 
 
THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 29 
 
 Singular. 
 
 N. 7] lal?i,aip, 
 G. tt]<; ?iai?iair-o(; : 
 D. ry laiTiarr-i, 
 A. TTjv "kaikaTT-a, 
 V. Xat?Mip. 
 
 i\ XalXaip, " the storm." 
 Dual. 
 
 N. to, ?iat?ia7T-e, 
 G. raif 2,atXdTv-ocv. 
 D. ralv 2,aildTT-oiv, 
 A. rd 2<uAa7r-£, 
 
 I 
 
 Plural. 
 N. at XaDiair-eg, 
 G. tuiv TiaiXdrr-oyVf 
 D. ralg laiXaip-i, 1 
 A. rdf laiXair-ag, 
 V. /Iat/la7r-£f. 
 
 4. Nouns in dg, ecg, and ovg. 
 
 I. Nominatives in ac, etc, and ovf, being, for the most 
 part, formed from roots ending in avr, evr, ovr, have their 
 genitives in avrog, evrog, ovrog ; as, eXecpag, " an ele- 
 phant" (root sXecpavr), genitive eXscpavr-og; Ztfiostg, " the 
 river Simois" (root Htfjidevr), genitive I^Lfioevr-og ; oSovg, 
 " a tooth" (root odd^T), genitive odovr-og. 
 
 II. Words in a^ and etc, which arise from old forms con- 
 taining v, and which form their genitive in avog, avrog, or 
 evrog, throw away c in the vocative, and then, for the most 
 part, resume the v ; as, rdXag, " miser able" gen. rdXav-og, 
 voc. TaAav ; Alag, " Ajax" gen. Atavr-og, voc. Alav ; ^;a- 
 pietf, "graceful " gen. 'xapievr-og, voc. %apLev. 
 
 Singular. 
 N. 6 ytyaf, 
 G. rov yiyavr-OQ, 
 D. tcj ylyavr-i, 
 A. top ytyavr-a, 
 V. ylyav. 
 
 6 ytyag, " ^Ae giant" 
 Dual. 
 
 N. rw yiyavr-e, 
 G. toXv ytydvr-OLv, 
 D. too* ytydvT-OLV, 
 A. tcj yiyavr-e, 
 V. yiyavr-e. 
 
 Plural. 
 N. Oi y/yavr-ef, ' 
 G. r<3v ytyavT-ov, 
 D. rotf ytyd-ac,^ 
 A. 70t>f yiyavT-ag, 
 V. yiyavr-eg. 
 
 rj Xijioetg, " ^<? nver Simois." 
 Singular. 
 N. ^ Si/^oetf, 
 G. T^f 1,i/j,6evT-og, 
 
 D. T?7 HiLfXOEVT-C, 
 
 A. TTjv . "LifioevT-a, 
 V. Itfioev. 
 
 1. Primitive form lailairai, whence, by substituting 1// for ttj-, we 
 have 'kaikatyt. 
 
 2. Primitive form yiyavrai. By rejecting the r we have ytyavcu, 
 and then, by throwing out the v before a, and lengthening the preceding 
 vowel, we have yiydat. 
 
 C 2 
 
30 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 
 6 ddovg, " the tooth." 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 6 bSovg, 
 
 N. tcj 666vT-e, 
 
 N. 
 
 ol bdovT-ec, 
 
 G. 
 
 rov bdovr-oc;, 
 
 G. toIv bdovT-otv, 
 
 G. 
 
 TUV bdovT-uv, 
 
 D. 
 
 ra> bdovT-i, 
 
 D. tgZv bdovT-otv, 
 
 D. 
 
 Tolg bdov-ac, 1 
 
 A. 
 
 rov bdovr-a, 
 
 A. to bdovT-e, 
 
 A. 
 
 tovc bdovT-ae, 
 
 V. 
 
 b6ovg. 
 
 V. bdovT-e. 
 
 V. 
 
 bdovT-eq. 
 
 Other nouns in etg, different from those just mentioned, 
 make the genitive in evog ; as, ureig, " a comb" genitive 
 Krevog ; or in eidog ; as, ichetg, " a key" genitive nXetd-og. 
 
 5. Nouns in a, i, and v. 
 
 I. Words which end in a, i, or v add the syllable rog 
 to the termination of the nominative, and thus form the gen- 
 itive case ; as, oti^a, " a body" genitive odofiar-og ; [ieXi, 
 " honey" genitive \iiXir-og ; while those in v change also 
 this vowel into a before rog ; as, 66pv, " a spear," genitive 
 dopar-og ; yovv, " a knee" genitive yovar-og. 
 
 II. In strictness, however, these nouns in a, i, v come 
 from roots that terminate in r ; as, trocar, fieXcr, and hence 
 og is only added, in fact, to the root. 
 
 III. With regard to the vowel change in yovv and dopv, 
 and other words of similar ending, it must be borne in mind 
 that the old nominatives were in ag ; as, yovag, dopag, from 
 the roots yovar, dopar, whence, of course, the genitives yo- 
 var-og and dopar-og came by appending og. 2 
 
 IV. But other nouns in v merely add og to the termination 
 ef the nominative ; as, ddicpv, " a tear" genitive ddfcpv-og. 
 
 Examples. 
 ro aojfia, u the body." 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 TO c&fia, 
 
 N. 
 
 tq cuuaT-e, 
 
 N. 
 
 to. GUfiar-a, 
 
 G. 
 
 TOV CtOU&T-OC, 
 
 G. 
 
 TOLV GG)fL&T-OlV, 
 
 G. 
 
 TUV GULiaT-GJV, 
 
 D. 
 
 TGJ ou/xaT-t, 
 
 D. 
 
 TOLV Gtdfl&T-OLV, 
 
 D. 
 
 rotg Gtd/ia-GL? 
 
 A. 
 
 to ctifia, 
 
 A. 
 
 rd GOfzaT-s, 
 
 A. 
 
 to. Gu/xaT-a, 
 
 V. 
 
 ou/ia. 
 
 V. 
 
 GUfxaT-e. 
 
 V. 
 
 GUfiaT-a. 
 
 1. The formation of this dative has already been explained, page 26. 
 
 2. So, also, yuTia, " milk" makes ydlaKT-oc; , because the old nomi- 
 native form was yakaKT, afterward yaXat-, and finally ydTia. 
 
 3. Primitive form cu/xaTGi,, whence, by rejecting t before g, we have 
 aoycaoi. 
 
THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 31 
 
 Singular. 
 N. to \ieAl, 
 G. tov fisAlr-og, 
 D. rib [ieAlt-i, 
 A. to /is Ac, 
 V. fitAi. 
 
 to \ii\i, " the honey? 
 Dual. 
 
 [ieAit-e, 
 tolv ^eAlt-olv, 
 
 D. TOLV fisAir-o 
 
 ( AtT-e, 
 [ieAit-e. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. TO, jlE?UT-a, 
 
 G. tov jieaIt-uv, 
 D. Tolg jueAt-ac, 1 
 A. ra [XEAtT-a, 
 
 V. jliALT-a. 
 
 Singular. 
 N. to yovv, 
 G. rov yovaT'OC, 
 D. to yovaT-i, 
 A. to yovv, 
 V. yovv. 
 
 to yovv, " £Ae knee" 
 Dual. 
 
 N. to yovaT-e, 
 
 G. TO?V yOV&T-OLV, 
 
 D. TGiv yovaT-o^v, 
 A. to yovar-e, 
 V. ydvaT-e. 
 
 to daitpv, " ^e tear." 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 to, yovar-a, 
 tov yovaT-wv, 
 TOif yova-ci, 2 
 to yovar-a, 
 yovar-a. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 to ddicpv-E, 
 
 N. 
 
 to ddicpv~a, 
 
 G. 
 
 rolv Saupv-oiv, 
 
 G. 
 
 tov (Wpv-wv, 
 
 D. 
 
 tolv daupv-oiv, 
 
 D. 
 
 rolq ddupv-ci, 
 
 A, 
 
 to ddicpv-£, 
 
 A. 
 
 to ddupv-a, 
 
 V. 
 
 ddicpv-e. 
 
 V. 
 
 ddupv-a. 
 
 Singular. 
 N. to ddicpv, 
 G. tov dd/cpv-os, 
 D. to ddicpv-i, 
 A. to da/cpv, 
 V. ddupv. 
 
 6. Nouns in ap. 
 
 I. Nouns in ap make either aTO£ in the genitive ; as, 
 ovecap, " a dream,'''' genitive dveldT-og ; Tjnap, " *Ae liver," 
 genitive rjnaT-og ; or else apo£ ; as, -&evap, " ^e pa/m o/* 
 £Ae hand," genitive Mvdp-og? 
 
 II. But dd[iap, " « wife" makes ddfiapT-og. i 
 
 Examples. 
 to ^Trap, " £^e liver.'' 1 
 
 Singular. 
 N. to ' ^7rap, 
 G. tov ^7raT-of, 
 D. to ijizdr-i, 
 A. to 7]7cap, 
 V. ^7rap. 
 
 Dual. 
 N. to rjirar-e, 
 
 G. TOiV TJTzdT-OLV, 
 
 D. to?v jjTraT-oiv, 
 A. to ^7raT-e, 
 V. #7raT-e. 
 
 Plural. 
 N. to ^7raT-a, 
 G. tov rj^dr-uv, 
 D. to?c %7ra-oi, s 
 A. to rjTzar-a, 
 V. $7raT-a. 
 
 1 . Primitive form ftsJivrau 
 
 2. Primitive form yovaTat. 
 
 3. The roots of ovstap and ^7rap were dvsiar and ^7raT respectively. 
 
 4. The root of ddfiap was dd/iapr. 
 
 5. Primitive form rfnaro~i. 
 
32 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 Singular. 
 N. 6 ipap, 
 G. rov ipap-oe, 
 D. tw •ipap-t, 
 A. rbv iptip-a, 
 Y. ipdp. 
 
 6 ipdp, " the starling. 
 Dual. 
 
 N. rd ipup-e, 
 G. rolv -ipap-oiv, 
 D. tocv ipap-olv, 
 A. to) ipap-e, 
 V. ipap-e. 
 
 Plural. 
 N. oi tpap-ec, 
 G. rwv -ipap-ibv, 
 D. to?? ipap-ai, 
 A. roi)? 'ipup-ag, 
 V. ipdp-eg. 
 
 7. Neuters in ag. 
 
 I. Neuters in gc make partly otoc in the genitive ; as, 
 Kpsag^ " flesh" genitive upedr-og ; nepag, " a horn" geni- 
 tive ttepdr-og. 
 
 II. More commonly, however, they form the genitive in 
 aoc ; as, tcvecpag, "darkness ," genitive rcvecpa-og, in which 
 case the Attics contract the termination aoc into o>c ; as, 
 Kpecdg, ttepog, fee. 
 
 III. These nouns will be considered hereafter, when we 
 come to treat of the contracted declensions. 
 
 8. Nouns in avg. 
 
 I. Nouns in c&fc make aoc and j]og in the genitive ; as, 
 vavg, " a ship" genitive va-og and vr\-6g. These will also 
 be considered hereafter. 
 
 II. Nouns in avg, whose genitive ends in og pure, that 
 is, og preceded by a vowel, take v instead of a as the final 
 letter of the accusative singular ; as, vavg, " a ship," geni- 
 itive va-6g, accusative vavv. 
 
 , 9. Nouns in rjg. 
 
 I. Nouns in 7}g, other than those alluded to under § 2, 
 make the genitive in rrrog and rjdog ; as, (piXorrjg, "friend- 
 ship," genitive (ptXoTTjr-og ; Hdpvrjg, the name of a mount- 
 ain on the confines of Attica, genitive ILdpV7]d-og. 
 
 II. In strictness, og is merely added here to the termi- 
 nation of the roots ; as, cpiXorrjr (root), genitive (pihorrjT-Gg ; 
 ILdpv7)6 (root), genitive VLdpvrfi-og. 
 
Singular. 
 
 N. 6 irevris, 
 G. rov TzevrjT-og, 
 
 D. T(p 7TEVTJT-1, 
 
 A. rov Kev7jT-a, 
 
 V. TTEVTjg. 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 Example. 
 
 6 irevng, " the poor man." 
 
 Dual. 
 
 N. TO) 7TEVTJT-E, 
 
 G. TOlv -XEVTjT-OlV, 
 
 D. TOZV 1TEV7JT-OIV, 
 
 A. TCJ 7CEV7JT-E, 
 
 V. -KEvrir-E. 
 
 33 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. Oi 7T£V7]T-£Cy 
 G. TUV 7ZEV7JT-UV, 
 
 D. ro?f TTEvrj-Gi, 1 
 A. rot>f 7TEv?]T-ag, 
 
 V. 7TEV7]r-Eg. 
 
 10. Nouns in ig. 
 
 I. Nouns in tc make the genitive in to^, t(5o^, r^o^, troc, 
 and ^o$*. In strictness, however, this is only o^ added to 
 the several roots. Thus, 
 
 b<f)ig , " « serpent" root o0£, genitive b<pi-og. 
 
 kXmg, " hope" " eXttlS, " eXirld-og. 
 
 bpvig, " # ford," " bpvW, " bpvld-og. 
 
 X^pig, " # favour, " X° L P ir i " %^P tr-o r- 
 
 a/trig, " a sunbeam" " dfcrlVj " dfcrlv-og. 
 
 II. The Attics change toe into ewe ; as, bepecjg for o^ioc ; 
 7r6Aea)c for rcoXtog, from 7rd/Uc, " a czty," &c. 
 
 III. Nouns in to, whose genitive ends in oc pure, take in 
 the accusative singular a final v instead of a ; as, o0£v, 7ro- 
 
 IV. But other nouns in tc, whose genitive ends in oc im- 
 pure, and which have no accent on the last syllable of the 
 nominative, make the accusative in a and v, the latter par- 
 ticularly with the Attics ; as, bpvig genitive bpvid-og, ac- 
 cusative bpvid-a and bpvcv ; and epig, " strife" genitive 
 epid-og, accusative eptd-a and epiv. But aXeig, " a key" 
 forms an exception, having, though accented on the last 
 syllable, aXeld-a and kXelv in the accusative. 
 
 V. Nouns in ig generally form the vocative singular by 
 dropping the c ; as, Jldpt, " Oh Paris !" Monosyllables, 
 however, frequently retain the c, as do many other nouns 
 in the Attic dialect, or else take the final letter of the root. 
 Thus, pig, " a nose" vocative plv. 
 
 1. Primitive form ttevwtci. 
 
34 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 VI. Nouns in ig, genitive tog, will be considered here- 
 after, under the contracted forms. Examples of some of 
 the others here follow : 
 
 
 
 Examples. 
 
 
 
 r) epig, " the strife." 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. r) spig, 
 
 G. rfiq EpX6-og, 
 
 D. rrj fpid-t, 
 
 A. TT/v epid-a and spiv, 
 
 V. tpi and epig. 
 
 N. rd epid-s, 
 G. ralv kpld-otv, 
 D. ralv kpld-OLV, 
 A. rd eptd-e, 
 V. eptd-e. 
 
 1 N. ai spid-Eg, 
 G. ruv kplS-uv, 
 D. ralg epi-ai, 1 
 A. rag £pid-ag r 
 
 j V. EpiS-ES. 
 
 
 r) pig, " the nose." 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. % frig, 
 
 N. rd frlv-e, 
 
 N. at frlv-Eg, 
 
 G. rrjg frlv-bg, 
 
 G. -ralv friv-olv, 
 
 G. ruv friv-uv, 
 
 D. ry frtv-l, 
 A. rrjv frlv-a, 
 V. piv. 
 
 r 
 
 A 
 
 ). ralv ptv-olv, 
 .. rd frlv-e, 
 
 frlv-E. 
 
 D. ralg frt-ai,' z 
 A. rag frlv-ag, 
 V. frlv-eg. 
 
 11. Neuters in og. 
 Neuters in og make the genitive in eog, which the Attics 
 
 contract into ovg ; as, reZ^oc, " a wall" genitive ru%E-og, 
 Attic reixovg. These will be considered under contracted 
 nouns. 
 
 12. Nouns in ovg. 
 
 I. Words in ovg, other than those mentioned in § 4, make 
 the genitive in oog ; as, (3ovg, " an ox," genitive (3oog. 
 Some, again, when ovg arises by contraction from oetg, 
 genitive oevrog, make their genitive in ovvrog ; as, 'Orrovg, 
 the name of a city, genitive 'Oirovvr-og. 
 
 II. Those words in ovg whose genitive ends in og pure, 
 take v instead of a in the accusative ; as, (3ovg, gen. fio-6g, 
 accusative (3ovv. This same noun (3ovg also casts off c to 
 form the vocative ; as, j3ov, but other nouns in ovg more 
 frequently retain the c than drop it. 
 
 1. Primitive form eptdai,, whence, by rejecting 6 before a, we have 
 Iptai. 
 
 2. Primitive form frivol, whence, by rejecting v before a, we have 
 frlai. 
 
THIRD DECLENSION. 35 
 
 III. The noun irovg, "a foot" makes in the genitive 
 rrod-og . But words compounded with ttovx; make in Attic 
 also rxov, and in the accusative ttovv ; as, nominative 7toX- 
 vnovg, genitive ttoXvttov. 
 
 IV. The noun (3ovg will be considered under the con- 
 tracted declensions ; the following is the inflexion of 7rovg. 
 
 Example. 
 6 irovg, " the foot" 
 Singular. Dual. Plural. 
 
 N. 6 TrorJf, 
 
 G. tov 7rod-6g , 
 
 D. r<p irod-1, 
 
 A. tov Kod-a, 
 
 V. 7rovga.xi&7rov. 
 
 N. to) 7ro6-e, j N. ol nod-eg, 
 
 G. TOlv IToS-OLV, G. TUV TTod-WV, 
 
 D. TOtV TTod-Olv, I D. TOig TTO-Gl, 1 
 
 A. tu redds, A. rovg Trod-ag, 
 
 V. tc68-e. | V. 7r6d-eg. 
 
 13. Nouns in vg. 
 
 I. Words in vg make vog in the genitive ; as, 6o6vg, 
 " the loins" genitive 6o<bv-og ; Spvg, " a tree" genitive 
 6pv-6g. 
 
 II. Sometimes they form the genitive in vdog, vdog, or 
 vvog ; as, xXaybvg, " a cloak" genitive ^Aa/Livd-oc ; tcopvg, 
 " a helmet" genitive nopvd-og ; noyfivg, " a bundle" genitive 
 KG)[ivd-og ; Qopfcvg, "Phorcys," genitive Qopuvv-og. 
 
 III. Words in vc, whose genitive ends in og impure, and 
 which have no accent on the last syllable, make the ac- 
 cusative in a and v, the latter particularly with the Attics. 
 But words in vg, whose genitive ends in og pure, always 
 have v in the accusative. On the other hand, words in vg, 
 whose genitive ends in og impure, and which have an accent 
 on the last syllable of the nominative, always make the ac- 
 cusative in a. 
 
 IV. Words in vg, gen. vog, will be considered under the 
 contracted nouns. The following is the declension of 
 nouns in vg, gen. vdog. 
 
 1. Primitive form ttoSgl, whence, by rejecting 6 before a, we have 
 tcog'i, the o remaining short in order to conform to the quantity of the 
 nominative plural. 
 
36 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 Example. 
 
 
 
 i] itopvg, 
 
 " the helmet." 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 r) Kopvg, 
 rf/g aopvd-og, 
 rrj Kopvd-i, 
 ttjv nopvd-a and 
 Kopvg. 
 
 KOpVV, 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V". 
 
 ra Kopvd-s, 
 ralv Kopvd-oiv, 
 ralv Kopvd-oiv, 
 ra Kopvd-e, 
 
 KOpvd-E. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 at nopvd-zg, 
 T&V Kopvd-uv, 
 Talg Kopv-ct, 1 
 Tag nopvd-ag, 
 KopvQ-eg. 
 
 14. Nouns in cov. 
 
 I. Words in cjv form the genitive in oyvog or ovog, ac- 
 cording as they have a long or short vowel in the termina- 
 tion of the root. Thus, alojv, " an age" genitive altiv-og, 
 root alow ; but daqioyv, genitive datfiov-og, root dalfiov. 
 
 II. Words in (ov, that make the genitive in ovog, retain 
 the long vowel also in the vocative ; as, UXdrov, "Plato" 
 genitive UXdrov-og, vocative JiXdrov. But those which 
 have ovog in the genitive make the vocative in ov ; as, dat- 
 ficjv, genitive 6ai\tov-og, vocative dalfiov. 
 
 III. The following two, however, although they have 
 ovog in the genitive, make the vocative in ov, namely, 
 'ArroXXov, "Apollo" genitive 'AiroXXctv-og, vocative "AttoX- 
 Xov ; TLooeidtiv, "Neptune" genitive TLooeidGJv-og, vocative 
 Uoaecdov. 
 
 IV. Another instance of the long vowel in the nomina- 
 tive becoming short in the vocative, though not belonging 
 to the present head, is that of aorrip, " a saviour" genitive 
 acor^p-og, vocative aorep. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 6 altiv, " the age." 
 
 Singular. Dual. Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 6 
 
 altov, 
 
 N. 
 
 to) aluv-e, 
 
 N. 
 
 01 
 
 aluv-eg, 
 
 G. 
 
 TOV 
 
 al&v-og, 
 
 G. 
 
 toIv aluv-oiv, 
 
 G. 
 
 TCJV 
 
 al6v-av, 
 
 D. 
 
 T$ 
 
 alcJv-i, 
 
 D. 
 
 tolv aiuv-oiv, 
 
 D. 
 
 Tolg 
 
 alua-i,2 
 
 A. 
 
 TOV 
 
 aluv-a, 
 
 A. 
 
 tu> altiv-e, 
 
 A. 
 
 Tovg 
 
 aluv-ag, 
 
 V. 
 
 
 al6v. 
 
 V. 
 
 aiuv-e. 
 
 V. 
 
 
 alov-eg. 
 
 1. Primitive form nopvdci, whence, by rejecting # before a, we have 
 Kopvai. 
 
 2. Primitive form alfivct, whence, by rejecting v before <?, we have 
 
THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 37 
 
 Singular. 
 N. 6 dal/iov, 
 
 G. TOV 
 
 D. rcj Saiuov-t, 
 
 ' A. rov Salfiov-a, 
 
 V. datfiov. 
 
 '-Of, 
 
 6 daifiuv, " Me cfe^y, 
 DwaZ. 
 N. tw daiftov-e, 
 G. ro?v datjuov-oLv, 
 D. roZy 6aifz6v-oiv, 
 A. rcj datfiov-e, 
 V. daifiov-e. 
 
 Plural. 
 N. oi datfiov-er, 
 G. tuv dcuuov-vv, 
 D. role; daifioa-i, 1 
 A. rovf dai/xov-ac, 
 V. Saifiov-eg. 
 
 15. Nouns in G)g. 
 
 I. Words in 6>c make wo^, gjtoc, ooc (contracted ovc), 
 and oroc. Thus, (fy«6c, " a slave" genitive 6fio)-6g ; </)oic, 
 " light," genitive <po)r-6g ; aldtig, " modesty" genitive aZ- 
 dd-oc, contracted aldovg ; rerv(p(og, " having struck," geni- 
 tive rerv<p6r-og. 
 
 II. The noun <w&jc will be considered under the con- 
 tracted forms. The following are examples of wc, woe, and 
 
 wc, 6)T0C. 
 
 Singular. 
 N. 6 #w£, 
 G. roii i^cj-of, 
 D. r<3 #«-t, 
 A. roj; #gj-g, 
 V. $6c 
 
 Singular. 
 N. d epwc, 
 
 G. TOV EpOT-OC, 
 
 D. rti epoT-t, 
 A. tw epoT-a, 
 V. epejf. 
 
 Examples. 
 6 #c5c, " Me jackal." 
 
 Dual. 
 N. r<y tfw-e, 
 G. roiv -fru-oiv, 
 D. roZV -&d)-OLV, 
 A. r<y 
 V. 
 
 
 6 epwo, " the love." 
 
 Dual. 
 N. Tu epor-e, 
 G. rolv epuT-ocv, 
 
 D. TOlv kptJT-OLV, 
 
 A. to) epo)T-e, 
 
 V. ftpUT-E. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 01 ■&£)-££, 
 
 G. TUV ■&6-UV, 
 
 D. Tolg -fro-ai,, 2 
 A. tovq "&ti-ac, 
 V. #<3-ej. 
 
 N. OA spOT-EC, 
 
 G. tuv ep6r-u)v 
 
 D. roif fpuc-i, 3 
 
 A. rotif epor-ac, 
 
 V. Ipwr-ef. 
 
 1. Primitive form dai/iovoc, whence, by rejecting v before a, we have 
 daifioci, the o being kept short to suit the quantity of the nominative 
 plural. 
 
 2. Here ci is added immediately to the final vowel of the root. 
 
 3. Primitive form epuTci, whence, by rejecting r before a, we have 
 epayai. 
 
 D 
 
38 
 
 EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 XXX. EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 I. 
 Give the case and number of the following nouns : 
 
 XafindSog, 
 
 KCOg, 
 
 irpdyiiare, 
 
 Krevog, 
 
 Xa^ndac, 
 
 KCV, 
 
 rrpdyfiaac, 
 
 fcreac. 
 
 Xafindda, 
 
 trie, 
 
 rrpdyfjcarc, 
 
 Krive, 
 
 Xafindde, 
 
 ncag, 
 
 npdyfiara, 
 
 tcrsvag, 
 
 Xafmddov, 
 
 rracava, 
 
 Trpaypdrocv, 
 
 nreva, 
 
 Xafmddocv, 
 
 Tractive, 
 
 aldepc, 
 
 TTVpCC, 
 
 Xafinddag, 
 
 TTaCaVC, 
 
 aldepa, 
 
 rrvps, 
 
 \idprvpog, 
 
 TTCLiaOl, 
 
 prjTop, 
 
 TTVpt, 
 
 fidprvpoc, 
 
 tcXtivag, 
 
 prjTop, 
 
 Ttvpa, 
 
 Kopagc, 
 
 kX(x)V, 
 
 prjrope, 
 
 TTVpOCV, 
 
 icopafci, 
 
 kXgjve, 
 
 f)7]T0pGC, 
 
 TTVp&V, 
 
 prjropc, 
 
 kXojvc, 
 
 pryropa, 
 
 (pdXayya, 
 
 rracds, 
 
 kXcjoc, 
 
 pTjropag, 
 
 (pdXayi-c, 
 
 7TCU, 
 
 "EXXyveg, 
 
 repara, 
 
 cpdXayye, 
 
 iraca'c, 
 
 "JZXXtjvs, 
 
 rspare, 
 
 IfidvrCj 
 
 drjpag, 
 
 "Y±XXr\ac, 
 
 rspaac, 
 
 entice, 
 
 #^pe, 
 
 "EXXqvog, 
 
 r Sparc, 
 II. 
 
 into English, a 
 
 ifidg. 
 
 Translate the following 
 
 ad name, at the 
 
 same time, th« 
 
 ", case and number of each. 
 
 
 (epfia, " 
 
 z prop"), 
 
 (%£ClL(jiV, " 
 
 a storm"), 
 
 epfjbare, 
 
 
 %eciLtdva, 
 
 
 SpfMLTl, 
 
 
 Xecp&vc, 
 
 
 spfiaac, 
 
 
 Xecfiojve. 
 
 
 kpfxarocv, 
 
 
 {Xcu7\v, " a 
 
 harbour*'), 
 
 epparog. 
 
 
 Xc\LECC, 
 
 
 (aXg, " the sea"), 
 
 Xc\iiva, 
 
 
 aXa, 
 
 
 Xcpcsvocv, 
 
 
 aXog 
 
 
 Xc\i£ve. 
 
 
 aXi, 
 
 
 (odXmyi;, 4 
 
 a trumpet"). 
 
 aXot 
 
 
 odXncyye, 
 
 
EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 39 
 
 odXmygi, 
 
 <pG)TS. 
 
 odXmyyog, 
 
 {wr\pv%, " a herald"), 
 
 odXmyyeg. 
 
 KTjpvfcsg, 
 
 {aval-, " a king"), 
 
 KTjpV^t, 
 
 avanrog, 
 
 Kripvaag, 
 
 avattri, 
 
 KTjpVUa, 
 
 avai-c, 
 
 KTJpVlCCOV. 
 
 avafcra. 
 
 (cdpZ, "flesh"), 
 
 (0g3c, " a warrior"), 
 
 odptci, 
 
 (p&ra, 
 
 adpfca, 
 
 (pcjrog, 
 
 Gap/cog, 
 
 <pu>rag, 
 
 cdp%\ 
 
 III. 
 
 Convert the following into Greek, and name, at the same 
 time, the case and number of each. 
 
 (?) bip, gen. 07rdc, 
 
 " the voice"), 
 with the voice, 
 with a voice, 
 of the voice, 
 the two voices, 
 of the two voices, 
 the voices, 
 of voices, 
 {fi ttltvc, gen. -vog, 
 
 " the pine-tree"), 
 of the pine-tree, 
 of pine-trees, 
 with pine-trees, 
 with the two pine-trees. 
 (6 dfcfjicjv, gen. -ovog 
 
 " the anvil"), 
 the two anvils, 
 of anvils, 
 with anvils, 
 
 with two anvils, 
 
 oh anvils ! 
 
 oh two anvils ! 
 
 (6 Xdlyi-, gen. -tyyog, 
 
 il the pebble"), 
 of the pebble, 
 the two pebbles, 
 of pebbles, 
 oh pebbles ! 
 (rj $pi%, gen. rpixog, 
 
 " the hair"), 
 with the hair, 
 of the hairs, 
 of the two hairs, 
 with the two hairs, 
 the two hairs, 
 the hairs. 
 (6 ipaXrrjp, gen. -ripog, 
 
 " the harper"), 
 of the harper, 
 
40 EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 of harpers, of the lights, 
 
 with the harpers, the lights, 
 
 oh two harpers ! (rj ireXeidg, gen. -ddog, 
 for a harper. " the dove 11 ), 
 
 (to (p&g, gen. cpurog, of doves, 
 
 " the light"), with a dove, 
 
 the two lights, with the doves, 
 
 with a light, the two doves, 
 oh lights ! 
 
 IV. 
 
 Translate the following, and show, at the same time, the 
 agreement or government in each clause or phrase. 
 
 f O dy&v tov XsovTog teal t&v kvv&v. — to alfia 'Ad&vc- 
 dog, 1 Kal to, onXa 'A^tXXecjg, 2 Kal ol viol "AtCTopog. — rj \idxi) 
 Orjaeog, Kal t&v 'Afia^ovuv. 3 — rj alria T7\g tuvrjaeog, Kal 
 t&v xprjfidTGiv tov prjTopog. — at defeat 'Padafiavdvog. — to, 
 d&pa t&v Tp&oiv 4 Uooeid&vi Kal 'AnoXXovi. — to, ^TrjaaTa 
 Qsoyvog. — noLrifiaTa [xvOtKa, Kal k7nypd\i\iaTa, Kal 6pd\iaTa. 
 — Ta t&v UXsiddov 5 clot pa. — Tag HXeiddag Kal tov 'QpiGd- 
 vog fivdov. — ol Tcaldeg 'iTmoddfiavTog 6 Kal ol Tijg %&pag <70)- 
 TJjpeg. — 6 ipocfyog t&v p,aoTiyo)v, Kal at kXirideg t&v 'EXXtj- 
 vojv. — Ta t&v Qolvlkgjv 1 ypdfifiaTa Kal rj Tr\g KdSfiov a<pi%- 
 eo)g laTopia. — a,7]66vsg s Kal opvidsg 9 *F,XXddog ! — 6 xpvobg 
 t&v dvadr]udTGiv Kal ol dvdpidvTeg 10 t&v 'TZonepidov, 11 Kal 
 ol Xe67]Teg 12 ^epvi6oc. 13 — r\ nival; tov %pvGo\idXXov depa- 
 Tog. u 
 
 At Aavatdeg Kal ol viol AlyvixTOV, Kal to t&v Aavat- 
 dov epyov dvoaiov. — ol 'Idnvysg, Kal Ta YLaioapog \xvi\- 
 \iara. — r\ t&v Nojmdov (pvyrj, Kal 6 'IdptavTog Kal Tivy- 
 (iaXco)vog dy&v. — Acjd&vr], TxoXtg M.oXoaaidog X5 kv 'HrreipG). 
 — ol xpr)CF[iol irpotprjTCOv Kal npo(pr)TidG)v ie Kal Tr\g dpvbg 11 
 
 1. Nom. "Aduvig. — 2. Nom. 'AxlIIcvq. — 3. Nom. 'kfia&v. — 4 
 Nom. Tptog. — 5. Nom. \Tkeidg. — 6. Nom. 'iTriroddfiag. — 7. Nom. §oi 
 vi%. — 8. Nom. drjSuv. — 9. Nom. opveg. — 10. Nom. dvdpid?. — 11. Nom 
 pi. 'Ecrrepidec. — 12. Nom. XeBrjg. — 13. Nom. %ipvvty. — 14. Nom. tie* 
 pa£. — 15. Nom. MoXocaic. — 16. Nom. 77po(j>7JTcg. — 17. Nom. dpv£. 
 
EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 41 
 
 teal rov Xebryrog kv Acjdojvq. — ro) Xoyo) rolv pr\ropow. — 
 rolv rov Kpdrrjrog 1 dpd\iaroiv. — TxXr\yalg Kal fidan^i 2 kv 
 ri[j rr\g 'Aprefudog 3 eoprjj. — at 'Afia^oveg kv tgj rr\g 'Ap- 
 re/iidog vaio, Kal ro rrovrjpdv Avy 6 dficdog epyov. — 'EXckgj- 
 va Kal rag r&v Movcrtiv nrepvyag. — rti TLavbg dydXfiare. 
 — 6 Ile/loTrof 4 iralg Kal 6 ' Ay ajikfivovog npoyovog. — kv rig 
 Xdpvau s Havdr]g Kal Uepaeojg. 
 
 Tvpavvlg kanv rj fir]rrip ddiKtag. — 6 deiXog kari rr\g na- 
 rpidog 6 TTpodorrjg. — 6 %6\og 'Aprifiidog rjv tj alria rov -&a- 
 vdrov 'Ad&vidog Kal rr\g Xvnrjg Kvnpidog. — 7} (pcjvrj rr\g 
 arjdovog karl ro UpoKvrjg ^p^v^fia. — ro> kXecpavrt 1 karl 
 dpaKovrog* oppodia. — kv r£) fieXirog 9 Tridu eld \ivp\ir\Keg™ 
 — at Maivddeg r\oav rj alria rov -davdrov ILevdeug. — aya 
 6ol avdpconoi elaiv eiKoveg rtiv $eg)v. — ol Avaoveg r\aav ol 
 avr6%doveg n 'IraXiag. — ol Xeovreg eloiv aXKifioc -frijpeg. — 
 arayoveg vdarog eloiv kv rfj irerpa. — "Oprvyeg ,2 eloiv r\8v- 
 (pojvoi Kal \La%r\riKol bpvideg. — ol irepdiKeg 13 kv ry 'Attik%j 
 yr\ r\oav ev(po)voi, kv 6e Bocuria loxvo<pG>voi. — yepovreg 1 * 
 eloi naXifinaideg. 15 — ol M.vpp,i66veg rjoav ttots iivp(j,7]Keg. — 
 6 rcov Nofidduv kv Ai6vy dpiQ\iog karl d-avfiarog alria. 
 
 Qpeveg 16 dyaSal sv tgj otifiarc dvdpunov elal \ieyiorov kv 
 kXaxicTG). — evoidia Kal \ivpov yvipiv 17 eloiv alria ftavdrov. 
 — oiyr\ kort Koojiog yvvait-iv. 18 — tg) node 19 'Hcp-aiorov rjoav 
 X^Xg). — to %i<pog karlv kv ralg x s P ol2 ° M^detog, Kal rib 
 rralde 21 eloiv a<p66c). — ex ei ra xPW ara 'Afivvrov 22 rov rojv 
 MaKedovov fiaoiXeug. — TrXijOog rjv dp^dr^v Kal -dvoifid- 
 tg)v kv ry yq rtiv 'Apddcov. 23 — "Apyog, 6 TravonrTjg e^et 
 ofijjLara kv bXcd tg> ocDjxari. — Avyeag 6 fiaoiXevg "HXidog 24, 
 ex^i (3ooK7]fidro)v rroifivag, Kai kori rcaig TLooeidaJvog. — 
 exet rbv faorripa 'iTnroXvrrjg, ri\g r&v 'Afia^6vo)v /3a- 
 
 1. Nom. Kp&TTjc. — 2. Nom. fidart^. — 3. Norn. "Apreftcg. — 4. Nom. 
 TleTiOip. — 5. Nom. Xdpva!;. — 6. Nom. 'narpig. — 7. Nom. eMcpag. — 8. 
 Nom. dpdnov. — 9. Nom. \izki. — 10. Nom. fivpiirjZ. — 11. Nom. avro%- 
 8uv. — 12. Nom. bprv%. — 13. Nom. 7rep8c^. — 14. Nom. yepuv. — 15. 
 Nom. TraTil/j-iraig. — L6. Nom. <j>pijv. — 17. Nom. yvip. — 18. Nom. yxrvfj. 
 — 19. Nom. 7rot5f. — 20. Nom. x £ ' L P- — 21 - Nom. 7raif. — 22. Nom. 
 'Afivvraq. — 23. Nom. "Apa\[>. — 24. Nom. Ti/Uf. 
 
 D 2 
 
42 
 
 EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 OiXeiag. — rj rov Aaofiedovrog v6pig rjv rj alria rr\g dpyr/g 
 'ATToXXavog Kal TlooeiSCjvog Kal rrjg dvaXojoeojg Tpolag.— 
 rvTTTEL 6 rjpojg rov BovotpLV real rov Bovaiptdog vlov, 'Afi- 
 faddpLavTa, Kal rov scrjpvtca XdX6rjv. 
 
 V. 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English words opposite. 
 
 The seeds, and the banquet of 
 
 the ants. 
 The nature of the polypus is 
 
 wonderful. 
 The death of the serpent and 
 
 elephant. 
 The effigies of the nightingale 
 
 and swallow. 
 The ichneumon is an enemy to 
 
 crocodiles and asps. 
 There is honour unto dogs, 
 
 and abundance of sacred 
 
 They have the dog, the hawk, 
 the ibis, the ichneumon, and 
 the mouse. 
 
 The Arabians have wells, but 
 the enemy a scarcity of wa- 
 ter. 
 
 Here are the canals of the 
 Euphrates and the Tigris. 
 
 They have the effects of the 
 king, and the attire of the 
 boys, and the ornaments of 
 the statues, and cloaks, and 
 tripods, and shields. 
 
 f O onspfia, tcai 6 6 \hvp\ir\^ 
 
 delnvov. 
 f O 6 TToXvnovg <f>voig elfxl 
 
 -8avp,aor6g. 
 f O -ddvarog 6 dpatetov Kal 6 
 
 eXe^ag. 
 r O elftibv 6 dt]6Cdv nal 6 %eX- 
 
 idiov. 
 r O Ixvevficjv £X®P°S e fy" K P°- 
 
 KoSeiXog Kal danlg. 
 Tifirj elfiL kvcjv, nal dfydovia 
 
 lepbg OLTioig. 
 
 *E^G) 6 kvcjv, 6 lepai-, 6 Itig 
 6 Ixvsvficjv Kal 6 p,vg. 
 
 f O "Apaip Ix 03 <t>peoip, 6 d£ 
 TToXs/xiog GTidvig vdcop. 
 
 'JZvravOd elfit 6 didopvg 6 
 'Ev(ppdrr]g ko2 6 Tlyprjg. 
 
 "E%(*) 6 XPW a & ava%, nal 6 
 6 iraig eadrjg, Kal 5 6 ayaX- 
 fia KOGfJiog, Kal x^V^S, 
 Kal rpiiTovg, Kal fami$. 
 
ADJECTIVES. 
 
 43 
 
 Here are pyramids, and tombs 
 of kings, and statues, and 
 other sights. 
 
 Mice and ants have a divining 
 perception of things. 
 
 Achilles was the friend of 
 Chiron, and Patroclus of 
 Achilles, and Agamemnon 
 of Nestor, and Hector of 
 Polydamas, and Helenus 
 of Antenor, and Poly crates 
 of Anacreon, and Antigo- 
 nus of Zeno, and Appollo- 
 nius of Cicero. 
 
 The bees in the mouth of Pla- 
 to, and the ants in the ears 
 of Midas the Phrygian. 
 
 The madness of Meton the 
 astronomer, when his name 
 was in the list of the army 
 of the Athenians. 
 
 HvravSd zi\ii Trvpafilg, nal 
 rd<pog fiaoiXevg, Kal dyaX- 
 \ia, Kal aXXog deafta. 
 
 Mvg Kal fivpfx?]^ e%G) \iavri- 
 Kog npayfia alodrjaig. 
 
 'Ax^XXsvg el\u eralpog Xet- 
 po)v, nal TLdrpoKXog 'AftiX- 
 Xevg, Kal 'Ayafiefivcjv 
 ~NeoT(op, Kal "F,KT(*)p ILoX- 
 vd&iiac, Kal "E/tevoc 'Av- 
 rrjvo)p, Kal HoXvKpaTTjg 
 'AvaKpscov, Kal 'Avrtyo- 
 vog Ztjvov, Kal 'AttoXXcj- 
 
 VLOg KtKEpOJV. 
 
 f O fieXtrra kv 6 ordfia UXd- 
 tg)v, Kal 6 \Lvp\irfe kv b ovg 
 Midag, 6 $pv%. 
 
 f O \iavia Metcjv uarpovo/iog, 
 ore 6 ovopa elfil kv 6 ko>t- 
 dXoyog 6 Grpdrevfia 6 
 'Adrjvalog. 
 
 XXVI. ADJECTIVES. 
 
 I. The declensions of adjectives, as has already been 
 remarked, are three in number ; the first declension having 
 three terminations, the second two, and the third only one. 
 
 II. Adjectives of three terminations, in og, 7], ov, and og, 
 a, ov, and also adjectives of two terminations, in og, og, ov, 
 have already been considered, as agreeing in their inflexion 
 with nouns of the first and second declension. 
 
 III. The adjectives that remain to be considered agree 
 in their inflexion with nouns of the third declension, and 
 are therefore here arranged after them. These adjectives 
 have some of them three, others two terminations, and others 
 only one. 
 
44 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 I. Adjectives of Three Terminations. 
 
 I. Termination in ag. 
 
 I. Adjectives in ag have aiva in the feminine, and av in 
 the neuter ; but participles in ag have the feminine in aua. 
 
 II. The adjective nag, " all," " every" is declined like 
 a participle. 
 
 fieXag, / 
 
 Sz'wg-Mfor. 
 
 N. fiel-ag, -aiva, 
 
 G. fieh-avog, -aivrjg, 
 
 D. fiiX-avi, -aivq, 
 
 A. [itli-ava, -aivav, 
 
 V. fisX-ac, -atva, 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. fisX-aveg, -aivai, -ava, 
 
 G. /j.eX-avG)v, -aivuv, -drov, 
 
 D. fisk-aai, 1 -aivaig, -aai, 
 
 A. fiH-avag, -aivag, -ava, 
 
 Y. (leTi-avsg, -aivai, -ava. 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neut. 
 
 Tvxfiag, rvijjaaa, rvipav, " having struck" 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 
 eXaiva, 
 
 fieXav, " Hack" 
 Dual. 
 
 
 -av, 
 
 N. fxeX-ave, -aiva, 
 
 -avE, 
 
 -avoq, 
 
 G. /xel-avotv, -aivaiv, 
 
 -dvoiv, 
 
 -avi, 
 
 D. fieTi-avoiv, -aivaiv, 
 
 -avow, 
 
 -av, 
 
 A. fieX-ave, -aiva, 
 
 -ave, 
 
 -av. 
 
 Y. fj.eX-ave, -aiva, 
 
 -avE. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 Tvip-ag, -aaa, 
 
 -av, 
 
 
 N. 
 
 TVIp-aVTE, 
 
 -aaa, 
 
 -avrs, 
 
 G. 
 
 TVTp-avToq, -dar\q, 
 
 -avrog, 
 
 G. 
 
 Tvip-dvroLV, 
 
 -daaiv, 
 
 -aVTOLV, 
 
 D. 
 
 Tvijj-avTC, -day, 
 
 -aVTL, 
 
 D. 
 
 rvip-dvTOiv, 
 
 -daaiv, 
 
 -aVTOLV, 
 
 A. 
 
 Tvip-avra, -aaav, 
 
 -av, 
 
 
 A. 
 
 TVIp-aVTE, 
 
 -daa, 
 
 -avrs, 
 
 V. 
 
 Tvip-ag, -aaa, 
 
 -av. 
 
 
 V. 
 
 TVTp-aVTE t 
 
 -daa, 
 
 -avre . 
 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 
 
 N. TV1p-aVT££, 
 
 -aaat, 
 
 -avra, 
 
 
 
 
 G. TVTp-dvTUV, 
 
 -aativ, 
 
 -dvTiOV, 
 
 
 
 
 D. rv-ip-aai 
 
 2 
 
 -daaig 
 
 -aai, 
 
 
 
 
 A. Tvip-avrag, 
 
 -daag, 
 
 -avra, 
 
 
 
 
 Y. rv-ijj-avTEg, 
 
 -aaai, 
 
 -avra. 
 
 
 
 1. Primitive form fielav-oi. The root is jieXav, and, properly speak- 
 ing, the adjective ought to have been divided in this way throughout the 
 inflexion, namely, /xiXav-oc, ptkav-i, ^lEkcv-a, &c, as we have done in 
 the case of the noun. The present arrangement, however, is easier for 
 the young student, and has therefore been adopted from previous gram- 
 mars. The same remark will apply to other adjectives that follow. 
 
 2. Primitive form rvfav-ai. 
 
ADJECTIVES. 
 
 45 
 
 Masc. Fern, 
 nag, naaa, 
 Singular. 
 N. nag, ndaa, ixav, 
 G. Ttavrog, Tvdarjg, Travrog, 
 D. iravTL, Ti&cri, izavri, 
 A. ndvra, ndaav, Ttdv, 
 V. rrdg, iraaa, ixdv. 
 
 Newt. 
 
 nav, " all," " every" 
 Dual. 
 
 N. Travre, 
 
 G. TTUVTOIV, 
 
 D. 7rdvro(y, 
 A. izavre, 
 V. 7rdvT£-, 
 
 7racra, iravre, 
 
 rcdaaiv, TrdvTOiv, 
 
 TidtjaiV, TZaVTOLV, 
 
 rrdaa, iravTE, 
 
 rrdaa, iravre. 
 
 N, TrdvTsg, 
 G. rrdvTov, 
 
 D. TTUOl, 1 
 
 A. rrdvrag, 
 V. wavTsg, 
 
 Plural, 
 rzaaai, 
 
 TTdGUV, 
 
 ndaaig, 
 rrdaag, 
 rxaaat, 
 
 rravra, 
 
 TravTuv, 
 
 Tract, 
 
 ndvra, 
 
 Txdvra. 
 
 2. Termination in eig. 
 Adjectives in stg make the feminine in eaaa and the 
 neuter in ev. Participles in etg make the feminine in eiaa. 
 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 Xapletg, x a P LeGGa ^ 
 
 Singular. 
 
 N. x a p' L ~ eL ?i -coca, -ev, 
 
 G. xapl-zvToq, -saang, -evtoc, 
 
 D. X a P^- £VT h -ZGG 1 ), -EVTL, 
 
 A. x a P i - evra i -eaaav, -ev, 
 
 , r vaai-u, or > 
 
 V. A < , ' } -eaaa, -ev. 
 
 Neut. 
 Xapiev, "pleasing." 
 Dual. 
 N. x a pt- £VT£ i -Eaaa, -evte, 
 G. x a P i -^ VTOlv i -iaaaLv, -evroiv, 
 
 D. X a P l - £VTOlv i -EGCCUV, -EVTOIV, 
 
 A. x a pt- £VT£ > -eaaa, -evre, 
 V. x a P t - £VT£ i -eaaa, -evre. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 Xapi-Evrec, 
 
 -EGOat, 
 
 -Evra, 
 
 G. 
 
 Xapi-EVTov, 
 
 -EGOGlV, 
 
 -EVTOV, 
 
 D. 
 
 Xapi-Eui, 
 
 -Eaaatc, 
 
 -EGl, 
 
 A. 
 
 Xapi-svrac, 
 
 -iaaag, 
 
 -evra, 
 
 V 
 
 Xapt-EVTEC, 
 
 -saaai, 
 
 -evra. 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neut. 
 
 rvcpdeig, rvcpdelaa, rv(pdev, " having been struck.'' 
 
 Dual. 
 
 N. 
 
 TV(j)8-Eic, 
 
 -Etaa, 
 
 -EV, 
 
 N. 
 
 TV(f)6-EVT£, 
 
 -Eiaa, 
 
 -EVTE, 
 
 G. 
 
 TV<pd-EVTOe, 
 
 -£i<77}C, 
 
 -EVTOg, 
 
 G. 
 
 TV<p6-£VTOLV, 
 
 -Ecaacv, 
 
 -EVTOIV, 
 
 D. 
 
 TV(j)8-EVTL, 
 
 -ElCr), 
 
 -EVTL, 
 
 D. 
 
 TV (f)d- EVTOIV, 
 
 -Eiaaiv, 
 
 -EVTOIV, 
 
 A. 
 
 TV(j)6-EVTa, 
 
 -Eiaav, 
 
 -EV, 
 
 A. 
 
 TVtpd-EVTE, 
 
 -Eiaa, 
 
 -EVTE, 
 
 V. 
 
 rv(pd-eig, 
 
 -etaa, 
 
 -EV. 
 
 V. 
 
 TVfd-EVTE, 
 
 -Eiaa, 
 
 -EVTE. 
 
 1. Primitive form rtdv-ai. 
 
46 
 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 TV<pd-£VT£C, 
 
 -siGai, 
 
 -ivra, 
 
 G. 
 
 TV(f>d-EVTO)V, 
 
 -eigcov, 
 
 -EVTOJV, 
 
 D. 
 
 TV(j>d-eZai, 
 
 -sicaig, 
 
 -elgl, 
 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 TV^d-EVTag, 
 
 Tvipd-ivrsg, 
 
 -EiGaq, 
 -EiGac, 
 
 -ivra, 
 
 -EVTd. 
 
 The termination rjeig, belonging to this head, is some- 
 times contracted. Thus, -rjetg, -TjEoaa, -rjev, are contracted 
 into -^c, -rjaaa, -r\v ; as, for example, 
 
 Nom. rLfi-r/g, TLfi-rjooa, ti\jl-7]V, 
 
 Gen. Tip-rjvTog, rifi-rjaarjg, TLii-rjvrog, &c. 
 
 3. Termination in 7)V. 
 Adjectives in r\v have the feminine in eiva and the neu- 
 ter in ev. Of these, however, we find only one form ex- 
 isting in Greek, namely, reprjv. Thus, 
 
 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 
 
 
 Tep7]v, repsLva, 
 
 repev, " tender." 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 T£p-7]V, 
 
 -Eiva, -EV, 
 
 N. Tsp-EVS, 
 
 -Eiva, 
 
 -EVE, 
 
 G. 
 
 TEp-svog 
 
 , -sivng, -svog, 
 
 G. TSp-EVOlV, 
 
 -ELVaiV, 
 
 -EVOIV, 
 
 D. 
 
 TEp-EVl, 
 
 -StVT), -EVl, 
 
 D. TSp-EVOLV, 
 
 -Etvatv, 
 
 -EVOLV, 
 
 A. 
 
 rip-Eva, 
 
 -scvav, -EV, 
 
 A. TSp-EVE, 
 
 -Eiva, 
 
 -EVE, 
 
 V. 
 
 TEp-EV, 
 
 -ELVa, -EV. 
 
 Ph 
 
 N. rip-EVEC, 
 
 G. T£p-£VidV, 
 D. Tip- EG i, 1 
 
 A. rip-Evag, 
 V. rep-Evsg, 
 
 V. T£p-£VE, 
 
 ral. 
 
 -eivcu, -Eva, 
 
 -EiVOV, -EVtdV, 
 
 -Eivaiq, -EGi, 
 -Eivaq, -sva, 
 -Eivai, -Eva. 
 
 -Eiva, 
 
 -EVE. 
 
 4. Termination in ovg. 
 We will consider here merely the uncontracted termina- 
 tion in ovg. It belongs to participles, and makes the fem- 
 inine in ovaa and the neuter in ov. Thus, 
 
 1. Primitive form Tspsv-Gc. 
 

 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 4 
 
 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 
 
 dovg, dovaa, 
 
 dov, " having given." 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 dovg, 
 
 dovaa, dov, 
 
 
 N. dovre, dovaa, 
 
 dovre, 
 
 G. 
 
 dovrog, 
 
 dovang, dovr 
 
 Of, 
 
 G. dovroiv, dovaaiv, 
 
 dovroiv, 
 
 D. 
 
 dovri, 
 
 dovan, dbvri, 
 
 D. dovroiv, dovaacv, 
 
 dovroiv, 
 
 A. 
 
 66vra, 
 
 dovaav, dov, 
 
 
 A. dovre, dovaa, 
 
 dovre, 
 
 V. 
 
 dove, 
 
 dovaa, 66v. 
 
 
 V. dovre, dovaa, 
 
 dovre. 
 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 
 N. dovreg, 
 
 dovaat, dovra, 
 
 
 
 
 G. dovruv, 
 
 dovadv, dovruv, 
 
 
 
 
 D. 6ovat,i 
 
 dovaaig, dovac, 
 
 
 
 
 A. dbvrag, 
 
 dovaag, dovra, 
 
 
 
 
 V. dovreg, 
 
 dovaat, dovra. 
 
 
 47 
 
 5. Termination in vg. 
 
 I. Adjectives in vg make the feminine in ela and the 
 neuter in v ; but, as they admit of contraction in some of 
 the cases, they will be treated of under the head of con- 
 tracted adjectives. 
 
 II. Participles in vg make the feminine in voa and the 
 neuter in vv. Thus, 
 
 Masc. Fern, 
 
 ^ewyvvg, ^evyvvaa, 
 Singular. 
 N. &vyv-vg, -vaa, -vv, 
 G. ^evyv-vvrog, -vang, -vvrog, 
 D. £evyv-vvri, -van, -vvn, 
 A. \evyv-vvra, -vaav, -vv, 
 V. fyvyv-vg, -vaa, -vv. 
 
 Neut. 
 ^evyvvv, "joining" 
 Dual. 
 N. frvyv-vvre, -vaa, -vvre, 
 G. £evyv-vvroi 
 D. £evyv-vvro> 
 A. Xevyv-vvre^ 
 V. £evyv-vvre, 
 
 , -vaaiv, -vvrotv, 
 
 , -vaaiv, -vvrotv, 
 
 -vaa, -vvre, 
 
 -vaa, -vvre. 
 
 Plural. 
 N. &vyv-vvreg, -vaai, 
 G. ^evyv-vvrov, -va&v, 
 D. £evyv-vai, z -vaaig, 
 
 A. £evyv-vvrag, -vaag, 
 V. &vyv-vvreg, -vaai, 
 
 -vvra, 
 
 -vvruv, 
 
 -vai, 
 
 -vvra, 
 
 -vvra. 
 
 6. Termination in G)v. 
 The termination in o)v makes ovaa in the feminine and 
 ov in the neuter. There are but two adjectives of this ter- 
 mination, namely, kittiv, with its compound deKO)v, con- 
 
 1. Primitive form d6vr-ai. 
 
 2. Primitive form C,evyvvvr-ai. 
 
48 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 tracted by the Attics into aitcdv. 
 are participles. 
 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 ek,(a)v, e/tovoa, 
 
 Singular. 
 
 All the other forms in (*>v 
 
 Neut. 
 
 kicov, "willing" 
 Dual. 
 
 N. &K-UV, 
 G. EK-OVTOg, 
 D. EK-OVTL, 
 
 A. EK-ovra, 
 V. kn-uv, 
 
 -ovaa, 
 -ovang, 
 -ovarj, 
 -ovaav, 
 -ovaa, 
 
 -ovrog, 
 
 -QVTl, 
 
 N. EK-ovreg, 
 
 G. EK-OVT0)V, 
 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 Masc. 
 TV1TTG)V, 
 
 EK-OVai, 1 
 
 EK-ovrag, 
 
 EK-OVTES, 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Tvirrovaa, 
 
 N, 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 Plural, 
 -ovaai, 
 -ovauv, 
 -ovaaig, 
 -ovaag, 
 -ovaai, 
 
 ek-ovte, -ovaa, 
 
 ek-ovtoiv, -ovaaiv, 
 
 EK-OVTOIV, -ovaaiv, 
 
 ek-6vte, -ovaa, 
 
 ek-ovte, -ovaa, 
 
 -OVTE, 
 -OVTOLV, 
 
 -OVTOLV, 
 
 -OVTE, 
 
 -OVTE. 
 
 Singular. 
 N. TV7rT-uv, -ovaa, -ov, 
 
 G. TVTTT-OVTOg, -ovaT/g, -OVTOg, 
 
 1). tvttt-ovtc, -ovarj, -OVTl, 
 
 A. TVTTT-ovTa, -ovaav, -ov, 
 
 V. tvttt-ov, -ovaa, -ov. 
 
 -ovTa, 
 
 -0VT10V, 
 
 -ovai, 
 -ovra, 
 -ovTa. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 TV7TT0V, " St. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 N. TVTCT-OVTE, -OVCa, 
 
 G. tvtvt-ovtolv, -ovaaiv, 
 D. tvtvt-ovtolv, -ovaaiv, 
 A. tvttt-ovte, -ovaa, 
 V. tvttt-ovte, -ovaa, 
 
 -OVTE, 
 
 -OVTOLV, 
 
 -OVTOLV, 
 
 -OVTE, 
 
 -OVTE. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. TV1XT-0VTEQ, 
 
 G. TVTTT-OVTOV, 
 
 D. rvrrr-ovai, 2 
 
 A. TVTTT-ovrag, 
 
 V. TVTTT-OVTEg, 
 
 -ovaai, 
 -ovauv, 
 -ovaaig, 
 -ovaag, 
 -ovaai, 
 
 -ovra, 
 
 -OVTUV, 
 
 -ovai, 
 -ovTa, 
 -ovra. 
 
 7. Termination in G)g. 
 This termination also belongs to participles. The fem- 
 inine is in via and the neuter in og. Thus, 
 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 Tsrv(f)U)g, rervcpvTa, 
 Singular. 
 
 N. T£TV(j>-6g, -via, -6c, 
 
 G. T£Tv<j>-oTog, -viag, -otoc, 
 
 D. tetv<j>-6tl, -via, -otl, 
 
 A. TETV^-ora, -vlav, -og, 
 
 V. TETv<f>-6g, -via, -bg. 
 
 Neut. 
 TSTV(j)6g, " having struck." 
 Dual. 
 
 N. tetv$-6t£, -via, -6te, 
 
 G. TETVtp-OTOLV, -ViaiV, -OTOLV, 
 
 D. TETvip-OTOLV, -ViaiV, -OTOLV, 
 
 A. TETVQ-OTE, -via, -OTE, 
 
 V: TETvip-OTE, -via, -OTE. 
 
 1. Primitive form ekovt-cl. 
 
 2. Primitive form tvtctovt-cl. 
 
EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 
 
 49 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. TETvf-oreg, 
 
 G. TETVfy-OTCOV, 
 D. TETV(J)-6gI, 
 A. TETVf-OTag, 
 
 V. Tervty-oTeg, 
 
 -vtai, -ora, 
 
 -vicov, -OTC0V, 
 
 -viaig, -ogl, 
 
 -viag, -ora, 
 
 -vicu, -ora. 
 
 The syncopated forms of the perfect participle active, 
 however, make the feminine in Cmjcl and the neuter in cog. 
 Thus, 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neut. 
 
 
 £<7TCi)C, e<JTU)Oa, 
 
 ear cog, " standing 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 EOT-ug, 
 
 -uaa, 
 
 -6g, 
 
 N. egt-cote, -6aa, 
 
 -COTE, 
 
 G. 
 
 EGT-corog, -coGvg, 
 
 -corog, 
 
 G. egt-lotolv, -logcliv, 
 
 -00TOLV, 
 
 D. 
 
 iar-uTt, 
 
 -fiery, 
 
 -COTC, 
 
 D. EGT-tOTOLV, -UGaiV, 
 
 -UTOIV, 
 
 A. 
 
 EOT-tira, 
 
 -coGav, 
 
 -wf, 
 
 A. EGT-COTE, -6<Jd, 
 
 -UTE, 
 
 V. 
 
 EGT-cog, 
 
 -Coca, 
 
 -cog. 
 
 V. EGT-COTE, -COGa, 
 
 -COTE. 
 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 
 N. iar 
 
 coTEg, 
 
 cocai, -toTa, 
 
 
 
 
 G. EGT 
 
 COTCOV, 
 
 COGCOV, -COTCOV, 
 
 
 
 
 D. EGT-COGL, 
 
 UGCUg, -COGC, 
 
 
 
 
 A. for 
 
 orag, 
 
 cocag, -o~)Ta, 
 
 
 
 
 V. EOT 
 
 COTEg, 
 
 ugcu, -Cora. 
 
 
 XXVII. EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES OF THREE TERMI- 
 NATIONS. 
 
 I. 
 
 Translate the following, and mention the number, gender, 
 and case of each. 
 
 fieXaveg cttitol, 
 HeXaiva V£(f)eX7], 
 fieXav Ifidnov, 
 \iiXava i\idria^ 
 fieXdvcov Xidcov, 
 [isXaivrjg Trrepvyog, 
 fieXavog alfxarog, 
 fieXave dvdpcomo, 
 fieXaoiv 6(p6aXfiolg, 
 p,eXaivaig ve^eXacg, 
 fieXave crnrco, 
 
 \hiXavi CTTTTG), 
 fieXaCva vecpeXa, 
 
 lieX&VOLV OLKOtV, 
 
 rdXavog dvOpconov, 
 rdXavc adeXtpti, 
 rdXave d6eX<pco, 
 rdXaci veaviaig, 
 raXacvacg TtapBsvoig, 
 rdXatva TrapBevs, 
 rdXatvav rtfirjv, 
 raXaivatv d\ilXXaw^ 
 
50 
 
 EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 
 
 raXaivijg ddeXcprjg, 
 raXaivy (pvyy, 
 raXaiva napdevo), 
 diravreg Krjpvueg, 
 dnaaac ddXaoaac, 
 dnavra dtipa, 
 a/naciv dvepoig, 
 andvTtev tcvpiov, 
 anaai G&uaoL, 
 dndacjv ye<f)vpG)v t 
 dnavrag fcrjpvuag, 
 diraoag yX&ooag, 
 dndoaig (puvalg, 
 array devdpov, 
 dnaaa $vpa, 
 dnavrog vofiov, 
 andcTjg todTjg, 
 arrdaxi olftia, 
 %apizcoa \iop§7\, 
 XapievTOV Xifievcjv, 
 Xapievra Xoyov, 
 %ap'i£Gi prjTopoc, 
 XaptevTE curare, 
 Xaptev Xoye, 
 XapLeoGq TreXeiddi, 
 %apiiooT]g bdov, 
 %apievTi pod(A>, 
 XapieooG)v fiopcfrtiv, 
 Xapieoaacv edpacv, 
 Xapieaaaig (povalg, 
 XapcevTotv epyoiv, 
 Ti\i7\aa7\g x fyiXiag, 
 ri[j,r]EOoa /3i6Xog, 
 
 ri\if\vn voficd, 
 
 Tl\lT\ZVTl dupG), 
 
 TLjjirjVTCJv Xoycjv, 
 riyb^g vsavlag, 
 
 TL[JL7]£VTG)V sdvOJV, 
 
 rifirjeig dovXog, 
 devdprjeig XetfMov, 
 vXrjeig ronog, 
 7T0LJ]e<j<ja x^P a i 
 KTjpvKog rvcpdevrog, 
 dyyeXoig rv&Oelai, 
 
 6oi)X(x) TV(f>deVTL, 
 
 nalde rv^devre, 
 aoifidrojv rvcbdevruv, 
 irrepvyog rvcpdeiorjg, 
 oltcrjfxara rvcpdevra, 
 Xeovoi TvfydeloL, 
 -&7]polv rvcpdevrocv, 
 rrrepvyoiv rv<pBeLcaiv, 
 repevog oufiarog, 
 repevi irpoddTCi), 
 repecva ttoltj, 
 repev ddicpv, 
 repevojv iracduv, 
 repeat, reicvocg, 
 repecvacg pc^atg, 
 repeivaiv &dacv, 
 repecva KecpaXd, 
 repecva Ke<f)aXr), 
 dvdp(x)TTG)v dovrov, 
 Trapdevojv dovativ, 
 Kvpiov dovrog, 
 napdevog dovaa, 
 
 1. As the contraction in the case 
 occasionally, we have given example 
 tracted forms. 
 
 of TLjj.rj£tg, rififjc, &c, occurs only 
 s of both the uncontracted and con- 
 
EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 51 
 
 ddeX(f)OLV dovTOiv, yvvr\ eOT&oa, 
 
 ddsXcpalg dovaaig, oiKOig eotgjoi, 
 
 rapLiav dovra, vdficov ekovtojv, 
 
 TsX^vqg dovg, irrnovg karCJrag, 
 
 vIgjv £evyvvvT(ov, TrdvTCjv Tratdlcdv, 
 
 dyysXog diccov, rdXaoi ixpotdrotg, 
 
 irapdivoL dovocu, \iiXavE 7Tpo6dro), 
 
 Trapdivog ^evyvvaa, rraaajv d^tXXov, 
 
 77at,dLG)V aKOVTG)V, TEpEVOtV TTaidioiV, 
 
 V7jOG)V dKOV(JG)V, TlUTjVTCOV ITTTTCOV, 
 
 ddeX(()rj anovoa, kvoiv dfcovoi, 
 
 TToXiratv ekovtolv, rdXavag Kvvag, 
 
 TEXVLTyj ^EVyVVVTL, VTjGOV %ap££<7(7?7£, 
 
 Kvvbg EOTGJTog, nav l/j,driov 1 
 
 XeOVTG)V EOTb)TU)V, irdg iroXEfAog, 
 
 Kspavvov TsrvcpOTog, Trdoa pl^a. 
 
 II. 
 
 Translate the following, and mention, at the same time, 
 the agreement or government in each clause or phrase. 
 
 1. Termination in ag. 
 ZsvocpGJv e%ei \iiXavag iTnrovg, Kal fisXava otrXa, Kal 
 iraoav tt\v kadr\ra usXaivav. — dvdpo)TTOC rdXavsg exovol 
 Trdvra rdXava. — aTraaai at irapQivoi r\oav rdXawai. — 
 array to aCJad eotl [liXav. — 6 kvcjv e%ei uiXava &ra, Kal 
 rrodag usXavag, Kal ovpav fisXacvav. — svravdd eiciv ol 
 rd(f)Ot rtjv raXdvcjv 'EXXrjvejv. — rvipag tov lttttov eotIv 
 ddXtog, Kal nav to irpooGJnov eotl Xvirrjpbv. — to \ivr\aa tov 
 TvipavTog tov usXava lttttov tjv KaXbv, Kal usXdvcjv Xi- 
 6g)v. — Tolg TaXaatv dvdpunoig Kal Talg TaXalvaig Trapds- 
 voig ovk eotI GG)T7]pta. — rravTEg ol AcdvEg rjaav \iiXavEg. 
 — G) TaXavE dvdpG)TTG) Kal TaXdvojv dvdpdjTTOv Tralds ! — kv- 
 Tavdd eIolv at uEXaivai -&sal, at HvfiEVLdsg, Kal drravTa 
 KaKa Kal TL\Ux)pi\\iaTa Tolg TaXaoiv dvdpGJTroig. — TvipavTsg 
 rbv dvaKTa, Kal tov \iiXava evvovxov, drravTEg ol (3dp6apot 
 
52 EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 
 
 rjoav ev bnXoig. — rj yvvrj, rvipaaa rbv dovXov, fy rdXatva. 
 • — evravdd eloiv at \LeXaivai eaBrvxEg rov rdXavog Alavrog. 
 — rd bnXa t&v fisXavoyv Ai6vo)v, teal ol fiiXavsg lttttol rojv 
 ovfijidx^v. — 6 vlbg rdXag dvdpcjnov rdXavog iariv ev tgj 
 dypu) rov rbv 6dp6apov rvipavrog. 
 
 2. Terminations in Eig, 7]V, and ovg. 
 
 "E^gi %apievrag olfcovg, nai devSprjevrag dypovg, teal ri- 
 \ii\Evrag limdvg, nai olvov ev fieXaaiv daicolg. — eXevdepia 
 earl rifirjeaaa, teal ttclolv dvdpconoig %aplev dyaBbv. — o> 
 Xapieooa rrapdevo), nai \ieXaveg b$QaX\iol ralv %apieooaiv 
 irapdevoLV. — r\ fid^a e%ei ba\ir\v xapleaaav . — <b xapieaaa 
 tcai rtfirjaaa Trrjyd, nai dypol irofqevreg nai devSprjevreg ! — 
 ol xaptevreg lttttoi exovgl xapievrag tcai ri\ir\vrag tcoafiovg, 
 oi 6e cpavXot, fisXavag.—o) repeve rraidLO) nai dyadov dv- 
 dpdjrrov xapievre vlo) ! — ol "EXXtjveg, dovreg bfirjpovg, r\aav 
 rdXaveg. — rb (ivrjfia, repeivng nai %api&GGT\g irapdsvov. — ol 
 (3dp6apoi, rv<pdevreg y Etal rdXaveg, ol ds "HXXrjveg, rovg 
 (3ap6dpovg rvipavreg, sxovacv oltcrjfiara x a P lEVTa " — V te- 
 petva 7TOL7] EGrlv dyadi] ripsaw epityoig. — dovg alrov ralg 
 rspELvatg kpicpaig, t\d<pvig Earlv ev r^ KaXv6^j x a P LE(ja XI T ?7C 
 rEpEivrjg XXorjg. — rb \Lvr\\ia, rvcpOsv tw KspavvG), r\v anav 
 fisXav. — rd a&fiara rdv rvcpdevrcov r\aav ev rdfiotg ttoitj- 
 sac. — 6 fiaacXsvg ex £L dEvdprjvra x<^pla, nai TTOcrjvra iredta. 
 — svravdd elaiv ol fisXavsg AibvEg ev [isXaaiv onXoig, teal 
 rb ftsafid kari x a P Lev Ka ^ fcaXbv. — (b x a P lEV "A6o)vl nai 
 Xaplsaaa A(ppodir7] ! — r\ rspsiva Trapdsvog dovaa ttoltjv rolv 
 repivoiv spi(f)Oiv, r\v ev tw dvrpo) x a P lEVTl T & v Nv/*$«v 
 Xapieaaoyv. 
 
 3. Terminations in vg, o)v, and <og. 
 
 'JIdovrj eari yXvuela (jlev, (ipax&la 6e. — rj yscjyvpd kariv 
 evpela, icai 6 irorafibg (3a6vg. — to fiev \ieXi earl yXvicv, rb 
 6e fjbrjXov bt,v. — rb -&eafid eariv rjdv. — 6 dvdpG)irog, rimrojv 
 rbv dovXov, eariv a/naaiv rpaxvg. — rb \Lvr\\La, karug ev rij 
 66g), earlv arraai tiavfiaarov. — Zepgijg, ^evyvvg rbv f EA- 
 
EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 
 
 53 
 
 XtjGttovtov ys<pvpa, rjv anaoi -ftavpaOTog. — o dvdpoiTTog 
 exec rovg CTznovg korGJrag ev roi dypti. — rj yvvr\, ^evyvvua 
 to) avOpuTTG) ev cpiXia, z%u dndvrov rbv ettcuvov. — £gvy- 
 vvg rcb i;vXo) z^ei %apav. — 6 ixoi\ir\v exec spicfyovg sortirag 
 ev rxi vX% feat npodara real alydg ev XEi\iCdvt ttoltjevti. — 
 earcbg ev bnXoig, Kal tvtttov rovg dovXovg anovrag, sort 
 rdXag Kal anopog. — 6 fiev dovXog kariv ek£)v, 6 6e deoiro- 
 rr\g cLkgjv. — rd XPW^ T( ^ ™ v d/covruv 'EXXtjvov. 
 
 III. 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 
 
 The beginning of black night. 
 
 The black stones of the two 
 tombs. 
 
 All the arms of all the wretch- 
 ed. 
 
 All the Greeks were in black 
 attire. 
 
 The eyes of all the maidens 
 were black. 
 
 Of the black pinions of the 
 furies. 
 
 Oh wretched fortune of wretch- 
 ed Greece ! 
 
 Oh two wretched sons of Po- 
 ly damas ! 
 
 The tomb of Hector, who 
 smote the Greeks. 
 
 The two men, having struck 
 the lion, have the fear of 
 black death. 
 
 She has a graceful form, and 
 a sweet countenance, and 
 black hair. 
 
 f O dpxi] fieXag vv%. 
 
 f O fxsXag Xidog 6 \ivr\\La. 
 
 YLag 6 orrXov nag 6 rdXag. 
 
 Hag 6 "'EXXtjv elfil ev [isXag 
 
 kodrjg. 
 f O o\i\ia irdg 6 txapBivog elfil 
 
 [leXag. 
 '0 fiiXag nrspvi- 6 ~Ev[j,evl- 
 
 deg. 
 T ft rdXag rvxi ^dXag f E/U 
 
 Xag ! 
 T £2 rdXag nalg HoXvddfiag ! 
 
 f \Lvr\\ia "IZtcTUp 6 rvifjag 6 
 
 "EXXtjv. 
 f dvdpo)7Tog, rvipag 6 Xeqv, 
 
 e%6) 6 (p66og \iiXag ddva- 
 
 rog. 
 V E^6) x a P lSi S VopQli Ka l 
 
 rjdvg rrpoaQirov, Kal $pi% 
 
 fjLsXag. 
 
 E 2 
 
54 ADJECTIVES OF TWO TERMINATIONS. 
 
 f O auriirrpov TLjirjEig ava%. 
 
 The two sceptres of two hon- 
 oured kings. 
 
 Valuable mines of gold and 
 silver. 
 
 The pleasing temple of re- 
 vered Diana. 
 
 All Greece, having given 
 praise and honours, was in 
 hope. 
 
 The works of the two men, 
 standing and striking in 
 the battle. 
 
 Unwilling slaves have punish- 
 ment. 
 
 Willing soldiers have re- 
 wards. 
 
 The wretched tears of tender 
 maidens. 
 
 The tender tears of wretched 
 Helen. 
 
 TL[j,7]£ig [ieraA,Xov xpvaog aal 
 
 apyvpog. 
 r O %apieLc lepbv TLfirjEtg "Ap- 
 
 r£\iig. 
 "Knag 6 f EA/Ld^, dove; snai- 
 
 voc Kai Tipfi, eifil ev eX- 
 
 mg. 
 O epyov 6 avdpcjirog, kardg 
 
 Kal TVTTTGJV £V 6 fld%7]. 
 
 "A/cow dovXog e%G) ri\iupia. 
 
 'EtftoV OTpa,TLG)T7]C £YG) CbB- 
 
 Xov. 
 'O rdXag ddnpv -&pr\v rcap- 
 
 dsvog. 
 r O repTjv ddnpv rdXag 'EA- 
 
 £V7]. 
 
 XXVIII. ADJECTIVES OF TWO TERMINATIONS. 
 I. Termination in ag. 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 
 
 auvag, 
 
 auvag, 
 
 duvav, " ever-flowing 
 
 » 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 deiv-ac, 
 
 -ctf, -av, 
 
 N. deiv-avre, -avrs, 
 
 -avre, 
 
 G. 
 
 deiv-avrog, 
 
 -avrog, -avrog, 
 
 G. detv-dvroiv, -dvroiv, 
 
 -dvTOLV, 
 
 D. 
 
 deiv-avn, 
 
 -avrt, -avrc, 
 
 D. detv-dvroiv, -dvroiv, 
 
 -dvroiv, 
 
 A. 
 
 deiv-avra, 
 
 -avra, -av, 
 
 A. deiv-avre, -avrs, 
 
 -avre, 
 
 V. 
 
 deiv-av, 
 
 -av, -av. 
 
 Ph 
 
 V. deiv-avre, -avre, 
 ral. 
 
 -avre. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 deiv-avreg, -c 
 
 ivreg, -avra, 
 
 
 
 G. 
 
 detv-dvruv, -c 
 
 IVTUV, -aVTidV, 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 aeiv-aai, 1 -c 
 
 tai, -dot, 
 
 
 
 A. 
 
 deiv-avrag, -c 
 
 ivrag, -avra, 
 
 
 
 V. 
 
 deiv-avreg, -c 
 
 ivreg, -avra. 
 
 
 1. Primitive form deivavr-ai. 
 
ADJECTIVES. 
 
 55 
 
 N. afifa 
 G. apfi-i 
 D. app-i 
 A. a^-t 
 V. app-e 
 
 2. Termination in r\v. 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neut. 
 
 apprjv, apprjv, appev, " male" 
 Singular. Dual. 
 
 -7]V, 
 
 -ev, 
 
 
 N. 
 
 U.fip-EVc, 
 
 -EVE, 
 
 -EVE, 
 
 -evcc, 
 
 -evof, 
 
 
 G. 
 
 app'-hoiv, 
 
 -how, 
 
 -how 
 
 -eve, 
 
 -em, 
 
 
 D, 
 
 dp'p'-hoLv, 
 
 -how, 
 
 -how, 
 
 -eva. 
 
 -ev, 
 
 
 A. 
 
 ap()-£V£, 
 
 -EVE, 
 
 -EVE, 
 
 -£V, 
 
 -EV. 
 
 
 V, 
 
 app-EVE, 
 
 -EVE, 
 
 -EVE. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 
 N. dp'p- 
 
 evsc, 
 
 -EVEg, 
 
 -Eva, 
 
 
 
 G. d/3/5- 
 
 huv, 
 
 -EVUV, 
 
 -EVUV, 
 
 
 
 D. app- 
 
 ecl, 1 
 
 -sac, 
 
 -ECL, 
 
 
 
 A. d/5/5- 
 
 £va<;, 
 
 -Evag, 
 
 -Eva, 
 
 
 
 V. ap/6 
 
 £V£f, 
 
 -Eveg, 
 
 -Eva. 
 
 
 
 3. Termination in rjq. 
 
 Adjectives in r\q, of two terminations, undergo contrac- 
 tion, changing eoc into ovg, el into el, ea and ee into r\, &c. 
 They will, therefore, be considered under the head of con- 
 tracted adjectives of two terminations, where examples 
 will be given. 
 
 4. Termination in ig. 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 
 
 
 evxaptg, 
 
 ev%apie, 
 
 ev-xapi, " acceptable. 
 
 " 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 Evxap-ig, 
 
 -LC, -L, 
 
 N. EVX&p-lTE, 
 
 -LTE, 
 
 -LTE, 
 
 G. 
 
 Evxap-Xroc, 
 
 -iroc, -lto$ } 
 
 G. Evxap-irow, 
 
 -LTOLV, 
 
 -LTOLV, 
 
 D. 
 
 EVX&p-lTl, 
 
 -trt, -lti, 
 
 D. Evxap-irow, 
 
 -LTOLV, 
 
 -LTOLV, 
 
 A. 
 
 svxdp-LTa or 
 Evxap-w, 
 
 ) -era or ) 
 \-lv, H' 
 
 A. Evxap-iTE, 
 
 -LTE, 
 
 -LTE, 
 
 V. 
 
 svxap-i, 
 
 -i, -i. 
 
 Flu 
 
 N. EVXap-LTEC, 
 
 G. svxap-LTuv, 
 D. Evxap-Xat, 2 
 A. Evxdp-irac, 
 
 V. EVXap-LTEC, 
 
 V. El'xdp-CTE, 
 
 ral. 
 
 -t-TEC, -ira, 
 
 -LTO)V, -LTCOV, 
 -LCI, -LCL, 
 
 -iraq, -Lra, 
 -ltec, -Lra. 
 
 -LTE, 
 
 -LTE. 
 
 1. Primitive form cc^ev-cl. 
 
 2. Primitive form £vxdpLT-aL. 
 
56 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 5. Termination in 0)v. 
 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 OG)(ppG)V, CO)(j)pG)V, 
 
 Singular. 
 
 N. c6<pp-c t 
 G. o6<j>p-ovog, 
 D. auxpp-ovi, 
 A. caipp-ova, 
 V. cudp-ov, 
 
 -ov, 
 -ovog, 
 -ovi, 
 -ova. 
 
 -ovog, 
 -ovt, 
 
 Neut. 
 ouxppov, " discreet." 
 Dual. 
 
 N. o6<pp-ove, -ove, -ove, 
 
 G. GG)(j)p-6vOiV, -OVOIV, -bvoiv, 
 
 D. GCJ(j>p-6vOlV, -OVOIV, -OVOIV, 
 
 A. ocjcpp-ove, -ove, -ove, 
 
 V. otj<pp-ove, -ove, -ove. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. cufyp-oveg, 
 G. auipp-bvov, 
 D. ccxpp-oai, 1 
 A. outyp-ovag, 
 V. ouipp-oveg, 
 
 -oveg, 
 -bvuv, 
 
 -OGl, 
 
 -ovag, 
 -oveg, 
 
 -ova, 
 -ova. 
 
 Under this same head fall comparatives in uv, which are 
 declined like oucppov, except that they are syncopated and 
 contracted in some of their cases. They will, therefore, be 
 treated of under contracted adjectives of two terminations, 
 where appropriate examples will be given. 
 
 6. Termination in 0)p. 
 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 fieyakrjTtop, fieyaXrjrup, 
 Singular. 
 N. /xeyaTiyr-up, -cop, -op, 
 G. fieyaTi^r-opoc, -opog, -opog, 
 D. fieyaXr/T-opt, -opt, -ope, 
 A. (leyalrjT-opa, -opa, -op, 
 V. [leyaT^rjT-op, -op, -op. 
 
 Neut. 
 fieyaXrirop, " magnanimous" 
 
 Dual. 
 N. fieyalrjT-ope, -ope, -ope, 
 G. fjieyaXrjT-opotv, -bpoiv, -bpoiv, 
 D. fieyaTivr- bpoiv, -bpoiv, -bpoiv, 
 A. fieyaTirjT-ope, -ope, -ope, 
 V. [j,eya7i7]T-ope, -ope, -ope. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. fxeyaTiTjT-opeg, 
 
 -opeg, 
 
 -opa, 
 
 G. fieyaTirjr-opuv, 
 
 -bpov, 
 
 -bpov, 
 
 D. [MeyaXriT-opai, 2 
 
 -opoi, 
 
 -opoi, 
 
 A. fieyaXriT-opag, 
 
 -opag, 
 
 -opa, 
 
 V. jJieyaXfjT-opeg, 
 
 -opeg, 
 
 -opa. 
 
 1. Primitive form cCxppov-ai. 
 
 2. In the dative plural of this adjective the termination ci is added at 
 once to the root. 
 
THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 57 
 
 7. Termination in (og. 1 
 
 Masc. 
 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 
 
 evyeug, 
 
 evyecog, 
 
 evyeOJV, 
 
 "fertile" 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 N. evye-uc, 
 G. evye-u, 
 D. evye-u, 
 A. evye-uv, 
 V. evye-uc, 
 
 -uc, 
 
 -0), 
 
 -(f), 
 
 -0)V, 
 •UC, 
 
 -UV, 
 -U, 
 
 -v> 
 
 -uv, 
 -uv. 
 
 Plu 
 
 N. evye-u, 
 G. evye-uv, 
 D. evye-uv, 
 A. evye-u, 
 V. evye-u, 
 
 ral. 
 
 -u, 
 
 -UV, 
 -UV, 
 
 -u, 
 
 -u, 
 
 -uv, 
 
 -uv, 
 
 -u, 
 
 •u. 
 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 
 evye-u, 
 
 evye-uv, 
 
 -u, -u, 
 -uv, -uv, 
 
 
 
 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 evye-uc, 
 evye-uc, 
 evye-u, 
 
 -uc, -u, 
 -u. -u. 
 
 
 
 
 8. 
 
 Termino 
 
 tion in ovq. 
 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 
 
 dinovg, 
 
 dinovg, 
 
 dlnovv, " two-footed. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 N. dilZ-OVC, -ovc, 
 G. dirc-odoc, -odoc, 
 D. din-odt, -ode, 
 A. din-oda, \ -oda, ) 
 
 -ovv, 
 -odoc, 
 -odi, 
 
 Dual. 
 N. din-ode, -ode, 
 G. diir-odoLv, -odotv, 
 D. dm-odoiv, -odoiv, 
 A. din-ode, -ode, 
 
 -ode, 
 -odoiv 
 -odoiv, 
 -ode, 
 
 or i 
 
 or I 
 
 -ovv, 
 
 
 
 
 -OW, J 
 V. d'lTT-OVC, \ 
 
 -ovv, ) 
 
 'OVC, 1 
 
 
 V. din-ode, 
 
 -ode, 
 
 -ode. 
 
 , ) -ovc, 1 
 
 c or \ 
 
 5 -ov, j 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 din-odec, 
 
 -odec, 
 
 -oda, 
 
 G. 
 
 din-oduv, 
 
 -oduv, 
 
 -oduv 
 
 D. 
 
 din-oat, 
 
 -OCl, 
 
 -oat, 
 
 A. 
 
 din-odac, 
 
 -odac, 
 
 -oda, 
 
 V. 
 
 din-odec, 
 
 -odec, 
 
 -oda. 
 
 1 . Compare the Attic mode of declining, in the second declension, 
 given at page 85. 
 
58 
 
 EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 
 
 XXIX. EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES OF TWO TERMINA- 
 TIONS. 
 I. 
 
 Translate the following, and mention the number, gender 
 and case of each. 
 
 advavreg TTorajjioi, 
 decvdvrcjv nqytiv, 
 decvavroiv Trrjyotv, 
 aeivav nvp ! 
 deivavre (ppeare, 
 deivavrog dpyr\g, 
 decvdaiv vddai, 
 aeivav uneave ! 
 deivavn nvpi, 
 dppevcjv naidojv, 
 appevag opvlOag, 
 appevog arpovdov, 
 appecLV ap/croig, 
 dppeveg Kvveg, 
 appev £g)ov, 
 dppevotv naidoiv, 
 dppeve eXd<j)G), 
 appeva £toa, 
 evxdptreg ayyeXot, 
 evxdpLGL doypoig, 
 evxaptv avdpoynov, 
 evxdpiri fcaipti, 
 evxdpcre ftaipti, 
 evxdpirog elprjvrjg, 
 evxapi rjfispa ! 
 evxaplroLv 7TOL7][mroLV, 
 (7(>xj)p6vG)v Xoycjv, 
 Gilxppoat (ptXoGo^ocg, 
 od)(f)pov diddonaXe. ! 
 
 o6(f)povog yspovrog, 
 Gcjcppove iralde, 
 OG)cf)p6vG)v napdevav, 
 
 CGHppOVOlV dvdpUTCOtV, 
 
 o6cppoveg ddeX(poi, 
 fisyaXrjropog avaKTog, 
 \ieyaXr\~opa veaviav, 
 \xeyaXr\ropa dtipa, 
 \ieyaXr\ropi iroXep,io), 
 \ieyaXi\rope Grparrjycj, 
 fieyaX^ropGi fjpcjGi,, 
 evysG) rorro), 
 evyeo) vtjgco, 
 evyso) dypoi, 
 
 svyeo) x^piov, 
 
 evyeo)g fiovvovg, 
 
 evyeog SitceXia, 
 
 evyecjv x^pav, 
 
 evystev V7jgolv, 
 
 evyeov tottojv, 
 
 evyeu x^pia, 
 
 evyecdg nediocg, 
 
 Sinodog £g3oi/, 
 
 dinodeg Grddfiac, 
 
 diixoda ££>a, 
 
 dtTTOGL %G)Oig, 
 
 dinode Grdd/ia, 
 dinodag Grddfrng, 
 dinovv £(oov. 
 
EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 59 
 
 II. 
 
 Translate the following, and mention the agreement or 
 government in each clause or phrase. 
 
 1. Terminations in ag and rjv. 
 f H deivag irrjyrj 'Apedovarjc earlv ev rq vtjog) 'Oprvyia, 
 — r) rov ixot\ievog yvvrj zypi ro) iralde dppeve rov (3ovfc6Xov. 
 — "Hcpatarog ex ei ev Alrvrj detvavrog nvpbg TTTjydg icada- 
 pdg. — ev ovpavC) elolv detvavreg evSatuovtag Trorafiot. — 6 
 Tcalg rov yeo)pyov e^ei dppevag arpovdovg ev fcavtafctG) fcaXti, 
 kcll kvg)v apprjv earlv ev ry ftvpa rr)g 'Aprefitdcopov olniag. 
 — at ~Nvii(pcu rtiv detvdvrd)v Trrjyojv, nai at "tineavideg al 
 rov detvavrog 'Qrceavov ftvydrepeg, evnXofcafiot elat, /cat 
 rrdvrore eparetvat. — KrrjOKpoJv e^ei rb rov appevog eXdcpov 
 depfia veodaprov. — rd rolv dppevotv -&eolv dydXfiara, nai 
 r) rtiv deivdvrojv rrvpGJv (pXb% ovpavia, nai rb rCdv (bfceavov 
 vddrcjv pevua dtcoiurjrov. — ftdvarog ova earlv vnvog ddtd- 
 rravarog, dXX' detvavrog &r)g dpx^ dvafi(pta6rjrr)rog. — 
 r) vXtj e%ei appeva £6)a, nai Trrjyag detvavrag, nai fiarcpd 
 devdpa, nai dvrpa anoretvd. — eptavxeveg avdponot elatv 
 evtcaracbpovrjrot. 
 
 2. Terminations in ig and G)V. 
 To dupov dyaOov dvdpcjrrov earlv del evftapi, nai at r&v 
 ao)(f>povo)v avfidovXtat ov utnpav (b(peXetav e^ovaiv. — at 
 ru>v dyaOtiv $vaiat elalv del rolg deolg evxdptreg. — <3 rdv 
 ao)(pp6vcov vovg, uanep %pvabg, (3dpog ex Et ^oXvrt\iov. — ev 
 r V ^XV ayvrj naaat at dperal ottcrjatv ei>xdptra exovatv. 
 — ati(j)poveg iroXtrat <b(peXtfiot elaiv, ol 6' acppoveg f3Xa6epot. 
 — al Movaat, Mv7)(j,oavvrjg ical Zrjvbg 'OXvprnov dyXad 
 refcva, TroXvtdfioveg elat, ical (ptXocppoveg, nai dBdvarai. — 
 ol rtiv ao)(f)p6vG)v eixatvoi elaiv evxdptreg nai ixoXvrt\iot. — 
 w icaitodatuov vie rov nanodaifiovog Uptdpov ! — ol detat- 
 datuoveg elatv del dovXot. — r) ev Xatpcoveta fidx?) QtXtTnrG) 
 r\v i) alrta evxdptrog vtKrjg, rolg 6' 'Adrjvatotg drtfiiag Kal 
 alaxvvrjg. — rolg Kano6ai\ioatv at rdv (f>tX(x)v napafivdtat 
 
60 
 
 EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 
 
 ^eXfcrripiav dvvafiiv nal svxaptv cjcfyeXetav exovaiv. — ol 
 dxdpioroi slow del emXrjOfioveg. — sXEcpavrsg nal nvveg 
 elalv del evepyerrjixdroJv fjivrj/jioveg. 
 
 3. Terminations in o)p, G)c, and ovg. 
 r H evyeojg vrjaog rov fieyaXrjropog KrjcjiLOodojpov. — rj vXi\ 
 exec navrola rerpdiToda %GJa. — rd tcjv QeaaaXcov evyeco 
 rcedia. — \ieydXr\rop ixal TLpidpLOv, e '~EXeve, nal jjbeyaX^ropcjv 
 TTpoyovov eldoyXov dXrjdivov ! — evyeuv ddnedov evyeoyv 
 vrjOG)v. — avOpoynog eon dirrovv %&ov. — fj,eyaX7jropeg dv- 
 dporroC elaiv del [ivrjfioveg d6$-r)g KaXr\g. — e%et \ieyaXr\ropa 
 ■&v[jl6v, nal (xeyaX'nropojv epyG>v p,vr\\ibT]v ddidXenrrov. — tg) 
 lieyaXrjropi o]po)l rovro rjv \ibpai\JLOV. — evyeug x<*>pioLg Ka6- 
 dnep dyadolg dvdpcjnotg earlv ovpavbg del a'ioiog. — 1,1- 
 KeXia nal J&vdoLa, evyeo) vrjao ! — iAeo> -&eol teal tXeo) -&eai 
 eloiv ev ovpavti darepoevrt. 
 
 III. 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 
 
 In God are the fountains of 
 ever-flowing mercy and love. 
 
 The two ever-flowing wells of 
 bitumen in the land of the 
 Persians. 
 
 To the male children of the 
 magnanimous Eurymedon 
 there was not the care of 
 
 The two acceptable gifts of the 
 two male children, and the 
 waters of the two ever-flow- 
 ing rivers in the fertile land 
 of the magnanimous Solymi. 
 
 For the magnanimous sons of 
 the discreet Aglaonice there 
 
 'Ev Qeog eijii 6 irrjyi) deivag 
 eXer\\ioGvvr\ nal dydrrr]. 
 
 deivag aacpaXrog (ppeap ev 
 6 6 UepO'ng yr\. 
 
 dpprjv [ieyaX7]TG)p Evpvfj,- 
 edov rralg ovk, elfil 6 etu- 
 \ieXeia GitXppcjv cpiXog. 
 
 evx^pig dtipov 6 dpprjv 
 iralg, nal 6 v6(op b deivag 
 Trorafibg, ev 6 evyeo)g yr\ 6 
 fieyaXrjrcjp ZoXvfiot. 
 
 O fiEyaX?)TG)p Tralg oaxppcjv 
 'AyXaovift't) ovk elju 6 ev- 
 
CONTRACTED NOUNS. 
 
 61 
 
 were not the acceptable con- 
 solations of the inhabitants 
 of their fertile native land. 
 
 O discreet son of the discreet 
 and magnanimous Euthy- 
 phron ! 
 
 Of the two fertile regions in 
 the two fertile islands of 
 Corcyra and Crete. 
 
 The queen has in her kingdom 
 magnanimous and discreet 
 men, fertile meads, ever- 
 flowing rivers, mines of gold, 
 silver, and copper, and all 
 other acceptable things. 
 
 %apig irapa^vdta 6 b evyeog 
 rrarplg olfcerrjg, 
 
 I,G)(f)pG)v vibe, b o6(f)pG)v koX 
 (xeyaXrjrojp Evdv^pcjv ! 
 
 f O evyecjg %(x>piov ev b evyeog 
 vrjGog Kepicvpa nai Kprjrrj. 
 
 f O fiaoiXioaa ev b dp%7\ \ie- 
 yaXryroip nai cuxppGiv av- 
 OpejTToe, evyeojg Xetpcov, 
 aetvae Trorafioc, \ieraXXov 
 Xpvooc, apyvpoc, nai %aX~ 
 (tog, nai irag aXXog ev%apig 
 
 XP¥ a h<*>- 
 
 XXX. CONTRACTED NOUNS. 
 Contracted Nouns of the First Declension. 
 
 I. In forming these contractions, ea preceded by p be- 
 comes a ; as, epea, contracted spa, " wool.'''' 
 
 II. So also da becomes a ; as, fivda, contracted \iva, " a 
 mina." 
 
 III. But ea not preceded by p, and likewise en and 67], be- 
 come 7\ ; as, yea, yr\, " the earth ;" yaXen, yaXrj, " a weasel ;" 
 dtTrXon, SlttXtj, " double ;" 'Epfieag, f Ep^c, " Mercury ;" 
 'AneXXeng, 'AneXXrjg, " Apelles." 
 
 IV. In the genitive, ov absorbs the preceding vowel ; as, 
 'Eppeov, 'Epfiov. 
 
 Examples. 
 rj epea, contracted epa, "wool" 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 epi-a ep-a, 
 
 N. 
 
 hpe-a, 
 
 N. 
 
 kpi-at hp-al, 
 
 G. 
 
 kpi-ag ep-&c, 
 
 G. 
 
 epi-aiv, 
 
 G. 
 
 epe-tiv hp-Civ, 
 
 D. 
 
 kpe-a kp-q,, 
 
 D. 
 
 epe-atv, 
 
 D. 
 
 epe-aic hp-alg, 
 
 A. 
 
 kpi-av kp-av, 
 
 A. 
 
 ipe-a, 
 
 A. 
 
 epi-aq hp-ag, 
 
 V 
 
 kpi-a tp-a. 
 
 V. 
 
 hpi-a. 
 
 F 
 
 V, 
 
 hpi-ai tp-al. 
 
62 
 
 CONTRACTED NOUNS. 
 
 yaXir], contracted yaXr], " a weasel." 
 
 Singular. 
 N. yake-n yak-fj, 
 G. yake-n g yak-fj g, 
 J), yake-n yak-rj, 
 A. yake-nv yak-fjv, 
 V. yake-n yak-?}. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 N. yake-a yak-d, 
 G. yake-aiv yak-alv, 
 D. yake-aiv yak-alv, 
 A. yake-a yak-d, 
 V. yake-a ya?t,-d. 
 
 yake-ai yak-al, 
 yake-cJv yak-uv, 
 yake-aig yak-ale;, 
 yake-ag yak-tig, 
 
 V. yake-ai yak-al. 
 
 Contracted Nouns of the Second Declension. 
 
 I. In forming these contractions, the letters eo, 6e, and 
 60, become ov ; as, adeX(pideog, contracted adeXfadovc ; voe, 
 contracted vov ; voog, contracted vovg. 
 
 II. A short vowel before a long one, or before a diphthong, 
 is absorbed ; as, nXocov, ttXgjv ; rrXooov, nXolv. 
 
 III. In the neuter, a absorbs the preceding vowel, and 
 becomes long ; as, oarea, bora. 
 
 IV. In the vocative, ee is not contracted ; as, adeXfytdee. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 6 voog^ contracted vovg, " the mind/ 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 vb-og vovg, 
 
 N. vo-o) v(b, 
 
 N. 
 
 vb-oi vol, 
 
 G. 
 
 vo-ov vov, 
 
 G. vo-oiv volv, 
 
 G. 
 
 vo-uv vu>v, 
 
 D. 
 
 vo-(i) vti, 
 
 D. VO-OLV volv, 
 
 D. 
 
 vo-oig volg, 
 
 A. 
 
 vo-ov vovv, 
 
 A. vo-cj vtj, 
 
 A. 
 
 vb-ovg vovg, 
 
 V. 
 
 vb-e vov. 
 
 V. vo-o vd. 
 
 V. 
 
 vo-ot vol. 
 
 
 ro oarsov 
 
 contracted oarovv, ' 
 
 ' the hone." 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 bare-ov bar-ovv, 
 
 N. bare-u bar-ti, 
 
 N. 
 
 bare-a bar-a, 
 
 G. 
 
 bare-ov bar-ov, 
 
 G. bare-oiv bar-olv, 
 
 G. 
 
 bare-ov bar-ov, 
 
 D. 
 
 bare-o bar-ip, 
 
 D. bare-oiv bar-olv, 
 
 D. 
 
 bare-otg bar-olg, 
 
 A. 
 
 bare-ov bar-ovv, 
 
 A. bare-o bar-ti, 
 
 A. 
 
 bare-a bar-a, 
 
 V. 
 
 bare-ov bar-ovv. 
 
 V. bare-(o bar-u. 
 
 V. 
 
 bare-a bar-a. 
 
 Contracted Adjectives in eog and oog. 
 1. Termination in eog. 
 
 I. Adjectives in eog are contracted throughout. 
 
 II. In the feminine, ea is contracted into a when a vowel 
 or the letter p precedes the termination sog ; but, otherwise, 
 
CONTRACTED NOUNS. 
 
 63 
 
 it is contracted into r\. Thus, %pvoEog in the feminine con- 
 tracts xpvoea into %pv<jr\ > Dut £p£ £0 f > " woollen" contracts 
 epeea into sped ; and dpyvpeog, " silver" dpyvpea into 
 dpyvpd. 
 
 III. In the neuter plural, however, ea is always con- 
 tracted into a, whatever letter may precede og. Thus, 
 
 Xpvoeog, contracted %pvooiig, "golden" 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 
 Du 
 
 il. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 Xpva-eog -ea 
 
 -EOV, 
 
 
 N. 
 
 Xpva-io) 
 
 -ia 
 
 -ia, 
 
 
 ovg ri 
 
 OVV 
 
 
 
 €> 
 
 a 
 
 <*>■> 
 
 G. 
 
 Xpvo-iov -iag 
 
 -iov, 
 
 
 G. 
 
 XpVG-EOLV 
 
 -iaLv 
 
 -ioLv, 
 
 
 ov qc 
 
 ov, 
 
 
 
 OLV 
 
 alv 
 
 olv, 
 
 D. 
 
 Xpva-iif) -ia 
 
 -EG), 
 
 
 D. 
 
 Xpva-Eoiv 
 
 -iaLv 
 
 -ioLv 
 
 
 <p ?) 
 
 o, 
 
 
 
 OLV 
 
 alv 
 
 olv, 
 
 A. 
 
 Xpvc-eov -iav 
 
 -EOV, 
 
 
 A. 
 
 Xpva-Eu 
 
 -ia 
 
 -Eld, 
 
 
 ovv rjv 
 
 ovv 
 
 
 
 (J 
 
 ti 
 
 u, 
 
 V. 
 
 Xpva~£E -ia 
 
 -EOV, 
 
 
 V. 
 
 Xpva-Ea 
 
 -ia 
 
 -ico, 
 
 
 V 
 
 ovv 
 
 Pirn 
 
 •al. 
 
 €> 
 
 a 
 
 LO. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 xp<>°- 
 
 EOL 
 01 
 
 -sat 
 al 
 
 -Ea, 
 a, 
 
 
 
 
 G. 
 
 Xpva-iuv 
 
 -ECiV 
 
 -EOV, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 UV 
 
 uv 
 
 C)V, 
 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 Xpvc-ioig 
 
 -ECLIQ -EOtg, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 OLg 
 
 alg olg, 
 
 
 
 
 A. 
 
 Xpva-iovg 
 
 -sag 
 
 -Ea, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ovg 
 
 tig 
 
 a, 
 
 
 
 
 V. 
 
 Xpvff- 
 
 EOL 
 
 -sac 
 
 -sa, 
 
 
 
 2. Termination in 6og. 
 
 I. Adjectives in 6og are contracted throughout like those 
 in iog. 
 
 II. In the feminine 6r\ is contracted into r\ ; and in the 
 neuter plural, 6a into a. 
 
 III. When the letter p precedes the termination, the fem- 
 inine is in 6a, contracted a. 
 
 IV. But the adjective dOpoog, " crowded," is not contracted 
 in the feminine dOpoa, to distinguish it from the adjective 
 adpovg, " noiseless," which is of two terminations. 
 
64 CONTRACTED NOUNS. 
 
 anXoog, contracted anXovg, " simple." 
 Singular. Dual. 
 
 N. dnTi-oog 
 
 -6n 
 
 -6ov, 
 
 ovg 
 
 V 
 
 ovv, 
 
 G. dnTi-bov 
 
 -6ng 
 
 -6ov, 
 
 D. dirTi-oo) 
 
 -on 
 
 -OiO, 
 
 A. diz'k-oov -onv -6ov, 
 
 OVV TjV OVV, 
 
 V. dirl-os -on -Sov, 
 
 ov 71 ovv. 
 
 N. 
 
 aTT?i-6o) 
 
 -6a 
 
 -6o), 
 
 
 (0 
 
 a 
 
 (O, 
 
 G. 
 
 air'k-ooiv 
 
 -daw 
 
 -OOLVy 
 
 
 olv 
 
 alv 
 
 olv, 
 
 D. 
 
 dlTl-OOLV 
 
 -oaiv 
 
 -OOIV, 
 
 
 olv 
 
 alv 
 
 olv, 
 
 A. 
 
 dTT?i-6o) 
 
 -6a 
 
 -6co, 
 
 V. dirh-c 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. dnTi-ooi 
 
 ol 
 G. d'K'k-btov 
 
 cbv 
 D. drcX-ooig 
 
 olg 
 A. dirTi-oovQ 
 
 ovg 
 V. diT?\,-6oi 
 
 -ocov -ocov, 
 
 -oaig 
 
 alg 
 
 -6ag 
 
 -OOIQ, 
 
 olq, 
 
 -oac -oa, 
 
 3. Termination in G)v. 
 The only contracted form under this termination is that 
 of participles in cov, contracted from dwv, which make the 
 feminine in tioa and the neuter in ojv. 
 
 
 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 Tlfl-d(OV 
 
 -dovaa 
 
 -dov, 
 
 N. 
 
 Tift-dovre 
 
 -aovaa 
 
 -aOVTE, 
 
 
 (OV 
 
 (baa 
 
 (bv, 
 
 
 (OVTE 
 
 (oaa 
 
 (OVTE, 
 
 G. 
 
 Tifi-dovroq 
 
 -aovang 
 
 -dovrog, 
 
 G. 
 
 Ti[l-a6vTOLV 
 
 -aovaaiv 
 
 -aovroiv, 
 
 
 covrog 
 
 uang 
 
 (bvTog, 
 
 
 (ovroiv 
 
 (oaaiv 
 
 (OVTOIV, 
 
 D. 
 
 TLU-aOVTL 
 
 -aovan 
 
 -aOVTL, 
 
 D. 
 
 TLfl-aOVTOLV 
 
 -aovaaiv 
 
 -aovrocv, 
 
 
 CiVTl 
 
 (ban 
 
 (bVTl, 
 
 
 (OVTOIV 
 
 coaaiv 
 
 (OVTOLV, 
 
 A. 
 
 TLfi-dovra 
 
 -dovaav 
 
 -dov, 
 
 A. 
 
 TLfl-doVTE 
 
 -aovaa 
 
 -doVTE, 
 
 
 (bvra 
 
 (bcav 
 
 (bv, 
 
 
 cbvre 
 
 oaa 
 
 (OVTE, 
 
 V, 
 
 TLfl-d(OV 
 
 -dovaa 
 
 -dov, 
 
 V. 
 
 Tifl-doVTE 
 
 -aovaa 
 
 -aOVTE, 
 
 
 (bv 
 
 (baa 
 
 (bv. 
 
 
 (bvre 
 
 uaa 
 
 (OVTE. 
 
EXERCISES ON CONTRACTED NOUNS. 
 
 65 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 rtfi-dovreg 
 
 -dovaac 
 
 -dovra, 
 
 
 tivreg 
 
 uaac 
 
 tivra, 
 
 G. 
 
 rt/i-aovTcov 
 
 -aovaav 
 
 -aovrcjv 
 
 
 uvruv 
 
 uacjv 
 
 UVTUV, 
 
 D. 
 
 Tlft-aOVGL 
 
 -aovaaig 
 
 -dovai, 
 
 
 dai 
 
 dtcaig 
 
 £)Gl, 
 
 A. 
 
 rc/x-dovrag 
 
 -aovaag 
 
 -dovra, 
 
 
 tivrag 
 
 woag 
 
 uvra, 
 
 V, 
 
 ri/z-dovreg 
 
 -dovaat 
 
 -dovra, 
 
 
 uvreg 
 
 aaac 
 
 uvra. 
 
 4. Termination in 77c. 
 Adjectives in rjg are of two terminations, and undergo 
 contraction by changing eog into ovg, el into el, ea and ee 
 into t\, &c. They will be given hereafter. 
 
 XXXI. EXERCISES ON CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE 
 FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS, AND ON CON- 
 TRACTED ADJECTIVES IN eog AND dog. 
 
 I. 
 
 Translate the following, 
 and case of each. 
 dvdpidg 'Ep^oi;, 
 Xpvaov avdpcdvTog, 
 Xpvaovg -&G)pa,Kag, 
 apyvpag aonidog, 
 dpyvpd fidxcupa, 
 Xpvad onXa, 
 elKG)V yaXr\g, 
 %aXiiov eluovog, 
 aojpog epdg, 
 apyvpti GGjpu), 
 v6aXr\g yr\g, 
 nival; 'ArreXXov, 
 dpyvpol rjXoc, 
 eped eodrjg, 
 fiujAdg 'Adrjvdg, 
 
 and mention the number, gender, 
 
 XclXkov Xe6rjrog, 
 %aXfcu) deop,G), 
 \Linpd bard, 
 
 TT&VTGdV OOTG)V, 
 
 AtdvKTjv yr\v, 
 QeooaXfi epa, 
 •naacov yaXaJv, 
 'Attlkxi u y 9>, 
 vaXovv TTorrjpLOV, 
 vaXolg Kparrjpoi, 
 'Epjixj dyaBti, 
 Xivd Greydofiara, 
 Xivovv Trrepov, 
 
 XtvCdV 1(JTIG)V, 
 
 vdaXovg ocpOaXfiovg, 
 F2 
 
66 EXERCISES ON CONTRACTED NOUNS. 
 
 dpyvpalg Xoyxaig, dnXov vov, 
 
 XaXnd iraXra, dixXd it aide ! 
 
 vdaXol rorrot, dnXov dovXe ! 
 
 %pvo7}<; vdpiag, SlttXov 6o)pov, 
 
 Xpvoag vdpiag, SlttXoIv volv, 
 
 Gidrjpd aGnig, rpnrXG) 6eap,co, 
 
 Gidr]pd bnXa, rpinXrjv d\iapTiav, 
 
 Gidrjpdg nXivr\g, rerpanXovg dpiOfiog, 
 
 Gidrjpdg aXlvag, TerpanXcp KivdvvG), 
 
 dyadov ttXov, irevrairXov ■dedfu.arog, 
 
 dyadov vov, nevranXovv dtipov, 
 
 kclkoIv rrXolv, irevraTrXri dancg, 
 
 natibv vovv, enranXol ttovol. 
 
 II. 
 
 Translate the following, and explain the agreement or 
 government in each clause or phrase. 
 
 'Ev t%i vtjoco xpvool eiGiv dvdpidvreg 'AQr\vdg nal 'Epfiov, 
 nal (3o)fioi dpyvpol, ol 6' otKerai elot v&v arrXoJv teal fcada- 
 p&v. — rrdvreg ol (3dp6apoc exovglv eodfjrag epedg, ft&paitag 
 %aXfcovg, nal Xoyxag OLdr}pdg.-—s%eLg, w ' Apcorod^fis, nav- 
 rola dyadd, \ivdg dpyvpov, %aXiiovg rpinodag, nai Inrrovg, 
 nal dpfiara, nal rifidg rerpanXag. — rrdvreg ol brrXlrai eiGiv 
 ev rig dyopd, fcal exovGiv kv tw jjLsgg) Gtdrjpav kXlvtjv, nal 
 XaXnovv 'ApTe/xidog dvdpcdvra, ev de rf/ nXivirj elalv dp- 
 yvpol rjXoc, rpinXy rdt~ei. — vdaXol tottol eIgl iroXXdnig 
 voGrjpoL — (3log ttXco ofiotog egtc—to cj)GJg tov vov dddvarov 
 egtl. — 'Adrjvd r\v 'AOtjvgjv dXei-rjTetpa. — exovgi ttXovv ev- 
 dacfiova, nai ev tg> ttXolg) eIgI Sena \ival dpyvpov, nal 
 enaTOV vaXal vdpiai, nal epeag fivXatcoi, nal e,Gdr\Teg Xival. 
 — 6 vdpoip egtiv vdaXrj voGog. — vaXal nvXineg bfiolai elot 
 t%i t£)v dvvaTGJV (ptXia, naXal [lev, evdpavGToi de del. — 
 f Ep^ nal } A6rjvq, nal rxaGi rolg deolg. — 6 ixiva% egtiv 
 'AneXXov epyov -dav^aGTov, nal ol xp vaot ~ GTecftavoi eiGiv 
 and tov Iiuxppovog epyaGTTjptov. 
 
EXERCISES ON CONTRACTED NOUNS. 
 
 67 
 
 *Eo> rolg ^akKolq Xe6rjaC eloi yaXal, nal £d)G)v rravro- 
 Sarrcov bora. — rb rxXolov e%ei, Xivd rxrepd. — olvog eoriv ev 
 vaXolg rrorrjpcotg. — 6 rdXag avdpunog earcv ev Gtd?]polg 
 deo/xolg, Kai rrovovg enrarrXovg e%ei. — r\v (idifibg 'Adrjvag 
 ev ttj 650), Kai avSpidg dpyvpovg, Kai ev ralg rrjg -&edg 
 %zpoiv Tjaav Xoyxr) Ka ^ donlg, d^cpco dpyvpal. — reXevrrj earc 
 rov rC)v vavrov rrXov fiatcaplov, teal rraoa rj yr\ rdv Qeo- 
 oaXdJv ex ei TifiTjv rerparrXrjv Kai evdo^ov. — exec rrevre \ivdg 
 dpyvpov ev k,l6g)tg) ecdypa, nal dena xp v <^ovg ore<ftdvovg, 
 Kai dpyvpovv 'IZpfiov dyaXjidriov. — dXrjdcvol (plXot, coonep 
 darrldeg dpyvpal, ri\iiol re Kai dxpeXifioi elac. — '^ncdafxvog 
 earc noXtg lo~xvpd re Kai noXvdvdpojirog, real ded/iara exsc 
 KaXa Kai Sav/iaara, (3o)fj,ovg p,ev rxavayiovg, dpyvpovg re 
 Kai evrroirjrovg, ribv 6e ftetiv dvdptdvrag xP v °ovg, ev 6e r^j 
 dyopa rptrrXovv, 'Adrjvag Kai 'l^p/iov Kai 'ArroXXcovog, lepbv, 
 Kai rpL7r66o)v x^Xkojv rrXrjdog, Kai rovg otKerag ev eodrjoiv 
 epealg evax^ovag. 
 
 III. 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 
 
 They have a large number of 
 brazen caldrons, and of 
 silver spears and golden 
 corslets. 
 
 The vessel has twenty minas 
 of silver, and a large num- 
 ber of woollen garments, 
 and there is in the prow a 
 golden bow. 
 
 O Mercury ! I have wax fruit 
 in golden baskets, and silver 
 birds, and seas of glass, 
 and a quadruple number of 
 minas of silver. 
 
 "E^w ;\;a/Ueo<; Xe6rjg rrXrjdog, 
 Kai Xoyx'T] dpyvpeog, Kai 
 dwpat- xpvoeog. 
 
 r O rrXolov ex * ecKoat fivd 
 dpyvpog, Kai epeeog eodrjg 
 TrXrjdog, elfu 6e ev 6 rrpdtpa 
 ro^ov xp V(J £og- 
 
 r Q 'Ep/ieag Kaprrbg Krjpivog 
 ex 1 ** & v KaXadog xP v °eog, 
 Kai dpyvpeog opvig, Kai 
 vaXeog ftdXarra, Kai rrXrj- 
 dog rerparrXoog \ivd dpyv- 
 pog. 
 
68 CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 The picture contains beautiful 
 things ; two golden baskets, 
 two glass bowls, two brazen 
 tripods, two men in linen 
 garments, and two iron stat- 
 ues of Diana. 
 
 Weasels are small indeed, but 
 fond of blood. Of all an- 
 imals, they are the swiftest 
 in running 
 
 They have Mercury and Mi- 
 nerva, but not Jove and 
 Apollo. 
 
 There was a triple row of men 
 in iron corslets, while in 
 their hands were double 
 rings of silver. 
 
 The Egyptians have all linen 
 garments, and their horses 
 have golden bits and silver 
 frontlets. 
 
 KaXaQog, vaXeog Kparrjp, 
 %dXKEog rplnovg, avOpo- 
 irog ev Xiveog eodrjg, Kai 
 "Aprefiig avdptag otdrjpeog. 
 
 TaXer) fiiKpog [lev elfil, (piXai- 
 fzarog de. Hag %tiov o^v- 
 dpofMDraTog elfu. 
 
 'Epfieag p,ev Kai 'Ad7]vda, 
 &XX' ov Zevg Kai 'ArroX- 
 X(ov, exo). 
 
 ~Elfii rpi-nXoog avdpoyrrog rdt-- 
 ig ev dupat; OLdrjpeog, ev 
 de 6 x^p sifii dinXoog 6aK- 
 rvXcog apyvpog. 
 
 '0 Alyimrwg nag Xiveog Ifid- 
 rwv e%i£, o de hnrog e^G) 
 Xpvoeog xaXivbg Kai apyv- 
 
 peog 7Tp0fl,eTG)TTLdC0V. 
 
 XXXII. CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLEN- 
 SION. 
 1. Termination in r\g. 
 I. Nouns in rjg undergo a contraction in every case, ex- 
 cept in the nominative and vocative singular, and dative 
 plural. 
 
 Singular. 
 N. tj Tpifjp-rig, 
 
 G. T7jc Tpifjp-eog, contracted -ovg, 
 D. rri TpLTjp-ei, " -el, 
 
 A. ttjv rpir/p-ea, " -q, 
 
 V. rpirjp-eg. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 r\ rpi7}p7jg, " the trireme." 
 
 Dual 
 rpirjp-ee, contracted 
 
 N. 
 
 G. ratvrpLTjp-eoiv, 
 
 D. ralv rpiTjp-eotv, 
 
 A. ra rpiT]p-£E, 
 V. TptTjp-ee, 
 
CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 69 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 at TpLTjp-seg, contracted 
 
 G. 
 
 tuv rpcr/p-icov, " 
 
 D. 
 
 Talg rpirjp-eai, 
 
 A. 
 
 rag rpc^p-eag, " 
 
 V. 
 
 rptrjp-seg, " 
 
 II. Like rpii\pr\g are also declined the proper names 
 ending in kXstjc; ; as 'E-pafcXerjg, contracted 'JlpaicXrjg ; 
 QsfjiLOTOicXeTjc;, contracted QeiiiGTOitXiqg ; ILspLKXerjg, con- 
 tracted HeputXrjg, &c. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 ( HpafcXe7)g, " Hercules" 
 
 N 6 'KpaKTi-fyg, contracted -rjg, 
 
 G. tov 'HpaKl-iog, " -ovg, 
 
 D. r<p 'Kpanl-eet, " -ef, 
 
 A. rw 'Hpc/cA-ea, " -ij, 
 
 V. 'Hpa/c/l-eec, " -Eig. 
 
 2. Termination in og. 
 Nouns in og are neuter, and make the nominative, ac- 
 cusative, and vocative plural in sa, contracted 77, and the 
 genitive in eo)v, contracted &v. The other contractions 
 are like those in rpirjp'ng. 
 
 to rslxog, " the wall." 
 Singular. Dual. 
 
 N. to TEix-og, 
 
 G. tov Teix-eoc, contracted 
 
 D. Tw Tei%-el, " 
 
 A. to TElx-og, 
 
 V. TElx-og. 
 
 N. to tecx-ee, contracted - 
 
 G. TOLV TECX-EOLV, " 
 
 D. TOlV TELX-EOCV, " 
 
 A. rw teIx-ee, " 
 
 V. TEIX-£Z, " - 
 
 PZwra£. 
 N. rd ret^-ea, contracted -?/, 
 G. row rst^-ewv, " -d)y, 
 
 D. roZf rei^-eai, 
 A. rd Tsix-Ea, " -?/, 
 
 V. Tei^-ea, " -77. 
 
 3. Terminations in o) and 0)g. 
 I. Nouns in G) and Gig have three contractions, namely, dog 
 of the genitive singular into ovg ; o7 of the dative into 01 ; 
 and 6a of the accusative into w. 
 
70 CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 II. Their dual and plural have no contractions, but are 
 declined throughout like the corresponding parts of Xoyog. 
 Few of them, indeed, from their signification, admit, strictly 
 speaking, of a dual or plural. 
 
 
 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 
 
 
 
 7] T]X^i " the echo." 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 v vx-6, 
 
 
 N. ra rix-^i 
 
 N 
 
 at vx-°ii 
 
 G. 
 
 rijg r)x-6og, contr. 
 
 -ovg, 
 
 G. ralv Tjx-olv, 
 
 G 
 
 TUV 7}X'^ v t 
 
 D, 
 
 TV VX-ol, " 
 
 -01, 
 
 D. ralv 7ix-°~ LV i 
 
 D. 
 
 ralg f)x-olg, 
 
 A. 
 
 T7]v 7]x-ba, " 
 
 -u>, 
 
 A. tu rjx-co, 
 
 A 
 
 rag r)x-ovg, 
 
 V. 
 
 Tjx-ol. 
 
 
 V. farO. 
 
 V. 
 
 tjx-ol. 
 
 
 n 
 
 aldco 
 
 g, " the modesty." 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 i] aid-tig, 
 
 
 N. ra. ald-io, 
 
 N. 
 
 ai aid-oi, 
 
 G. 
 
 Trig ald-oog, contr. 
 
 -ovg, 
 
 G. ralv ald-olv, 
 
 G. 
 
 ruv ald-tiv, 
 
 D. 
 
 ry ald-6'i, " 
 
 -01, 
 
 D. ralv ald-olv, 
 
 D. 
 
 Talg ald-olg, 
 
 A. 
 
 rr)v ai8-6a, " 
 
 -CO, 
 
 A. ra ald-u, 
 
 A. 
 
 rag ald-ovg, 
 
 V. 
 
 ald-ol. 
 
 
 V. aid-to. 
 
 V. 
 
 ald-ou 
 
 4. Terminations in ig and i. 
 
 I. Nouns in ig and i have three contractions, namely, si 
 of the dative into el ; eeg of the nominative and vocative 
 plural into eig ; and sag of the accusative plural into etg. 
 
 II. Those in ig have also in the genitive singular, and 
 the genitive and dative dual, the Attic terminations eo)g and 
 ewv, instead of eog and eoiv. 
 
 Singular 
 N. 7] irol-tg, 
 G. rr)g nol-Eug, 
 D. rrj 'koK-e'L, contr. el 
 A. rr)v Ttok-iv, 
 
 V. 7r6A-i. 
 
 7] TToXig, " the city" 
 
 Dual. 
 N. ra. ttoTl-ee, 
 G. ralv nol-suv, 
 D. ralv ttoTl-ecov, 
 A. ra 7t62,-es, 
 
 V. Tr6?l-£E. 
 
 Plural. 
 N. at Trol-Esg, contracted -Eig, 
 G. riov tcoTi-ecov, 
 D. ralg woTi-eci, 
 
 A. rag Trol-Eag, " -Eig, 
 
 V. noX-EEg, " -sig. 
 
CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 71 
 
 
 TO CIV7)7U, 
 
 " the mustard." 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 TO GIV^TT-L, 
 
 N. 
 
 TO) GLVrjIZ-EE, 
 
 N. 
 
 Ta (jivr/Tr-ea, 
 
 G. 
 
 tov GtvrjiT-eog, 
 
 G. 
 
 TOlv GLV7J7V-EOIV, 
 
 G. 
 
 TOV GLV7]7T-£0)V, 
 
 D. 
 
 to acvfjiz-ei, contr. -el, 
 
 D. 
 
 TOLV GLV7)7T-£OLV, 
 
 D. 
 
 TOlg GLVTfK-EGL, 
 
 A. 
 
 TO GLV7J7T-L, 
 
 A. 
 
 TO GLVTJ7C-ZE, 
 
 A. 
 
 Ta GLvfjTT-ea, 
 
 V. 
 
 GLVTjTZ-L. 
 
 V. 
 
 GLV7J7V-EE. 
 
 V. 
 
 GivrjTz-ea. 
 
 5. Termination in vg (genitive -vog). 
 Nouns in vg, genitive vog, have two contractions, namely, 
 veg of the nominative and vocative plural into vg ; and vag 
 of the accusative plural into vg. 
 
 Singular. 
 N. 6 cxd-vc, 
 G. tov Ixd-vog, 
 D. to ix^-vi, 
 A. tov lxd-vv, 
 
 v. ixd-v. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 6 i%Qvg, " the fish." 
 Dual. 
 N. to) lxd-ve, 
 G. toIv ixd-voiv 
 D. toIv Ixd-voiv, 
 A. tg) ixQ-ve, 
 V. lxd-ve. 
 
 Plural. 
 N. ol ixO-veg, 
 G. tov ixd-vuv, 
 
 D. TOlg ixd-VGL, 
 
 A. Tovg Ixd-vag, 
 V. IxO-veg, 
 
 contr. -vg, 
 
 6. Terminations in vg (genitive -ewe) and evg (genitive -ecjg). 
 
 I. Nouns in evg, and those in vg which make, like them, 
 the genitive in ecjg, have four contractions, namely, ei of the 
 dative singular into ei ; ee of the dual into r\ ; eeg of the 
 nominative and vocative plural into eig ; and eag of the 
 accusative plural into ecg. 
 
 II. But in the accusative plural, the uncontracted termi- 
 nation eag, is more usual than eig. 
 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 
 
 
 6 tttjxVGi " the ell." 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. Dual. 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 6 ^fJX' V Cy 
 
 N. TO 7n7£-££, 
 
 contr. 
 
 -?, 
 
 G. 
 
 TOV TT^-TOC, 
 
 G. TOLV 7TTJX-E(f)V, 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 to TT7Jx-£i, contr. -el, 
 
 D. TOLV ixrix-EO)v, 
 
 
 
 A. 
 
 TOV TTTJX-VV, 
 
 A. TO TT7JX-EE, 
 
 " 
 
 -?7 
 
 V. 
 
 -xrjx-v. 
 
 V. Ttri%-m, 
 
 a 
 
 -?/ 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 
 N. ol KT/x-eEg, contracted -Etg, 
 
 
 
 
 G. TOV "KTIX-EOV, 
 
 
 
 
 D. rolg -Krjx-EGi, 
 
 
 
 
 A. Tovg TTrjx-tag, " -Eig, 
 
 
 
 
 V. Tr^-sec 
 
 t -££C- 
 
 
 
72 CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 6 paotXevg, " the king." 
 
 Singular. 
 N. 6 j3aai2,-sv<;, 
 G. rov /?acri/l-£wf, 
 D. rw fiacik-ii, contr. e?, 
 A. rbv (SaatTi-ea, 
 V. fiaaiX-Ev. 
 
 N. 
 
 fiaaiA-ee, contr. -^, 
 
 G. toZV (3aaik-E0iv, 
 D. toIv fiaaik-iouv, 
 A. tcj fiaaik-E£, 
 V. fiaaik-EE, 
 
 Plural. 
 N. ot fiaoik-EES, contracted -£?f» 
 G. rwv (3aaiX-euv, 
 D. rolq (3aail-Evai, 
 A. rove f3aai7i-eag, ". -£??, 
 
 V. fiacik-EEg, " -££?. 
 
 7. Termination in v. 
 Neuters in v make the nominative, accusative, and voc- 
 ative plural in ea, contracted into rj. They also contract 
 el into el, and ss into rj. 
 
 to aorv, " iAe c^y." 
 
 Singular. 
 N. ro aar-v, 
 G. row aar-Eog, 
 D. tw aoT-E'i, contr. 
 A. to aor-v, 
 V. aoT-v. 
 
 N. rw dor-££, contr. 
 G. roZV aar-iotv, 
 D. tolv aar-iotv, 
 A. to) aar-££, " 
 V. aar-EE, " 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. ra aar-sa, contracted -j?, 
 G. r<3x> aar-iuv, 
 
 D. TOlg aGT-EOl, 
 
 A. rd aar-sa, " -7, 
 
 V. aar-Ea, " -77. 
 
 8. Neuters in aq and pa$\ 
 Neuters in cc pure and pec reject r by syncope in the 
 Ionic dialect, and are also farther contracted by crasis in 
 the Attic, in every case except the nominative, accusative, 
 and vocative singular, and the dative plural. 
 
CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 73 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 TG 
 
 Kpeag, 
 
 ' the flesh." 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 
 
 N. to Kpe-ag, 
 
 
 
 
 
 G, rov ' Kpe-arog, 
 
 by 
 
 syncope Kpe-aoc, by 
 
 crasis Kpe- 
 
 D. r<p Kpe-art, 
 
 
 " 
 
 Kpe-ai, 
 
 " Kpe- 
 
 A. to Kpe-ag, 
 
 
 
 
 
 V. Kpe-ag. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 
 
 
 N. Ttj Kpe-are, 
 
 
 " 
 
 Kpe-ae, 
 
 " «pe- 
 
 G. tolv Kpe-drotv, 
 
 
 " 
 
 Kpe-doiv, 
 
 " Kpe- 
 
 D. tolv Kpe-drotv, 
 
 
 " 
 
 Kpe-doiv, 
 
 " Kpe- 
 
 A. tu ape- are, 
 
 
 " 
 
 Kpe-ae, 
 
 " Kpe- 
 
 V. Kpe-are, 
 
 
 " 
 
 Kpe-ae, 
 
 " /cpe- 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 
 
 N. rd Kpe-ara, 
 
 
 " 
 
 Kpe-aa, 
 
 " /cpe- 
 
 G. rwv Kpe-drcov, 
 
 
 " 
 
 Kpe-duv, 
 
 " /cpe- 
 
 D. rolg Kpe-acu, 
 
 
 
 
 
 A. rd Kpe-ara, 
 
 
 " 
 
 Kpe-aa, 
 
 " /cpe- 
 
 V. Kpe-ara, 
 
 
 " 
 
 Kpe-aa, 
 
 " /cpe- 
 
 to Kepag, " ffo horn." 
 Singular. 
 N. rd Kep-ag, 
 G. row Kep-arog, by syncope Kep-aog, by crasis 
 
 D. r<p Kep-are, 
 
 " Kep-ai, ' 
 
 ' «ep-g, 
 
 A. rd Kep-ag, 
 
 
 
 V. Kep-ag. 
 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 
 N. tw Kep-are, 
 
 " Kep-ae, * 
 
 ' /cep-a, 
 
 G. tolv Kep-drotv, 
 
 " Kep-doiv, ' 
 
 ' Kep-fiv, 
 
 D. toIv Kep-droiv, 
 
 " Kep-doiv, ' 
 
 1 Kep-tiv, 
 
 A. tw Kep-are, 
 
 " Kep-ae, ' 
 
 ' Kcp-a, 
 
 V. Kep-are, 
 
 ' Kep-ae, ' 
 
 ' ycfp-a. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 N. Td Kep-ara, 
 
 " Kep-aa, 
 
 ' Kep-a, 
 
 G. twv Kep-drav, 
 
 " KEp-aOV, * 
 
 1 Kep-tiv, 
 
 D. To?f Kep-aai, 
 
 
 
 A. Td Kep-ara, 
 
 u Kep-aa, i 
 
 ' /cep-a, 
 
 V. Kep-ara, 
 
 " Kep-aa, 
 
 ' /cpp-a 
 
 9. Termination in i\p (genitive -epog). 
 I. Some words in ?/p, genitive -epof, throw away the £ 
 before p in the genitive and dative, and so exhibit a double 
 form. 
 
 G 
 
74 CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 II. After the letter v, when it is brought into collision 
 with p in such forms, a d is added in order to soften the 
 sound. 
 
 III. The noun Trarrjp is an instance of the first mode of 
 declining ; and the noun dvrjp of the second. 
 
 
 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 
 
 6 Trarrjp, " the father." 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 6 -Kar-rip, 
 
 
 N. to) rrar-ipe, N. ol naT-epeg, 
 
 G. 
 
 tov nar-ipog, -pog, 
 
 G. toIv rcaT-ipoiv, G. t&v Trar-ipuv, -pfiv, 
 
 1). 
 
 tG> Tvar-i.pi, -pi, 
 
 
 D. toIv ■nar-ipoiv, D. rolg irar-paci, 
 
 A. 
 
 rov nar-ipa, 
 
 
 A. tu Ttar-ipe, A. rovg rtar-ipag, 
 
 V. 
 
 Tcar-ep. 
 
 
 V. war-ipe. JV. Ttar-ipeg. 
 
 
 
 6 dvrjp, " the man." 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 N. 6 dv-rjp, 
 G. rov dv-ipog, 
 D. T& dv-ipi, 
 A. tov dv-ipa, 
 
 -6 pog, 
 -dpi, 
 -Spa, 
 
 N. tu dv-ipe, -6pe, 
 G. toIv dv-ipow, -dpolv, 
 D. toIv dv-ipow, -dpolv, 
 A. to) dv-epe, -dpe, 
 
 
 V. av-ep. 
 
 
 V. dv-ipe, -6pe. 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 
 N. ol av 
 G. tcov av 
 D. rolg av 
 A. Tovq av 
 V. av 
 
 ipeg, -Spec, 
 iptov, -dptiv, 
 ■dpaoi, 
 
 ■ipag, -dpag, 
 ■ipeg, -dpeg. 
 
 10. Special Contractions. 
 
 Some nouns are contracted by either dropping a vowel, 
 
 or blending two vowels into one ; and this contraction takes 
 
 place in every case. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 TO 
 
 sap, contracted rjp, " the 
 spring." 
 
 Singular. 
 N. to sap contr. %p, 
 
 G. tov £ap-o(;, 
 D. tu> eap-i, 
 
 vp-og, 
 
 Tjp-L, &C. 
 
 6 fceveuv, contracted /cevuv, 
 " the belly " 
 Singular. 
 N. 6 Keve-uv, contr. tcev-6v, 
 G. tov iceve-tivog, " tcev-uvog, 
 D. rw Keve-tivi, " nev-uvi, &c. 
 
CONTRACTED ADJECTIVES. 
 
 75 
 
 XXXIII. CONTRACTED ADJECTIVES, FOLLOWING IN THE 
 GENITIVE THE ANALOGY OF THE THIRD DECLEN- 
 SION. 
 
 1. Termination in oeig, contracted ovg. 
 \ieXiroeig, contracted fieXcrovg, " made of honey." 
 Singular. 
 
 M. 
 N. fie"kiT-6ei^, 
 
 N. 
 
 -osaaa, -oev, 
 
 ovg ovaaa ovv, 
 
 G. [lehiT-oevTog -osaarjg -bsvTog, 
 
 ovvTog ovaar\g ovvTog, 
 
 D. (ie?ilt-6evtl -osaan -SevTi, 
 
 OVVTL 
 
 A. fieXtT-oEVTa 
 ovvra 
 
 V. [Ie'KlT-OEV 
 
 ovv 
 
 ovaay ovvtc, 
 -osaaav -oev, 
 
 ovaaav ovv, 
 -osaaa -OEV, 
 
 ovaaa ovv. 
 
 Dual. 
 M. 
 
 N. flEXlT-OEVTE 
 
 N 
 
 -osaaa -oevts, 
 
 ovvte ovaaa ovvte, 
 G. fiE?ur-0£VTOiv -oiaaatv -oevtolv, 
 
 ovvtolv ovaaaiv ovvtolv, 
 D. fis2,LT-o£VTOtv -oiaaaiv -oevtoiv, 
 
 ovvtolv ovaaatv ovvtolv, 
 A. fisTiLT-oEVTE -osaaa -oevte, 
 
 ovvte ovaaa ovvte, 
 V. fi£?UT-o£VTE -osaaa -oevte, 
 
 ovvte ovaaa ovvte. 
 
 Plural. 
 M. F. N. 
 
 N. {ie2.lt-6evtec -oEaaaL -oEVTa, 
 
 ovvTEg ovaaaL ovvTa, 
 
 G. fisTiLT-OEVTuv -osaativ -osvtcjv, 
 
 ovvtcov ovaauv ovvtuv, 
 
 -osaaaig -oecl, 
 
 ovaaaig ovai, 
 
 -osaaag -osvTa, 
 
 ovaaag ovvTa, 
 
 -OEaaaL -osvTa, 
 
 ovaaai ovvra. 
 
 D. iieXlt-oecl 
 ovai, 
 
 A. fis2,LT-6sVTaC 
 
 ovvTag 
 V. {ie?.lt-6evtec 
 
 OVVTEg 
 
 2. Termination in vg. 
 Adjectives in vg make the feminine in eta, and the neuter 
 in v. They contract el into el, and eec and eag into elg. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 rjdvg, " sweet." 
 
 Dual. 
 M. F. N. 
 
 N. 7/6-EE -Eia -EE, 
 
 
 Singular. 
 M. F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 
 r/6-vg -Ela 
 7/6-iog -slag 
 7/6-sl -sia 
 
 -V, 
 
 -tog 
 ■ el, 
 
 A. 
 
 EL 
 
 tj6-vv -slav 
 
 Si, 
 -V, 
 
 V. 
 
 7]8-v -sla 
 
 -V. 
 
 G. t/6-eolv -siaLv -eolv, 
 
 D. r/6-soiv siaLv -£olv, 
 
 A. t/8-ee -eia -ee, 
 
 V. 7/6-EE -sia -EE. 
 
 Plural. 
 M. F. N. 
 N. 7/6-ssg -tlai -ia, 
 
 slg, 
 G. 7/6-icjV -Eitiv -iov, 
 D. i/6-iai -siaig -sat, 
 A. i/6-iag -stag -ia, 
 
 slg, 
 V. 7/6-isg -seal -ia, 
 
 slg. 
 
76 
 
 CONTRACTED ADJECTIVES. 
 
 3. Termination in r\g. 
 
 Adjectives in 77c, of two terminations, contract eog into 
 ovg ; el into el ; ea and ee into rj, &c. 
 
 
 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 akr\Qi\g, 
 
 " true." 
 
 
 
 
 Singul 
 
 wr. 
 
 
 
 Dual 
 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 (iXrjd-rjs 
 
 -fc 
 
 -£f> 
 
 N. 
 
 uTitjO-ee 
 
 -EE 
 
 -EE, 
 
 G. 
 
 Cl7l7]d-EOg 
 
 -£Of 
 
 -eof, 
 
 G. 
 
 clXtjO-eoiv 
 
 -EOLV 
 
 V, 
 
 -eon 
 
 D. 
 
 ovg 
 ahfjd-ei 
 
 Off 
 
 -ei' 
 
 off, 
 
 D. 
 
 olv 
 aKn]Q-EOiv 
 
 olv 
 
 -EOLV 
 
 olv 
 -son 
 
 
 el 
 
 ££ 
 
 £?, 
 
 
 olv 
 
 olv 
 
 olv 
 
 A. 
 
 aXrjd-Ed 
 
 -ea 
 
 -k, 
 
 A. 
 
 al?]d-Ee 
 
 -EE 
 
 -ee, 
 
 V. 
 
 ? 
 
 akwd-Eg 
 
 -1? 
 
 -eg. 
 
 ■Phi 
 M. 
 
 V. 
 
 ral. 
 F. 
 
 V 
 
 d?i1]d-£E 
 
 V 
 
 N. 
 
 V 
 
 -EE 
 
 V 
 
 -ee, 
 V- 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 uA^-tfif 
 
 -E£f 
 
 -ea, 
 
 
 
 
 
 G. 
 
 slg 
 aXrjB-euv 
 
 0)V 
 
 eig 
 -euv 
 €>v 
 
 -£0)V, 
 
 €>v, 
 
 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 h7ir\Q-ici 
 
 -EGl 
 
 -eat, 
 
 
 
 
 
 A. 
 
 akr}Q-eag 
 
 -sag 
 
 -ia, 
 
 
 
 V. al 
 
 A. Termination in vg (genitive -vog). 
 
 Adjectives in v c, genitive -foe, contract veg and fac into 
 
 vg. They differ from the adjectives in vg, which we have 
 
 already considered, in being of only two terminations. 
 
 
 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 adafcpvg, ' 
 
 1 tearless." 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Dual 
 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 
 A. 
 
 V. 
 
 adanp-vg 
 
 adanp-vog 
 
 addnp-vi 
 
 adaap-vv 
 
 adanp-v 
 
 -vg 
 
 -vog 
 -vl 
 -vv 
 
 -V 
 
 -V, 
 
 -vog, 
 -vi, 
 
 -V, 
 
 -v. 
 
 N. dddnp-VE 
 G. aSatcp-voLv 
 D. aSanp-voiv 
 A. addicp-ve 
 V. addicp-ve 
 
 -ve 
 
 -VOM> 
 
 -voiv 
 
 -VE 
 -VE 
 
 -i»e, 
 -volv, 
 
 -VOIV, 
 
 -we, 
 -ve. 
 
CONTRACTED ADJECTIVES. 77 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N, 
 
 addnp-VEg 
 
 -vsg 
 
 -va, 
 
 
 vg 
 
 vg 
 
 
 G, 
 
 adatcp-vuv 
 
 -vuv 
 
 -vav, 
 
 D. 
 
 adanp-voL 
 
 -VOL 
 
 -VCL, 
 
 A. 
 
 adanp-vag 
 
 -vag 
 
 -va, 
 
 V. aduKp-veg -vsg -va, 
 vg vg. 
 
 5. Termination in ojv. 
 Under this head fall comparatives in (ov, which are de- 
 clined like owcppoiv (page 57), except that they are synco- 
 pated and contracted in the accusative singular, and in the 
 nominative, accusative, and vocative plural. They are of 
 two terminations. 
 
 peifav, ' 
 
 greater" 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. flEL^-UV -0)V -OV, 
 
 N. fjLei^-ove 
 
 -OVE 
 
 -OVE, 
 
 G. jj.Ei£-ovog -ovog -ovog, 
 
 G. fj.st£-6votv 
 
 -OVOCV 
 
 -ovocv, 
 
 D. fieiC,-ovL -ovt -qvl, 
 
 D. [MEL^-OVOLV 
 
 -OVOCV 
 
 -OVOCV, 
 
 A. fcet^-ova \ -ova \ -ov, 
 
 A. jU,Ei£-GV£ 
 
 -OVE 
 
 -OVE, 
 
 -oa syncope > -oa > 
 
 
 
 
 -a crasis ) -o ) 
 
 
 
 
 V. [iel^-ov -ov -ov. 
 
 V. flEl^-OVE 
 
 -OVE 
 
 -OVE. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 M 
 N. fiEi^-ovEg 
 
 -OEg syncope ) 
 
 -ovg crasis ) -ovg 
 G. {lEL^-OVOV -ovov -ovuv, 
 
 D. flEC^-nCL -ooc -OGC, 
 
 A. fiEi^-ovag °\ -ovag \ -ova, 
 
 4 
 
 -oag syncope > -oag 
 
 -ovg crasis ) -ovg 
 
 V. fisc^-ovEg \ -ovsg \ -ova, 
 
 -osg syncope > -osg £• -oa, 
 
 -ovg crasis ) -ovg 
 
 G 2 
 
 \ -ovsg j -ova, 
 
 i \ -osg > -oa, 
 
 ) -ovg j -co, 
 -ovuv 
 -oct 
 
 \ -ovag "i 
 
 A -oag £ 
 
 ) -ovg ) 
 
 \ -ovsg ) 
 
 i £ -osg £ 
 
 ) -ovg ) 
 
78 
 
 ANOMALOUS ADJECTIVES. 
 
 XXXIV. ANOMALOUS ADJECTIVES. 
 
 I. Originally some adjectives had two forms, of both of 
 which certain cases have been retained in use ; so that the 
 cases which are wanting in one form are supplied by those 
 of the other. Of this kind are fieyag or fieydXog, and noXvg 
 or iroXXog. 
 
 II. From peyaXog, the feminine \1eydX1i] has remained in 
 use throughout, as well as the entire dual and plural, and 
 the genitive and dative masculine, and neuter, of the sin- 
 gular number. The remaining cases, the nominative and 
 accusative singular, masculine and neuter, are taken from 
 fieyag. 
 
 III. In rroXvg, the feminine and the dual and plural num- 
 bers are entirely taken from iroXXog. 1 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 
 fieyag, 
 
 "great" 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 M. 
 
 N. fieyag fieydkrj fieya, 
 
 G. fj.eya.Xov fieydkyg fieydkov, 
 
 D. fieydko) fieydkn fieydku, 
 
 A. fieyav fieydkov iieya, 
 
 V. fieyag fieydkrj iieya. 
 
 N. 
 
 I N. fieydkco fieyaka fieydko, 
 G. fieydkoiv fieydkaiv fieydkoiv, 
 D. fieydkoiv fieydkaiv fieydkoiv, 
 A. fieydko fieydka fieydka, 
 
 I V. fieydko fieyaka fieydko. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 
 
 N. fieydkoi fieyakat fieyaka, 
 G. fieydkov fieydkov fieydkov, 
 D. fieydkotr fieydkaig fieydkotg, 
 A. fieydkovg fieydkag fieyaka, 
 V. fieydkoi fieyakat fieyaka. 
 
 
 
 
 TToXvg, " much" 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. DuaL 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. N. M. F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 V. 
 
 TTokvg 
 
 TCokkov 
 
 TTOkko 
 
 TTOkvV 
 
 Kokv 
 
 Kokkj] TCOkv, 
 TTOkkrJQ TTOkkoV, 
 TTOkkrj TCOkko, 
 TTokkf/V TTOkv, 
 TTOkkf} TTOkv. 
 
 N. nokko Ttokkd 
 
 G. Trokkotv rcokkatv 
 D. TTok?iocv rrokkalv 
 
 A. Tiokko TTO?»ka 
 V. TCokko TCokkd 
 
 TCokko, 
 
 TTokkoiV, 
 
 TCokkolv, 
 
 TTokku, 
 
 TCokku. 
 
 1. The adjective dkkog is anomalous only in this, that it has ukkv in 
 the neuter instead of dkkov. 
 
EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 
 
 79 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 TidKkoi 
 
 7TO?'Aai 
 
 TToTJid, 
 
 G. 
 
 itoTJiuv 
 
 ffoXltiv 
 
 TtoXkuv, 
 
 D. 
 
 TvoXlolg 
 
 TToTilatg 
 
 TToA/lOif, 
 
 A. 
 
 -KoTJuQvg 
 
 TtoXKaq 
 
 TroTCka, 
 
 V. 
 
 rcoXkoi - 
 
 itoKkai 
 
 ito?Jm. 
 
 XXXV. EXERCISES ON CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE 
 THIRD DECLENSION, AND ON CONTRACTED AND 
 ANOMALOUS ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Translate the following, and mention the number, gender, 
 and case of each. 
 
 uoXXai rpirjpSLg, 
 evyevovg ( Hpaic?^ovg, 
 j3adel ttevOel, 
 svpv relxog, 
 evae6rj ysvr], 
 yXvfceoLV avdeoi, 
 (3a6eG)v ireXaytiv, 
 fisl^G) bprjy 
 TroXXd \iEpr[, 
 \ianpolg ckeXeol, 
 rjdeog (peyyovg, 
 yXvuEia TTSidol, 
 yXvuvv ftoTpvv, 
 -&7]Xeiag aldovg, 
 rjdela fag, 
 aadeveoL noXeot, 
 evaebri [idvriv, 
 aaebolv ipvosiDV, 
 aicpldelg rd^stg, 
 ueydXrjg irpd^eog, 
 d^etaig oipeoL, 
 fiEydXovg ocpELg, 
 TtoXXij v6pEi, 
 
 fisydXa ftspa, 
 
 TTOXXCJV TEpaTGJV, 
 
 aosdsg yrjpag, 
 yXvKEGt yEpaoi, 
 ttoXXgj Kp6a, 
 evGEdslg narspag, 
 yXvuEia \ir\rpi, 
 EvyEVEOi dvyarpaoi, 
 yXvKsa avdij, 
 7]\xiavv (Sorpvv, 
 ■&7jXv ysvog, 
 \ieXltovvtcl aprov, 
 
 dpiflEOg TTETTEpEOg, 
 flEl^OOLV IxdvOL, 
 
 TToXXal ttltvc;, 
 adafcpv rrddog, 
 
 Tl\lCiVTl avdp&lTG), 
 
 fiEydXa oprj, 
 dodEVEOL GfcsXeac, 
 
 TToXvflddrj 7TOOEE, 
 
 dupibolv fj,avr£(i)v, 
 ttoXXol Ix^vg, 
 dodsvEt oxjiei, 
 
80 
 
 EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 
 
 evyevovg nooeojg, 
 
 b%v GLVqiTL, 
 
 \ie'i^ovi (36rpvL, 
 addfcpvg 6(j)daX[j,ol, 
 \iEydXoiv vekvolv, 
 noXXalg x^ vat -i 
 fisl^ovg dwdfieig, 
 6%el tteXekel, 
 7]\iioEog Trrjxeog, 
 fieydXo) i%Qve, 
 dotbiai (frovevot, 
 evG£6rj Ispsa, 
 evyevGJv Itttteuv, 
 TToXvfxddel ovyypdcpel, 
 aKpibslg (3pa6elg, 
 dXr\6ovg (3aGLXeo)g, 
 dadevrj a,GT7], 
 \iiya TTCJv, 
 
 ttoXXCjv Ittttecjv, 
 [isydXrjV v6piv, 
 doEtsig TTpdt-ecg, 
 'drjXeta (pvacg, 
 yXvKEiag i]ovg, 
 TtoXXirj alSol, 
 fieydXrjg ArjTOvg, 
 
 TrXrjpsoi. (3oTpvGt,, 
 fj,ei%ovs (peyyT], 
 evpecjv opojv, 
 7]6eiag ftvyarpog, 
 cbGdevolv Kep&v, 
 TrXrjpT] yepa, 
 TiXanovg dprog, 
 TificJGa iroXig, 
 Tijj,G)vroiv rrarepoLV, 
 
 TLflGOGL TTaiGL. 
 
 II. 
 
 Translate tne following, and mention the agreement or 
 government in each clause or phrase. 
 
 f tov (3aGiXeo)g iralg exec uoXXdg rpii]pEig. — Evysvsg 
 
 TTdZ EVyEVG)V yOVECJV ! TO TOV OLGTEOg T£l%6g EGTI iJLEya Kal 
 
 foxvpov. — i] r£dv dvdtiv ev rjpc oGfirj yXvfcsld egti. — (3adi) 
 TTEvdog Ix^ig & not tov svGsdovg iEpsG)g. — noXvftadslg Gvy- 
 ypafolg eIgiv del ev rifiy fiEydX^j. — exovgl tov 6%vv ttsXekvv 
 tcov aGEbCdv (povsov. — vvv 7]6v (pSyyog ex £L £> K0 ^ r V v ffi&afr 
 dpx^v \iei^6v(x>v dyaBCdv. — ol (3pa6slg exovgl vovg dataiovg 
 Kal dXrjdslg. — 6 tov prjTopog Xoyog nXrjpTjg egtl yXvuEiag 
 TtEidovg. — ol kriiioGdevovg Xoyoi rjGav dXrjdijg EXncdog dpx?) 
 txi t(dv 'Adrjvaicdv aGdEvsl Kal dvGdvfMi) ttoXel. — e%££C 
 spiavx^va v6piv, w 'AXfabcdd?], Kal [iel^o) dvvajuv 7/ r^ 
 ttoXel dyadov egti. — fiEL^ovg mrvg eIgIv ev Tolg opsGt rj ev 
 rolg irsdioig. — ol viKvg eIgIv ev Ta<f>(i) fiEydXto Kal 6a0el. — 
 
CONTRACTED NOUNS. 81 
 
 elal fieydXoi 6<f>eig kv Talg tgjv 'Ivdtiv vXaig. — exeig ot-elav 
 bxjjiv, w Avyitev. — ol tov TreXdyovg \%0vq \iei^ovg elaiv rj ol 
 kv Tolg Trorafiolg. — r] yXvKela 7jG)g, uarrepel -ByXeia aldol, 
 TToXXa epvdrj(j,ara exec. 
 
 Ol tcjv QeaaaXtiv innelg rjaav kv T%f 7rpc5r^ rat-ei, to 6e 
 fiel^ov rov arparov fiepog dadeveg r\v Kal dvadvfiov. — ol 
 VT]OLG)Tai exovat noXXdgxeXvg, Kal rd Kepa fieydXov kXd^ov. 
 — tj yrj ~6)v 'Ivdtiv noXXd opr] exec, Kal repara noXXd. — 6 
 Xedrjg iroXXd ftpea exec, al 6e HeXiov dvydrepeg kv p,eydXcd 
 rrevdei Kal o^eia Xvnrj elaiv. — to tov evaetovg dvdpbg yr]pag 
 TrXrjpeg koTL yepcjv yXvKecov Kal [xeydXcov. — \1eXiT0vvTag 
 Kal rrXaKovvTag apTOvg exovaiv. — evaebelg rcaTepeg ovk del 
 exovaiv vlovg evaebelg. — 'AnoXXov Kal "ApTefiig, nalSeg 
 ArjTovg, rjoav fieydXcj tfeoj. — 6 tov dvdpbg ireXeKvg to firjKog 
 exec irevTe nrixeoiv Kal rjfiiaeog. — yXvKela firjTep evyevtiv 
 TratSojv, noTvla AtjtoI ! — noXXal Imrecov IXai Tjaav kv tg> 
 rredtG), Taxelal re Kal evonXoi. — Tolg tov kXdcpov Kepaai 
 firjKog 7]v eg TTTjxecov. — Talg Aavaov tivyaTpaai KoXaaig rjv 
 dOdvaTog. — kv dvdeaiv kapivolg drjdoveg elai. — ol evyeveig 
 'KpaKXovg rraideg ddaKpvg 6(pdaXjxovg exovaiv. — elal ttXtj- 
 peig (3oTpvg kv rw MeyaKXovg dfineXtivi. 
 
 Ol v6[ioc elaiv rj irbXeog ipvx^j. — ?} vdpavXig kaTiv evpi]}ia 
 K.T7)ai,6iov, tov Kovpecjg. — XP° V0 $ kaTiv dvOpconoig 6 i)6ovg 
 0daavog. — bcpeig tov tov kv Tolg odovaiv exovaiv. — f O 
 NeiXog exei rravTola yevr\ IxOvov. — to yrjp(*)g (3dpog kaTi 
 XaXeizbv dvOpunoig. — "Ivaxog, 'SlKeavov Kal T?]dvog nalg, 
 tjv fiaaiXevg kv "Apyei. — (3paxeid kaTiv rj Tepijug rjdovTJg 
 KaKT\g. — 'JZTcafjLivcJvdag r\v 6 vlbg naTpbg dcpavovg. — to oprj 
 TTOppojdev depoeidfj Tolg bfydaXfioZg Kal Xeia karl, 1 kyyvdev 
 6e Tpaxea. — e/cacrroj £o5g) bixXa karl, Tavpoig Kepa, fieXla- 
 aaig KevTpa, dvdpl Xoyog Kal aofiia. — iraideia exei pc^ag 
 fjiev niKpdg, Kapirovg 6e yXvKeig Kal vyieivovg. — j3oTpvg 
 
 1. Plural nouns of the neuter gender, nominative case, generally take 
 after them singular verbs. When they refer, however, to persons, the 
 verb is in the plural, not in the singular. The rule will soon be more 
 formally given. 
 
82 
 
 CONTRACTED NOUNS. 
 
 rpelg tj dfineXog £%££. rbv fiev rrpcjrov rjdovrjg, rbv devrepov 
 fiedrjg, T0V $£ rplrov v6peo)g. 
 
 III. 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English words opposite. 
 
 The seamen of the triremes 
 were quick, and full of 
 courage and hope. 
 
 Many parts of the mountains 
 are rugged, and there are 
 sharp stones in the roads. 
 
 Ah ! daughter of sweet per- 
 suasion ! the light of female 
 modesty is ever pleasing. 
 
 The maiden has tearless eyes, 
 for her sorrow is deep and 
 piercing. 
 
 The two armies have swift 
 and brave horsemen in the 
 wings. 
 
 Many pieces of flesh are in 
 the brazen caldron, and 
 large fishes, and an abun- 
 dance of pungent pepper 
 and sharp mustard. 
 
 Euripides holds the female 
 race in disesteem. 
 
 Memnon, the son of Tithonus 
 and Aurora, was the leader 
 of a large force in the Tro- 
 jan war. 
 
 The contests of the elephants 
 and snakes in India are 
 dreadful and sharp. 
 
 '0 6 rpirjprjg vavrrfg ra^vg 
 
 eifil, feat -frvfiog not kXnlg 
 
 nXrjpTjg. 
 ILoXvg fiepog 6 bpog rpaxvg 
 
 eifil, nal kv 6 odbg elfii 6%vg 
 
 XCdog. 
 VXvuvg TTStdcb -dvydrrjp, 6 
 
 •SrjXvg aldcbg (peyyog eifil 
 
 del rjdvg. 
 f icoprj 6(f)6aXfibg ada/cpvg 
 
 eX ** o yap Xvnr] (3advg 
 
 nal 6i~vg eifil. 
 ( arparbg ra%vg nal av- 
 
 dpelog iTmevg kv 6 ttepag 
 
 e%<*>. 
 TLoXvg Kpeag kv 6 %aXKeog 
 
 Xe6?]g elfii, teal fieyag l%- 
 
 6vg, nal dptfivg irenepc 6%vg 
 
 6e aivrvKi dcpdovla. 
 
 ~Evpi7TLd7]g 6 drjXvg yeved kv 
 
 drifila £%(*). 
 Msfivoyv, 6 nalg Tidwbg teal 
 
 'Hwc, rryefidv eifil fieyag 
 
 dvvafiig kv 6 Tpcjiicbg rro- 
 
 Xefiog. 
 f 6 kXecpag nal b<ptg kv 'Iv- 
 
 6ca \id%r\ detvbg eifil nal 
 
 b%vg. 
 
ADJECTIVES OF ONE TERMINATION. 
 
 83 
 
 The net contains large fishes, 
 but larger tortoises. 
 
 Ah unfortunate husband of a 
 wicked woman ! 
 
 Two large corpses were in the 
 house, and many priests 
 and divines were near. 
 
 The two horns of the stag 
 were broad and long. 
 
 The female race is ever friv- 
 olous. 
 
 f O 6lktvov fieyag l%Bvc, 
 
 fj,ei^G)v 6e %eXvg £%(£. 
 Kanodaifiuv ttoolc aoedfjc 
 
 yvvr\ ! 
 Meyag veuve ev ddfioc el\u, 
 
 TtoXvg 6e lepevg not [idvng 
 
 ixeXag eifil. 
 f O o eXacpog icepag slfil irXa- 
 
 ~vg Kal [mfcpog. 
 '0 ■frrjXvg yevog del (pXva- 
 
 po)6rjg elfil. 
 
 XXXVI. ADJECTIVES OF ONE TERMINATION. 
 
 I. Adjectives of one termination, namely, which express 
 the masculine, feminine, and neuter by one and the same 
 ending, are the cardinal numbers from izevre, "five" to 
 e/carov, " a hundred," both inclusive. 
 
 II. Others have indeed only one termination, but for the 
 masculine and feminine merely, since they are not used 
 with substantives of the neuter gender, at least in the nom- 
 inative and accusative singular and plural. They are prop- 
 erly of the common gender, wanting the neuter. Such are, 
 
 1. Adjectives compounded of substantives which remain 
 unchanged ; as, p,aKpox&tp, " long-handed," from fiaftpog, 
 " long," and^etp, "a hand;" \LaK,pavxqv , " long-necked" 
 from fiarcpog, " long," and avx^v, " a neck ;" evptv, 
 " having an acute sense of smell," from ev, " well," and 
 piv, " a nostril," &c. An exception to this rule, how- 
 ever, is found in those compounded of rrovg and iroXig, 
 which have two terminations. 
 
 2. Adjectives in G)p, which are partly derived from Trarrjp 
 and ^T7/p ; as, dndrcjp, "fatherless ;" dfj,7]TG)p, " moth- 
 erless ;" and partly from verbs ; as, naidoXerop, " a 
 slayer of children," from iralg, " a boy," and oXXvfu, 
 " to destroy ;" fudortep, " one who pollutes," from [Mawo, 
 " to pollute." 
 
84 ANOMALOUS NOUNS. 
 
 3. Adjectives in rjg, genitive -ijrog ; and in tog, genitive 
 -tirog ; as, adfirjg, "unsubdued;" ayvtig, "unknown." 
 
 4. Adjectives in rrrjg and rrjg, according to the first de- 
 clension ; as, evom7]g, " having a pleasing aspect ;" 
 edeXovrrjg, " willing" 
 
 5. Adjectives in £ and ip ; as, ??/U|, " of the same age 
 with another ;" alytfuip, " inaccessible" &c. 
 
 6. Adjectives in ac, genitive -ddog ; and in to, genitive 
 -idoc ; as, (pvydg, " an ea?z7e ;" avaXtug, " weak" 
 
 XXXVII. ANOMALOUS NOUNS. 
 
 I. Anomalous nouns are those which are inconsistent with the pre- 
 scribed laws of formation ; as, for example, when %dpic, though formed 
 from a root %^P l ^i makes x^ptrog in the genitive, not %dpi6og. 
 
 II. The greater part, however, of the actual deviations from regular 
 declension consist in the interchange of forms. In the more ancient 
 language, it often happened that a word had two or more terminations and 
 modes of inflection, with only one and the same signification. Only one 
 of these forms was, for the most part, retained as the language became 
 improved ; the other was merely employed now and then, when a more 
 sonorous term was needed, especially in poetry. Thus daupvov has for 
 its older form danpv, genitive -vog, " a tear." 
 
 III. Sometimes the two forms remained more or less in common use, 
 by the side of each other ; as, vlog, " a son," genitive v'tnv ; and also, vleog, 
 
 I from a nominative of the third declension in evg • 
 
 IV. A noun is called an Heteroclite when it has two forms of declen- 
 / sion, both originating from the same nominative ; as, Oldiirovg, genitive 
 
 Oidiirodog and OcSittov. 
 
 V.. The noun vavg , " a ship," is commonly declined as having in the 
 genitive singular va'og and vnog, dative vr/t, &c. The more accurate 
 declension, according to dialects, is as follows : 
 
 7] vavg, " the ship." 
 
 Attic. Epic and Ionic. Doric. 
 
 Sing. N. vavg, Sing. N. vavg, Sing. N. vag, 
 
 G. veuc, G. vnog and veoc, G. vaoc, 
 
 D. vnt, D. vnt, D. vat, 
 
 A. vavv, A. vTja and via, A. vavv and vav, 
 
 V. vavg. V. vavg. V. vac. 
 
ATTIC FORM OF DECLENSION. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Attic. 
 N. vrje, 
 G. veolv, 
 D. veolv, 
 A. V7je, 
 V. vrje. 
 
 Plural. N. vfjec, 
 G. veuv, 
 D. vavci, 
 A. vavf, 
 
 JDuoZ. 
 
 -Epe and Ionic. 
 N. v^e, 
 G. veolv, 
 D. veolv, 
 A. vrje, 
 V. vrje. 
 
 Plural. N. v^ef and veec, 
 G. ^£<5v, 
 D. v^uai and veeaat, 
 
 Dual. 
 
 A. v^af and veag, 
 V. vrjee. 
 
 85 
 
 Doric. 
 N. vae, 
 G. vaolv, 
 D. vaG??;, 
 A. ^de, 
 V. vae. 
 
 Plural. N. i^aef, 
 G. vativ, 
 D. vavai, 
 A. vaaf, 
 V. vdec. 
 
 VI. The noun (3ovc, " an ox," makes /3ooc in the genitive, /3ow in the 
 accusative, and in the plural, norn. j36eg, contracted (love ; dative fiovci ; 
 accusative fioac, contracted (3ove. 
 
 VII. The declension of Z eve is also peculiar. Thus: 
 
 N. Zevf, 
 
 G. Zvvoc and Aide, 
 D. Z?/vi and Ait, 
 A. Z^va and Lia, 
 V. Zev. 
 
 XXXVIII. ATTIC FORM OF DECLENSION. 
 
 I. The Attic form of declension belongs to the second 
 declension of nouns, and makes the vocative like the nomi- 
 native, and has <*) in the termination of every case. 
 
 II. The final v is often omitted in the accusative singular ; 
 as, ydXo) for y&Xuv ; vi(*) for vecdv ; eo for eov. This is 
 particularly the case in proper names ; as, Kw, Kew, Tew, 
 "A06), for Kw, Kecov, &c. 
 
 III. The declension is as follows : 
 
 6 Xaytig, " the hare? 
 
 Singular. 
 N. 6 Tiay-cjc, 
 G. rov 2,ay-u, 
 D. r<p Aay-w, 
 A. rov ylay-aiv, 
 V. Aay-6)c. 
 
 Dual. 
 to) kay-6, 
 rolv \ay-Q>v, 
 toIv "kay-ibv, 
 tg) 7iay-6, 
 Xay-6. 
 
 H 
 
 Plural. 
 N. ol "Kay-6, 
 G. r<5v Aay-wv, 
 D. role lay-fa, 
 A. roi)c 2,ay-uc, 
 V. Aay-t>. 
 
86 
 
 EXERCISES ON ATTIC FORM OF DECLENSION. 
 
 
 to dvG)yeo)V, " the dining-room" 
 
 
 Singular. Dual. Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 to av6ye-ov, 
 
 N. tu uvuye-u, 
 
 N. tu, avtoye-a, 
 
 G. 
 
 tov dvuye-o, 
 
 G. TOtv civcjye-uv, 
 
 G. tov avcoye-uv, 
 
 D. 
 
 tu> uvuye-o, 
 
 D. toIv uvcjye-uv, 
 
 D. Tolq avuye-ug, 
 
 A. 
 
 to avuye-ojv, 
 
 A. tu) avtjye-a), 
 
 A. Ta av6ye-o, 
 
 V. 
 
 avtJys-uv. 
 
 V. avuye-u. 
 
 V. ava>ye-6). 
 
 IV. Only one neuter in wc is assigned to this form of 
 declension, namely, to %pe&)c, " the debt." According to 
 the ancient grammarians, it has %peug not only in the ac- 
 cusative, but also in the genitive singular. 
 
 XXXIX. EXERCISES ON THE ATTIC FORM OF DECLEN- 
 SION. 
 
 Convert the following into Greek, and name the case, 
 number, and gender of each. 
 
 (6 ve&e, " the temple"), 
 to the temple, 
 of the temples, 
 the two temples, 
 for the temples, 
 O temples ! 
 of the two temples, 
 of the temple. 
 (6 Aewc, " the people"), 
 of the people, 
 O people ! 
 for the people. 
 (6 naXuc, " the cable"), 
 the two cables, 
 the cables, 
 to the cable, 
 O cable ! 
 of the two cables, 
 of the cable, 
 for the cables. 
 
 (6 rawc, " the peacock"), 
 
 O peacock ! 
 
 O peacocks ! 
 
 the peacocks, 
 
 the two peacocks, 
 
 to the peacock, 
 
 to the two peacocks, 
 
 to the peacocks, 
 
 of the peacocks, 
 
 of the peacock. 
 
 (fi aXoc, " the halo"), 
 
 of the halo, 
 
 of the halos, 
 
 of the two halos, 
 
 the two halos, 
 
 O halo ! 
 
 (to #p£6)c, " the debt"), 
 
 of the debt, 
 
 the debts, 
 
 the two debts. 
 
PATRONYMIC NOUNS. 87 
 
 XL. DEFECTIVE NOUNS. 
 
 I. Defective nouns are such as cannot, from their very nature, occur 
 in more than one number. Thus, ol 'Er^ctat, " the Etesian winds ;" to. 
 Aiovvaia, " the festival of Bacchus." 
 
 II. Some again are only employed in the nominative and accusative ; 
 as the neuters, ovap, " a dream ;" virap, "a vision;" 6i/j.ac, "a body." 
 
 III. Others are only used in the nominative ; as, ocpehoc, " advantage ;" 
 7/doc, " benefit." 
 
 IV. Many, from having been nouns, have become adverbs, in conse- 
 quence of their being employed in only one particular case ; as, 
 imiikrjv, " by name" 
 
 XLI. INDECLINABLE NOUNS. 
 
 I. Under this head are ranked most of the cardinal numbers, though in 
 strictness merely indeclinable adjectives; as, ■nevre, '■'five-" ef, "six;" 
 eirru, "seven" &c. 
 
 II. The names of letters ; as, ak$a, P^jra, &c. 
 
 III. The neuter participle to XP £ " V > fr° m tne impersonal XPV- 
 
 IV. The noun dSpcc, when it occurs in the formula tfe/uc hart. 
 
 XLII. PATRONYMIC NOUNS. 
 
 I. Patronymics are nouns which designate a son or a 
 daughter. They are derived from the proper name of the 
 father, sometimes also from that of the mother. 
 
 II. The Masculine Patronymics are of two classes. 
 The first class end in either ^t/c, ddrjs, or iddrjg, and form 
 the genitive in ov. The second end in co)v, and make the 
 genitive in ovog, rarely ovog. 
 
 III. Patronymics in idrjg and lcjv are formed from nouns 
 of the second declension in og. Thus, from Kpovog, " Sat- 
 urn" come the patronymics Kpovtdrjg and Kpovto)v, both 
 meaning " the son of Saturn" i. e., Jupiter. So from 
 Kodpoc we have Kodpidqg ; from TdvraXog, TavraXidrjg ; 
 from AlaKog, AiaK,id7}g. 
 
 IV. Patronymics in iddr]g are formed from nouns in Log ; 
 as, from "H/Uoc comes f H/Uao^c ; from 'AGtchrjTnog, 'Acr/e/b/- 
 mddr]g ; from Aaepnog, Aaeprtdd7]g, though Aaeprrjg be the 
 more regular form of the parent-name. 
 
88 EXERCISE ON PATRONYMICS. 
 
 V. Patronymics in ddr]g come from nouns in rjg and ag 
 of the first declension. Thus, from 'Ittttot^c comes 'Irnro- 
 rddrjg ; from 'AXevag, 'AXevddrjg. 
 
 VI. In nouns of the third declension, the genitive serves 
 as the basis of derivation. If the penult of the genitive 
 be short, the patronymic from og is formed in £(%c; as 
 from 'AyafiEfivov, gen. -ovog, comes ' Ay afiejjLvovldTjg ; from 
 Qeorcop, gen. -opog, comes Qsoropidr]g. But if the penult 
 of the genitive be long, the patronymic ends in iddrjg; 
 as, from TeXap&v, gen. -cjvog, comes TeXafMDvi&drjg ; from 
 'AfMpcTpvcdv, gen. -oyvog, comes , AiKpLrpvQVidSr]g. 
 
 VII. Nouns in eve, which in Ionic have the genitive in 
 -r]og, give rise to the patronymic form rj'iddrjg. Thus, from 
 TLi]Xevg, gen. -Tjog, comes T\.7\\r\Lddr\g ; from ILepasvg, gen. 
 -rjog, comes Uepa7]'iddr)g. But since these nouns in evg 
 have also the termination ewe in the genitive, which con- 
 tinued to be the prevailing one in the Attic and common 
 dialects, hence arose, from TLepoevg, gen. Hspaetog, the pa- 
 tronymic form IlepcretJ^c; from 'Arpsvg, gen. 'Arpewc, the 
 form 'Arpeidrig. 
 
 VIII. The Female Patronymics have four terminations, 
 namely, either mc, eg, ivr\, or lcjvtj. Thus, from Bpiaevg 
 comes BptOTjlg ; from "ArXag, 'ArXavrig ; from "Adprjorog, 
 'AdprjOTLvrj; from 'Anpioiog, 'AKpLOi&v?]. 
 
 IX. It is to be remarked, in the case of female patronym- 
 ics, that the termination ivi\ arises when the primitive has 
 a consonant before its own termination ; and the termination 
 i&V7\ when the primitive has before its ending the vowel i 
 or v. 
 
 XLIIL EXERCISE ON PATRONYMICS. 
 Deduce male and female patronymic forms from each of 
 the following proper names, according to the rules that have 
 just been given. 
 
 Ei^/loc, 'Nacrjrag, gen. -ov, 
 
 "TXXog, ILLTTdicog, 
 
DEGREES OF COMPARISON. 
 
 89 
 
 Mehdvirrrroc;, 
 
 
 Uplafiog, 
 
 
 Hpot-evog, 
 
 
 KavKCJv, gen. 
 
 -0)VO$*, 
 
 loo tog, 
 
 
 Adxr\g, 
 
 -??™c, 
 
 Kr7]<jl6tog, 
 
 
 TLapdevcog, 
 
 
 Nav7r/Uoc, 
 
 
 Uevftenog, 
 
 
 $i>owg, 
 
 
 Qopfiiov, gen. 
 
 -WVO^", 
 
 Aw(pdv7jg, gen. -ov, 
 
 Trjpvcov, " 
 
 -oVoC, 
 
 Acayopag, ' 
 
 1 -ov, 
 
 r Iepa|, " 
 
 -dnog 7 
 
 'AXrjTTjg, t 
 
 i -ov, 
 
 'TMag, " 
 
 -ov, 
 
 Hpureag, * 
 
 ' -ov, 
 
 Kv^vo^, 
 
 
 XeiXov, ' 
 
 ' -ovog, 
 
 Aao'dcwcoc, 
 
 
 'Idacjv, ' 
 
 1 -ovog, 
 
 Maidvtoc, 
 
 
 A&dfiag, l 
 
 \ -avrog, 
 
 Mveotfevc, 
 
 
 'AvOevg, 
 
 
 "Ncfcdvup, gen. 
 
 •opog, 
 
 Evpvoflevc, 
 
 
 Hapiieviov, " 
 
 -(ovog, 
 
 Kanavevg, 
 
 
 ^v/Uv^, 
 
 
 Krjfevg, 
 
 
 Heipeaiag, " 
 
 -ov. 
 
 XLIV. DEGREES OF COMPARISON. 
 
 I. There are two degrees of comparison, the Comparative 
 and Superlative. 
 
 II. The Comparative indicates what one of two objects, 
 that are brought by means of it into comparison with each 
 other, possesses more oi less, as the case may be, of a 
 certain quality or property which is common to both. 
 
 III. The Superlative shows what one of more than two 
 objects possesses, in the greatest or least degree, some 
 quality or property that is common to them all. 
 
 IV. For the sake of uniformity, the simple form of the 
 adjective has been called the Positive degree. Strictly 
 speaking, however, the positive is no degree of comparison, 
 but merely the primitive form on which the comparison is 
 based. 
 
 Formation of the Degrees of Comparison. 
 I. The degrees of comparison are formed from the pos- 
 H2 
 
90 DEGREES OF COMPARISON, 
 
 itive, or simple form of the adjective ; namely, the com- 
 parative by appending the termination -repog, a, ov ; and 
 the superlative by appending -rarog, t\, ov. 
 
 II. These terminations are appended to the root of the 
 positive in the following manner : 
 
 1. Adjectives in -6g and -vg throw away c; as, deivog, 
 decvorepog, deivorarog ; evpvg, evpvrepog, evpvrarog. 
 If the penultimate syllable of adjectives in -6g is short 
 in the positive, then o is changed into o) in the com- 
 parative and superlative ; as, oo(pog, oocpojrepog, oo(p6~ 
 rarog ; ftaOapog, rcadapurepog, icadapdjrarog. 
 
 2. Adjectives in -iog, contracted -ovg, form their compar- 
 ative and superlative regularly from the uri contracted 
 positive, and then undergo contraction ; as, irop<fivpeog, 
 contracted nopfivpovg, compar. iropcpvpeurepog, con- 
 tracted 7rop(f)vp(x)repog, superl. rroptyvpecjrarog, con- 
 tracted rrop(j)vp6rarog. 
 
 3. Adjectives in -oog, contracted -ovg, append -eorepog, 
 -iorarog, to the root, and always contract this termi- 
 nation with the syllable that precedes ; as, evvoog, 
 contracted evvovg, comparative (evvoiorepog) evvovo- 
 rspog ; superlative (evvoiorarog) evvovorarog. 
 
 4. Adjectives in -ag, aiva, av, append -repog and -rarog 
 to the neuter ; as, \iiXag, \ieXdvrepog, \ieXdvrarog. 
 
 5. Adjectives in -7jg and -eig shorten these terminations 
 into eg, and then append -repog and -rarog ; as, dXr]Qr\g, 
 aXijdiorepog, dXrfiiorarog ; %apieig, %apiiorepog, %a- 
 piiorarog. 
 
 6. But adjectives in -r\g, genitive -ov of the first declen- 
 sion, annex -iorepog and -iorarog to the root; as, 
 KXeirrrjg, nXenr Iorepog, tzXeirr iorarog. 
 
 7. Adjectives in -ov append -iorepog and iorarog to the 
 root ; as, OG)(f)pG)v, genitive ooxppov-og, comparative 
 ooxppov iorepog, superlative ooxppoveorarog. 
 
 8. Adjectives in -rjv annex -eorepog and -iorarog to the 
 
DEGREES OF COMPARISON. 91 
 
 root ; as, rspTjv, genitive repev-og, comparative repev- 
 eorspog, superlative repeveararog, 
 
 9. Adjectives in -| append -iorepog and -lorarog to the 
 root, and sometimes -iorepog and -eararog ; as, apna%, 
 genitive apnay-og, comparative api: ay iorepog, super- 
 lative apixayiorarog ; and, on the other hand, d(j)7jXc^, 
 genitive dcprjXtic-og, comparative d<^r\Xineorepog, su- 
 perlative d<p7]Xifteora,rog. 
 
 10. Some dissyllabic adjectives in -vg and -pog reject 
 these terminations, and use in their stead -lew (neuter 
 iov) for the comparative, and -carog for the superlative. 
 Thus, yXvuvg, yXvuccov, yXvucorog ; aloxpog, aloxtoov, 
 alax^Tog. 
 
 The adjectives compared in this latter way, however, 
 are but few in number. Generally speaking, of those 
 in pog, the formation coov, carog, predominates only in 
 alaxpog and k%Bpog ; and of those in vg, only in i]6vg 
 and raxvg. In all the others the regular form must be 
 regarded throughout as the more usual. 
 
 Exceptions to the Preceding Rules. 
 
 1. Some adjectives in -6g reject o before -repog and 
 -rarog ; as, yepaiog, yepairepog, yepairarog ; rrepalog, 
 rrepacrepog, rrepatrarog, &c. 
 
 2. The adjective cpcXog has for its usual forms (piXrepog, 
 tyiXrarog ; besides which, however, (pcXairepog, and 
 even the regular (pcXcorepog and (pcXcjrarog are also 
 found. 
 
 3. Other adjectives, instead of o and o), have more com- 
 monly ac, ig or eg, before the comparative and super- 
 lative terminations ; as, 
 
 fieoog, iiEoairepog, fj,eaacrarog. 
 
 idiog, Idcacrepog, Idcacrarog. 
 
 TTp&log, irpmacrepog, Trpco'cairarog. 
 
 eppufievog, eppofzevearepog, eppcofieveararog. 
 
92 
 
 EXERCISES ON COMPARISON. 
 
 acj)dovog, dcpdovearepog, d(f)6oveararog. 
 aapevog, dofiEvearepog, dafXEVEorarog. 
 XdXog, XaXiorspog, XaXlorarog. 
 
 TTTCJXOg, TTTOXlOTEpOg, TCTGJXlOTaTOg. 
 
 4. In some of the adjectives which make the compara- 
 tive in tov and the superlative in lorog, the i of the 
 ending to)v is rejected, and the last letter of the root, 
 if 6, #, k, or Xi changes into go (Attic rr). Thus, 
 raxvg (old form #a;^a>c), comparative to^jW, changed 
 to ddocrcjv (Attic ddrro)v), superlative rdxtorog. So 
 also, eXaxvg, comparative eXaxicov, changed to eXda- 
 cojv (Attic eXdrrcdv), superlative eXaxt-orog. 
 
 XLV. EXERCISES ON COMPARISON. 
 Preliminary Rules. 
 
 I. The comparative degree is generally followed by a 
 genitive case ; as, [lel^v narpog, "greater than a father." 
 
 II. The superlative degree is also frequently followed by 
 a genitive ; as, exOiarog navrcdv, " most hated ofall." 
 
 I. 
 
 Form the comparative and superlative of each of the fol- 
 lowing adjectives, according to the rules of formation that 
 have been just given. 
 
 dlfcatog, "just." svyevrjg, " noble." 
 
 dylog, " holy." dicpi6rig, " accurate." 
 
 ttoo/Mog, " orderly" dodevrjg, " weak." 
 
 7TOV7]pog, " evil." evoedqg, "pious." 
 
 anXrjpog, " hard." aWaXoecg, "gleaming." 
 
 veog, " new." K7]r6eig, " vast." 
 
 rsXeog, "perfect." Trrepoeig, " winged." 
 
 reXeiog, "perfect." svptiscg, "murky." 
 
 nXarvg, " broad." KaKoSalfjiOJV, " unhappy." 
 
 fipaxvg, " short." evdaL^uVj if happy." 
 
 rpaxvg, " rough." vot)[j,G)Vj " intelligent." 
 
EXERCISES ON COMPARISON. 93 
 
 (3ptdvg, "ponderous " fivrjfj,G)v, "mindful" 
 
 evvoog, (contr. -ovg), " benev- dppqv, " manly.' 7 
 
 olent." epLavx^Vi "proud." 
 
 avoog, (contr. -ovg), " silly" OTEvavxrjv, " narrow-necked." 
 rdXag, " wretched" TroXvppTjv, " rich in t 
 
 evXa6rjg, " cautious." (f>cXeXXrjVj " loving Greek." 
 
 evepyrjc, " effective." svXljxtjv, "fair-harboured." 
 
 d7]drjg, " displeasing." 
 
 II. 
 
 Translate the following, and trace the comparatives and 
 superlatives to the positive form of the adjective. 
 
 'ElprjvaLorspoc apvtiv. — oltcrporaroi, anavruv. — rrpoBv- 
 \i6repoi ru>v naicojv. — Xafinporarov deafidrw. — okotlg)- 
 rspog rye vvfcrog. — Grevojrarog ndvTG)v tottuv. — Grvyepcj- 
 repot 6paK,6vTG)v. — evpvrepog rrjg $aXaGG7]g. — (3paxvrarog 
 dvdptiv. — rpaxvrepa Y^iXiKiag. — Kattovovcrepog rvpdvvov. 
 — dvovarepog rraidbg. — raXdvrepog TavrdXov. — das6ea- 
 raroi dvdpuTTOJV. — dXrjdeararoL §iXog6$uv. — dcppoveara- 
 rot TGJv (3ap6dp(ov. — KaicodaLfiov ear spot rtiv Q7)6acG)v. — 
 Kaprepojrepog 'KpafcXovg. — ald^fioveardrrj napdivov. — 
 aKpareuTaroi r&v vsorepuv dvOputruv. — ^7\Xvrdri] dnd- 
 oov yvvcuK&v. — fiaXdatctirepoi, tgjv Avd&v. — TrovrjporspoL 
 t&v ycydvTCJV. — (3pa6vrepot xeXcjvov. — tj6cgt7] yvvaifc&v. 
 — (bnvTEpa, 'AraXdvTTjg. — repeveGrdrr) firjrpCJv. 
 
 'Aifjcvdcov [lev egtl TTLKporarov, fieXt 6e yXvKvrarov. — 
 to tov TTorajjiov vdojp Kadapcjrarov eon real t\6igtov. — 
 ipevdog eanv alaxiorov. — ovdsig f\v GdxppoveGrepog 1(0- 
 Kpdrovg. — Kptriag re aal 'AXfa6id3r)g r\Gav fiiaioraroi koX 
 vdpLGToraroL 7rdvrG)v row 'Adrjvaiojv. — ol \iev yepaCrepoi 
 r\Gav ev toj dedrpG), ol 6e veojTSpoL iv r'Q dyopa. — r\ 
 KopvdaXXig egtl rcpc^lairdrri dpvldojv. — ol dQXr\Tai elglv 
 kppojfieveGraTOi. — 6 mac r\v XaXiorepog ifjiTTdfcrjg. — 6 av- 
 
 dpOTTOg SGTi TTTCdXlGTCLTOg TG)V 7TTG)X<*> V - j^fiAt EGTLV 7j6v, 
 
 <pi,XoGO(f)la 7]diG)v, dperrj rjdcGTT). — (3log egtI raxvg, /cdXXog 
 
94 
 
 EXERCISES ON COMPARISON. 
 
 ftaooov, evdaifiovla tcixlott]. — to tov 'Aduvtdog alfia t\v 
 TropcpvpuTdTOV. — evravda olvog rjv d(pdovearepog vdarog. 
 
 Ovdev eonv opyrjg ddiit&Tepov. — irbXefiog evdo^og elprjvrjg 
 aiaxpag alperdjrepog eonv. — ovdev fCTrjfia ootyiag nfiiuTe- 
 pov eOTiv. — oo<pia ttXovtov ftTTffia r\dibv eonv. — ovdev 
 eon fieXvrog yXvKvrepov. — dot-a eonv aodevrjg ayicvpa, 
 nXovrog en dodeveoTepa, a&XXog de rj dadeveardrr]. — 
 dperr\g ovdev X?W a GEfivoTepbv eon. — ovdev eon firp-pbg 
 7]6iov. — 6 fieXag olvog eon -&peTTTiicd)TaTog, 6 de Xevubg 
 XenroTarog. — rj Bafcrpiavrj %&pa, evdai\ioveoTaT7\ earl Kal 
 eixpopordrrj. — 6 TTOVTjpbg tov dyadov KaKodaifioveOTepog 
 eonv.- — Xbyog iroXXdnig loxvporepog eon xpvoov, — to Tr\g 
 G)Ti6og npeag r\v Tolg OTpaTHDTCug fjdcoTov. — to t&v dypiuv 
 bvu)v upeag tjv dnaXdoTepov tov tCjv eXd(po)v. 
 
 III. 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English words opposite. 
 
 A wound from a sword is 
 lighter than an evil tongue. 
 
 The Deity has not a more 
 suitable place on earth than 
 a pure spirit. 
 
 Virtue is the shortest, as well 
 as safest and fairest road 
 of all. 
 
 The elder men are more pious 
 and discreet than the youn- 
 ger ones. 
 
 He has more useful, and 
 pleasing, and valuable pos- 
 sessions. 
 
 The two most renowned and 
 ambitious men of all the 
 Athenians. 
 
 HX7]y7j and ^i(f>og Kovfyog 
 
 elfii nanbg yXtiooa. 
 -ivx?} dyvog Tonog oinelog 
 
 em j7] (gen.) ovk ex* & 
 
 Qebg. 
 'ApeTrj elfii b ovvTOfibg re 
 
 Kal d(7(paXrjg Kal naXbg 
 
 bdbg anag. 
 '0 yepaibg evoe6r\g Kal q&- 
 
 (f}pcov 6 veog elfii. 
 
 'Q(f)eXZfiog, Kal rjdvg, Kal ev- 
 Tlfiog KTTffia ex* 0, 
 
 f O ovofiaOTog Kal faXbnfiog 
 (dual number) nag 6 'Adrj- 
 valog. 
 
IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 
 
 95 
 
 The Muses are sweeter than 
 the Sirens, and instruction 
 is more useful than idleness 
 and pleasure. 
 
 Nothing is more useful than 
 a good friend, nothing more 
 hurtful than a bad one. 
 
 Socrates was a most wise and 
 just man, most temperate as 
 well as most enduring. 
 
 f O Movoa 6 1eLpr\v rjdvg elfxl, 
 nai naideta dxjjeXlfiog elfxt 
 depyia nai r\6ovr\. 
 
 Ovdeig dyadbg (biXog oxpeX- 
 
 ifiog elfiL, ovdeig natibg 
 
 j3Xa6epog. 
 2G)Kpa,T7]g elfil (ppovijjiog nai 
 
 ditcacog dvrjp, ey/cparrjg re 
 
 fcal KaprepiKog. 
 
 XLVI. IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 
 
 I. The comparative and superlative remain in several 
 adjectives whose positive has grown into disuse. These 
 are generally compared in connexion with some extant 
 positive, to which they approximate the nearest in respect 
 of signification. Hence the following list : 
 
 Good, dyadfrg, 
 
 Bad. tcamg, 
 
 Long. fiaKppg, 
 Great, \ieyig, 
 
 afiecvov, 
 dpelcjv, 
 fieXTLUV, 
 (3eXrepog, 
 upeLcoodv, ) 
 Kpetrrcdv, 
 icdppcjv, J 
 Xojigjv, 
 
 Xg)G)V, 
 
 <j>eprepog, ' 
 r KaKU)repog, 
 
 KCLKLUV, 
 
 Xepe'odv, 
 ^%eip(*)v, 
 C iianporepog, 
 \ (maaov, 
 C fieacrcjv, J 
 
 { p,ei^oiv, 
 
 apiorog. 
 
 fieXriorog. 
 
 (3eXrarog. 
 
 Kp&TLGTOg. 
 
 X(i)iorog. 
 
 X&orog. 
 
 (jyeprarog. 
 
 (pepLGTog. 
 
 (pepriOTog. 
 
 fta/ccoTarog. 
 
 fCOKLOTOg. 
 
 %epiOTog. 
 XecpLGTog. 
 fiattpoTaTog. 
 
 IJ,7}KL(JT0g. 
 
 (jbeyiarog. 
 
96 
 
 EXERCISES ON IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 
 
 Small, fwtpog, 
 
 (eXaxvg), 
 
 Much. rroXvg, 
 Easy, padcog, 
 
 f fiLKporepog, 
 fietorepog, 
 
 <j {JLSLCJV, 
 
 iXdoaoiv, 
 
 [_ TjOOCDV, 
 i nXEOJV, 
 
 ( ttXelcjv, 
 pacov, 
 
 [iLKporarog. 
 
 peioraTog. 
 
 fielorog. 
 
 kXd)(iOTog. 
 
 r\KiGrog. 
 
 irXeloTog. 
 
 paorog. 
 
 II. Some comparatives and superlatives are evidently de- 
 rived from substantives, adverbs, and prepositions. Thus : 
 
 Compar. Superl. 
 
 Trporepog, irptirog, from irpo. 
 
 vneprepog, vneprarog, " vrrsp. 
 
 dvcjrepog, dvcorarog, " av(o. 
 
 varepog, vararog, " vtto. 
 
 icXeTTrCarepog, KXeuTcararog, *' KXsrrTrjg. 
 
 eratporarog, " kralpog. 
 SovXorepog, " dovXog. 
 
 (3a<uXevrepog, " fiaoiXevg. 
 
 III. To these may be added the following comparisons 
 of adverbs. Thus : 
 
 Pos. Compar. Superl. 
 
 &vo), dvojrepo), dvordro). 
 
 fcdrG), Karo)repG), KaroyTdro). 
 
 si-G), e^G)T£p(o, E^cjrdro). 
 
 EGG), £OG)T£pG), ECCJTdTG). 
 
 ITOppG), 7TOppG)TEpG), Troppcjrdro). 
 
 XLVII. EXERCISES ON IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 
 
 I. 
 Translate the following, and give the irregular compari- 
 son in the case of each. 
 
 ajisivovog rrarpog, 
 dfJLELVOvsg avdpeg, 
 
 dflELVOVGJV #£g3i>, 
 
 KaKOJTEpOV (f)iXG)V, 
 
 Kafcojraroc fcXsTrrov, 
 %epeiovog dcmidog, 
 
EXERCISES ON IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 
 
 97 
 
 dueivovg deanorac, 1 
 dueivov dtipov, 
 diieivo) dcopa, 
 dfisivova Trpdyixara, 
 dfieivoaiv dvdpdoirocg, 
 dfielvo) avdpa, 
 
 dfJ,SLVOVS dvdpCJTTG), 
 djJbetVOVOLV L7T7TOLV, 
 
 fieXrtoveg crparLcoraLi 
 peXriovg (ppeva^, 
 peXriova re/cva, 
 PeXtiotol (ftlXcjv, 
 (3eXnara dcjpo)v, 
 
 (SeXrlo) dvdpojiTOV, 
 (3eXrLG) yvvalfca, 
 (3eXrio(Jiv onXoig, 
 peXriovi, iraidi, 
 upeiooova tied/iara, 
 Kpeiooo) Xoyov, 
 Kpeiaaove dvdps, 
 "ttpeLooG) dfuXlav, 
 KpeiTTOvw epyoiv, 
 Kpdrtaroi ottXltgjv, 
 KpariOTrj yvvcurctiv, 
 Kpeiooo) TrdXra, 
 XCdov neap, 
 
 Xwovog TTdTpOg, 
 
 X(x)6vo)v rjfzep(t)v t 
 XtioroL (j>iXo)v, 
 X(x)iare ndvrov, 
 (peprepov ddeXQov, 
 (pepCarrj Trapdevuv, 
 (fyeprare noTa[j,u)V, 
 
 naitioiT] odtiv, 
 Xeipiorog 6ovX(ov, 
 namovGdv epycov, 
 tea/ceo Trpdyiiara, 
 %eipG) dd)[iara, 
 fiatcporepog nodog, 
 firjKiore TTorafiGJv, 
 fidaaova 6d)^ara, 
 fMCfcporarat pdddojv, 
 (idaoovi TrdXrG), 
 f.m%G)v ddsXcfrog, 
 ixei^ove kvvs, 
 fieycare ytydvrcjv, 
 fiel^o) onXa, 
 fiei^G) avdpa, 
 p,ei%G) Trapdevov, 
 fjbeylarcjv rraidtov, 
 
 (JLELOVOV £py(x)V, 
 
 (isLG) dojpa, 
 eXaaaov rrXolov, 
 7\GGova vdfiara, 
 [iiicpoTepojv TTTjyCJV, 
 kXd%iarog dvdpd)7TG)v, 
 
 7JICLOT7J (pvXtiv, 
 
 eXdood) dydXjiara, 
 ttXel6v(x)v Grparcd)r(t)v, 
 nXeiovg avdpconoc, 
 TrXelovg dovXovg, 
 rrXeLG) onXa, 
 TrXdoroi iraidov, 
 rcXeov da/cpvparog, 
 paovcov (j,6x6g)v, 
 paov TTpaypa, 
 paaroc ttovov, 
 
 1. Both the contracted and uncontracted forms are given. 
 I 
 
98 EXERCISES ON IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 
 
 (pEpTEpuv itXolov, pdova TTTjdrjfiaTa, 
 
 <peprioT7] TrarpcSov, paarcjv bdtiv, 
 
 (peprepoiv XoyoLV, pcuov Xbyog. 
 
 II. 
 
 Translate the following, and trace the respective com- 
 paratives and superlatives to the positives under which they 
 are ranked. 
 
 Lmaia tevlcl dp,£LVG)v egtl Kepdojv ddl/cov. — to (bbv rov 
 KpoaodeiXov fiel^ov egtlv cjov %rjveiov. — 6 t&v ttXelgtcjv 
 (3log egtl XvixT]pbg. — tidvarog KOLvbg rolg xeiplaroig nal 
 rolg f3eXrtaroLg. — i\ 'AvTLfidxov ■dvydrrjp e^sc dfieivova 
 rv%r\v< — Zevg egtlv 6 X&GTog rtiv tistiv. — b fiaoiXevg e^u 
 rrjv rrjg Xepaovrjaov dpiorrjv nXdica. — ovdev eon icpela- 
 gov dvdyn7\g. — j^pvobg tcpeiooGiv egtl fivplov Xoycov. — ol 
 ttXelgtol tg)V arpariG)TG)v rjoav "'EXXrjveg. — rj ILroXefiatov 
 vavg egtl fiavfia \iEyiorov. — dpiorog egtlv ddXrjTrjg, nal 
 fiEyiGTG)v ETiaivcdv a&og. — r] 666g egtl fiarcporspa rrjg na- 
 Xaidg bdov. — r] GapLGGa rjv fianpordrr] rdv Maftsdovuv 
 X6y%r}. — vvv egtlv 6 dycjvcdv fiEyiGTog, teal fiEytGrov $av- 
 \mrog d^LG)rarog.—£XovGi ttoXlv kXaGGova KXecovgjv. — 
 XoyoL sXaGGovEg fpyuv eIgL — ol iJGGovsg eIgi ixoXXdmg 
 rolg KpELGGOGi dovXoi. — ol (3dp6apoi 7\Gav fyipiGTOi^ ol de 
 
 "EXX7]V£g XElplGTOL. 
 
 'ApETTj 7TXOVTOV KpELTTG)V EGTI, Xp7)Gl[IG)T£pa Se £Vy£- 
 
 VEtag. — Evrvxia egtlv dvOpcorroLg KpdrLGrov rCJv -&e&v d&- 
 
 pOV.- TTOXXOJV Xp7][AdTG)V HpELTTG)V EGTLV 6 TTdpti TGJV dya- 
 
 Otiv EircLLvog. — vovg dyadog, kv dvOpunov GCjfiarL, egti 
 
 [JLEyLGTOV XPW a ' EV GhaXIGTG) TT£pL66X(t).—7TXEOV£^La egtI 
 
 fXEyiGTOv dvdpoiiTOLg Kdtcov. — ovSev egtl fcpELGGov dyadov 
 cpiXov. — ovSev egtl ttdniov dovXELag. — MsvsXaog, & TLv- 
 
 Xdd?], EGTLV 6 ndliLGTOg dvdpU)7T0)V. tidfCLGTOg EGTL TTdGGJV 
 
 alGXptiv ettlOv/jllcjv dovXog. — nXELOvg r\Gav ev Tfj dyopa 
 7] ev Ty dupOTtoXEL. — ol ttXelgtol tgjv $;evg)v tjgclv Karrna- 
 doKEg. — "Op/poc r\v b X&GTog ttql7]tgjv, Ht]\ioGQEvr\g 6s prj- 
 
 TOpG)V. — OVSEV EGTL X ei P 0V Yhp^S XviT7]pOV. Ttt X ei P 0Va > 
 
 itXelo) (3poToig egtl rdv dtJL£Lv6v(*)v. 
 
NUMERALS. 
 
 99 
 
 III. 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English words opposite. 
 He has a flame more powerful 
 
 than the thunderbolt. 
 Virtue is the best of all pos- 
 sessions. 
 Most excellent son of a most 
 
 excellent father. 
 The men are worse than the 
 boys, and the boys have the 
 greatest gifts of all. 
 He has easier questions, and 
 more honours, and smaller 
 burdens. 
 The labours of the Greeks were 
 
 easier and more pleasing. 
 For the Lacedaemonians all 
 things were worse than be- 
 fore. 
 The roads were longer, the 
 dangers greater, the foes 
 more numerous, the pay 
 less ; the soldiers, however, 
 were most valiant, the com- 
 manders better, and the 
 crossings of the rivers ea- 
 sier. 
 
 $A6^ e%G) 6 nepavvbg dyadog. 
 
 'Aperi) nag KTr\\ia elfil dya- 
 
 66c,. 
 'AyaObg vide, dyadbg narrjp. 
 
 f O avdpGmog fcatcbg elfii 6 
 
 naZc, 6 6e nalg l%u fieyag 
 
 ddpov dnag. 
 'Padtoc £pG)T7][xa eftO), ttai 
 
 ttoXvc rcfirj, teat [Uftpoc 
 
 axdoc. 
 f O 6 "¥Xkr\v novog elfii pa- 
 
 dwg aai rjdvg. 
 f O Aanedaifioviog nag slat 
 
 fcatcog i) nporepov. 
 
 f O odbg el fit fiatcpbg, 6 niv- 
 dvvog fieyag, 6 noXefiiog 
 noXvg, 6 fiiodbg fitfcpbg- 6 
 de arparicjTTjg elfii dyadbg, 
 6 iryefi&v dyadbg, ical 6 6 
 norafibg 6cd6aaig padtog. 
 
 XLVIII. NUMERALS. 
 
 I. Numerals are either Cardinal or Ordinal. 
 
 II. The Cardinal numbers answer to the question, " how 
 many ?" as, elg, " one ;" 6vo, " two ;" rpelg, " three," &c. 
 
 III. The Ordinal numbers answer to the question, " which 
 in order?" as, nptirog , u first ;" devrepog," second ;" rpirog, 
 " third" &c. 
 
100 
 
 IV. For marks of number, the Greeks employ the letters 
 of the alphabet ; but, to make the number complete, they 
 insert therein a g- after s, called e-nicnuov, or Fav, and 
 answering to our 6 ; and they also adopt two Oriental char- 
 acters, namely, Konna, marked *7, for 90; and Zafim, 
 marked 2>, for 900. 
 
 V. When the letters are employed to denote numbers, a 
 mark resembling an accent is placed over them ; but to 
 designate the thousands, the same mark is placed below. 
 Thus, a is " one" but a " one thousand ;" so k,' is " twenty" 
 but K " twenty thousand? 
 
 VI. These marks above and below the letters, are not, 
 however, expressed in the case of every letter, when we 
 have several letters placed side by side, and indicating a 
 series of numbers, but in such a case they are put only over 
 or below the last of each series. Thus we write v;y%j3' for 
 53,602 ; and auW, for 1839. 
 
 VII. The following combinations may serve as examples 
 of the Greek system of notation : 
 
 
 avis, 1415. 
 l&oi-e, 9265. 
 
 
 /ywjt/^-', 3846. 
 «a0e, 21,505. 
 
 
 [ycpnB', 3589. 
 £g)X6', 7832. 
 
 
 pveoy', 155,203. 
 7T&r, 89,004. 
 
 
 Declension of the j 
 
 ir st four Numerals. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Dual. Plural. 
 
 
 file, "owe." 
 
 
 6vo, " two." 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 
 A, 
 
 tig, iiia, 'iv, 
 hog, (nag, hog, 
 hi, fiia, hi, 
 'ha, [liav, 'h. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 6vo and 6va, 
 dvolv and dvelv, 
 dvolv, 
 6vo. 
 
 N. , 
 
 G. dvtiv, 
 D. dvai, 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 rpeZg, " three." 
 
 
 reoGapec,, "four." 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 
 A. 
 
 rpelg, rpelg, rpia, 
 rpi&v, rpctiv, rptdv 
 rpiai, rpiai, rpiai, 
 rpelg, rpelg, rpia. 
 
 
 N. reaaapeg, rec 
 G. Teocapuv, rec 
 D. reaaapai, rec 
 A. reacapag, rk 
 
 ■aapeg, reaaapa, 
 ■adpuv, reaaaptov, 
 ■capoi, reaaapai, 
 raapag, reaaapa. 
 
SYNOPSIS OF NUMERALS. 
 
 101 
 
 Synopsis of Numerals. 
 
 a' 
 
 elg, 
 
 1st 
 
 rrpfirog, 
 
 P 
 
 dvo, 
 
 2d 
 
 dEVTEpOg, 
 
 Y 
 
 rpeig, 
 
 3d 
 
 rpirog, 
 
 6' 
 
 Teoaapeg, 
 
 4th 
 
 riraprog, 
 
 e' 
 
 7revT£, 
 
 5th 
 
 7T£fnrTog, 
 
 ? 
 
 H, , 
 
 6th 
 
 EKTOg, 
 
 C 
 
 iirrd, 
 
 7th 
 
 sddofiog, 
 
 v' 
 
 6kt6, 
 
 8 th 
 
 bydoog, 
 
 & 
 
 evvea, 
 
 9th 
 
 ivvarog, 
 
 c 
 
 deica, 
 
 10th 
 
 dsKarog, 
 
 ia 
 
 hidena, 
 
 11th 
 
 EvdsKarog, 
 
 *P 
 
 dudsica, 
 
 12th 
 
 dudsKarog, 
 
 */ 
 
 Tptonaideica, 
 
 13th 
 
 TpiGKaiOEKdTOg, 
 
 id' 
 
 TeaaapEGKaidsna, 
 
 14th 
 
 TEaaapaKaidEKarog, 
 
 is' 
 
 TrevreKaidetca, 
 
 15th 
 
 TZEVTEKCudEKaTOg, 
 
 lY 
 
 EKKacdeKa, 
 
 16th 
 
 EKKaidsKarog, 
 
 't? 
 
 ETTTaicaideKa, 
 
 17th 
 
 ETTTaKatdEKarog, 
 
 m' 
 
 oKTCJuaidsica, 
 
 18th 
 
 OKTOKaidEicaTog, 
 
 w 
 
 EvvEanaideKa, 
 
 19th 
 
 EWEaKatdEKarog, 
 
 k' 
 
 ElKOGl, 
 
 20th 
 
 ELKOGTOg, 
 
 na 
 
 eIkoglv sic, 
 
 21st 
 
 ECKOGTog irpuTog, 
 
 K& 
 
 EiKoai dvo, &c, 
 
 22d 
 
 duoGTog dsvTEpog, 
 
 V 
 
 rpiaKovra, 
 
 30th 
 
 TpidKOGTOg, 
 
 Aa' 
 
 rpiaKovra elg, 
 
 31st 
 
 rptaKOGTog Tzp&Tog, 
 
 \*>' 
 
 TEoaapaKOvra, 
 
 40th 
 
 TEGGapa.KOGTOg, 
 
 v' 
 
 7r£VT7/KOVTa, 
 
 50th 
 
 'KEvrriKOGTog, 
 
 ? 
 
 kl-rjuovTa, 
 
 60th 
 
 ELKOGTOg, 
 
 o" 
 
 sSdop^Kovra, 
 
 70 th 
 
 EBSop.TJKOGTOg^ 
 
 if 
 
 bydor/KOvra, 
 
 80th 
 
 bydoTjKOGTog, 
 
 s 
 
 EVEVTjKOVra, 
 
 90th 
 
 EVEVrjKOGTOg, 
 
 p' 
 
 EKdTOV, 
 
 100th 
 
 EKaroGTog, 
 
 a' 
 
 diaicooLot, 
 
 200th 
 
 ScaKOGcoGtSg, 
 
 t' 
 
 TpidKOClOl, 
 
 300th 
 
 rptaKOGWGTog, 
 
 v' 
 
 TEGOapaKOClOl, 
 
 400th 
 
 TEGGapCLKOGlOGTOg, 
 
 ¥ 
 
 TCEVTdKOOLOl, 
 
 500th 
 
 TTEVTaKOGLOGTOg, 
 
 x' 
 
 E^aKoaioc, 
 
 600th 
 
 EtjdlCOGlOGTOg, 
 
 ¥ 
 
 ETTTaKOGlOl, 
 
 700th 
 
 ETTTdKOGlOGTOg, 
 
 0)' 
 
 OKTanoaioi, 
 
 800th 
 
 OKTCMOGlOGTOg, 
 
 $' 
 
 hvanoaioi, 
 
 900th 
 
 EVVdKOGtOGTOg, 
 
 a 
 
 X'lalol, 
 
 1000th 
 
 XihiOGTog, 
 
 fi 
 
 ScGXlhtOl, 
 
 2000th 
 
 SiGxt-hioGTog, 
 
 J 
 
 TpiGxi^ioi, 
 
 3000th 
 
 TpCGXC?UOGTOg, 
 
 ,6 
 
 TETpaKLGXi^iOl, 
 
 4000th 
 
 TETpCLKLGXlhlOGTOg, 
 
 JE 
 
 TT£VTaKLGXt?UOl, 
 
 5000th 
 
 TiEVTaKLGX^iOGTOg, 
 
 £ 
 
 kZanLoxihtOL., 
 
 6000th 
 
 E^aKLGXl^lOGTOg, 
 
 X 
 
 E-KTaKtaxtkioi, 
 
 7000th 
 
 E-KTaKlGX^lOGTOg, 
 
 ,v 
 
 OKTaKLOx'^LOl, 
 
 8000th 
 
 OKTattiGxriuoGTog, 
 
 $ 
 
 EVVaKlGX't^lOL, 
 
 9000th 
 
 EvvaKLGx'^ioGrog, 
 
 JL 
 
 fivpioi, 
 
 10,000th 
 
 pvpcoGTog, 
 
 A 
 
 diojivpLOi, 
 
 20,000th 
 
 diGfivpiooTog. 
 
 12 
 
102 EXERCISES ON THE NUMERALS. 
 
 REMARKS ON THE NUMERALS. 
 
 I. In compound numbers, either the less are put after the greater with- 
 out a conjunction ; as, elkoolv slg, 21, rpianovTa Trews, 35 ; or, what is 
 more usual, the less precedes, and is connected with the greater by nai ; 
 as, rpscg nal school, 23 ; ttevts nal TzsvTrjKOvra, 55. 
 
 II. So also in the more complicated numbers, the several parts are 
 united in such a manner as to proceed from the less to the greater ; as, 
 rerrapa nal iddo/j-qKovra nal kvaaoococ nal rpcoxCkLOL nal s^aKco/ivpLoc, 
 63,974. 
 
 III. In place of a compound ending in fivpcoc, to express tens of thous- 
 ands, &c, the noun /xvpcdg is often employed in the plural number, with 
 a numeral of the cardinal class preceding ; as, ttevts fxvpcddsg, 50,000 ; 
 oktcj fxvpcddsg, 80,000 ; s/carbv /J.vpcd6sg, 1,000,000. 
 
 IV. Of the cardinal numbers, the first four, and the round numbers 
 from 200, are declined ; all the rest are indeclinable. The round num- 
 bers just mentioned are declined like the plural of adjectives in -og, with 
 three terminations ; as, dcaKoococ, dccuioocac, dcaaooca, &c. 
 
 V. The ordinal numbers are all declined like adjectives in -og. 
 
 VI. Besides the forms of ordinal numbers, which have been given in 
 the list of numerals, two ordinals are also frequently connected by nal ; 
 as, TTE/LCTtTog nal dsKCCTog, 15th; bydoog nal demrog, 18th, &c. 
 
 XLIX. EXERCISES ON THE NUMERALS. 
 Preliminary Rules. 
 
 I. The period of time at which a thing takes place, or 
 during which a thing continues or exists, is put in the dative ; 
 as, t%i rplrxj ^pepa, " on the third day." 
 
 II. Time how long, or continuance of time, is put in the 
 accusative ; as, tjv dovhoc. rpelg rjfiepag, " he was a slave for 
 three days" 
 
 III. Distance and space are put in the accusative ; as, 
 anexsL oictg) rj^epodv odbv and Ba6vXu>vog, " it is distant 
 eight days' journey from Babylon" 
 
EXERCISES ON THE NUMERALS. 
 
 103 
 
 1. Cardinal Numbers. 
 
 Convert the following numbers into Greek characters. 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 325 
 
 1250 
 
 10,385 
 
 50 
 
 100 
 
 484 
 
 1542 
 
 20,452 
 
 500 
 
 1000 
 
 536 
 
 1675 
 
 15,666 
 
 5000 
 
 10,000 
 
 792 
 
 1989 
 
 18,000 
 
 6 
 
 9000 
 
 871 
 
 2050 
 
 19,999 
 
 60 
 
 900 
 
 944 
 
 3001 
 
 20,020 
 
 600 
 
 90 
 
 390 
 
 4055 
 
 15,555 
 
 6000 
 
 9 
 
 996 
 
 5005 
 
 16,421 
 
 II. 
 
 The Greek mode of addition with letters was the same 
 as our modern process with figures ; as will appear from 
 the following examples : 
 
 k 6', 22. 
 
 i 6', 19. 
 
 X d, 31. 
 
 o y, 73. 
 
 p fi e, 145. 
 
 « v 6', 
 
 854. 
 
 T K C', 
 
 326. 
 
 id, 
 
 561. 
 
 <ll>[l<f}, 
 
 748. 
 
 flVTT 0', 
 
 2489. 
 
 jnQZ 6 "> 
 
 8562. 
 
 6 a k 6', 
 
 4222. 
 
 e a n e, 
 
 5285. 
 
 6 6) X d, 
 
 2831. 
 
 ,*?> 
 
 20,900. 
 
 Set down in Greek characters the respective amounts of 
 the following sums in addition. 
 Tjne p v d a G) Xd' 
 oia a k 6' /y (f> o 6' 
 </> if 6" v \i e \pv s 
 vn 6' x v C ,\ % * ?' 
 a) 7T 7j ip X a 6 v v d 
 
 6 a k6' 
 
 £ G) nr) 
 
 e t Xy' 
 
 r\%vQ' 
 
 jy v \i 6' 
 
 6 (f> ybj" 
 
 7] (f) V 6 
 
 av o 6' 
 
 S X % r' 
 
 6r£6' 
 
 III. 
 
 The Greek mode of subtraction with letters was the 
 same as our modern process with figures, as will appear 
 from the following examples : 
 
104 
 
 EXERCISES ON THE NUMERALS. 
 
 ,# (7 £ e, 9265. 
 ,a v l d, 1411. 
 
 >^; 7854. 
 
 ;«vy- 20,853. 
 ,£g> A 6', 7832. 
 
 lytta, 13,021. 
 
 X $ pa, 30,541. 
 tc a cf> a, 21,501. 
 
 fitfi 
 
 9040, 
 
 Set down in Greek characters the results of the following 
 subtractions respectively. 
 
 6 a k 6' £ (f> o rj a 6 ijj \i <T v e <f> v e pe a X d 
 fi r X y" e p k a 6 ij> \i 6' y o fc 6" n (o n t) 
 
 IV. 
 
 In multiplying, the Greeks began at the left, contrary to 
 our mode of proceeding. They put down separately the 
 results obtained by multiplying each figure of the multiplier 
 into the multiplicand, and then classified and summed up 
 these several results. Thus, 
 
 325 
 
 r k e 
 k d' 
 
 
 S v ' 
 
 P 
 
 
 a o' 
 
 it' k 
 
 
 && 
 
 
 O K 6' 
 
 
 p 
 
 K. <$' 
 
 
 K 
 
 -6 v \i 
 
 
 
 G) n 
 
 7] 
 
 24 
 
 JC .£ <p K 7] 
 
 6000 
 
 400 100 
 
 
 
 1200 
 
 80 20 
 
 
 
 
 7800 
 
 
 
 222 
 
 
 
 
 
 124 
 
 
 
 
 
 120,000 2000 
 
 200 
 
 
 
 
 4000 
 
 400 
 
 46 
 
 
 
 
 800 
 
 80 
 
 8 
 
 27,528 
 
 Give, in the following, the Greek process of multiplying, 
 and state the results in Greek characters. 
 77 $•' $• X 6' <f> X d' a G) X 0' jd- cf) vy' k q, cj X d' 
 
 l $■' G) TT .& % V 7] }l d (a) c^' • 
 
EXERCISES ON THE NUMERALS. 105 
 
 V. 
 
 Translate the following sentences : 
 
 HevTE nal elkogl nai diatiooioi nal dtGxiXiot. — enrd nal 
 6ydo7]Kovra nal kt-anoGioi nal diopivpioi. — oktg) nal evevrj- 
 Kovra. — e^aKtox^iOL nal enrd pvpiddsg. — Tpslg nal si-i)- 
 Kovra nal bnranooioi ml bvvaniGxLXioi ml elkogl \ivpi- 
 ddeg. — evvea ml rpidicovra ml oktclkoolol nal %ifa,oi. — 
 ££ nal eddop-rjicovra ml enrafcoaLOi ml x^Xlol. — svvsa kol 
 evevrjfcovra nal evanoatoi nal kvvaiuoxifa,oi. — oktg) \mpi~ 
 ddeg. — rpidnovra fivptddeg. — enarbv fivpiddeg. 
 
 Upot-evog ex u KEvranooiovg nal x^Xlovg birXirag. — rjaav 
 OTrXlrair \iev fivpioi, TreXraural 6e reauapanoaioi. — Kvpog 
 7\v svravda rpelg \ir\vag nal rjfiepag TeaaapegfcaidsKa. — f) 
 TToXtg direx eL oradp,bv eva, irapaodyyag dfcrdj. — JLXsapxog 
 6 AansSatfjidviog ex u onXirag x L ^ovg, ml ireXraordg 
 Qpamg dfcraicoalovg, ml ro^orag Kprjrag dtatcooiovg. — i]oav 
 brcXlrai (lev \xvpioi ml x^Xlol, freXraaral ds Slgx^Xlol. — 6 
 dpcdjj.bg rrdorjg rr/g 66ov r)v OTadfiol dtanooLOL dsKanevTE, 
 irapaodyyai x^Xlol etcarbv tt£vt7]k,ovt(i ttevte, orddta rpic- 
 fivpia rerpatccax^Xta k^aaoGLa TTevrrjKovTa. 
 
 Ordinal Numbers. 
 
 Translate the following sentences : 
 
 Tg5 tov TToXefiov SsfcdrG) etel. — rirj knaTOGT^ rjfispa. — 
 tw Tre^Trro) nal de/cartd eret. — r) rplrrj nal evevt}kogtt) 
 'OXvfiindg. — QpdovXXog t)v 6 rd>v OTpaTiortiv elnoarbg 
 devrspog, 'EpfMMpaTTjg 6s 6 eTTTanatdeKarog. — 6 efcrog arpa- 
 Tid)T7]g, ev Tijj rojv 7toXe[jLlg)v rpiriri rd%Ei, egtIv 6 Evdinarog 
 vlbg 'EvpvnroXEfiov. — 7] EnaroaTTj rjiiEpa t)v fisydXr) kopTr), 
 nal 6p,oL0)g rj Enaroori) nal eIkogtt). — ev rolg AatcEdatfiov- 
 iotg, rrpoyrog r)v 6 (3aatXEvg, dEVTspog 6 noXEjiapxog, rpirog 
 6 Xoxaybg, rsraprog 6 irEvrrjKOvrrjp. — to rpirov m)\id egtl 
 
 TO TCOV TpiCdV flEyiOTOV. TO TOV KOGflOV ETOg IXEVTaiiLGXl' 
 
 XlOGTOV. TO) TpLTCd ETEL T7/C 6y6o7]g Hal EVEVr\K,0GT7\g 
 
 'OXviimddog. — rj rcpcjTT] tuv Movggw r)v KaXXidnrj, f) dsv- 
 
106 PRONOUNS. 
 
 repa KXeuh, rj rpirr) MeXTrofievn, t\ rsrdprrj 'EvrepnT], i\ 
 TTefiTcrr] 'Eparw, rj efcrr] Tep^jjixoprj, rj eddo^rj Ovpavla, i\ 
 oydoT] QdXeta, rj evvdrr) UoXvfivia. 
 
 L. PRONOUNS. 
 All pronouns serve to supply the place of a noun, but, at 
 the same time, they give different relations of the substan- 
 tive which they represent. According to these relations 
 so expressed by them, they are divided into the following 
 classes : 
 
 1. Personal Pronouns, which express the simple idea of 
 person, and directly represent the same. These are, 
 
 eyw, /. 
 gv, thou, 
 
 ov, of him. 
 
 2. Possessive Pronouns, which are formed from the per- 
 sonal, and indicate the property of an individual ; as, 
 
 kp,-6g, 
 
 -n, 
 
 -ov, 
 
 mine. 1 
 
 aoc, 
 
 G7], 
 
 GOV, 
 
 thine. 
 
 bg, or k-6g, 
 
 -$ 
 
 -OV, 
 
 his. 2 
 
 fjfisrsp-og, 
 
 -a, 
 
 -ov, , 
 
 our. 
 
 vfierep-og, 
 
 -a, 
 
 -ov, 
 
 your. 
 
 O(f)ST8p-0g, 
 
 -a, 
 
 -ov, 
 
 their. 
 
 VGJLTEp-Og, 
 
 -a, 
 
 -ov, 
 
 of us both. 
 
 Gcptoirep-og, 
 
 -a, 
 
 -ov, 
 
 of you both. 
 
 3. Definite Pronoun, for the nearer and stronger distinc- 
 tion of one subject from another ; as, avrog, avrrj, avro, 
 "he himself" "she herself," "itself" This pronoun has 
 three peculiarities. 
 
 1. A peculiarity must be noticed in the case of the possessive pronoun. 
 Thus, kubg vlog, is " a S07i of mine ;" but, 6 kfj.bg vlog, " my son," who is 
 already known from the context ; the article being here added to give a 
 more precise definition. 
 
 2. The possessives of the third person, namely, og or edg and otyerepog, 
 are little used, but instead of them the genitive of the pronoun avrog ; 
 as, to, xprtfiara avrov, " his property ;" ra 'ipya avrtiv, " their deeds," &c. 
 
PRONOUNS. '107 
 
 I. When joined to another noun, so as to stand as if in 
 apposition with it, whether that noun precede or come 
 after, it means self; as, rbv ftdvarov avrov, " death 
 itself;" avrbv rbv ftaaikea, " the king himself" 
 
 II. In the oblique cases, if it stand first in a clause or 
 sentence, it still has the meaning of self; but other- 
 wise it merely signifies him, her, it, of him, of her, &c, 
 taking the place of the pronoun of the third person ; 
 as, avrbv eupaica, " I have seen the man himself;" but 
 e&pana avrov, " / have seen him." 
 
 III. When the article precedes, the phrase has the mean- 
 ing of same ; as, o avrbc dvrjp, " the same man." 
 
 4. Reflexive Pronouns, for the more accurate indication 
 and separation of a person ; as, 
 
 efiavrrjg, of myself. 
 
 aavrrjc, of thyself 
 
 avrrjg, avrov, of himself &c. 
 
 In translating, we commonly employ in English the pos- 
 sessive, to express these pronouns ; as, rd eaavrov epya, 
 " my own deeds," &c. When the Attics wish to give a 
 strongly reflexive meaning, they separate and transpose ; 
 as, avrov oe, " thee thyself." 
 
 5. Demonstrative Pronouns, which distinctly point out the 
 object of which we are discoursing, with the accessory idea 
 of place. These are, 
 
 ovrog, avrrj, rovro, \ 
 
 ode, rj6e, rode, > this. 1 
 
 enelv-og, -rj, -o, J 
 
 1. Other and more special meanings will be found in the Lexicon, at 
 the end of the volume. "Ode properly means " this one here.'''' 'E/ceiVof, 
 has frequently the meaning of " he" " him" &c. 
 
 efiavrov, 
 
 oeavrov, \ 
 
 or 
 
 g avrov, ) 
 
 eavrov, -\ 
 
 or ( 
 
 avrov, ) 
 
108 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 6. Relative Pronouns, which refer to an object already 
 mentioned, and give it a nearer definition ; as, 
 
 bg, i], b, who. 
 
 bang, v\Tig, ore, whoever. 
 
 7. Indefinite Pronouns, which merely indicate an object 
 generally, without farther definition ; as, 
 
 rig, (enclitic), rig, rl, any. 
 
 delva, delva, delva, some one. 
 
 8. Interrogative Pronoun ; as, 
 
 rig, rig, ri, who? what? 
 
 9. Reciprocal Pronoun, which designates the mutual ac- 
 tion of different persons upon each other ; as, aXXf]XoLV, 
 dual ; aXXi\k(jiv, plural, " of each other" 
 
 INFLEXION OF PRONOUNS. 
 
 
 
 
 
 1. Personal. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 'Ey<5, /. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 Dual, 
 
 N. 
 
 eya> 
 
 
 
 /, 
 
 N. vtJ'i, contr 
 
 v6, we two, 
 
 G. 
 
 EfiOV 
 
 or fiov 
 
 
 of me, 
 
 G. vtiiv, 
 
 " 
 
 v&v, of us two, 
 
 D. 
 
 kfioi 
 
 or fioi 
 
 
 to me, 
 
 D. vtilv, 
 
 " 
 
 v&v, to us two, 
 
 A. 
 
 kfie 
 
 or jui . 
 
 
 me. 
 
 A. vui, 
 
 " 
 
 v6, us two. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 7]\LcZq . . . we, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 G. 
 
 rjixuv . . . of us, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 TjjAlV . . . to us, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 7)[iag . . . us. 
 2v, thou. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 N. 
 
 av 
 
 . . .- 
 
 
 thou, 
 
 N. o(pui, contr 
 
 c(j>6, you two, 
 
 G. 
 
 GOV 
 
 
 
 of thee, 
 
 G. cduiv, 
 
 " 
 
 cip&v, of you two, 
 
 D. 
 
 COL 
 
 
 
 to thee, 
 
 D. aicpucv, 
 
 » 
 
 c(j)C)v, to you two, 
 G<pG), you two. 
 
 A. 
 
 CE 
 
 
 
 thee. 
 
 A. aifitii, 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 N 
 
 vfielg . , . you, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 G 
 
 v/nGv . . . of you, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 D 
 
 vfilv . . . to you, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 v/iag . . 
 
 . you. 
 
 
 

 PRONOUNS. 
 
 
 10< 
 
 
 Ov, 
 
 of him. 
 
 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 Singular. 
 Wanting. 
 
 ov . . . of him, 
 ol . . . to him, 
 8 ... him. 
 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 a<pu>s . 
 (Hpotv . 
 otpojiv . 
 
 GfOE . 
 
 they two, 
 of them two, 
 to them two, 
 them two. 
 
 Plural. 
 N. c<p£lc, neuter atyia, they, 
 G. cfitiv, of them, 
 
 D. atyiai, to them, 
 
 A. a<pac, neuter o<f>sa, them. 
 
 2. Reflexive. 
 'Hiiavrov, of myself. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 N. (kyu avroc), (eyw avrrf), j N. rjfietc avroc, 
 
 G. k/navTov, ejiavrrjc, G. tj/lcuv avruv, 
 
 D. kfiavrC), kfiavrrj, D. ?jfclv avrolc, 
 
 A. hfiavrov, hfxavrrjv. j A. 7jfj.dc avrovc, 
 
 nftEtc avrac, 
 Tjfiuv avrtiv, 
 -h/xlv avralc, 
 ilfidc avrac. 
 
 Heavrov, of thyself . 
 
 Singular. 
 N. (cv avroc), (cv avrrj), 
 
 G. oeavTov or eavrov, CEavrrjc or aavrfjc, 
 D. ceavrCj or aavru, csavry or cavry, 
 A. asavrov or era-urof, Geavrrjv or aavrrjv. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. ^Eif avroc, 
 G. ty/wv avr&v, 
 D. vulv avrolc, 
 A. v/^af avrovc, 
 
 vfiEtc avrat, 
 vjidv avrtiv, 
 vfilv avralc, 
 vudc avrac. 
 
 N. (avroc), 
 G. eavrov or avrov, 
 D. kavrC) or avrcj, 
 A. eavrov or avrov, 
 
 ~E,avTOv, of himself . 
 
 Singular, 
 (avrrj), 
 
 savrijc or avrrjc, 
 savvy or avrrf, 
 kavrrjv or avrr)v, 
 
 N. (g§eIc avroc), 
 G. Eavrtiv or avr&v, 
 D. iauroif or avrolc, 
 A. eawrovj- or avrovf, 
 
 Plural. 
 (g<PeIc avrac), 
 kavruv or avr&v, 
 havralc or avralc, 
 iavrdc or avrac, 
 
 K 
 
 (avro), 
 
 Eavrov or avrov, 
 eavrC) or avrCi, 
 eavro or ciro. 
 
 (cr^ea avra), 
 kavruv or avrfiv, 
 iavrolc or avrolc, 
 eavrd or aura. 
 
110 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 3. Demonstrative. 
 
 Ovrog, this. 
 
 N. OVTOg, (IVT7], TOVTO, 
 
 G. rovrov, ravTrjg, tovtov, 
 
 D. TOVTO), TaVTT), TOVTO), 
 
 A. TOVTOV, Tai)T7JV, TOVTO. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 N. tovto), ravra, tovto, 
 G. tovtoiv, ravraiv, TOVTOIV, 
 ~D. tovtoiv, ravraiv, tovtoiv, 
 A. tovto), ravra, tovto. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. ovtoc, avrai, ravra, 
 
 G. TOVTOV, TOVTOV, TOVTOV, 
 
 D. tovto tg, ravraig, rovTOig, 
 
 A. rovrovg, ravrag, ravra. 
 
 
 
 4. Relative. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Og, who, which, what. 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 &Q, 7j, 0, 
 
 N. o), a, o), 
 
 N. 
 
 ol, at, 
 
 G. 
 
 OV, 7]g, ov, 
 
 G. oh, alv, olv, 
 
 G. 
 
 OV, &v, 
 
 D. 
 
 & V* #> 
 
 D. olv, alv, olv, 
 
 D. 
 
 olg, alg, 
 
 A. 
 
 OV, 7]V, 6. 
 
 A. o), c, o). 
 
 A, 
 
 ovg, dg, 
 
 "Oorig, whoever. 
 
 N. bang, fjrig, ore, 
 G. oiirivog, 7]anvog, ovrivog, 
 D. orivi, yrivi, tirivi, 
 A. bvriva, TjvTLva, on. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 N. orive, aTive, otive, 
 
 G. oivTLVOLV, alvTLVOLV) olvTLVOLV, 
 
 D. olvTIVOlV, alvTIVOlV, OIVTLVOLV, 
 
 A. otive, artve, otive. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. olrivsr, alrivsg, ariva, 
 
 G. OVTIVOV, OVTIVOV, OVTIVOV, 
 
 D. olcTLCL, alcTlOl, (ilcTLGl, 
 
 A. ovcrivag, aarivag, ariva. 
 
 Singular. 
 N. rig, rig, rl, 
 G. rivog, Tivog, rivog, 
 
 D. TIVC, TlVl, TLVi, 
 
 A. rivd, Tivd, ri. 
 
 5. Indefinite. 
 
 rig, any. 
 Dual. 
 N. tive, tive, tive, N. rivig, rivig, rivd, 
 
 G. TIVOIV, TIVOIV, TIVOLV, G. TIVOV, TIVOV, TIVOV, 
 
 D. tivoIv, tivoiv, rivoiv, D. rial, rial, rioi, 
 A. rive, tive, rivi. A. rivdg, nvdg, rivd. 
 
Ill 
 
 Aslva, a certain one. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 N. 6, 37, to, delva, 
 
 G. rov, ttjs, rov, delvoq, 
 
 D. rip, T7), to), Selvi, 
 
 A. rov, ttjv, to, delva. 
 
 Dual. 
 N. rib, ra, tu, delve, 
 G. tolv, ralv, toXv, deivoLv, 
 D. tolv, ralv, tolv, deivoLv, 
 A. to), to,, to), delve. 
 
 
 
 Plural, 
 
 
 N. 
 
 oi, 
 
 ai, 
 
 delves, 
 
 G. 
 
 TUV, 
 
 TO)V, 
 
 6eivo)v, 
 
 D. 
 
 role, 
 
 ralg, 
 
 delai, 
 
 A. 
 
 TOVC, 
 
 rag, 
 
 delvag. 
 
 6. Interrogative. 
 The interrogative differs from the indefinite rig merely 
 in the position of the accent. The indefinite is always 
 enclitic, and, in the oblique cases, takes the accent on its 
 ending. On the contrary, the interrogative, even in a 
 connected discourse, remains always acuted in the nom- 
 inative, and in the oblique cases preserves the accent on 
 the radical syllable. 
 
 tic, who ? 
 
 Dual. 
 N. rive, rive, rive, 
 
 Singular. 
 N. no, ric, ft, 
 G. t'lvoc, tIvoc, tivoc, 
 D. rivi, t'lvi, t'lvl, 
 A. riva, riva, ri. 
 
 G. TLVOLV, TLVOLV, TLVOLV, 
 D. TLVOLV, TLVOLV, TLVOLV, 
 
 j A. rive, Tive, rive. 
 7. Reciprocal. 
 
 Plural. 
 N. TLveq, Tivec, riva, 
 
 G. T'LV0)V, TLVO)V, TLVLOV, 
 D. TLOL, TLOL, TLOL, 
 
 A. rivaq, rivaq, riva. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 N. Wanting. 
 
 G. uXKrfkoLV, aXkrfkaLv, oXkifkoLV, 
 D. aXkr{koLV, aKkrfkaLv, aXKijfkoiv, 
 A. aXkifko), bXkrfka, uXkifko). 
 
 Plural. 
 
 G. bXkrfkoiV , aXki]ko)V, aXkrfko)V, 
 D. hWrpiOLC, aXkrfkaLq, aXkifkoLq, 
 A. aXkrfkovq, aXKifkaq, bXkrfka} 
 
 LI. VERB. 
 
 I. Greek verbs are of two kinds, those ending in o) and 
 those in fit. 
 
 II. Verbs in 0) are of two classes : 1. Those that have a 
 
 1 . The exercises on the pronouns will be given after the verb elfiL 
 
112 VERB. 
 
 consonant before (*) ; as, tvttto), " I strike ;" /Leyw, " I say /* 
 and, 2. Those which have a vowel, a, e, o, before it ; as, 
 rtfidco, " I honour ;" (piXeG), " 7 Zoue ;" %/wcrdto, " 7 g-27cL" 
 
 III. Verbs in (*), with a consonant preceding the termina- 
 tion, are called Barytone Verbs, because, as they have the 
 acute accent on the penult of the present, the grave accent 
 ((3api)g rovoc) necessarily falls on the last syllable. 
 
 IV. Verbs in a), preceded by a vowel, are called Contracted 
 Verbs, because the o is contracted by the Attics, together 
 with the preceding vowel, into one vowel ; and as, after this 
 contraction, a circumflex is placed over the (o, they are also 
 styled by some Circumflex Verbs. 
 
 V. . These contracted verbs, however, are not at all differ- 
 ent from the barytones, since it is only necessary to contract 
 them in the present and imperfect. 
 
 PARTS OF THE VERB. 
 
 I. The Greek verb has three voices, Active, Passive, and 
 Middle ; and five moods, the Indicative, Imperative, Optative, 
 Subjunctive, and Infinitive. 
 
 II. The tenses are nine in number, namely, the Present, 
 Imperfect, Perfect, Pluperfect, First and Second Future, 
 First and Second Aorist, and, in the passive, the Third Fu- 
 ture, or, as it is less correctly styled, the Paulo-post-futurum. 
 
 III. The numbers are three, Singular, Dual, and Plural. 
 
 
 
 LII 
 
 THE VERB Eijtw, to he. 
 
 
 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 elfil, I am 
 kofiev, we 
 
 are, 
 
 slg or el, thou art, 
 korov, you two are, 
 tare, ye are, 
 
 Imperfect, t)v, I was. 
 
 kori, he is. 
 
 terror, they two are. 
 
 elai, they are. 
 
 
 S. TjV, 
 
 D. ■ 
 
 P. 7j[iev, 
 
 
 TJTOV, 
 TjTE, 
 
 i} or rjv, 
 
 7/TTJV, 
 T/OaV. 
 
VERB. 
 
 113 
 
 Future, eaofiai, I will be. 
 S. scofiai, egel, 1 eaerai, 2 
 
 egegOov, 
 
 D. koofjLedov, 
 P. eao/isda, 
 
 egel, 1 
 
 egegBov, 
 
 saeade, 
 
 egovtcu. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 Present and Imperfect, ladi, be thou. 
 S. cade or ego, Iff to, 
 
 D. EGTOV, EGTUV, 
 
 P. ears, eotugclv. 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD. 
 Present and Imperfect, elrjv, may I be. 
 S. etrjv, eljjc;, elrj, 
 
 D. ecrjTov, 
 
 P. elq/iEVi eltjts, 
 
 Future, kaoi[ir)v, may I be about to be. 
 S. kaoifirjv, egolo, egocto, 
 
 D. EGOLUEdoV, EGOIgOoV, EOoicdl]: 
 
 P. kaoifieda, egolgBe, egolvto, 
 
 £17}T7]V, 
 
 Elyaav or eIev. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 Present and Imperfect, <j, I m< 
 
 I be. 
 
 s. 
 
 D. 
 P. 
 
 6, 
 ufiev, 
 
 f)TOV, 
 7}T£, 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present and Imperfect 
 
 elvai, to be. 
 
 Future. 
 
 ioEodai, to be about to be. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 Present. 
 
 fjTOV, 
 
 uai. 
 
 G. 
 
 ovtoCj 
 
 ovaa, 
 ovojjg, 
 
 Future. 
 
 6v, 
 
 OVTOC, &C. 3 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 
 ECOfiEVOq 
 EGOflEVOV 
 
 eOOfJ,EV7}, 
 
 kaofiEvrig, 
 
 egojuevov, 
 ego/xevov, &c. 
 
 1. The form egel is more correct than the common one egt), given in 
 many grammars. 
 
 2. Most commonly contracted into egtcll. 
 
 3. Declined like dovg (page 47), and differing from it only in the form 
 of the nominative masculine, singular number. 
 
 K2 
 
114 EXERCISES ON THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 LIII. EXERCISES ON THE PRONOUNS AND THE VERB 
 
 el[u. 
 Preliminary Rules. 
 
 I. The nominative of the personal pronoun is usually- 
 omitted with the personal terminations of verbs, as in Latin, 
 except where there is an emphasis required ; as, e%w, " / 
 have ;" e%ovm, " they have ;" but, aXXa, irdvrog gv E^sig 
 rovro, " but most assuredly you have this." 
 
 II. The possessive pronouns are only employed when 
 an emphasis is required ; in all other cases the personal 
 pronouns are used in their stead ; as, TTarrjp r)[j,GJv, " our 
 father" (literally, "father of us"); but, 7Tarrjp r\\LE~Epog, 
 " our own father ." 
 
 III. The relative agrees with its antecedent in gender 
 and number ; as, 6 avijp bv rvrrrELg, " the man whom you 
 strike ;" rj yvvrj r\v eldeig, " the woman whom you see ;" to 
 Scopov b ex eL £j " the gift which you have." 
 
 IV. The relative, however, often agrees with its antece- 
 dent in case also, by what is called attraction; as, cbrd 
 tCjv ttoXecjv, G)V etcelge, " from the cities which he persuaded ;" 
 where cjv is put for dg, the accusative, which latter case, 
 ettelge, as an active verb, ought properly to govern. 
 
 1. Personal and Possessive Pronouns. 1 
 I. 
 Translate the following, and supply the personal pronoun 
 wherever it is omitted with the verb. 
 
 r Hfj,EV ev rw rov -&EOV Ispix), feat 6 Gog irarrjp r\v ev ry 
 ayopa. — eg[iev TTEpiXviroi & (3aGiX,Ev rj[i£T£ps. — vjisrspoL 
 iraldsg eIglv dyadol, 7]\i£T£pai 6e nanoi. — G<pG)irEpov doipov 
 
 EGTIV TjdLGTOV.—EyCJ slfJbl VO-VTTjg, GV 6i pTjTOjp. G^ETEpOL 
 
 olfCOL EIGIV EV T'Q EVpElCL 66(1), Hdl 6 Efibg TTaTTJp E^El CLVToQl 
 
 kdv ipyaGTTjpwv. — rd spya avrov rov dvdp&nov egtIv 
 1. Consult the remarks on pages 106 and 107. 
 
EXERCISES ON THE PRONOUNS. 115 
 
 dBeyaara. — rjfierepog ddeXcpog ean cocpurarog, v\ierepog ds 
 dvovararog. — ol tj/icov ixpoyovoi ?jaav dviKr\roi. — avrbg 
 eanv 6 Ttiv dvOpconcov ao)rrjp dXrjdeararog. — e^pvciv ev 
 tgj cfparoned(i) avrco rjjierepa vrro^vyta, Kal atyatrepov 
 ■fyncavpov. — 6 eyibg imrog ear at avpiov ev rd) IrnrodpofiG), 
 cog de l7moK,6[iog ev r(b deafMorrjpiG). — exovaiv ev ry dyopa 
 rd avrd &via toonep ey£) e%G). — vmrepa vinr\ earlv ev- 
 doZordrr). — avrbv exovaiv, ovk ep,e ovde os. — exovaiv avrbv 
 Kal rbv ep,bv ddeXcbbv, avrbg de etfu ev fieydXcp Kivdvvtp. 
 
 2. Reflexive and Demonstrative Pronouns. 
 Ovrog eanv 6 eiKcbv aeavrr\g. — eKelvog eanv kfiavrCp 
 exOpbg, Kal rd avrov eftov Krr^iara e^ei. — ev ravry vrfi 
 kari Travrola tivia, Kal 6 efnropog avrbg e%ei \ieydXovg 
 ■ftrjcavpovg ev rij rov eavrov vlov Ki6cor(p aidr\pa. — rj rovrov 
 dvdpomov $vyar7]p earl KaXXiarr], Kal KaXXiarai elaiv at 
 efiavrov tivyarpeg Kal i\ \ir\rr\p avrtiv. — d) Sowpareg, nal 
 'LoicppoviaKov co(pG)rare, avrr\ earlv t\ dXrjdeordrr] cf)iXoao- 
 <pia. — eKelvoi dvdpo)7rot elal KXenrai, Kal KaKovovararoi. 
 — rovro earai rb ephv Kav%r]\La. — ode dvrjp e^ei iravrola 
 %pi]\Lara ev eKeivq rrj oiKia. — ravrd eanv sk rrjg eavrov 
 Ke^aXrjg. 
 
 3. Relative and Indefinite Pronouns. 
 "Ode earlv 6 vlbg rov dvdpcjnov bv exovaiv ev dea\iolg. 
 — ovrog eanv eKelvog 6 <piX6cocpog ov r) yvvfj kari zav- 
 dinnr]. — ai) elg eKelvog & ixdvra dvvard eanv ev ovpavti 
 Kal enl rrjg yrjg. — rjfieig ecfiev 'Adrjvaioi, &v rj rrarpig eanv 
 del eXevdepG)rdrrj. — vfielg eare dovXoi, olg eXevdepia ovdev 
 ijdv Kal fieXi<ppov e%ei. — nveg rjaav ev rep nXoio) olg ovde- 
 \iia eXnlg rjv en rrjg eavrojv ao)rrjpiag. — dvdpodTTog ng e^ei 
 nevraKOCia rdXavra. — rtiv 'Adrjvaicav nveg elaiv olg tt&v- 
 ra earl (3eXriG) dovXoavvrjg. — KXenrai nveg rbv e^ibv dov- 
 Xov ev rolg bpeaiv e%ovai. — (3ovKoXog ng, J) "Apyog earlv 
 bvofia, rrjv 'Ivaftov rralda ev ocpdaXfiolg avrov aKararrava- 
 ro)g e%ei, TroXvofiparog yap ean. 
 
116 
 
 EXERCISES ON THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 4. Interrogative and other Pronouns. 
 
 Tl eon oo(f)G)TaTOv ; rrelpa. — ri eanv dyadbg (ftlXog ; 
 dvdpidg %pvoovg. — rl eon ixoXe\uov dvdpcjTrotg ; avrol 
 kavrolg. — rig eonv avrrj r\ re%vr) V v £X et S aicoXovdov aoi ; 
 — rlveg elalv olde ol %evoi ovg exovoiv ev rq olitia gov ; — 
 rlvag KapTTOvg £%£££, <*> yXtiaoa ixovr\pd ; — rlvcjv dvOpcjiruw 
 earlv 6 (3log ixdvrore dvorrjvog ; — Xatpe^v Kal XaipeKpd- 
 rr\g, ddeXcpo) bvre dXXrjXoiv, Ho)Kpdrei 6e yvo)plfj,G), eftdpav 
 Kal [iloog tiaX dmorlav Trpbg dXXrjXovg e%ov<u. — fcop&vai 
 dXXfjXacg elal mororarai. — rivog tieov e%ei 6 KXeTrrrjg rbv 
 drjoavpov ; — rig eartv 'AyadotcXrjg ; rig eanv eKelvog ; ri- 
 vo)v npoyovcov earl ; rivag exet, ev rolg noXlraig ri\idg ; 
 
 II. 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English words opposite. 
 
 But I and thou are foes to 
 the wicked, and to those who 
 have nothing pure in their 
 own bosoms. 
 
 These are the actions of a man, 
 for whom there will be all 
 that praise which the good 
 have from the good. 
 
 Whom have they in the forum 1 
 Demosthenes.— What per- 
 sons have they in the gov- 
 ernment ? Those whose 
 courage is weak. — What 
 confidence have they in one 
 another ? None.— What 
 will be the end of these 
 things? Slavery, and the 
 disgraceful toils of slavery. 
 
 'AAA' eydj re Kal ov e%Bp()g 
 elfjii, o TTOVTjpbg, Kal eKelvog 
 bg ovdelg naOapbg ev 6 
 arrjdog avrbg &%(>>. 
 
 Ovrog elfiL o epyov dvr\p, bg 
 el\ii nag eKelvog ev§r\\i,ia, 
 bg o dyadbg e%G) dnb 6 
 dyadbg. 
 
 Tig ev o dyopd e^w ; A-nfioa- 
 devrjg. — rig ev 6 dpxq e^w ; 
 eKelvog bg 6 dperrj ei\ii da- 
 Oevrjg. — rig -Bdpaog ev dX- 
 XrjXoyv eftO) ; ovdelg. — rig 
 ode o reXog etfil ; 3ovXela f 
 Kal 6 aloxpbg 6 dovXela 
 
 TTOVOg. 
 
Oh our father, we will ever be 
 thy true and faithful chil- 
 dren. 
 
 Thou hast certain soldiers in 
 thy army, unto whom death 
 is more pleasing than dis- 
 graceful flight. 
 
 B. 117 
 
 r 9. Ttarrip eyw, del e\\li 6 abg 
 aXrjdric. Kai TUGrog tskvov. 
 
 "E^w rig GrpariGiT7]g ev 5 
 GTpd,Tev[j,a ov, bg ftdvarog 
 alGXpbg (pvyri alperog el[U. 
 
 LIV. VERBS IN o). 
 There are four conjugations of verbs in o), which are dis- 
 tinguished by the termination of the first future active. 
 
 The First Conjugation ends in ipo) ; as, tvtttg), rvipG). 
 The Second u " in £w; as, Xeyoj, Xe^o). 
 
 The Third " " in goj ; as, tlg), tlgo. 
 
 The Fourth, in a liquid before w ; as, ipdXXo), ipaXti, 
 the penult being at the same time shortened. 
 
 GENERAL REMARKS. 
 
 I. When the first person plural ends in fiev, the dual has 
 no first person. The tenses to which this rule applies are 
 all those of the Active Voice, together with the Aorists of 
 the Passive. 
 
 II. In the Present, Perfect, and Future of the Indicative, 
 and in all the Subjunctive, the second and third persons 
 dual are the same, and end in ov. And this rule applies to 
 all the three voices. 
 
 III. But in the Imperfect, Pluperfect, and the two Aorists 
 of the Indicative, and throughout all the Optative, the third 
 person dual ends always in rjv. 
 
 IV. The Present, Perfect, and Future are called Pri- 
 mary tenses. The Imperfect, Pluperfect, and two Aorists 
 of the Indicative are called Historical tenses, as relating to 
 something that is past. 
 
118 AUGMENTS. 
 
 AUGMENTS. 
 
 I. The Augments are two in number, the Syllabic and 
 Temporal. 
 
 II. The syllabic augment belongs to verbs that begin 
 with a consonant, and is so called because it adds a syllable 
 to the verb. 
 
 III. The temporal augment belongs to verbs that begin 
 with a vowel, and is so called because it increases the time 
 or quantity of the initial vowel. 
 
 IV. Three of the tenses have an augment, which is con- 
 tinued through all the moods, viz., the Perfect, Pluperfect, 
 and Third Future, or Paulo-post-futurum. 
 
 V. Three receive an augment in the indicative only, viz., 
 the Imperfect and the two Aorists. 
 
 VI. Three receive no augment, viz., the Present and the 
 First and Second Futures. 
 
 VII. The augment originally was the same in the case of 
 all verbs, namely, an s was prefixed, whether the verb began 
 with a vowel or a consonant. Traces of this old augment 
 are found in the early Ionic poets, and occasionally in Ionic 
 prose ; as, ed(pd7] for rjcpdr] ; kdvdave for rjvdave. 
 
 VIII. Afterward the usage was so determined, that e 
 was only prefixed to verbs beginning with a consonant; 
 whereas, in others, it coalesced with the initial vowel, and 
 became a long vowel or diphthong. Thus, tvtttg) has in 
 the imperfect e-rvirrov, but ay o) has rjyov (from e-ayov), 
 and oltcc^o) has coia^ov (from e-oUc^ov). 
 
 IX. The Attics retained this old augment in the following 
 cases : 1. In such words as eai-a, edy7]v, saydog, from ayo), 
 " to break;" to distinguish them from r\%a, 7\%(t, &c, from 
 aya), " to carry P 2. In kaXteita, edXdd ; soma, eoXira, eopya, 
 in which the characteristic of the perfect middle (ot and o) 
 could not be effaced. 3. In verbs which begin with a 
 vowel not capable of being lengthened ; as, sudovv, from 
 o)6so) ; £G)Ofiai, from the same ; k(^vovyL7\v, from (bveofiat ; 
 eovpovv, from ovpeo). 
 
RULES FOR THE SYLLABIC AUGMENT. 119 
 
 RULES FOR THE SYLLABIC AUGMENT. 
 
 I. The augment of the imperfect and the two aorists, in 
 verbs beginning with a consonant, is formed by merely- 
 prefixing e ; as, ervrrrov, ervipa, ervnov. If, however, the 
 verb begin with p, the p is doubled after the augment ; as, 
 epptrrrov, from pltttcj ; eppeov, from pecj. 
 
 II. The augment of the perfect is formed by repeating 
 the initial consonant of the verb, and annexing to it an e ; 
 as, rervcpa, rervna ; XeXolttcl, &c. 
 
 III. This repetition of the inital consonant is called by 
 the grammarians Reduplication {dcrrXaGcaafiog), and is sub- 
 ject to the following rules : 
 
 (A.) If the verb begins with an aspirated consonant, 
 then in the reduplication the corresponding smooth or 
 lenis is put ; as, (piXeo), perfect •nE$L'kr\Ka ; ^pvaoa), 
 perfect Kexpvo<*)K,a>. 
 
 (B.) If the verb begins with p, the perfect does not take 
 the reduplication, but the p is doubled and e prefixed ; 
 as, piTTTG), perfect eppupa. 
 
 (C.) If the verb begins with a double consonant, £, £, ip, 
 or with two consonants, the latter of which is not 
 a liquid, the perfect does not receive the reduplication, 
 but only the augment e ; as, tyreo), perfect etyrrj/ca ; 
 %vpEG), perfect et-vprjtca ; ifxiXXo), perfect eipaXica ; 
 anelpo), perfect ecmapfca ; areXXo), perfect soraktca. 
 
 To this rule, however, there are the following excep- 
 tions : 1. The syncopated forms which begin with 
 7rr ; as, TreTTTafiac (for TrenerafiaL) ; but not so the 
 other verbs in ttt ; as, Trrepocj, enrepcoKa ; ttt7i<jg<0, 
 £TTT7]xa. 2. The verb Kraofiac, of which the perfect 
 KeKTTjfxaL is more used by the Attics, and ektt]\ixii by 
 the Ionians and older Attics. 
 
 (D.) If the verb begins with a mute and liquid, the redupli- 
 cation appears in some cases, but in others not. Thus, 
 
120 
 
 RULES FOR THE TEMPORAL AUGMENT. 
 
 fivdo) always makes \ii\ivr\\iai ; and verbs whose 
 second initial consonant is p receive the reduplication 
 regularly ; as, dpefio), perfect 6e6pdfj,7]ica ; -&pavd), per- 
 fect redpavica ; rpefo), perfect rirpo<pa. On the other 
 hand, it is generally wanting in verbs whose second 
 initial consonant is X ; as, yXvnTG), perfect eyXv<fia. 
 
 IV. The augment of the pluperfect is formed by prefixing 
 e to the reduplication of the perfect ; as, r£rv(pa, pluperfect 
 srsrv^etv. 
 
 V. The third future passive, being formed from the per- 
 fect of the same voice, has, like that tense, the reduplica- 
 tion ; as, rsTvipojicu. 
 
 RULES FOR THE TEMPORAL AUGMENT. 
 I. By the contraction of the augment e with -the initial 
 vowel of the verb, the following results are obtained : 
 
 a becomes 
 
 
 clkovg), imp. ijaovov. 
 
 eyeipG), " rjyet,pov. 
 
 I ; " Ifcdvo), " laavov. 
 
 o>; " 6vop,d^), " G)v6p,a£ov. 
 
 v ; " v6pi^G), " vbpi^ov. 
 
 X\ ; " a'lpG), " ypov. 
 
 rjv ; *' av^dvo), " rjvi-avov. 
 
 r\v\ " evxopai, " ^v^ofiipf. 
 
 II. In some verbs, however, s becomes u ; as, £%&>, el- 
 Xjov ; ed,G), eloyv ; sXco, elXov, &c. 
 
 III. When a verb or verbal form begins with eo, the 
 second vowel takes the augment ; as, eoprd^G), ecjpra&v. 
 So, also, in the pluperfects formed from the three perfects 
 eoLKa, eoXna, and eopya, namely, s&kelv, ecjXttecv, and 
 E&pyetv. 
 
 IV. Of vowels which are already long in themselves, a 
 becomes rj, as already mentioned ; but the others, ?/, o), i, 
 
ATTIC REDUPLICATION. 121 
 
 v, are wholly incapable of being augmented ; as, rjrrdofiai, 
 imperfect rjrrdjfjLTjv, perfect rjTrr]fj,ac, pluperfect ^tt^[iijv. 
 
 REMARKS ON THE TWO AUGMENTS. 
 1. Syllabic. 
 
 I. The Attics prefix the temporal instead of the syllabic augment to 
 ftovXofiai, dvva/iat, and [ie?Jm ; as, 7j6ovX6fi7]v, rjdvvdfzrjv, jfjfieXkov. 
 Here a form k6ov?iOftai, edvvafiai, k/j,e?^c), is assumed, like 6£2,u and 
 k6e?i(o. 
 
 II. The initial augment in the pluperfect is sometimes omitted by the 
 Attics ; as, ketcovOelv for e-kekovQeiv ; y£yevrjfi7jv for eyeyEv^fivv. 
 
 III. In verbs beginning with 2, and f/,, the Ionians, Attics, and others 
 are accustomed to put et for 2,e or (is ; as, hafiddvo, perfect elTiTjtya, for 
 tehrjtya ; hayx&vco, perfect elXrixa. 
 
 2. Temporal. 
 
 I. Many verbs beginning with a diphthong neglect the augment. 
 Those in ov never take it ; as, ovrd^o, ovra&v. Those in et also have 
 no augment ; as, elku, eIkov, el^a, with the single exception of et/ca£w, 
 which is now and then augmented by the Attics ; as, sUd^o), Etnacd, 
 Einaafiat,, Attic yicaaa, rjitaofiaL. Verbs in ev have the augment r)v with 
 the Attics, though the usage is variable. Thus we have 7}vx6/u.7}v and 
 evx6/x7]v ; Evpsdrjv, and very rarely rivpsdqv. 
 
 II. The verbs wflew, uveo/icu, and ovpio, not being susceptible of the 
 temporal augment, take e before their initial vowel or diphthong. In 
 other words, they retain the early augment ; as, cjOeo, kudovv ; uveofiatf 
 £uvoi>fj,7]v ; ovpeo, kovpovv. 
 
 III. As the syllabic augment in (3ovXop:at, dvvafiai, and ^eAAw, is in- 
 creased by the temporal, in the same manner the temporal augment in 
 the verb opdo is increased by the syllabic ; as, opdo, imperfect ed-pov. 
 
 ATTIC REDUPLICATION. 
 
 I. Verbs beginning with a vowel, not being able to take 
 a reduplication like that in verbs with the syllabic augment, 
 have in the perfect, occasionally, what is called the Attic 
 Reduplication. 
 
 II. The Attic reduplication is when the first two letters 
 of the root are repeated before the temporal augment, the 
 initial vowel remaining unchanged. Thus : 
 
 L 
 
122 REMARKS ON THE AUGMENT OF COMPOUND VERBS. 
 
 dyscpo), TJyepica, Att. Red. dyrjyepKa. 
 
 EflEO), 7J[MKa, " E\L7]\IEK(L. 
 
 oXXvpc, coXena, " bX&XEna. 
 
 epxof^ai, TJXvda, " kXi\kvBa. 
 
 o%G), (bda, " o&oda. 
 
 III. The pluperfect sometimes prefixes to this reduplica- 
 tion a new temporal augment ; most commonly in dftrjitoa, 
 
 7]fC7]K,0£LV. 
 
 IV. A similar reduplication is formed in some verbs in 
 the second aorist, only that here the temporal augment 
 comes first ; as, TJpapov, oopopov, r\yayov. 
 
 AUGMENT OF COMPOUND VERBS. 
 
 I. When the verb is compounded with a preposition, the 
 augment comes between the preposition and the verb ; as, 
 irpo(J(f)£pG), npooecpepov. 
 
 II. Verbs compounded with other words have the aug- 
 ment usually at the beginning ; as, fieXonoieo) , e^eXottolovv ; 
 TrXrjfifieXeo), i:EixXr l \i\iEX7\iia. 
 
 III. Verbs compounded with ev and 6vg take the temporal 
 augment in the middle when these verbs commence with a 
 vowel that cannot be changed ; as, evepyereo), evrjpysrovv ; 
 dvaapsareo), dvorjpeorovv. 
 
 IV. But when these particles are joined to verbs com- 
 mencing with an immutable vowel or a consonant, they 
 take the augment at the beginning ; as, 6vgg)tteo), sdvou)- 
 now ; dvorvxeo), sdvarvx^cra ; evdoiafiEG), TjvdoKLfiovv. 
 In compounds with ev, however, the augment in such cases 
 is commonly omitted ; as, evo^sojLtat, evo)xovii7]v, &c. 
 
 REMARKS ON THE AUGMENT OF COMPOUND VERBS. 
 
 I. The prepositions, excepting Ttepl, lose their final vowel before tho 
 syllabic augment ; as, aneSuKE, a/MpeSaHev ; but rcepLk'drjKa, not nepi- 
 drjita. In the case of 7rpo, however, the o is usually contracted with e ; 
 as, 7tpov6r], npovd^Ka, &c 
 
 II. The prepositions ovv and ev, whose final consonant is changed by 
 
FORMATION OF THE ACTIVE TENSES. 123 
 
 the laws of euphony into y, /I, fi, p, <r, resume v before the syllabic aug- 
 ment ; as, kyylyvo/aac, hveyiyvofirjv ; avTiliyo, GwiXeyov ; k/ifisvu, 
 hefiEvov, &c. 
 
 FORMATION OF THE ACTIVE TENSES. 
 
 The Imperfect 
 
 is formed from the present by changing the termination o 
 
 into ov, and prefixing the augment ; tvtttg), ervnrov ; Xeyoj, 
 
 eXeyov ; aya), rjyov. 
 
 The First Future 
 is formed from the present by changing the last syllable in 
 the 
 
 First conjugation into tpo) ; as, tvtttgj, tviJjo) ; 
 Second conjugation " |w; " Xeyo), Xs^cj; 
 Third conjugation " ao) ; " rid), tlog) ; 
 
 and in the fourth conjugation by circumflexing the last sylla- 
 ble, and shortening the penult ; as, ipdXXa), ipdXto. 
 
 Verbs in do) and so) generally change a and e into rj, and 
 verbs in do change o into 0) ; as, rifido), TLfirjocj ; cpiXeo), 
 (pcXrjOG) ; drjXoo), StjXcjog). 
 
 Four verbs, commencing with a smooth syllable, change 
 the smooth into an aspirate in the future ; as, 
 
 e^o), ego). I rpexo), #pe£;G). 
 
 Tp£(pG), ftpeifjO). I TV(j)G), $V1pG). 1 
 
 The First Aorist 
 is formed from the first future by prefixing the augment and 
 changing w into a ; as, rv^o, 'irvipa. 
 
 1. These apparent anomalies admit of a very easy explanation. The 
 old form of ex u was ^ w > which was changed to e^w, because two suc- 
 cessive syllables cannot well have each an aspiration. But in the future 
 the aspirate reappears, in consequence of the x being removed, in order 
 to make way for the termination of the future, £«. In like manner, the 
 old presents of Tpe<pu, rpexo, and rvfa were respectively ■&pe<pu, tfpe^w, 
 and -&v([>o), changed to rpetiu, &c, in order that two successive syllables 
 might not each begin with an aspirate ; while in the future the first as- 
 pirate reappears, the latter having been changed. 
 
124 
 
 FORMATION OF THE ACTIVE TENSES. 
 
 into 7] : 
 
 el; 
 
 In verbs of the fourth conjugation, namely, those ending 
 in Xu, fio), vg), poi, the short vowel of the penult is again 
 made long by changing 
 
 xfjdXXo), ipaXti, £if)7]Xa. 
 (paivo), (pavtd, e(p7]va. 
 oteXXg), oteXgj, eoteiXo,. 
 i. " I; " tcpivG), fcplvo), e/cplva. 
 v " v ; " apvvG), a\ivvHi^ r\\ivva. 
 But verbs in -pacvo) and -mllvg) have only a long a in the 
 penult of the first aorist, without changing it into r\ ; as, 
 Trepaivoj, 7repavG), Enspdva ; TuatvG), mav6), enldva. 
 
 Later writers form also many others with long a, where, 
 according to the general rule, the rj should be employed ; 
 as, eor)[idva, from G7]{iaivco ; knoiXdva, from KOiXalvo). 
 
 Some verbs, which have a in the future, lose it in the 
 first aorist ; as, %ea), %evog), exevo, ; oevg), gevocj, ecevcl : 
 tcaico, navao), eicrja. 
 
 The Perfect 
 is formed from the first future by prefixing the continued 
 augment, and changing, in the 
 
 First conjugation, ip(») into (pa ; as, tvi/x*), rervfya. 
 
 Second conjugation, i-G) " %a ; " Xs^o), XeXoxa. 
 
 Third conjugation, ceo " na ; " rlco), rsrlna. 
 
 Fourth conjugation, w " ita ; " ipaXti, eipaXica. 
 
 Dissyllables in -Xg> and -po) change the e of the first fu- 
 ture into a : as, areXXo), OTeXti, eoraXna ; Gnetpo), onspcj, 
 eonapica. But polysyllables, on the contrary, retain the e ; 
 as, ayyeXXo), ayysXti, rp/yeXaa. 
 
 Verbs in -iva, -vvo), and -elvg) reject v before k, and re- 
 tain the short vowel of the future ; as, /cptvco, tcplvoj, KEnplna ; 
 ttXvvg), ttXvvg), nenXvica ; but those in elvcj change the s 
 of the first future into a ; as, telvg), tevcj, Tirana. 
 
 Verbs in -atvo) change v before k into y ; as, <paiv(x>, 
 (pavti, irsipayKa ; [uaLvo), [naval, \iE\iiaym. 
 
FORMATION OF THE ACTIVE TENSES. 
 
 125 
 
 In some verbs the e is changed into o ; as, rps(pd), "dpsxpo), 
 rerpcxpa; kXetttg), kXsiJjg), K£fcXo(f)a; Xsyo), Xet-G), XeXo%a, 
 &c, and even before two consonants ; as, Trefino), nsfixpo), 
 TrenofKpa. 
 
 The Pluperfect 
 is formed from the perfect by prefixing e to the continued 
 augment, if there be a reduplication, and changing the ter- 
 mination a into eiv ; as, rervtpa, erervcpscv. 
 
 The Second Aorist 
 is formed from the present by prefixing the augment, short- 
 ening the penult, and changing G) into ov ; as, tvttto), erv~ 
 ttov ; XetiTG), kXlnov ; fcdfivco, efca[iov. 
 
 The penult of the present is shortened for this purpose 
 by the following changes : 
 
 Vowels. 
 
 V 
 
 into a ; as", Trraipo), enrapov. 
 
 " a ; " Xrjdo), eXddov. 
 
 e " a; " rperrG), erpdnov. 
 
 ev " v ; " (psvyo), ecpvyov. 
 
 ( " t ; " Xeciro), sXlrrov. 
 
 I " e or a, in verbs ending in Aw, fico, vq, po). 
 
 Consonants. 
 
 XX into 
 
 X- 
 ' it ; 
 
 !/*; 
 
 r; 
 
 ;'s 
 
 >y; 
 
 r; 
 
 as, 
 
 j3dXXo), 
 
 TVTCTG), 
 KpVTTTG), 
 
 pdnro), 
 rdaao), 
 (ppd^o), 
 Kpd^o), 
 
 e6dXov. 
 
 ervnov. 
 
 etcpv6ov. 
 
 eppdfyov. 
 
 erdyov. 
 
 eKpayov. 
 sofivyov. 
 
 Verbs in -%G) and -aacd of the second conjugation form 
 the second aorist in yov ; as, icpd^G), eKpayov ; npdaao), 
 L2 
 
126 
 
 FORMATION OF THE ACTIVE TENSES. 
 
 enpayov ; but those of the third conjugation form it in 6ov ; 
 as, (ppd^G), ecppadov. 
 
 The verb ttXtjogg) makes enXrjyov in the second aorist ; 
 but the a appears in the compounds that signify " to fright- 
 en;" as, KarsnXayov, e^eirXayov. 
 
 The Second Future 
 is formed from the second aorist by dropping the augment, 
 and changing ov into circumflexed w ; as, ervrrov, tvttg). 
 
 The Attic Future 
 is formed by throwing out o in -dco), -eoo, Igoj, -ogcj, of the 
 future, and then contracting the vowels thus brought into 
 contact ; as, e^eXCJ for et-eXdocj ; eXti for eXdao) ; diaoiced(x> 
 for diaaKsddao) ; ko\jll(x) for KOfiLGO ; b\iov\iai for b\iooo\iai ; 
 fiax&lodai for \La%EGe.oQai, &c. 
 
 LIV. CONJUGATION OF VERBS IN 0). 
 
 I. To conjugate a verb, in a general sense, is to carry it 
 through all the moods, tenses, numbers, and persons of the 
 three voices, or of as many voices as it may chance to 
 have. 
 
 II. To conjugate in a special sense, is, whenever a verb 
 is named, to give the present, first future, and perfect ; or, 
 in place of the perfect, the first aorist. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 tvtttg), " I strike." 
 
 Present, tvtvto ; First Future, rvipo ; Perfect, T£Tv<j>a. 1 
 
 A Synopsis of Moods and Tenses. 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Optat. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Part. 
 
 
 7V7TT-G) y ? 
 
 ervTCT-ov, $ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Imperfect, 
 
 TVTTT-e, 
 
 -oiui, 
 
 -10, 
 
 -SLV, 
 
 -QV, 
 
 First Future, 
 
 TVIp-O, 
 
 
 •OLflL, 
 
 
 -SLV, 
 
 -UV, 
 
 First Aorist, 
 
 ETVIp-d, 
 
 TVlp-OV, 
 
 -aifii, 
 
 -u, 
 
 -CLL, 
 
 -<ZC, 
 
 Perfect, 
 
 Pluperfect, 
 
 rsrv(p-a, ) 
 kreTV(j)-etv, J 
 
 T£TV<p-e, 
 
 -OLflL, 
 
 -CJ, 
 
 -evai, 
 
 -wo, 
 
 Second Aorist, 
 
 trxm-ov, 
 
 rvK-e, 
 
 -OlfJLL. 
 
 -0), 
 
 -£LV, 
 
 -uv, 
 
 Second Future, 
 
 TVTT-U. 
 
 
 -OL/J.L, 
 
 
 -£LV, 
 
 -ov. 
 
 1. The special form of conjugating. The pupil should give this when- 
 ever a verb is named. 
 
127 
 
 Numbers and Persons* 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present, I strike. 
 
 Sing. TV7TT-0), TVIZT-ELC, TV7TT-EI, 
 
 Dual. rVTTT-ETOV, TVTZT-ETOV, 
 
 PIUT. TV7TT-0/J.SV, TVTTT-ETE, TVTCT-OVGl. 
 
 Imperfect, I was striking. 
 
 S. ZtVKT-OV, ETVIZT-eg, ETVKT-E, 
 
 D. etvtct-etov, tTvnr-ETnv, 
 
 P. £TV7TT-Ofl£V, ETVTCT-ETE, ETVTTT-OV. 
 
 First Future, I shall or will strike. 
 
 S. TVIp-Q, TVIp-ELC, TVTJJ-EC, 
 
 D. TWp-ETOV, Tvip-ETOV, 
 
 P. TVlp-0/J.EV, TVlp-ETE, Tvip-OVOL. 
 
 First Aorist, I (once) struck. 1 
 
 S. EWifj-a, ETvijj-ac, irvip-E, 
 
 D. ETV'ijj-aTov, £Tvijj-arnv 7 
 
 P. hvijj-afiEv, £Tvijj-aT£, ervip-av. 
 
 Perfect, I have struck. 
 
 S. TSTV(j}-a, TETV(j)-ac, TETV^-E, 
 
 D. TETixp-arov, Tsrvip-arov, 
 
 P. T£TV<p-a[ASV, TSTV<p-aT£, TETVlp-dCt,. 
 
 Pluperfect, / had struck. 
 
 S. £T£TV(j)-£lV, ET£TV<p-£LC, £T£TV(j)-£L, 
 
 D. £T£TV<p-£lTOV, ET£TV<j)-£tri)V, 
 
 P. ET£TV(j>-£l[l£V, ETETVty-ELTE, ETETVy-ElOaV. 
 
 Second Aorist, I (once) struck. 
 
 S. ETV7T-OV, ETVTC-EC, ETVTT-t 
 
 *D. 
 P. 
 
 STVTT-ETOV, ETV7T-ET7JV, 
 ETVlT-OfiEV, ETV7T-ETE, ETV7C-OV. 
 
 
 Second Future, I shall or will strike. 
 
 S. 
 D. 
 
 TVK-U, TVTT-EtC, TV7T-EI, 
 
 TV7T-eZT0V, tvk-eZtov, 
 
 P. 
 
 TVir-OVUEV, TVTC-EITE, TVK-OVCl. 
 
 1. This is the ordinary meaning of the Aorist. It has others 
 besides. 
 
128 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present, be striking. 
 
 S. TV7TT-E, TVTTT-ETld, 
 
 D. TVTTT-ETOV, TVTTT-ETUV, 
 
 P. tvttt-ete, TVTTT-ETucav. 
 
 First Aorist, strike. 
 
 S. TVlp-OV, TVIp-UTG), 
 
 D. Tvip-urov, rvip-aruv, 
 
 P. Tvip-are, Tvip-aroaav. 
 
 Perfect, have struck. 
 
 S. TETV(j>-£, T£TV(j)-^TO), 
 
 D. rervcp-erov, tetv(j>-eto)v, 
 
 P. T£TV(j>-£TE, T£TV(p-£TG)CaV. 
 
 Second Aorist, strike. 
 
 S. TV7T-E, TV7T-ETO), 
 
 D. TV7T-ETOV, TVTT-ETOV, 
 
 P. TVTT-ETE, TVTC-ETUaaV. 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD.' 
 Present, may I be striking. 
 
 s. 
 
 TVTCT-Ol/U, TV7TT-OIC, 
 
 TV7TT-01, 
 
 D. 
 
 TV7TT-OLTOV, 
 
 TVTTT-oiTTJV, 
 
 P. 
 
 TVTVT-OLflEV, TVTTT-OITE, 
 
 TVKT-OIEV. > 
 
 
 First Future, may I hereafter 
 
 strike. 
 
 S. 
 
 TVTp-OLjLll, TVIp-OLC, 
 
 TVtp-Ot, 
 
 D. 
 
 TVIp-OlTOV, 
 
 TVIp-OLTVV, 
 
 P. 
 
 TVIp-OlfJ-EV, TVTp-OlTE, 
 
 TVlp-OLSV. 
 
 
 First Aorist, may I have struck. 
 
 S. 
 
 TV1p-ai{J,t, TV1p-(UC, 
 
 rvip-ai, 
 
 D. 
 
 Tvip-airov, 
 
 Tvip-aLTrjv, 
 
 P. 
 
 TV1p-at/J.£V, TVIp-aLTE, 
 
 iEoLic First Aorist. 
 
 TV'ip-atEv. 
 
 S. 
 
 Tvijj-Eia, rvf-Etac, 
 
 TVIp-ELE, 
 
 D. 
 
 Tvip-Eiarov, 
 
 TVlp-EL&TJ]V, 
 
 P. 
 
 TVIp-EiaflEV, Tvip-EiaTE, 
 
 TVTp-Eiav. 
 
 1. We have here given to the optative its genuine meaning, as indi-: 
 eating a wish. The other meanings, "might" "could" "would" &c. 
 are only attached to it when connected with the particle av, &c. 
 
VERB. 129 
 
 Perfect, may I have struck. 
 
 S. TETV(f>-0lfU, T£TV<p-OLCj T£TV(j>-0C, 
 
 D. TETVip-OLTOV, TETvip-OlTttV, 
 
 P. TETV^-OtflEV, TETVip-OCTE, TETVp-OLEV. 
 
 Second Aorist, may I have been striking. 
 
 s. 
 
 TVTT-Olfll,, TVTT-OtC, TVK-Ol, 
 
 D. 
 
 TVTT-OITOV, TVTT-OITJJV, 
 
 P. 
 
 TVTZ-OCfJ.£V, TVTT-OITE, TVTT-OIEV. 
 
 
 Second Future, may I hereafter strike. 
 
 S. 
 
 TV7T-01/IC, TVTC-OLC, TVTZ-OL, 
 
 D. 
 
 TVTC-OLTOV, TVTi-OLTrjV, 
 
 P. 
 
 TVK-Ot/LLEV, TWK-OtTE, TVTZ-OIEV. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 Present, I may strike. 
 S. Tvnr-d), rinrr-yc, Tvirr-y, 
 
 D. TV7TT-71TOV, TVT:T-7)T0V, 
 
 P. TV7TT-U>IX£V, TV7VT-nTS, TVTTT-uai. 
 
 First Aorist, I may have struck. 
 
 s. 
 
 D. 
 P. 
 
 Ti>ip-a, 
 
 TVtp-OflEV, 
 
 TVlp-yZ, TVlp-Tj, 
 TVTp-TjTOV, TV'ljj-VTOV, 
 -V'tp-VTE, TVTJJ-UGL. 
 
 
 Perfect, 
 
 I may have been striking. 
 
 S. 
 D. 
 P. 
 
 TETV<f>-0), 
 TETVf-UftEV, 
 
 T£TV(p-nC, TETV^-n, 
 TETV(j)-7]TOV, TETV<p-r}TOV, 
 TETVIp-VTE, TETV(j>-U>aC. 
 
 
 Second Aorist, I may have struck. 
 
 S. 
 D. 
 P. 
 
 TVTT-Q, 
 TVTC-UfJLEV, 
 
 TV7T-WC, TV7T-n, 
 TVTZ-7JT0V, TVTT-nTOV, 
 TV1T-7}TS } TVTT-UCl. 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present, tvttt-elv, to strike. 
 First Future, Tv-ip-eiv, to be going to strike. 
 First Aorist, rvip-ai, to have struck. 
 Perfect, rervcp-Evai, to have been striking. 
 Second Aorist, tvtt-eiv, to have struck. 
 Second Future, tvk-eiv, to be going to strike. 
 
130 EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 
 Present, striking. 
 
 N. 
 
 rV7TT0)V, TVTCTOVaa, TVTTTOV, 
 
 G. 
 
 rvnTOVTog, rvKTovarjc, tvtttovto£, &c. 
 
 
 First Future, going to strike. 
 
 G. 
 
 Tvipov, rvipovaa, TVIpOV, 
 
 TVTpOVTOC, TVIpOVGtfC, TVIpOVTOC. 
 
 
 First Aorist, having struck. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 
 rvtp-ac, rvipaoa, rvipav, 
 TvipavToc, Tvipdarjc, rvipavroc. 
 
 
 Perfect, who has been striking. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 
 TETV(})6c, T6TV(pvT.a, TETVlftOC, 
 TSTVipOTOC, TETVfpviaC, TETVfpOTOC. 
 
 
 Second Aorist, having struck. 
 
 N. 
 
 TVTTtJV, TVKOVGa, TVTTOV, 
 
 G. 
 
 TV7TOVTOC, TVTCOVG7]C, TVKOVTOg. 
 
 
 Second Future, going to strike. 
 
 N. 
 
 tvttuv, rvTvovaa, tvkovv, 
 
 G. 
 
 rvTcovvroc-, tvtzovgvc, Tvnovvrog. 
 
 LV. EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE OF VERBS 
 IN w. 1 
 I. 
 Translate the following : 
 
 I. Bpa%ela rjdovr) iroXXdmg tIktsl 1 fiatcpav Xxnxf\v. — ara- 
 yoveg vdarog nsrpag ftoiXalvovaiv? — yvvai^i 3 koojiov oiyi) 
 <pepsi. A — %i(bo<; TiTp&OKSL to otifia, rbv 6e vovv Xoyog. — 
 'RpaKXrjg rifj x°^V r VS Aepvaiag vdpag rovg 5 oiarovg 
 e6a^psv. 6 — 'Anpioiog rrjv eavrov ^vyarepa Aavdrjv, fisrd 
 rov 1 iratdbg Uspascog, ev Xdpvatci, slg d-dXaaaav sppcipsv. 8 
 
 II. Xeipcov, o Ksvravpog, 'KxiXXea, ixalda 1 stl bvra, 2 
 erpecps 3 rolg onXdyxvotg Xeovruv* nal cvdv dypiuv, nal 
 to) ILV&X& aptCTOv. — r) pvla, e^dnovg ovoa, rsaaapaL 5 fiev 
 Trout fiadi^ei \iovov, rovg 6s Trpoadtovg dvo 6 cog x ei P a S '^X eL - 
 
 1. The numbers in the Greek text refer to the notes at the end of the 
 volume, before the Lexicon. 
 
EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 131 
 
 — QiXTJfiwv, 6 KoaiKog, eypaipe'* o*pd\iara enrd Kal evevrj- 
 tcovra. — Zevg 'AOrjvdv e<pvoev 8 en rr\g eavrov KecpaXr^g. — 
 ol novrjpol npbg Kepdog \iovov arrodXenovacv. 4 ' 
 
 III. Jiaoa dvvaficg Kal nag irXovrog vneiKet 1 apery. — ev 
 ■dvijoKOig, 2 brav ftdvarog eXOy. 3 — ■SaTrrovoLV* ol AlyvTrrioc 
 rovg vstcpovg raptxevovreg 5 avrovg. — QiXiTnrog roi)g 'AOt]- 
 vaiovg e'ifca^e 6 rolg ''Epfialg, 1 orbfia \iovov e%ovGtv. 8 — 0e- 
 [iiOTOfcXrjg fcal 'Aptareld^g eoraaca^errjv 9 ere rcalde ovre. 10 
 — Qrjoevg 'Apiddvrjv ev Na^w tcareXine, 11 Kal e^enXevoe. 12 — 
 r\ yXoJaoa noXXovg elg bXedpov rjyayev. 13 
 
 IV. 'JZnpurevoe 1 AaKedaifiov 'IZXXddog xpovov 2 er&v 
 7revraK0GL0)v. — Kvveg rovg 3 exQpovg daKVovoiv* eyeb 5 de 
 rovg cptXovg, Iva oojoo). 6 — ovrrcjnore eyd) viTe\ieivaf roaovrov 
 XetfiGJva. — Kddfiog dixoKreivei rbv dpaKOvra 8 rbv rrjg 
 "Apeog 9 Kprjvrjg (pvXaKa™ Kal rovg odovrag avrov one'ipec, 
 eK de rr\g yr\g dverecXav 11 avdpeg evonXoi. — ovre Trvp l\ia- 
 ri(x> rtepiorelXaO 2 dvvarov eon, ovre alaxpbv d\idprr]\ia 
 Xpovcp. 
 
 V. 'JIpaKXrig rb ponaXov, b ecftepe, 1 avrbg ere\iev 2 eK 
 Ne/ieag. — 'AraXdvrr] enefyvKei 3 CiKiorrf rovg frodag. 5 — Aac- 
 daXog, apx^eKroiv &v, ev Kprjrq KareoKevaoe 6 Aa6vpivdov, 
 rretpevy&g 7 ei; 'Adriv&v errl 8 (povcx). — 6 KpoKodecXog ex Ei 
 d(f)daX[iovg p,ev vog, ddovrag de jieydXovg Kal x av ^ L odov- 
 rag. 9 — ol $eol ovre alrov edovotv, ovre irivovotv olvov. — 
 ■dvolag dXXoi aXXag 10 rolg tieolg npoodyovoi, (3ovv p,ev 6 
 yecjpyog, 11 apva de b noip,r}V, Kal alya 6 alnoXog. 
 
 II. 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 
 
 Juno sent two serpents to de' 
 stroy Hercules. 
 
 In this same battle Epaminon- 
 das fell. 
 
 "Hpa dvo 6paK0)v dnoareXXo) 
 (1st aor.) avaXloKG) (fut. 
 part.) 'HpaKXrjg. 
 
 'Ev ovrog 6 \idxr\ '^Tra/M- 
 v&vdag TTCTrro) (2d aor.). 
 
132 
 
 EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 What pestilence or earthquake 
 destroyed cities of so large 
 a size ? 
 
 The two sons of Aloeus, being 
 impious, suffered punish- 
 ment. 
 
 Solon, having lost a son, wept. 
 
 Hercules endured great toils 
 
 and dangers. 
 Medea slew the children whom 
 
 she had by Jason, and fed 
 
 to Athens. 
 
 Herodotus wrote a general his- 
 tory of Grecian and Bar- 
 barian transactions. 
 
 The kings of the Egyptians 
 built the pyramids. 
 
 The rose blooms for a little 
 while, and then you will 
 find, not a rose, but a 
 bramble. 
 
 The Romans sent ambassa- 
 dors to Carthage bearing 
 both peace and war. 
 
 Orpheus by singing led stones 
 and trees. The same man 
 persuaded Pluto to send 
 back Eury dice from Hades. 
 
 Tic Xoijibc rj oeiap,bg rooov- 
 
 toc i:6Xig d<pavl^G); (1st 
 
 aor.). 
 f O 'AXcjevg nalg, drdaOaXog 
 
 tjv, diKT) (plural) tlg) (1st 
 
 aor.). 
 I>6X(t)v, drrodaXXa) (2d aor. 
 
 part.) vibe , tcXa'to) (1st aor.). 
 'Hpa/cXrjg vjrop,evG) fieyag 
 
 novog Kal nivdwoc. 
 Mrjdsia 6 rralg bg %« (ifnp.) 
 
 g£ 'ld(JG)V dnOKTELVG) (1st 
 
 aor.), Kal slg ' kBr\vai <pev- 
 yo) (2d aor.). 
 
 'UpodoTog Koivbg 'EA/Upt- 
 febg Kal Bdp6apog ixpa^ig 
 loTOpia ypd(p(x> (1st aor.). 
 
 f O 6 Aiyvfrriog fiaoiXevg 6 
 irvpaplg kti^o) (1st aor.). 
 
 f O podov dfcfid^o) (3acbg %po- 
 vog (accus.), Kal enecra 
 evpLOKG) ov podov, dXXd 
 (3drog. 
 
 ' O ( ~Po)ualog np8o6vg elg Kap- 
 X^dcjv nefiTTG) (1st aor.), 
 Kal 6 elprjvn Kal 6 TroXefiog 
 (pSpo). 
 
 'Opcpevg ado) (pres. part.) XI- 
 dog re Kal SevSpov dyo) 
 (2d aor.). e O aiubg dvr\p 
 HXovtov ireido) (1st aor.) 
 HZvpvdtKr) eg adrjg dva- 
 7TEU7r(D (1st aor.). 
 
133 
 
 LVI. PASSIVE VOICE OF VERBS IN w. 
 
 
 Synopsis 
 
 of Moods and 
 
 Tenses 
 
 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Optat. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Infix,. 
 
 Fart. 
 
 Present, 
 Imperfect, 
 
 rvTrrofxat, > 
 
 ETVTTTO/LITJV, ) 
 
 TV7VT-OV, 
 
 -Otfl7]V, 
 
 -ofxat, 
 
 -scdat,, 
 
 -ofiEVog, 
 
 Perfect, 
 Pluperfect, 
 
 TETVfi/J,aC, ) 
 ETETVfl/XTjV, ) 
 
 T£TV-lpO, 
 
 EL7JV, 
 
 -flflEVOC 
 
 -(pdai, 
 
 -[I/IEVOC, 
 
 1st Aorist, 
 
 £TV<f>d7]V, 
 
 TV(j)-6rjTC, 
 
 -6ect/v, 
 
 -<?«, 
 
 -Bfjvai, 
 
 -6elc, 
 
 1st Future, 
 
 TV(pd?}<7-0[iat, 
 
 
 -OLflTjV, 
 
 
 -Ecdai, 
 
 -OjlEVOC, 
 
 2d Aorist, 
 
 ETVTTTjV, 
 
 TVTT-7]dl, 
 
 -EtTjV, 
 
 -61, 
 
 -rjvai, 
 
 -EtC, 
 
 2d Future, 
 
 TV777ja-0/U.ai, 
 
 
 -OtfJ,7]V, 
 
 
 -EoOai, 
 
 -OflEVOC, 
 
 3d Future, 
 
 rervip-ofiac, 
 
 
 -OiflTJV, 
 
 
 -eadat, 
 
 •OfJ-EVOC- 
 
 Numbers and Persons. 
 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 
 Present, I am struck. 
 
 s. 
 
 D. 
 
 TVTTT-OfLai, TVTVT-EL, 1 TVTTT-ETai, 
 TVTTT-OUEdoV, TVTTT-EodoV, TVlTT-EcdoV, 
 
 P 
 
 TVTVT-6/iEda, TVTTT-E0d£, TVTVT-OVTCll. 
 
 
 Imperfect, I was in the act of being struck. 
 
 S. 
 D. 
 
 £TVTrr-6[i7)Vy etv7tt-ov, etvizt-eto, 
 
 £TV7TT-6ue6oV, ETVTCT-EodoV, hvTTT-EadrjV, 
 
 P. 
 
 ETVTTT-OfCEda, ETVlTT-EOde, ETVTTT-OVTO. 
 
 
 Perfect, I have been struck. 
 
 S. 
 D. 
 P. 
 
 TETVU-fJ.ai, TETVlj)-aL, TETVKT-at, 
 TETV/J.-fJ,£d0V, T£TV(j)-doV, T£TV(j)-6ov, 
 TETVfl-fMEQa, T£TV(j)-d£, TETVU-fiEVOL ELOL. 
 
 
 Pluperfect, I had been struck. 
 
 S. 
 D. 
 P. 
 
 ETETVfl-finV, ETETVTp-O, ETETVTTT-O, 
 ETETV/J.-fJ.£d0Vy £T£TV<j)-doV, £T£TV(p-d7]V, 
 ETETVfl-ftEda, eTETvip-de, TETVfji-flEVOt rjoav. 
 
 
 First Aorist, I was struck. 
 
 S. 
 D 
 P. 
 
 ETvty-drjv, trvty-drjc, krv(j)-8ij, 
 
 £TV<j)-6?]T0V, £TV(f>-6rJT?jV, 
 
 ETV(j)-dnfj,ev, £TV(p-dr]T£, krvty-drjaav. 
 
 1 . We have given in this, and the other second persons, the Attic ter- 
 mination in ei, as more correct than the common termination in ■$. 
 
 M 
 
134 
 
 First Future, / shall be struck. 
 
 S. rvfy-drjoofiaL, TVf-67/crei, TV^-drjoeTai, 
 
 D. Tv<p-6r]a6jLiedov, rvtp-dTJaeadov, Tvcp-djjascdov, 
 
 P. Tvip-dTjao/j-eda, Tvip-d^aeade, Tvtp-d-rjsovTai. 
 
 Second Aorist, I was struck. 
 
 S. ETV7T-7]V, £TV7T-J]C, ETVIt-n, 
 
 D. ETVTC-WTOV, ETVTZ-7]Tr}V, 
 
 P. hrvn-rjfiev, £tvtt-7)te, krvTv-naav. 
 
 Second Future, J shall he struck. 
 S. Tviz-Tjaofiai, tvtt-tjgsi, tvk-7]Oet<u, 
 
 D. TVK-nab[jLsQoV, TVTC-7]G£cdoV, TVTT-TjGEcBoV, 
 
 P. TVTT-7ja6/j.E6a, rvK-TJaEads, rvn-fjaovTai. 
 
 Third Future, I shall continue to he struck. 
 
 S. TETVIp-OfLCLL, TETVIp-El, TETVTp-STGll, 
 
 D. T£Tvip-6jJ,€d0V, TETVTp-EcBoV, TETVIp-EtjdoV, 
 
 P. TETvip-OflEda, TETvijj-EcdE, TETVTp-OVTai. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present, he struck. 
 
 S. TVTTT-OV, TV7TT-Eado), 
 
 D. TVTTT-EodoV. TV7TT-Eod(dV, 
 
 P. TVTTT-EgOe, TVTTT-EcducaV. 
 
 Perfect, have been struck. 
 
 S. TETVljj-O, TETV(j)-6o), 
 
 D. TETVip-doV, TETV<p-6u)V, 
 
 P. TETV<j>-de, TETv^-duaav. 
 
 First Aorist, be struck. 
 
 S. TVty-drjTl, TVfp-OrjTW, 
 
 D. TV<ji-dr}TOV, TV<p-OfjTViV, 
 
 P. Tv<p-6nTE, Tvip-d^rcoaav. 
 
 Second Aorist, be struck. 
 
 S. TVTT-ndl, TV7T-7]TO), 
 
 D. TV7T-7JTOV, TV7T-7}TC)V, 
 
 P. TVTT-nTE, TVTT-TJTOOaV. 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD. 
 Present, may I be in the act of being struck. 
 
 S. WTTT-oifinV, TV7TT-OLO, TV7TT-OITO, 
 
 D. TVTTT-oiuEdev, tvttt-olgOqv, TviTT-oiodnv, 
 
 P. TVTTT-ocueda, tvkt-oig6e, tvttt-olvto. 
 
135 
 
 Perfect, may I have been struck. 
 
 S. TSTVfi-fiivoc eItjv, elrjg, eln, 
 
 D. Tervfi-jjcevu, eItjtov, eirjrrjv, 
 
 P. rervfi-ftevoL eIv/xsv, eIt^te, drjaav. 
 
 First Aorist, may I have been struck. 
 S. rv(j>-6et7]v, Tv<p-deinc, rv(p-8£iij, 
 
 D. TV<p-6£LrjTOV, TVty-dElfjTTlV, 
 
 P. rvcp-Odn/XEV, TV(j>-6elnre, rvip-deirjcav. 
 
 First Future, may I be struck hereafter. 
 
 S. TV<p-dTJdOl/X7]V, TV<p-6r}<70L0, TV(j)-d7}COlTO, 
 
 D. Tv<f>-dr](joifj.e6ov, Tvip-drjaoiodov, Tv^-drjcoicQvv, 
 P. Tvicj)-8naoifxeda, rvcp-dijaoLade, tv^-Otjgocvto. 
 
 Second Aorist, may I have been struck. 
 S. rvTr-Etnv, TVTc-eing, rv7t-ei?j, 
 
 D. TVTT-eiTjTOVj TVTT-£Lr]T7jV, 
 
 P. TV7t-£l.7JfJ,£V, rVTT-ElrjTE, TV7r-£l7]GaV. 
 
 Second Future, may I be struck hereafter. 
 
 S. TVTi-7)O0ijir)V, TVK-l'iaOlO, tvtt-tjcoito, 
 
 D. TVK-7]O0iu£d0V, TVn-ljGOiadoV, TVTC-VGoiadr]V i 
 
 P. rvTz-naoifJiEda, tvtt-7Jgocg6£, tvk-tjgoivto. 
 
 Third Future, may I continue to be struck hereafter. 
 
 S. TETVIp-01/J.rjV, T£TV1p-OtO, TETVlp-OlTO, 
 
 D. TETVlp-OLfXEdoVy TETVTp-OLCidov, TETvip-OLodrjV, 
 
 P. TETvip-OlfLEda, TETVTp-OlodE, TETVlfj-OLVTO. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 Present, I may be struck. 
 
 S. TVTZ-TO/Xai, TVTT-TTl, TV7TT-VTai, 
 
 D. TVTZ-TUflEdoV, TVTT-TVcdoV, TVTTT-nodoV, 
 
 P. TV7T-TU/HEda, TVTZ-TVCdE, TV7TT-G)VTCU. 
 
 Perfect, I may have been struck. 
 
 S. T£TV\l-\l£VOQ U, 7/C, Tf, 
 
 D. TETVfl-flEVO), rjTOV, 7JT0V, 
 
 P. T£TVfl-fJ.£VOL (bflEV, TjTE, UOl. 
 
 First Aorist, I may have been struck. 
 S. rvty-dib, rvty-dfjc, Tv<f>-d7}, 
 
 D. TV(j)-6fJTOV, TV<p-6j}TOV, 
 
 P. TV<t>-6u>fJ.EV, TV(p-6jJT£, TVtp-duOl. 
 
136 
 
 Second Aorist, I may have been struck. 
 
 S. TVTT-fi, TVTT-rjC, TV7T-7J, 
 
 D. TVTT-TJTOV, TVK-7JTOV, 
 
 P. TVTT-fifieV, TVTT-TJTE, TVK-tiOl. 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present, rvirr-eadai, to be struck. 
 
 Perfect, rervfy-dai, to have been struck. 
 
 First Aorist, Tvy-dijvai, to have been struck. 
 
 First Future, Tvcp-drjaeadai, to be going to be struck. 
 
 Second Aorist, rvrr-qvat, to have been struck. 
 
 Second Future, rvK-rjaeadat, to be going to be struck. 
 
 Third Future, rervty-zaQai, to be going to be continually struck. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Present, being struck. 
 
 N. TV7TT-6fi,eV0C t TVTTT-Ofl£V7], TVTTT-6/J.EVOVy 
 
 G. TVTtT-OflivOV, TVTrT-OfieVTJC, TVTZT-0//.EVOV. 
 
 Perfect, having been struck. 
 
 N. TETVU-UEVOC, TETVfM-fiEVV, TETVfl-flEVOV, 
 
 G. TETVfl-fJLEVOV, TETVfl-fJ.£V7]C, TETVfl-flEVOV. 
 
 First Aorist, having been struck. 
 
 N. Tvip-deic, rvQ-dsiaa, rvcp-Oiv, 
 
 G. Tvfy-dEvroc, Tvtp-deicnc, tv^-Oevtoc. . 
 
 First Future, going to be struck. 
 
 N. rv(j)-d7]G6fj.£voc, rv(j>-dnaofievn, rvQ-dnGOfievov, 
 
 G. TV(j>-dT]GO[i£vov, rv<p-dr]aofi£vrjg, Tvip-dyGo/xivov. 
 
 Second Aorist, having been struck. 
 
 N. 
 
 TVTT-Eie, 
 
 TVTT-ELGa, TVTT-EV, 
 
 G. 
 
 TVTT-ivTOC, 
 
 rvK-uaric, Tvn-tvroc. 
 
 
 Second Future, going to be struck. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 
 TVTT-riGOflEVOC, 
 TV7T-7JG0/IEV0V, 
 
 TVK-rjGOflEVIf], TVTr-7]00{lEVOV, 
 
 rvTc-nGoixEvnc, tvk-tjgoue'vov. 
 
 
 Third Future, 
 
 going to be continually struck. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 
 TETvijj-6/j.evoc, 
 
 TETvijj-OfbEVOV, 
 
 TETVIp-OflEVn, TETV7p-6fJ,£VOV, 
 
 TETvip-ofte'vnc, rervip-ofiEvov. 
 
FORMATION OF THE PASSIVE TENSES. 137 
 
 FORMATION OF THE PASSIVE TENSES. 
 
 The Present 
 
 is formed from the present active, by changing w into o\iai ; 
 
 as, TV7TTG), TVTTTOfiaL. 
 
 The Imperfect 
 is formed from the imperfect active, by changing ov into 
 Ofirjv ; as, ervrrrov, etvttt6[17)V. 
 
 The Perfect 
 is formed from the perfect active, by changing, in the 
 
 First conjugation, 5 \ a P ure 'T ^ aL ; **> ^% **W"*- 
 
 J ° ' ( <j>a impure " fiai ; " rerepcpa, Terepficu. 
 
 Second conjugation, x a " 7/" ai '■> " ^^^X a i KeTrXeypxu. 
 
 Third conjugation, na " c/llcu ; " irtypaica, Tte^paafiac. 
 
 Fourth conjugation, /ca " fiat ; " li/>a/ka, eipalifiat. 
 
 In verbs of the third conjugation, however, tea is changed 
 
 into \iai when a long vowel or pa precedes the final 
 
 syllable ; as, aneipdu), onELpdoG), ecmeipaica, kcrn;Eipd\iai ; 
 
 dpdo), dpdoo), dedpdita, dedpdfiai ; (piMo), (piXrjocj, TrecpiXriita, 
 
 TTECpiXrjfMU, &c. 
 
 But there are exceptions to this rule in the case of some 
 verbs, which have a diphthong before the final o) of the 
 active, where diphthongs have arisen from the short vowel 
 made long; as, dicovG), tjhovo^cu ; uraiG), ETrraLafxaL ; -dpavG), 
 
 TF.dpaVOfjLCU, &LC. 
 
 Verbs in atvo), which have -ytta in the perfect active, 
 make, after rejecting y, the termination of the perfect pas- 
 sive in Ofiai ; as, <patvo)^ irscpayfca, ire(f)a(7[ia(.. 
 
 In some verbs the quantity is changed ; as, TTETTOJfca, tte- 
 7T0fiat, from ttlvg) ; and SsdoMca, dedofiai, from didofit. 
 
 The vowel o in the perfect active, which was derived 
 from £ of the present, is again changed to e in the perfect 
 passive; as, kXetttu), HEnXo<pa, KEK,XE\i\Lai ; rrEfmco, 7re7rofi- 
 
 <pa, ITETTEflfiai. 
 
 But if p with another consonant precede the o, it is 
 M2 
 
138 FORMATION OF THE PASSIVE TENSES. 
 
 changed in the perfect passive into a ; as, arpscpco, Eorpo^a, 
 earpa\i\iai ; rpeno), rsrpo^a, rirpa\i\iai. 
 
 The third person plural of the perfect is formed from 
 the third person singular, by inserting v before rat ; as, 7re- 
 (piXr]vrai, from TrefaXrjraL. But if the first person of the 
 perfect passive end in fiat impure, that is, with a consonant 
 preceding it, the third person plural is formed by a peri- 
 phrasis of the verb slfic and the perfect participle ; as, re- 
 rvfifiai, tetv\l\i,evoi slot. 1 
 
 This same periphrasis is employed in the optative and 
 subjunctive moods, when the perfect ends in iiai impure ; 
 as, T£rvfj,fj,£vog eltjv, TETV\i\i,£voq G). But not when the 
 perfect ends in \iai pure ; as, r£Tifi{ifir)v, TETi\i&\iai. 
 
 The Pluperfect 
 is formed from the perfect by changing \iai into firjv, and 
 prefixing e to the continued augment, if there be a redupli- 
 cation ; as, rervfificu, er€TVfifi7]v. 
 
 The third person plural of the pluperfect is formed by a 
 periphrasis of slfii and the perfect participle, whenever the 
 perfect from which it is derived ends in \iai impure ; as, 
 rerrv\i\iivoi rjaav. 
 
 The First Aorist 
 is formed from the third person singular of the perfect by 
 dropping the reduplication, changing rat into 07jv, and the 
 preceding smooth into an aspirated mute ; as, rervnTai, 
 ervcpOrjv. 
 
 Four verbs take a before the termination Orjv, although 
 it is not found in the third person of the perfect ; as, \ii\i- 
 V7]tcu, e^vrjudr]V ; Kexprjrat, E%pr\GQ7]v ; epporat, eppcjaOrjv ; 
 TTEnXrjTat, ettX7jo67]v. On the contrary, OEOCJoraL makes 
 
 1. This is done from a principle of euphony, since TtTVKvrcu would 
 be too harsh for the ear. The same remark applies to the pluperfect, 
 and to the optative and subjunctive moods. 
 
EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 139 
 
 Some which have t] in the perfect passive receive an e 
 in the first aorist ; as, evprjrcu, evpiOrjv ; enijvrjTai, ett^v- 
 edqv ; d(p{ip7]rat, acpypedyv. From zipryrai the aorist is 
 epprjd7}v and eppedrjv. 
 
 Verbs which change e of the future into o of the perfect 
 active, and into a in the perfect passive, take e again in the 
 first aorist ; as, earpanrai, eorpecpdTjv ; TerpanTcu, krpe<p- 
 6tjv ; TedpanTCU, ed 
 
 The First Future 
 is formed from the first aorist, by dropping the augment, 
 and changing Qr\v into B7]ao\iai ; as, erv^drjv, rvcpdrjaofiaL. 
 
 The Second Aorist 
 is formed from the second aorist active, by changing ov into 
 7]V ; as erviTOV, ervnrjv. 
 
 No second aorist passive occurs in drjv, &rjv, ttjv ; or 
 from verbs in w pure, except eKarjv, eddrjv, eppvrjv, efivqv. 
 
 The Second Future 
 is formed from the second aorist, by dropping the augment, 
 and changing r\v into r\oo\iai ; as, ervnrjv, rvnTjaofiai. 
 
 The Third Future, 
 or Paulo-post-futurum, is formed from the second person 
 singular of the perfect, by changing at into o\iai ; as, rervt/>- 
 cu, rervipofiac. 
 
 LVI. EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE OF VERBS 
 IN w. 
 
 I. 
 
 Translate the following : 
 
 I. KoXd^ovrat p,erd l ddvarov rrdvreg oi Hanoi. — ILvday- 
 opag ixpCorov kavrbv (f>iX6oo(f>ov cjvofiaoev 2 oi 6e iraXatore. 
 poi oocjiol d)vo[ido6r}oav. — "KcfraiOTOc kppicprf vtto Atbg eg 
 ovpavov. — fjiovot KaraXeXstfievot ijoavS — Gvvr\xBr\oav c> rd 
 
140 EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 edvrj tgjv f ~ElXXr}VG)v. — dnEardXrf 6 ayyeXog dnb Qeov. — 
 'Avrd>viog ekeXevoe 7 rrjv rov prjropog K£<paX?)v dnoKonr)- 
 vai. 8 — vnb rov nXrjdovg tgjv napovrov 9 ev rq EKKXr\ola 
 diarerdpayfiai™ rr)v yvojfirjv, 11 not r) yXcJrra E\inEnE8r\\iEvrf 2 
 elvat eoitte. 13 — J&vptntdrjg ev Mattedovla erdcprj. 14 
 
 II. 'AvdpdjTzov r) icapdia tw \ia^ tw Xatd) npoGrjprrjrat. 1 
 — sv rolg Ap&fcovrog vo\iotg \iia coptoro 2 £r){iia, ddvarog. — 
 Uvdayopag, /card 3 rrjv avrr]v rrjg rjfispag tipav, tifydrf ev 
 Msranovrtco Kal ev Kporovt. — UroXsfialog, 6 MaKEdovtag 
 (3aotXsvg, vnb riov YaXarCyv sotydyrj, 5 Kal naaa r) Matcsdov- 
 iktj dvva\itg KarEKonrf Kal dtEcfrddprj. 7 — rtOfjvat kpmrvovot 
 rolg natdtotg, wg fir) fiaonavdCooiv* — el rovro npdrrrjg, 
 
 KoXao07]GEl. 
 
 III. 'AKratuv, rpafieig 1 napd 2 Xstpovt, Kvvrrybg elvat 
 edidaxOt], 3 Kal vorepov Karefpdtdrf ev tw KtOatptivt vnb 
 t&v IStcov Kvvtiv. — Aivog vno 'HpatcXovg ry KtOdpa nXr\- 
 yelg 5 dnsdavEv. 6 — 'Avai-ayopag Xsysrat doEfjEtag Kptdrjvat, 1 
 6 tort rbv rjXtov fivdpov dtdnvpov sXsyev elvat . — Arjrd) 
 Kara 8 rrjv yr)v dnaaav inf? "Hpag r)XavvEro 9 — $tvsvg, 
 dnaXXayslg 10 rdtv f Apnvtd)v, e\ir)vvGE xx rbv nXovv rolg 
 'Apyovavraig. 
 
 IV. EaXfiojvevg did rr)v -doe&eiav EKoXdodrj. — ol Kvpov 
 e^aKootot Innelg dtaonetpovrar nXrjv ndvv bXiyoi djj,(f>' 
 avrbv KareXec^drjaav. 1 — \le\lvt\oo 2 on $vr\rbg Elg. — Hap- 
 SavdnaXog, ev f3aatXEtotg KaraKEKXEto\iivog 3 ovSev aXXo 
 ediojfcev r] rjdovrjv. — Tvty&v vno Zrjvbg EKoXdodr). — at rcov 
 'Pojfiatojv yvvacKEg olaoi \ieveiv ova elBio\ievai eloiv* 
 tionsp at rCdv 'YiXXrvvuv. — ovrog 6 vdfiog ecpvXdxOrj vnb 
 ILsptKXsovg, ual edavfidGdr] vnb 'AXKt6tddov. 
 
 II. 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 
 But nevertheless it shall be I 'AXX' optig Xeyo (3d fut.) ual 
 
 said, and this shall be done. \ ovrog npdoao) (3d fut.). 
 
EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 141 
 
 The name of the Deity is 
 written upon the universe. 
 
 Let this robber be cast into 
 Pyriphlegethon, and let the 
 tyrant be lacerated by vul- 
 tures. 
 
 When first a camel was seen, 
 men, having been struck at 
 its size,fied. 
 
 They say that Action was 
 devoured by his own hounds. 
 
 Apollo, having been condemned 
 on account of the death of 
 the Cyclopes, was sent down 
 to earth. 
 
 All shall be satisfied, and 
 shall be sent away happy. 
 
 Thence, in after days, rivers 
 of fire shall be made to 
 burst forth. 
 
 f O 6 Qebg ovofia em 6 fc6o[j,og 
 
 (gen.) emypdcpo) (perf.). 
 f fiev XqoTrjc ovroc eg ILvpc- 
 
 (frXeyedov ifi6dXXo) (perf. 
 
 imper.)- 6 6e rvpavvogvirb 
 
 yvip (gen.) tceipo) (pres. 
 
 imper.). 
 "Ore npGJrov K,d\ir\Xog ottto- 
 
 \iai (1st aor.), dvdpcjnog, 
 
 em 6 \ieyedog (ace.) av- 
 
 rbg fcaraTrXrjOGO), (2d aor. 
 
 part.) (pevyco (imperf.). 
 Aeyw 'Afcraiojv (ace.) vnb 6 
 
 Idtog kvg)v Karabi6po)GK(t) 
 
 (1st aor. inf.). 
 'Att6XXg)v, fcaradifcd^O) (1st 
 
 aor. part.) em 6 6 KvfcXcoip 
 
 ddvarog (dat.), Ka,Tane[m(*) 
 
 (1st aor.) eg yr\. 
 Hag xoprdfy (1st fut.) nai 
 
 dTroTrefiiTo (1st fut.) fiatcd- 
 
 piog. 
 "JZvdev TTore etcprjooo (2d 
 
 fut.) TTorafjidg irvp. 
 
 LVII. MIDDLE VOICE. 
 Synopsis of the Moods and Tenses. 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Optat. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Fart. 
 
 Present, 
 Imperfect, 
 
 TVTCT-OfiaC, ) 
 ETVTTT-6fJ.7]V, ) 
 
 TVTTT-OV, 
 
 -olfirjv, 
 
 -ofjcac, 
 
 -Eadac, 
 
 -6fJ,£VO£, 
 
 Perfect, 
 
 TETV7T-a, ) 
 
 etetvtz-ecv, ) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Pluperfect, 
 
 TETVTT-E, 
 
 •OLjXl, 
 
 -co, 
 
 -wai, 
 
 -us, 
 
 1st Future, 
 
 TVTp-Ofiat, 
 
 
 -oijirjv, 
 
 
 -Eadai, 
 
 -ofievog, 
 
 1st Aorist, 
 
 ETVTp-aflTJV, 
 
 TVl[>-CU, 
 
 -aifiqv, 
 
 -Qfiai, 
 
 -aodcu, 
 
 -ajiEvog, 
 
 2d Aorist, 
 
 ervrc-ofiriv, 
 
 TVTC-OV, 
 
 -OL/J.TJV, 
 
 -UflCU, 
 
 -sodai, 
 
 -OfJLEVOg, 
 
 2d Future, 
 
 TVTT-OVfMU, 
 
 
 -OlfI7)V, 
 
 
 -EiuOac, 
 
 -OVfiEVOC- 
 
142 VERB. 
 
 Numbers and Persons. 
 The only tenses of the middle voice that differ from 
 those of the active and passive of verbs in g) are the first 
 aorists of the indicative, imperative, and optative, and the 
 second future of the indicative. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 Fikst Aorist, I struck myself . 
 
 S. ervip-d/u.r]v, eTvifj-o, ervip-aro, 
 
 D. ervip-dfiedov, ervip-acrdov, ETvip-dadnv, 
 
 P. cTvip-dfieda, krvip-aods, krvip-avTO. 
 
 Second Future, I shall or will strike myself. 
 
 S. TVTT-OVfiai, TVTt-EL, TVIZ-BITCU, 
 
 D. nm-ov/xedov, rvTv-sZadov, rvit-eladov, 
 
 P. TV7T-ovfj.Eda, tvtz-eZgQe, rvK-ovvrai. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 First Aorist, strike thyself. 
 
 S. Tviff-ai, rvip-dado, 
 
 D. rv'ijj-aadov, Tvip-daQuv, 
 
 P. rvip-aode, rvip-daduaav. 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD. 
 
 First Aorist, may I have been struck. 
 
 S. ruip-ai/Linv, rvip-aio, rvip-aiTO, 
 
 D. Tvip-aifiEdov, rvip-aicdov, Tvip-aiadnv, 
 
 P. Tvip-ai/xeda, rvf-acade, rv-ip-dtVTO. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 First Aorist, having struck myself. 
 
 N. rvip-dftevoc, Tvnp-afisvn, rvip-a/Ltevov, 
 
 G. TVIp-afiEVOV, TV1p-a/J,EVWC, TVIp-a/IEVOV. 
 
 First Future, being about to strike myself. 
 
 N. TVip-OflEVOC, TVlfj-O/lEVT], TVIp-OllEVOV, 
 
 G. TVlp-OfLEVOV, TVljj-OflEVnC, TVlp-OflEVOV. 
 
 Second Future, being about to strike myself. 
 
 N. TVTr-OV/LlEVOC, TV7T-OVJUEVV, TVTT-OVfMEVOV, 
 
 G. TVTT-OVfihoV, TUTT-OVfiEVVC, TVTC-OV/J.EVOV. 
 
FORMATION OF THE MIDDLE TENSES. 143 
 
 FORMATION OF THE MIDDLE TENSES. 
 The Present and Imperfect 
 are the same in form as those of the passive voice, and are 
 similarly formed. 
 
 The Perfect 
 is formed from the second aorist active, by prefixing the 
 reduplication, and changing ov into a ; as, ervnov, rervrra. 
 
 If the second aorist has a or e in the penult, the perfect 
 middle changes this into o ; as, onelpo), eairapov, eoiropa ; 
 iyeipo), rjyspov, ?jyopa. 
 
 But if the a in the penult of the second aorist comes 
 from ai or 7] in the present, or is long there by position, 
 the perfect changes it into r\ ; as, paLVOficu, e(j,dv7]v, fiefirj- 
 va ; TrXr]OGG), enXayov, neTrX^ya ; -ddXXo), edaXov, redyXa ; 
 ttXdfy, enXayov, KEnXrrya. 
 
 The exceptions to this rule are the following : Kpd£o), 
 expayov, fceicpdya, ; Trpdaao), enpayov, Trenpdya ; (ppafa, 
 e(ppa6ov, ire(j)pada ; add), edda ; ayu, " to break," toy a. 
 
 If the second aorist has i in the penult from a present 
 in eL, the perfect middle changes it into 01 ; as, ttslOg), em- 
 6ov, rrenoida ; Xelno), eXlttov, XeXotna ; eldcj, cdov, old a. 
 
 But if the i be already in the present, the perfect merely 
 lengthens it after having been short in the second aorist ; 
 as, rpt^O) erplyov, rsrplya. 
 
 In some verbs the penult of the perfect middle remains 
 short ; as, dicquoa, from dtcovo) ; eXijXvda, from eXevdo). 
 On the other hand, we have Trecbsvya, from (frevyo) ; KSKevda, 
 from Kevdo) ; rerevxa, from Tev^o). 
 
 The verb prjGOO makes eppoyya ; so, also, we have eoX- 
 7Ta, from eXrrcj ; eopya, from epyo) ; eluda, from Wg). 
 
 Some perfects appear to be formed immediately from the 
 present, by changing w into «, and prefixing the reduplica- 
 tion ; as, 6ovrrG), deSovna ; Slcd, dsdia ; and so, also, avoyya, 
 for ijwya. 
 
144 REMARKS ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 
 
 The Pluperfect 
 is formed from the perfect, by prefixing e, and changing a 
 into eiv ; as, rervna, erervneiv. 
 
 The First Aorist 
 is formed from the first aorist active, by adding \ir\v ; as, 
 
 ervipa, £TVipdfi7)V. 
 
 The First Future 
 is formed from the first future active, by changing w into 
 o\iai ; as, rvipG), rvipofiai. 
 
 In verbs of the fourth conjugation, g5 is changed into ov~ 
 fiat ; as, ipaXti, ipaXov^cu. 
 
 The Second Aorist 
 is formed from the second aorist active, by changing ov into 
 Ofi7jv ; as, ervTTTOV, stvtttoiitjv. 
 
 The Second Future 
 is formed from the second future active, by changing w into 
 ovfiat ; as, tvttg), rvnovficu. 
 
 REMARKS ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 
 
 1. The Middle Voice has been so called by grammarians, as having a 
 middle signification between the active and passive, implying neither 
 action nor passion simply, but a union in some degree of both. 
 
 2. The principal usages of the middle voice are five in number. The 
 first four may be called usages of reflexive, the fifth the usage of recipro- 
 cal, signification. 
 
 I. "Where A does the act on himself, or on what belongs to himself; 
 or, in other words, is the object of his own action ; as, arcTJyt-aTO, 
 " he hung himself;" KE^aTJrjv eKoiparo, " he wounded his own head." 
 
 II. Where A does the act on some other object M, relatively to himself, 
 and not for another person ; as, Karearphparo rbv MrjSov, " he made 
 the Median subject to himself." 
 
 III. Where A gets an act done for himself, or for those belonging to 
 him, by B. Thus of Chryses it is said, in the Iliad, that he came 
 to the Grecian camp, IvoSfievoc d-vyarpa, " to get his daughter 
 released by Agamemnon, on the payment of a ransom;" that is, 
 
EXERCISES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 145 
 
 briefly, " to ransom his daughter.'' 1 Whereas, of Agamemnon it is 
 said, ov5' aireXvce tivyarpa, " he did not release her," namely, to 
 Chryses. Under this same head may be ranked the following in- 
 stances: diSdtjacdat rbv vlov, " to get one's son instructed;'' 1 
 daveifa, " to lend;" davelfrficu, " to get a loan for one's self" " to 
 horrow." 
 
 IV. Where, in such verbs as k6ttto/u.cu, " to mourn ;" cevofiat, " to 
 urge one's self on ," the direct action is done by A on himself, but 
 an accusative or other case follows of B, whom that action farther re- 
 gards. Thus, eKOipavro avrov, " they mourned for him ;" i. e., they 
 cut or lacerated themselves for him. "Eevovrat avrov, " they stir 
 themselves in pursuit of him." ''EriXMcdnv avrov, " they tore their 
 hair in mourning for him." So, also, tyv'kdZ.ai rbv rratda, 
 the boy ;" but (pvXdijaodat, rbv "Kiovra, " to guard one's self a 
 the lion." And again, where, in the Iliad, it is said of Hector, <3c 
 eliTuv, ov naWoe bpit-aro, " thus having spoken, he stretched out his 
 arms to receive his son." 
 
 V. Where the action is reciprocal between two persons or parties, 
 and A does to B what B does to A ; as in verbs signifying to con- 
 tract, quarrel, fight, converse, &c. Thus, in Demosthenes, it is 
 said, sue dv diaTiva&iieda rbv -KoTiefxov, " until we shall have put an 
 end to the war, by treaty mutually agreed upon." To this head 
 belong such verbs as [L&xeadai, crcivdeadai, dialsyecdac, &c. 
 
 In many verbs, the perfect, pluperfect, and aorist passive are used 
 in a middle sense, besides the ordinary meaning of the passive. 
 Thus, £7udEdety/j.£Vog rrjv novTjpiav, " having openly manifested 
 his wickedness ;" fXEfxtodufisvoc x&P 0V > " having hired a piece of 
 ground ;" Karenhidn, " he laid himself down ;" dirnXhayrj, " he de- 
 parted." The regular middle form of the aorist in such verbs is 
 unusual or obsolete. In some it has a special signification ; as, 
 cralijvai, " to travel ;" but cre'CKaoQai, " to array one's self." 
 
 LVIII. EXERCISES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE OF VERBS 
 IN 6). 
 
 L 
 
 Translate the following : 
 
 I. Nvv \ieya davfia (palverac, 1 ol yap 'KQr\valoi TroiKtXovg 
 evdvovrac 2 xir^vaq. — ' ApLorojiF.vrjg ■&vod[jLevog 3 rjXeLiparo.* 
 — Xovoac;'' to ejibv cupa, anrjXds 6 aal eXovaaro. — rr\v rtiv 
 N 
 
146 EXERCISES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 
 
 Q7]6aiG)v ttoXlv upegaro 7 Xatelv. — eviiparo* %Elpa,(;, ml 
 kXd&v enadlaaro 9 errl rrjg KXlvrjg. — Neapxog eypdiparo 10 
 avrbv doeCeiag. — yeyova\iev xx dira^- dig 6' ovk e^earl yev- 
 eaOat. — solks™ (3iog dedrpG). — Travaojfxev 13 tt\v rdv noXefi- 
 lg)v (3o7}v, Kal i]\iug rore $pT]VGiv Kal yoo)v, Kal iroXXtiv II 
 [loxdcjv navGOfieda. 
 
 II. Tovro eyevero ore Kvpog 6 \ikyag Karearpecpero rovg 
 Avdovg. — avdyitT) Tracolv eon narpbg X6yu> neideodat. — 
 Xoytaac 1 npb epyov. — cpvXarr&iieda rovg tcatcovg, p) cpvXdr- 
 T(x>fj,ev avrovg. — ol 'Adrjvaloi eiprjtploavro 2 vavg re Kal 
 Xprjfiara Tte\iireiv. — and ravrr\g r7\g yrjg dnaXXdrrov. — 
 a7re%ov r£)v doed&v bpe^ai rr\g dperrjg, Kal Trdvrov [id- 
 Xiara oeavrbv clIg%vvov? — 6edotKautv A at \ieXiGaai ov 
 tooovtov to Kpvog, boov rov opdpov. — eXrrlg eyprjyoporog 5 
 
 kvVTTVLOV kOTl. 
 
 III. 'Hfivvacde 1 rovg noXefiiovg icaXtig, & arpariCnai. — 
 6 [isyag oXbog Jlpid\iov aTruXero 2 — ysvocu, 5 Kal evprjoeig 4 - 
 cjg 7]dv eon. — rrjg \iev diaordoeog ov TJp^o), 5 rrjg 6e dia- 
 Xvascjg eycb ijp^dfiTjv. — MCXcov, 6 etc Kporovog ddXrjTTjg, 
 ravpov dpdfisvog 6 e<pepe did rov aradiov [isoov. — enecdi] ol 
 #eol, ol aojTTjpeg, ek KVfidrcov Kal mvdvvov ifie ei-eiXovTO," 1 
 en' dperijv rpeipofiat. — anoXoifirjv* el \vr\ ae ri\u^pr\aai\ir\v. 
 — 'Idooyv rovro dfcovaag kxpioaro 9 tg> (papfiaKG). 
 
 IV. 'AirefcpLvaro 1 Qeonofinog icai eivtev anoXuXa, 2 <y 
 avdpeg, Kal tear' 3 epavrov Sdvarov dtKa^ofxai. — ol 'Adyvalot. 
 Kal ol (5dp6apoc 7jyo)VL^ovro ev MapaOtivi. — SiaXey&\ieQa 
 nepl tovtg)v, Kal KaraXv^eda ttjv ExOpav. — eddveica* tcj 
 ddeXipG), edaveiod\ir\v and gov. — eyd difcd^G), viielg ds 6c- 
 nd&cde. — TLeXia, edeamGev 5 6 deog, rov fiovoodvdaXov 
 <f)vXdi-aod(u. G —edeXei,g, o> Zsv, tovtov TtpofcaTaicXlveadat 
 fiov; — 6 Ttarrip rov vlbv dcddGrcerai. — ovkovv Kal vnep 
 kpavrov dnoKpLvovfjiau 
 
EXERCISES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 
 
 147 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 
 
 The stolen fountain of fre 
 has appeared a teacher of 
 every art unto mortals. 
 
 You had all cried out to- 
 gether, but yet the Syra- 
 cusans had done this. 
 
 So many evils did he contrive, 
 and so many good things 
 did he cause to cease. 
 
 Cease, friends, uttering fool- 
 ish words, and beware of 
 the sharp-mouthed griffons, 
 dumb hounds of Jove. 
 
 May he perish, with his chil- 
 dren, for I also am undone. 
 
 You might have done this for 
 yourself, since you did it 
 once for me. 
 
 Reach out to your mother your 
 right hand to salute. 
 
 It is a ft time to consult to- 
 gether about these things, 
 since, having obeyed the 
 god, I slew my mother. 
 
 f O uXoTtaloc; TTvp nrjyi} nag 
 te%vt\ diddoKaXog fiporog 
 (fraivo) (perf.). 
 
 "Knag dfia Kpd^o) (pluperf.), 
 dXX* oficjg ovrog 6 Hvpa- 
 Kovaiog Trpdrro (pluperf.). 
 
 Toaog icarcdg firjdofiai, (1st 
 aor.), Kal roaog dyadbg 
 rravo) (1st aor.). 
 
 ILavG) (1st aor.), <piXog, Xtyu 
 lidraiog Xbyog, Kal (pvXdr- 
 ro) (1st aor.) 6 6%vorop,og 
 ypvty, 6 Zei)g aKpayrjg 
 
 KVG)V. 
 
 'AttoXXv/jLL (2d aor. opt.) ovv 
 
 o reicvov, eyo) yap Kal 
 
 dnoXXvyn (perf.). 
 Ovrog dv Trpdaao) (1st aor. 
 
 opt.), enel ey& rrors ixpda- 
 
 G(o (1st aor. ind.). 
 'Ekteivg) (1st aor.) 6 \ir\rr\p 
 
 6 dei-cbg %elp dand^ofiat 
 
 (1st aor. infin.). 
 K.acp6g el\ii rrepl ovrog (3ov- 
 
 Xevo) (1st aor. infin.), enel, 
 
 Treldo) (2d aor. part.) 6 &ebg 
 
 (dat.) 6 \ir\rr\p ktelvg) (1st 
 
 aor.). 
 
148 CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 LIX. CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 I. Verbs in do), eco, and do) correspond entirely, in their 
 general formation, to the rules and examples already given 
 for verbs in w. 
 
 II. But in the present and imperfect of the active and 
 passive forms, where the vowels a, e, o stand immediately 
 before the vowels of the flexible endings, there arises in the 
 Attic and common language a contraction, the rules for 
 which are as follows : 
 
 III. Verbs in do) contract do, do, and dov into w; as, 
 Tifidd), Tifj,ti ; Ti\ido\.iEv, Ti\i£)\izv ; rqidovoi, rifitiot. Other- 
 wise they contract into a ; as, rlfias, Ti\ia. They also sub- 
 scribe i ; as, rtjidoiiii, ti\i&>\li ; rtfidsLg, rijiag. 
 
 IV. Verbs in eo) contract ee into ei, and eo into ov ; as, 
 (plXee, (plXec ; faXeofiev, (piXovpev. Otherwise they drop 
 e ; as, (piXeo, (piXti ; cpiXseig, (piXeig. 
 
 V. Verbs in ocj contract o, with a long vowel, into co ; 
 as, drjXoG), drjXoJ ; with a short vowel, or ov, into ov ; as, 
 drjXoere, drjXovrs ; drjXoovai, 6tjXovgi. Otherwise into 
 ol ; as, drjXorjg, drjXolg. In the infinitive osiv is contracted 
 into ovv. 
 
 VI. Four verbs in do), namely, £do), ireivdo), diijjdo), and 
 Xpdcd, contract as into 77, and dec into q ; as, ^do), C^g, 
 £§, ^re Zqv ; imperfect, e£iwv, e^c, e^rj. So, also, v;uv'qv i 
 oVj/^i>, XPV a Q al >i XPV raL - 
 
 VII. Dissyllables in eo) are contracted in the imperative 
 and infinitive only. Thus we say, irXeu, TrXeofisv, and not 
 7T/U5, ttXov[iev. 
 
CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 149 
 
 Examples of Contracted Verbs. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 INDICATIVE WOOD.— Present. 
 
 I honour. 
 
 
 / love. 
 
 
 I manifest. 
 
 S. rifi.au, 
 
 S. 
 
 <j)l?LEU, 
 
 S. 
 
 SrjTioa, 
 
 Ttfld, 
 
 
 di/lo, 
 
 
 6tj7m, 
 
 Ti/xaEic, 
 
 
 <j)L?LSELC, 
 
 
 SnXoEic, 
 
 Tifidc, 
 
 
 (piXete, 
 
 
 dn2,otc, 
 
 TLfiaei, 
 
 
 <j>l%££l, 
 
 
 dw'koEi, 
 
 Tifid. 
 
 
 (J>i1eZ. 
 
 
 drj/Xoi. 
 
 D. TCfiderov, 
 
 D 
 
 <j>L?j£TOV, 
 
 D 
 
 S^OETOV, 
 
 TCflCCTOV, 
 
 
 (fitXECTOV, 
 
 
 drjlovTOV, 
 
 Tifxderov, 
 
 
 <J>cXe£TOV, 
 
 
 drjTiOsrov, 
 
 TLflUTOV. 
 
 
 <j>t2,£tTOV. 
 
 
 drj?MVTOv. 
 
 P. TLfldoflEV, 
 
 P. 
 
 tyL%£Ofl£V, 
 
 P. 
 
 drj?.6ofj.£v, 
 
 TLflQflEV, 
 
 
 tylkoVflEV, 
 
 
 6r)"kovfi£v, 
 
 TLudere, 
 
 
 (JhXeete, 
 
 
 drjTiOETE, 
 
 TlfiaTE. 
 
 
 (j)C?iElT£, 
 
 
 dqlovTE, 
 
 Tifidovoi, 
 
 
 (piXeovai, 
 
 
 6rj?i6ovai, 
 
 TlflUOL. 
 
 
 d>t?iOvai. 
 Imperfect. 
 
 
 dnXovac. 
 
 S. kri/uaov, 
 
 S. 
 
 EflTlEOV, 
 
 S. 
 
 kdrjXoov, 
 
 ETLfliiV, 
 
 
 ECpDiOVV, 
 
 
 hdrfkovv, 
 
 eTi/iasg, 
 
 
 e^IXee^, 
 
 
 k6T]7lO£C, 
 
 kri/xag, 
 
 
 E<f>i7i£CC, 
 
 
 kdrjXovg, 
 
 krifiae, 
 
 
 E<J>lXe£, 
 
 
 kdrj^OE, 
 
 hrifia. 
 
 
 e^'CKei. 
 
 
 kdij/\ov. 
 
 D. eTtjudeTOv, 
 
 D 
 
 e^iKeetov, 
 
 D 
 
 kdyloETOV, 
 
 etl/jl&tov, 
 
 
 E(pt?^£lTOV ) 
 
 
 eStjTiovtov, 
 
 ETifzaErnv, 
 
 
 £§lk£ET7]V, 
 
 
 E$rfkO£TT}V, 
 
 ETi/idrnv. 
 
 
 e^lXeittjv. 
 
 
 hdvTiovTTjV. 
 
 P. ETLfldoflEV, 
 
 P. 
 
 k<j)l%£Ofl£V, 
 
 P. 
 
 horfkbofLEv , 
 
 ETlfl&flEV, 
 
 
 £<Pl2.0VflEVf 
 
 
 eStj^ovjuev, 
 
 ETlfldETE, 
 
 
 £(j>t%££TE, 
 
 
 kdnloETE, 
 
 ETlfiUTE, 
 
 
 eQlIeZte, 
 
 
 sdnTiovre, 
 
 krifiaov, 
 
 
 eQUeov, 
 
 
 kSjjXoov, 
 
 ETC/KJV. 
 
 
 £(j>ilovv. 
 
 
 kdyjlovv. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 — Present. 
 
 S. Tlfl&U, 
 
 S. 
 
 <j>tMu, 
 
 S. 
 
 drjloa, 
 
 TlfJ,(J t 
 
 
 tyikC), 
 
 
 dnlti, 
 
 Tifidyt, 
 
 
 <j>iMtjc, 
 
 
 ftrfkoriq, 
 
 TCfJ.dc, 
 
 
 (pihfic, 
 
 
 dvXoZg, 
 
 Tlfidy, 
 
 
 <j>l2,E7l, 
 
 
 drfkorj, 
 
 Tlfid. 
 
 
 tyiX?). 
 
 
 6tj%oZ. 
 
150 
 
 CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 I honour. 
 
 I love. 
 
 1 manifest. 
 
 D. TLfldrjTOV, 
 
 D. QiMijtov, 
 
 D. 6tj2,6t}tov, 
 
 TifJUTOV, 
 
 fiXfJTOV, 
 
 dnhtirov, 
 
 Tifidnrov, 
 
 QilerfTov, 
 
 dj]?i6t}Tov, 
 
 TlfZ&TOV. 
 
 tylkflTOV. 
 
 Srj'ktiTOv. 
 
 P. Tindufj,ev f 
 
 P. QlfaufJEV, 
 
 P. drjloufiEv, 
 
 TlfJ.tilJ.EV, 
 
 (ptXtiflEV, 
 
 6n2.tifj.eVj 
 
 Tifidnrs, 
 
 ^iTlETjTE, 
 
 ^TfTiOTfTE, 
 
 TlfJUTE, 
 
 (pL^TS, 
 
 6r/2,tiTE, 
 
 TlfiduCU, 
 
 (pcXsCJGl, 
 
 dfjXooac, 
 
 TlfltiOl. 
 
 tyiktiGl. 
 
 driltici. 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD. 1 - 
 
 —Present. 
 
 S. Tifiaoifiiy 
 
 S. ^tkioifii, 
 
 S. drjTiQOifii, 
 
 Tlfltifll, 
 
 <pl?LOZfJt, 
 
 SnXolfu, 
 
 Tl/I&OtC, 
 
 tyl7i£0L£, 
 
 dijXootg, 
 
 Ti.fJ.tig, 
 
 §ikolq, 
 
 drjlols, 
 
 Tlfidoi, 
 
 (piXeoc, 
 
 6n2,6oi, 
 
 Tlflti. 
 
 (ptXol. 
 
 6n2,oc. 
 
 D. TifiaOLTOV, 
 
 D. §lKeoitov, 
 
 D. dnXoocTov, 
 
 Tt/jtirov, 
 
 (j)l,/\oZTOV, 
 
 SijXoitov, 
 
 Tifiaoirvv, 
 
 (j)L?iE0tT7JV, 
 
 6rj"kooiTrjv, 
 
 TlfJOTTjV. 
 
 (pl?i0LT7jV. 
 
 6rjl0LTTjV. 
 
 P. TlfJUOCfJ-EV, 
 
 P. tylkkoiflEV, 
 
 P. 6rj2.6otfj.Ev, 
 
 TLfltiflEV, 
 
 (piloZflEV, 
 
 drfloifjEV, 
 
 TLfldoiTE, 
 
 <})1%£01T£, 
 
 dw/\6oiT£, 
 
 TlfltiTE, 
 
 <j>l1olte, 
 
 drfTiolTE, 
 
 TlfldoiEV, 
 
 (pilEOlEV, 
 
 6t]2.6olev, 
 
 TlfltiEV. 
 
 fyikolev. 
 
 6tj2,oZev. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 — Present. 
 
 S. Tifiae, 
 
 S. §'lk,££, 
 
 S. drjXoe, 
 
 Tifia, 
 
 tyiku, 
 
 drfkov, 
 
 TlIXdETQ, 
 
 <j)C%££TO), 
 
 drfkoETu, 
 
 TlfXaTU. 
 
 (f)t/\,£tTO). 
 
 drj'kovTCi. 
 
 D. TtflOETOV, 
 
 D. fylktETOV, 
 
 D. 6t)/\o£TOV, 
 
 Tifidrov, 
 
 (plTlECTOV, 
 
 dn'hovTOV, 
 
 TlflCLETUV, 
 
 (j)t%££TG)V, 
 
 Srj'koETidv, 
 
 TLfldTCdV. 
 
 ftXECTUV. 
 
 dvTiovruv. 
 
 1. The Attics have a 
 
 contracted form of this mood peculiar to them- 
 
 selves ; as follows : 
 
 
 
 Ttfi-^TJV, -difJCi 
 
 -U7], tyiX 
 
 ■oirjv, -oinq, -oin, 
 
 -UTfTOV 
 
 , -UrjTTJV, 
 
 -OLTjTOV, -OlfjTVV, 
 
 -tyflflSV, 'd)T]TE, 
 
 -tirfoav, 
 
 ■oirjfiEV, -oirjTE, -oinoav, 
 
 dyl-i 
 
 0LJ]V, -oijjc, 
 
 -017], 
 
 
 -oirjTOV, 
 
 -OifjTrjv, 
 
 ' 
 
 OL1JJJ.EV, -oiTjTe t 
 
 -oincav. 
 
EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 151 
 
 P. TLfidere, 
 rifcare, 
 
 p 
 
 ^tXiere, 
 
 P. drjAoere, 
 drjhovTe, 
 
 rtfiaeruaav, 
 
 
 <j)L%EETC)<jaV, 
 
 dijloETouav, 
 
 Tt/iaTooav. 
 
 
 tyikdruaav. 
 
 dqTiovrocav. 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD.— Present. 
 
 Tifideiv, 
 
 TLfldV. 
 
 
 §iKeeiv, 
 
 dqlosLv, 
 6t)?iovv. 
 
 PARTICIPLE .—Present 
 
 
 N. Tifidwv, 
 
 Tl[l£)V, 
 
 Tifidovaa, 
 rijidov, 
 
 TLjlCoV. 
 
 N 
 
 <})l?.£0)V, 
 
 (piXuv, 
 (ptleovaa, 
 
 (pi?\,ovoa, 
 <piXeov, 
 
 tyikovv. 
 
 N. 6tj16o)v, 
 d7}?itiv, 
 
 drjTioovoa, 
 6r]2,ovaa } 
 
 St]?l6ov, 
 6y]kovv. 
 
 Gr. TCfiaOVTOC, 
 TlfLUVTOC, 
 
 TLfiaovaris, 
 
 Tifiuoqg, 
 
 G. 
 
 <}>L?iEOVTOg, 
 
 (ptXovvroc, 
 (piXeovGTjc, 
 <piXovo?]c, 
 
 G. drjXoovrog, 
 6rj\ovvrog } 
 drjTioovctig, 
 drj^ovcng, 
 
 Tl[ldoVTO£, 
 
 TlfJLUVTOC;, &c. 
 
 
 tyOiiovTog, 
 yilovvroc;, &c. 
 
 dr)\6ovTog, 
 djjhovvTOC, & 
 
 LX. EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE OF CON- 
 TRACTED VERBS. 
 
 I. 
 
 Translate the following : 
 
 I. Noet 1 Kal rore nparre. — ovvrjdeta tcopov yevvd. — 
 '6p(f)evg adojv eklvel 2 XiQovg re Kal devdpa. — ol dvBp^ixoi 
 to rxaXaibv* ev dvTpoig cokovv. 4 — rrjv ZiKsXiav to rraXatbv 
 ol e PG)jjLaloc ercdXovv to tt\q 'FcofjLTjg TauEtov. — tt)v 'AxlX« 
 Xsug donida "Ojirjpog ettoltjoe 5 (pepovaav bXov tov ovpavbv, 
 Kal yscopyovvTag, 6 Kal ya\iovvTag, Kal SiKa^Ofisvovg Kal 
 TToXefiovvTag. — QaXr)g XiyETai TTpwTog aoTpoXoyr]aai. — 
 fi7]6erroT£ (f>povr)arjg krvl osavTG) fieya." 7 — UXaTCJV <pcXooo(f)- 
 iav T7\v tiavaTOV \leXett\v eKaXeaev. 
 
 II. T ft rral oiurra, noXX' exei oiyrj KaXd. — firj KaKolg 
 oulXel. — Tovg fieovg Tifia' Ta orrovdala ueXeTa. — yeXa 6 
 [itipog, Kav 1 tl fir) yeXolov %. — laXucjvevg dvTtdpovTav 
 EToXfia roi Am. — ol "'EXXrjveg tiu&ol tov Itxtxeiov Hooei- 
 dtiva, 2 Kal -&VOVOLV avT& errl ra 'lodfiG). 3 — ol K6X%ot Tovg 
 
152 EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 veicpovg ev fivpoatg ddnrovuL, teal ere tgjv devdpov e^aprti' 
 civ. 4, — b.ioyevr\g ldd)v nore \ieipaKiov epvdpitiv, 5 -ddppei, 
 i<p7j, roiovrov eon rr\g dperrjg rb %p&\La. — ol avOpotnot 
 oitde rbv depa rolg bpviaiv* elo)v' 7 elvac eXevOepov. 
 
 III. 'Odvooevg rbv KvftXona fieOvaavra egervcpXuoev. 1 
 — ' Apioro$dvr\g Xeyei irept rod HepucXeovg, on TJarpanrev, 
 £6p6vra, t-vvenvKa 1 rr\v 'HXXdda. — ev ra> HeXoTTOvvrjoiaKU) 
 TToXefiG) elg avr\p, 6 ILeptKXijg, ki-updov* rr\v noXcv. — Iw/cpdr- 
 rjg eXeye rovg \xev aXXovg dvdptjnovg Zxjv* tva eadioiev, 
 avrbv de eaQieiv, Iva ty?}. 5 — edidaxdrj 'HpaKXrjg apfiarr}- 
 Xarelv fiev vnb G 'AfKptrpvoovog' TraXaietv de vnb Avro- 
 Xvkov onXofiaxeiv de virb Kdoropog- Kidapoidelv de vnb 
 Aivov. — XelXcjv, elg rtiv errra oocp&v, npoaerarre,' 1 yXcor- 
 rrjg Kpareiv, fir) KaKoXoyelv, yr\pag ri\iav. 
 
 IV. K.al ^C)v 6 (pavXog Kal -dav&v 1 KoXd^erai. — rj via 
 (ppovrlg ovk dXyelv <piXel. — ova eariv ovdelg 2 bar eg ov% 
 avrbv (piXel. — el 6 Qebg narrjp vficbv $, 7\yanare av 3 fie. — 
 teal K,v6epvrjT7]g dyadbg eviore vavayel, Kal dvrjp unovdalog 
 eviore drvxsl. — rvx 7 ! eoifce* (pavXcd dyoivoder^' noXXdfcig 
 yap rbv [irjdev npdijavra ore(pavol. 5 — emoKorel tw fiev 
 tjXlg) 6 ixoXXdaig rd ve§7\, tgj de Xoytoficj ra nddrj? — ovre 
 rbv appcoorov* XP VG V &<f>eXeZ kXIvt], ovre rbv avorrrov 
 kmarjjjiog evrvxla. 9 — rb avro 10 eariv o§iv eicrpe<peiv, Kal 
 rbv 7Tovr)pbv evepyerelv nap' 11 ovderepa) yap r) X&P^ 
 evvocav yevva. — olKovvreg yr\v fyrovfiev -BdXaooav, Kal 
 irXeovreg ndXiv TrepiOKonovfiev rbv dypov, 
 
 II. 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 
 
 We live, not as we wish, but 
 as the Deity determines. 
 
 All men live in God, 
 
 The bright beam of the sun 
 arouses the notes of birds. 
 
 Zdo), ovx &>g &eXG), dXX' &g 6 
 
 Qebg reXeo). 
 Hag av6pG)7Tog ev Qebg ^da). 
 r O 6 rjXcog Xapnpbg oeXag 
 
 klveg) 6 (pdeyua bpvig. 
 
PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. 
 
 153 
 
 One swallow does not make a 
 
 spring. 
 There is a great Deity in 
 
 heaven who inspects all 
 
 things. 
 Many bad men are rich. 
 Apollo loves me, the Muses 
 
 love me, Jove honours me. 
 
 Ptolemy, the son of Lagus, 
 used to say, that it was 
 better to enrich than to be 
 rich. 
 
 Homer appears to me to have 
 made the men gods, and the 
 gods men. 
 
 Conon, having conquered in a 
 naval battle, and having 
 sacrificed a hecatomb, en- 
 tertained all the Athenians. 
 
 Pythagoras enjoined on his 
 disciples to honour their 
 elders, to exercise memory, 
 to wage war on lawlessness. 
 
 Elg %eXi§&v oi) ttoUo) sap. 
 
 ~Elp,l ev ovpavbc fisyac Qebg 
 oc k(popd,G) TTac. 
 
 JloXvg ttXovteg) naitog. 
 'AttoXXgjv eyd) (juXeg), 6 
 Movoa eyo) (fyiXecj, Zevg 
 eyo) TL\id(xi. 
 TLroXejialog, 6 Adyog (vlbc), 
 Xeyo) (imperf.), afieivojv 
 slut (pres. infin.) ttXov- 
 rl^G) t) ttXovteg). 
 "OfiTjpog h/o) Soksg), 6 p,ev av- 
 6pG)nog -&sbg ttoieg) (perf. 
 infin.), 6 tiebg ds dvOpoirog. 
 Kovcjv, ev vav\ia%ia vncdcj 
 (1st aor. part.), Kal ek,cl~ 
 t6[i67) -&vo) (1st aor. part.), 
 nag 6 'Adrjvalog kendo) 
 (1st aor.). 
 ILvdayopag Trapsyyvdo (im- 
 perf.) 6 \iadr\rr\g (dat.) 6 
 rrpEodvg rifido), 6 \ivi\]XT] 
 dotcEd), dvo\iia (dat.) ito- 
 Xejieo). 
 
 LXI. PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Tifj.dofj.at, 
 
 S. <pt.2,£0/JCU, 
 
 S. drjloouau, 
 
 rtfiufiai, 
 
 (ptTiovfjat, 
 
 drjXovfiai 
 
 Tifiaei, 
 
 (plTlEEl, 
 
 6t}7^6el, 
 
 Ti/Ja, 
 
 (pihet, 
 
 drfkoZ, 
 
 TlfJUETCU, 
 
 <])ile£Tat., 
 
 drfkotrai, 
 
 TijjilraL. 
 
 tyiktirai. 
 
 dtlkovrai 
 
154 
 
 CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 D. rifj.a6fj.edov, 
 
 rifj.6fj.e8ov, 
 Ttfideadov, 
 
 Tifiaadov, 
 Ttfideadov, 
 
 Tifidadov. 
 P. Tifj.a6fj.eda, 
 
 Tifiufxeda, 
 TLfideade, 
 
 Ttjidade, 
 TifidovTac, 
 
 Tlfl&VTai. 
 
 £TlfXaOfJ.t]V, 
 kTtflUflTJV, 
 
 ETtfiaOV, 
 
 eTifiu, 
 
 ETLfldeTO, 
 eTLfl&TO. 
 
 , eTLfxaofiedov, 
 
 kTtfj.ufj.edov, 
 ETifxdeoQov, 
 
 sTLfidadov, 
 kTtfiaeadrjv, 
 
 STifxdodrjv. 
 eTifiaofieda, 
 
 kTtfj.6fj.eda, 
 zTLfidecde, 
 
 ETLfidode, 
 
 STtfiaOVTO, 
 eTlfJLUVTO. 
 
 D. tytleofiedov, 
 tyikovfieOov, 
 
 (j>t2etadov, 
 tytkieadov, 
 <pt2eladov. 
 P. tyikeofieda, 
 <pL/\ovfieda, 
 
 ftXeovTat, 
 tyikovvTai. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 S. k§t2e6firjv, 
 k$t2ovfirjv, 
 k(j)t2eov, 
 
 k(pt2,OV, 
 
 k<j)L%eeTO, 
 
 k(j>t2,etTo. 
 D. k<f>i2,e6fiedov, 
 
 k<pt2.ov/j,edov, 
 kftXeecdov, 
 
 k(f>t2etadov, 
 k(pi2eeod?]V, 
 
 k§t2eiadrjv. 
 P. kQtleofteda, 
 
 k<j>i2,ov/j.eda, 
 
 k(j>t2,eto-de, 
 k<j>tXeovTO, 
 ktyilovvTO. 
 
 D. 67j2o6/j.edov, 
 6rj2ovfiedov, 
 6rj26eadov, 
 
 6rj2ovadov, 
 6rjX6eodov, 
 6rj7iovadov. 
 P. 6rj2o6fieda, 
 67j2.ovfj.eda, 
 6rj26eade, 
 
 6rj2ovade, 
 6rj26ovrat, 
 drjTiovvTai. 
 
 S. kdrj2.o6fj.rfv, 
 k6rj2ovfxrjv, 
 k6rj26ov, 
 k6rjXov, 
 k6rj2,6eTO, 
 k6rj2,ovTO. 
 D. k6rj2.o6fj.edov, 
 k67j2ovfj.edov, 
 k6rj26ecdov, 
 
 k6rj2,ovG~dov, 
 k6rj2oeadrjv, 
 k6rj2.ovadrjv . 
 P. k6r]?io6fje6a, 
 k6rj2.ovfj.eda, 
 k6rj26eade, 
 
 k67j2,ovade, 
 k6rj2,6ovTO, 
 k6rj2.ovvTO. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 TifJ.dufj.at, 
 
 S. ft2.iijfj.ai, 
 
 S. 6rj26ufiat, 
 
 TiflUfiat, 
 
 (f>t26fiat, 
 
 6?j26fj.at, 
 
 Tifxdy, 
 
 <pt2erj, 
 
 6rj26r), 
 
 Tifia, 
 
 <j>i2rj, 
 
 6rjXot, 
 
 TifidrjTai, 
 
 tytXerjTat, 
 
 6rj2,6rjTat, 
 
 TLfidTat. 
 
 tytXrjrat. 
 
 67j2uTat. 
 
 Tifj.a6fj.edov, 
 
 D. <j)t2,e6fj,edov, 
 
 D. 6rj2o6ftedov, 
 
 Ttfj.6fj.edov, 
 
 <f>t2.6fj,edov, 
 
 6rj26ftedov, 
 
 Ttfidrjadov, 
 
 (f>t2erjadov, 
 
 6rj26rjcdov, 
 
 Ttfidcdov, 
 
 tytXfjodov, 
 
 6rj26cdov, 
 
 Tlfidrjcdov, 
 
 §t2erjodov, 
 
 6rj26rjadov, 
 
 6rj2ticdov. 
 
CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 155 
 
 P. TLfiaufieda, 
 
 P 
 
 (ptleufieda, 
 
 P. dnloufisda, 
 
 TLfi6fj.eda, 
 
 
 (piXufieda, 
 
 dnhufisda, 
 
 Tifidnade, 
 
 
 tyikeriode, 
 
 dnT^oncds, 
 
 rifiaode, 
 
 
 tyiTvrjade, 
 
 dni&odE, 
 
 TifJ,do>VTai, 
 
 
 tpiXeuvrai, 
 
 dnXSuvTac, 
 
 TtflUVTCU. 
 
 
 tyCk&vrai. 
 
 dnTi&vrai. 
 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD. 
 
 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 S. TlfXaOlUTJV, 
 
 S. 
 
 tyiXEoijinv, 
 
 S. 6n2.ooifj.7jv, 
 
 TlfiUfinV, 
 
 
 (j>t2,oi/j,7]v, 
 
 dnXoifxnv, 
 
 TLfiaOLO, 
 
 
 (piXeoco, 
 
 dnTiooto, 
 
 Tlfltio, 
 
 
 tyilolo, 
 
 dnXoto, 
 
 TtfidotTO, 
 
 
 tyiXeoiTOy 
 
 dnlooiTO, 
 
 TiflCiTO. 
 
 
 (j)i2,OlTO. 
 
 dn^oZro. 
 
 D Ttftaoifiedov, 
 
 D 
 
 <pt2,eoi,fi£6ov, 
 
 D. dfiXooifisdov, 
 
 TCfio)fj.e6ov, 
 
 
 <j>i?ioi[j,edov, 
 
 dn?\,oifj,sdov f 
 
 TLfldoicdov, 
 
 
 <pi%eoiodov, 
 
 dnXootcdov, 
 
 Tlfl&cdoV, 
 
 
 (j>i2,oladov 
 
 dnTioladov, 
 
 TijJLaoiodnv, 
 
 
 tyiXeoicdnv, 
 
 SnXooiadnv, 
 
 TlfjLUCdrjV. 
 
 
 tyikoiadwv. 
 
 SrfkoicQnv. 
 
 P. TifiaoifiEda, 
 
 P. 
 
 (piTueoifieda, 
 
 P. 6nXooc/u,E6a, 
 
 rcfiufieda, 
 
 
 (pLXolfieda, 
 
 dnhoifiEda, 
 
 tifidoiode, 
 
 
 tyiheoiode, 
 
 dnhooLods, 
 
 Tifitiade, 
 
 
 fiTiolode, 
 
 dnXoZade, 
 
 TlfldoCVTO, 
 
 
 (f>l?JoiVTO, 
 
 dnTiooivro, 
 
 TlfltiVTO. 
 
 
 (plXoLVTO. 
 
 6t]2,olvto. 
 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 S. TLfldoV, 
 
 S. 
 
 tyiteov, 
 
 S. SnXoov, 
 
 TL/J.CO, 
 
 
 tyihov, 
 
 drjXov, 
 
 Tifcaecdo), 
 
 
 <j)i%eEC>da), 
 
 Sn2,OEc6(0, 
 
 Ttfidoda. 
 
 
 QcXeicda). 
 
 dnhovcdu. 
 
 D. Tifideadov, 
 
 D. 
 
 Qileeodov, 
 
 D. dnloEddov, 
 
 Ttfidadov, 
 
 
 §iKugQoV) 
 
 SnXovadov, 
 
 Tifiaicdav, 
 
 
 yiXeecOuv, 
 
 dnloEcdov, 
 
 Tt/idaduv. 
 
 
 QiTieiadav. 
 
 drj?iovcdov. 
 
 P. TLfideadf, 
 
 P. 
 
 <j>l%E£Gde, 
 
 P. SnXoEcdE, 
 
 TLudcde, 
 
 
 <j>t2,Elcde, 
 
 dv'kovode, 
 
 Tifiaiodidoav, 
 
 
 QiXeecdoaav, 
 
 6n2,0Ec6uaav, 
 
 ri/idoduoav 
 
 
 <ptXeioducav. 
 
 dnXovcduoav 
 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 Tifidecdai, 
 
 
 (pileecdat, 
 
 dnhoeodai, 
 
 TL/xdadac. 
 
 
 <j>iXeio6cu. 
 
 dnhovcdai. 
 
138 FORMATION OF THE PASSIVE TENSES. 
 
 changed in the perfect passive into a ; as, arpe^G), eorpo^a, 
 Earpafifiai ; rpEird), rerpocpa, rirpa\i\iai. 
 
 The third person plural of the perfect is formed from 
 the third person singular, by inserting v before rat ; as, Tre- 
 (ptkrjVTai, from irE^ikryrai. But if the first person of the 
 perfect passive end in \iai impure, that is, with a consonant 
 preceding it, the third person plural is formed by a peri- 
 phrasis of the verb Ei\ii and the perfect participle ; as, re- 
 TV[j,[Aat,, rervfifievoL eloL 1 
 
 This same periphrasis is employed in the optative and 
 subjunctive moods, when the perfect ends in \iai impure ; 
 as, rervfifisvog eitjv, rsrvfifiEvog <b. But not when the 
 perfect ends in \iai pure ; as, TETi\ii\\n\v, teti\i&\kii. 
 
 The Pluperfect 
 is formed from the perfect by changing fiat into [itjv, and 
 prefixing s to the continued augment, if there be a redupli- 
 cation ; as, rsrvfifiat, erervfifMTjv. 
 
 The third person plural of the pluperfect is formed by a 
 periphrasis of el fit and the perfect participle, whenever the 
 perfect from which it is derived ends in \iai impure ; as, 
 tetv\i\ievoi TJaav. 
 
 The First Aorist 
 is formed from the third person singular of the perfect by 
 dropping the reduplication, changing rat into Otjv, and the 
 preceding smooth into an aspirated mute ; as, tetvtttcu, 
 
 ETV(f)drjV. 
 
 Four verbs take a before the termination Otjv^ although 
 it is not found in the third person of the perfect ; as, \ii\i- 
 VTjrat, E\ivr\a6i}V ; K£%p7)Tai, E%p7\cBr\v ; sppoyrai,, Eppojadrjv ; 
 TTEnXrjTai, ErcXrjodiiv. On the contrary, oeooctcll makes 
 Eocodrjv. 
 
 1. This is done from a principle of euphony, since rirvTrvrac would 
 be too harsh for the ear. The same remark applies to the pluperfect, 
 and to the optative and subjunctive moods. 
 
EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 139 
 
 Some which have 77 in the perfect passive receive an e 
 in the first aorist ; as, tvprrrai, evpedrjv ; enirjvrjrai,, i-n^v- 
 edrjv ; d^yp^rac, acpqpedrjv. From SLpTjrat the aorist is 
 kppi\Br]v and sppedrjv. 
 
 Verbs which change e of the future into of the perfect 
 active, and into a in the perfect passive, take e again in the 
 first aorist ; as, earpanrai, earpecpdrjv ; Terpanrai, erpe<f)- 
 6tjv ; Tedparcrcu, e6p£(pd7]v. 
 
 The First Future 
 is formed from the first aorist, by dropping the augment, 
 and changing Qr\v into drjaofiai ; as, ervcpdr^v, TV(p6f}O0{iai. 
 
 The Second Aorist 
 is formed from the second aorist active, by changing ov into 
 
 7]V ; as ETV7TOV, £TV7T7]V. 
 
 No second aorist passive occurs in drjv, -&r}v, tt\v ; or 
 from verbs in o) pure, except etcdrjv, eddrjv, eppviyv, ecpvrjv. 
 
 The Second Future 
 is formed from the second aorist, by dropping the augment, 
 and changing r\v into r\oo\Lai ; as, ervnrjv, rvTrrjaofiat. 
 
 The Third Future, 
 or Paulo-post-futurum, is formed from the second person 
 singular of the perfect, by changing at into o\iai ; as, Tewx/)- 
 m, rerviponac. 
 
 LVI. EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE OF VERBS 
 IN w. 
 
 I. 
 
 Translate the following : 
 
 I. KoXd^ovrai fierd 1 ddvarov Trdvreg ol Kaaoi. — Hvday- 
 opaq npcJTOV kavrbv faXooofyov (bvdfiaaev 2 ol 6e TraXatore- 
 pot ao(f)oi d)vofidod7]oav. — "Kcpaiarog eppityrf vtto Aide eg 
 ovpavov, — fxovot KaraXeXetp,ivoi rjoav? — avvr)x^V <7av5 r & 
 
140 EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 Wvi] r(bv ''EXXr\vo)v . — dnEordXif 6 ayyeXog dnb Qeov. — 
 'Avrd)vtog ekeXevoe 1 rrjv rov prjropog tt£<f)aXr]v dnononr\- 
 vac 8 — vnb rov nXrjdovg rtiv napovr(ov 9 kv ttj EfCfcXqoig, 
 diarErdpayfiai 10 rrjv yvcofir/v, 11 ttai r\ yXdrra E[inEnEdr)fiEV7] x2 
 elvat eolke} 2 — 'E i vpLni87]g ev MaKsSovla Erd<prj. H 
 
 II. '' Avdp&nov 7] napSia tw fia^ti tg) Xatti npoorjprrjrai. 1 
 — ev rolg Apdfcovrog vo\ioig \iia &pi,oro 2 ^r\\iia, -&dvarog. — 
 Uvdayopag, Kara 3 rrjv avrr\v rr\g r\\iEpag copav, ticpdrf ev 
 MsranovrtG) nai ev Kporcovc. — ILroXsfialog, 6 ManEdovcag 
 (3auiXEvg, vnb riov YaXardv EO<pdyr], 5 teal ndaa rj Mansdov- 
 ucr) 8vva\iig aarEHonrf nai diE§6dpr\? — nQr\vai £\inrvovoi 
 rolg natdioig, wg firj paotcavOtioiv 8 — eI rovro npdrrrjg, 
 KoXaodrjoEL. 
 
 III. 'Atcracov, rpafeig 1 napd 2 XEipovt, Kvvqybg eIvcli 
 sdidaxdr), 3 real vorspov KarEbp&drf ev tg> ILiQaip&vi vrrb 
 ru>v 16lo)v kvv&v. — Aivog vnb 'HpafcXovg rij mddpa nXrj- 
 yslg 5 dnsOavEV. 6 — 'Avat-ayopag Xiyzrai aaEbuag KpiBrvvai? 
 diort rov r\Xiov fivdpov didnvpov sXsyEV slvac. — Arjro) 
 Kara 8 rr)v yrjv dnaaav vcj)' "Hpag r)Xavv£ro. 9 — $tv£vg, 
 dnaXXayslg 10 tgjv 'Apnvi&v, £\ir\vv(5E xx rov nXovv rolg 
 'Apyovavraig. 
 
 IV. SaXficdVEvg did rr\v uOE&Eiav EfcoXdodrj. — ol Kvpov 
 E^anooLoi Innslg diaonEipovrar nXr)v ndvv bXiyoi dfM}>' 
 avrbv KarEXEicpdrjo-av. 1 — \LE\ivr\oo 2 on -&vr]rbg slg. — Sap- 
 SavdnaXog, ev fiaaiXEioig Karaic£fcX£iofi£vog, s ovdiv dXXo 
 eSlg)kev rj r\dovr)v. — Tvcptiv vnb Zrjvbg EKoXdodrj. — at rajv 
 'Pcofiaccov yvvaltcsg olkol \leveiv ovrc eWlojievo,!, eIglv* 
 cjansp at tgjv t ~EX?*r]VG)v. — ovrog 6 vb\iog E&vXdxdi] vnb 
 UspLfcXEovg, nai EdavfidoOr] vnb 'AXtu6i,ddov. 
 
 II. 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 
 But nevertheless it shall be I 'AXX' djiojg Xsyco (3d fut.) nai 
 
 said, and this shall be done. \ ovrog npdaao) (3d fut.). 
 
EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 141 
 
 The name of the Deity is 
 written upon the universe. 
 
 Let this robber be cast into 
 Pyriphlegethon, and let the 
 tyrant be lacerated by vul- 
 tures. 
 
 When first a camel was seen, 
 men, having been struck at 
 its size, fled. 
 
 They say that Act&on was 
 devoured by his own hounds. 
 
 Apollo, having been condemned 
 on account of the death of 
 the Cyclopes, was sent down 
 to earth. 
 
 All shall be satisfied, and 
 shall be sent away happy. 
 
 Thence, in after days, rivers 
 of fire shall be made to 
 burst forth. 
 
 r O 6 Qebg bvofia em 6 KOGfiog 
 
 (gen.) STuypdqxo (perf.). 
 f pev XrjOT7)c ovrog eg Uvpi- 
 
 (pXeyedov epdaXXo) (perf. 
 
 imper.)* 6 6e rvpavvogvnd 
 
 yvip (gen.) neipo (pres. 
 
 imper.). 
 "Ore TrpoJTov KdprjXog oitto- 
 
 pai (1st aor.), avdpomog, 
 
 em 6 peyedog (ace.) av- 
 
 rog Kara7TXrj(jGG), (2d aor. 
 
 part.) (psvyco (imperf.). 
 Aeyo) 'AfcraLGdv (ace.) vnb 6 
 
 Idtog kvg)v Kara6i6pG)OK(j) 
 
 (1st aor. inf.). 
 ' AjtoXXuv, KaraSifcd^o) (1st 
 
 aor. part.) em 6 6 KvfcXcjif) 
 
 ddvarog (dat.), KaraTreprrG) 
 
 (1st aor.) eg yr\. 
 Hag xop~d£G) (1st fut.) teal 
 
 dironefjUTO) (1st fut.) pand- 
 
 piog. 
 "Evdev 7Tore etcprjaoo) (2d 
 
 fut.) norapbg irvp. 
 
 LVII. MIDDLE VOICE. 
 Synopsis of the Moods and Tenses. 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Optat. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Into. 
 
 Part. 
 
 Present, 
 Imperfect, 
 
 TVKT-OJiaL, 
 ETVTTT-6fJ.7]V 
 
 \ 
 
 TV7iT-OV, 
 
 -oi/xrjv, 
 
 -afiai, 
 
 -eodai, 
 
 -6fJ,EVO£, 
 
 Perfect, 
 
 TETVK-a, 
 
 } 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Pluperfect, 
 
 erervTr-scv, 
 
 TETVTT-E, 
 
 -OlfU, 
 
 -u, 
 
 -evai, 
 
 -ug, 
 
 1st Future, 
 
 rvxp-ofiat, 
 
 
 
 -OLflT]V, 
 
 
 -Ecdai, 
 
 -OfXEVOS, 
 
 1st Aorist, 
 
 eTVTp-dfirjv, 
 
 
 TV1p-ai, 
 
 -ai/LC7]V, 
 
 -ofj-ai, 
 
 -aodat, 
 
 -afiEvog, 
 
 2d Aorist, 
 
 krvTr-ofir/v, 
 
 
 TV7C-0V, 
 
 -OLfirjv, 
 
 -WftCU, 
 
 -sodai, 
 
 -0[lEVO£, 
 
 2d Future, 
 
 TV7T-OVfJ.aL, 
 
 
 
 -OLflTJV, 
 
 -etcrdai, 
 
 -ovfievog. 
 
142 VERB. 
 
 Numbers and Persons. 
 The only tenses of the middle voice that differ from 
 those of the active and passive of verbs in w are the first 
 aorists of the indicative, imperative, and optative, and the 
 second future of the indicative. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 First Aorist, I struck myself . 
 
 S. £TVip-a[x.7]v, ervijj-G), eTvip-aro, 
 
 D. ervip-dfiedov, krvip-aadov, ETv^-dadrjv, 
 
 P. cTvip-d/i,s6a, erinp-acde, krv-ip-avTO. 
 
 Second Future, I shall or will strike myself . 
 
 s. 
 
 TVTT-OVfiai, 
 
 TVTT-el, 
 
 tvk-eXtcli, 
 
 D. 
 
 TVTT-OVflsdoV, 
 
 7V7T-£l(jdoV, 
 
 Tvir-Eiodov, 
 
 P 
 
 TVTT-OVfieda, 
 
 rvTr-elcQe, 
 
 TVK-OVVTdl. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 First Aorist, strike thyself. 
 
 S. rvip-ai, Tvip-aado), 
 
 D. rvip-aadov, rvip-daduv, 
 
 P. Tvijj-aade, rvip-dadcoaav. 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD. 
 
 First Aorist, may I have been struck. 
 
 S. rvip-aifivv, Tvip-ato, rvip-airo, 
 
 D. Tvip-alpsdov, Tvip-cuadov, rvib-aiadrjv, 
 
 P. rvip-aifieda, rvip-cuode, rvip-divro. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 First Aorist, having struck myself. 
 
 N. TVip-dfiEvoc, Tvip-a/xevn, Tvip-a/isvov, 
 
 G. rvip-afievov, Tvip-anivrjc, rvip-a/j,Evov. 
 
 First Future, being about to strike myself. 
 
 N. TVIp-6/J.EVOC, TVlfj-OfZEVn, TV1p-0(J.£VOV, 
 
 G. Tvip-OflEVOV, Tvip-OfJ,£V7]C, Tvip-OflEVOV. 
 
 Second Future, being about to strike myself 
 
 N. TVTT-OV/J.EVOC, TVTT-OVJUEV1J, TVTZ-OVflEVOV, 
 
 G. TV7Z-0VfJ,h0V, TV7T-OVf/.EVnC, TVTV-OVfiEVOV. 
 
FORMATION OF THE MIDDLE TENSES. 143 
 
 FORMATION OF THE MIDDLE TENSES. 
 The Present and Imperfect 
 are the same in form as those of the passive voice, and are 
 similarly formed. 
 
 The Perfect 
 is formed from the second aorist active, by prefixing the 
 reduplication, and changing ov into a ; as, ervnov, rervrra. 
 
 If the second aorist has a or e in the penult, the perfect 
 middle changes this into o ; as, Gnelpo), eonapov, eairopa ; 
 eyecpo, ?jyepov, r\yopa. 
 
 But if the a in the penult of the second aorist comes 
 from ai or 77 in the present, or is long there by position, 
 the perfect changes it into r\ ; as, fiatvofiai, e^dvr/v, p,£fj,7]- 
 va ; ttXtjgog), enXayov, irenXriya ; tiaXXo, edaXov, redrjXa ; 
 tcXd^G), enXayov, \tEttXr\ya. 
 
 The exceptions to this rule are the following : tcpd%G), 
 sicpayov, niapayoj ; Trpdooo), enpayov, irenpaya ; tppdfa, 
 ecppadov, nefipada ; ado), eada ; dyo, " to break," edya. 
 
 If the second aorist has 1 in the penult from a present 
 in £t, the perfect middle changes it into ot ; as, ireldG), stu- 
 6ov, Treiroida ; Xelno), eXlttov, XeXotna ; eldcj, idov, olda. 
 
 But if the 1 be already in the present, the perfect merely 
 lengthens it after having been short in the second aorist ; 
 as, rpi^di erplyov, rerplya. 
 
 In some verbs the penult of the perfect middle remains 
 short ; as, dicrjKoa, from dfcovo) ; eXrjXvOa, from eXevdo). 
 On the other hand, we have rrscpsvya, from (pevyo) ; KEKevda, 
 from fcevdd) ; rerevxa, from tsvx^- 
 
 The verb prjcoo) makes eppoyya ; so, also, we have eoX- 
 TTd, from eXiro) ; eopya, from epyo) ; eto)6a, from eOa). 
 
 Some perfects appear to be formed immediately from the 
 present, by changing 0) into a, and prefixing the reduplica- 
 tion ; as, doimo), dedovna ; 3lg), didia ; and so, also, dvooya, 
 for rjvcoya. 
 
144 REMARKS ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 
 
 The Pluperfect 
 is formed from the perfect, by prefixing e, and changing a 
 into eiv ; as, tetvtto,, erervTreiv. 
 
 The First Aorist 
 is formed from the first aorist active, by adding fiTjv ; as, 
 
 ervipa, eTvipdjirjv. 
 
 The First Future 
 is formed from the first future active, by changing G) into 
 o\iai ; as, rvipo), rvipofiat. 
 
 In verbs of the fourth conjugation, Co is changed into ov- 
 \iai ; as, ipaXti, ipaXovjxat. 
 
 The Second Aorist 
 is formed from the second aorist active, by changing ov into 
 o\i7\v ; as, ervTTTOV, k.TVTxr6\ir\v. 
 
 The Second Future 
 is formed from the second future active, by changing w into 
 ov\iai ; as, tvtt£), rvnovfmi. 
 
 REMARKS ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 
 
 1. The Middle Voice has been so called by grammarians, as having a 
 middle signification between the active and passive, implying neither 
 action nor passion simply, but a union in some degree of both. 
 
 2. The principal usages of the middle voice are five in number. The 
 first four may be called usages of reflexive, the fifth the usage of recipro- 
 cal, signification. 
 
 I. Where A does the act on himself, or on what belongs to himself; 
 or, in other words, is the object of his own action ; as, anr/y^aro, 
 " he hung himself;" Ke^a2jjv knoiparo, " he wounded his own head." 
 
 II. Where A does the act on some other object M, relatively to himself, 
 and not for another person ; as, KaTecrpeipaTO rbv Mf/dov, " he made 
 the Median subject to himself." 
 
 III. Where A gets an act done for himself, or for those belonging to 
 him, by B. Thus of Chryses it is said, in the Iliad, that he came 
 to the Grecian camp, hvoo/uevoc SvyaTpa, "to get his daughter 
 released by Agamemnon, on the payment of a ransom;" that is, 
 
EXERCISES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 145 
 
 briefly, " to ransom his daughter." Whereas, of Agamemnon it is 
 said, ovd' a.Tze'kvae -d-vyarpa, "he did not release her," namely, to 
 Chryses. Under this same head may be ranked the following in- 
 stances : dtddtjaodat rbv vlov, " to get one's son instructed ;" 
 davsifa, " to lend;" davel^o/iai, " to get a loan for one's self" " to 
 borrow." 
 
 IV. Where, in such verbs as Konrofiat, " to mourn ;" csvo/aac, " to 
 urge one's self on," the direct action is done by A on himself, but 
 an accusative or other case follows of B, whom that action farther re- 
 gards. Thus, EKoipavro avrov, " they mourned for him ;" i. e., they 
 cut or lacerated themselves for him. ^evovrat avrov, " they stir 
 themselves in pursuit of him." 'ErtXXicdnv avrov, " they tore their 
 hair in mourning for him." So, also, tpvldgat rbv natda, " to guard 
 the boy ;" but fvld^aodac rbv teovra, " to guard one's self against 
 the lion." And again, where, in the Iliad, it is said of Hector, uc 
 eIttuv, oi> iraldoc bpefjaro, " thus having spoken, he stretched out his 
 arms to receive his son." 
 
 V. Where the action is reciprocal between two persons or parties, 
 and A does to B what B does to A ; as in verbs signifying to con- 
 tract, quarrel, fight, converse, &c. Thus, in Demosthenes, it is 
 said, ecjc av dcaTivauueda rbv rroTiefiov, " until we shall have put an 
 end to the war, by treaty mutually agreed upon." To this head 
 belong such verbs as fidxevdai, CTCEvdeadaL, dtalsysodai, &c. 
 
 In many verbs, the perfect, pluperfect, and aorist passive are used 
 in a middle sense, besides the ordinary meaning of the passive. 
 Thus, kiu&EdELyfiEvoc ttjv rxovnpiav, "having openly manifested 
 his wickedness ;" /u£{ucdo/j.£voc x&P 0V > " having hired a piece of 
 ground;" KarEKkiQr], "lie laid himself down ;" airnX'kdyn, "he de- 
 parted." The regular middle form of the aorist in such verbs is 
 unusual or obsolete. In some it has a special signification ; as, 
 craTiTJvat, " to travel ;" but arEikaaQat, " to array one's self." 
 
 LVIII. EXERCISES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE OF VERBS 
 IN w. 
 
 L 
 
 Translate the following : 
 
 I. N£v \ieya #av/m (pacverai, 1 ol yap 'KBirvaloi rcomiXovg 
 evdvovTat 2 xiTuvac;. — 'ApLOTOfAevrjg dvodiievog 3 riXeiiparo. 4, 
 — Xovaa^ to efibv ccj/xa, aTrrjXde 6 Kai eXovaaro. — tt\v twv 
 
 N 
 
146 EXERCISES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 
 
 Q7]6aiG)v noXtv wps^aro' 1 Xatslv. — svliparo 8 x e ip a S> Kal 
 eX6g)v eKadlaaro 9 snl rrjg KXivr\g. — Nsapxog sypdiparo 19 
 avrbv daedeiag. — ysybva\iEv n ana}-- 6lg 6' ovk et-eori ysv- 
 eodcu. — eolks 12 /3tog tiedrpG). — navGUfisv™ rr)v rwv ttoXeh- 
 i(*)v (3orjv, Kal rjfielg rbrs $pr\vuv Kal yocjv, Kal noXXtiv 
 fioxOcjv TravGOfieda. 
 
 II. Tovro sysvsro ore Kvpog 6 \isyag Kareorps^sro rovg 
 Avdovg. — avdytcT) ircuoiv egtl narpbg Xoya) nsiBsGQai. — 
 Xoyioai 1 TTpb spyov. — (pvXarrdJfisda rovg tcanovg, fir) (pvXdr- 
 rofiev avrovg. — ol 'Adrjvalot siprj(j)iGavro 2 vavg re Kal 
 Xprifiara TCEfinsLV. — anb ravrrjg rr)g yr)g dnaXXdrrov. — 
 dnexov r&v daeb&v bps^ai rrjg dpsrr)g, Kal ndvrcdv fid' 
 XiGra osavrbv aia%vvov? — dedoLKaoiv* at \isXiGGai ov 
 togovtov to Kpvog, ogov rbv bfj,6pov. — sXmg syprjyoporog 5 
 
 SVVTTVLOV EGTl. 
 
 III. 'Kfivvaode 1 rovg noXs\iiovg KaXtig, & arpario)rac. — 
 6 \isyag oX6og Upid^ov air&Xsro. 2 — ysvGai? Kal evprjoeig 4, 
 d)g r)6v sen. — rrjg fiev diaordoeojg gv rjpi-G), 5 rr\g 6s 6ta- 
 Xvosog eycb ?ip%d\i7\v. — MlXcjv, 6 ek Kporoyvog dOXrjrrjg, 
 ravpov dpdfisvog 6 ecpeps did rov aradtov fisoov. — ETXEi6r) ol 
 ■&sol, ol Gcjrrjpsg, ek Kv^drov Kal Kivdvvov Efis s^siXovro? 
 in* dpsrrjv rpsipoixac. — dnoXoifirjv* el \ir) oe Ti\Udpr\Gai\ir\v. 
 ■ — 'Idoodv rovro aKOvoag expioaro 9 ru> (papfiaKCd. 
 
 IV. 'ATTEKpivaro 1 Qsonofinog Kal elnev dnoXcjXa 2 w 
 avdpsg, Kal Kar' 3 Efiavrov tidvarov 6iKd^o\iai. — ol ' ABr\valoi 
 Kal ol (3dp6apot r)ycdvi^ovro ev Mapadtivi. — 6iaXsy&\LEQa 
 TTEpl rovrov, Kal KaraXvupsBa rr)v fydpav. — s6dvsiGa^ tgj 
 d6sX<pti>, s6avsiGd\ir\v and gov. — syci) 6iKd£(o, v^Eig 6s 6c- 
 Ka^eode. — ILeXca sdsomGev 5 6 -Bsbg^ rbv \iovoGav6aXov 
 (pvXd^aGdai. 6 — sdsXsig, & Zev, rovrov TcpoKaraKXcvsGdai 
 fiov; — 6 narrjp rbv vlbv 6i6aGKerai. — ovkovv Kal vnsp 
 kpavrov dnoKpLvovfiai, 
 
EXERCISES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 
 
 147 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 
 
 The stolen fountain of fire 
 has appeared a teacher of 
 every art unto mortals. 
 
 You had all cried out to- 
 gether, but yet the Syra- 
 cusans had done this. 
 
 So many evils did he contrive, 
 and so many good things 
 did he cause to cease. 
 
 Cease, friends, uttering fool- 
 ish words, and beware of 
 the sharp-mouthed griffons, 
 dumb hounds of Jove. 
 
 May he perish, with his chil- 
 dren, for I also am undone. 
 
 You might have done this for 
 yourself, since you did it 
 once for me. 
 
 Reach out to your mother your 
 right hand to salute. 
 
 It is a fit time to consult to- 
 gether about these things, 
 since, having obeyed the 
 god, I slew my mother. 
 
 f O fcXonalog nvp 7177777 nag 
 tex V7 1 SiddoKaXog (3porog 
 (paivG) (perf.). 
 
 "Airag dfia Kpd^o) (pluperf.), 
 aXX' b[iG)c ovrog 6 2>vpa- 
 Kovaiog TTpdrro) (pluperf.). 
 
 Toaog nanbg firjdojjbai, (1st 
 aor.), Kal rooog dyadog 
 rravo) (1st aor.). 
 
 UavG) (1st aor.), epilog, Xiyoy 
 \idraiog Xoyog, Kal cbvXdr- 
 T6) (1st aor.) 6 o^vorofiog 
 ypvip, b Zsvg dKpayrjg 
 
 KVGiV. 
 
 'AnoXXvfit, (2d aor. opt.) ovv 
 
 6 tekvov, eyu) yap Kal 
 
 drxoXXv\ii (perf.). 
 Ovrog dv Trpdaod) (1st aor. 
 
 opt.), enel kyoi tcots repdo- 
 
 og) (1st aor. ind.). 
 'E/CTetVo) (1st aor.) 6 p/nflo 
 
 6 degibg % ei P dond^ofiat 
 
 (1st aor. infln.). 
 Kacpog ei\li ixeoI ovrog (3ov- 
 
 Xevo) (1st aor. infin.), etteI, 
 
 Treido) (2d aor. part.) 6 #edc 
 
 (dat.) 6 (J>rjT7)p ktelvg) (1st 
 
 aor.). 
 
148 CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 LIX. CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 I. Verbs in do, s<o, and 60 correspond entirely, in their 
 general formation, to the rules and examples already given 
 for verbs in o). 
 
 II. But in the present and imperfect of the active and 
 passive forms, where the vowels a, s, stand immediately 
 before the vowels of the flexible endings, there arises in the 
 Attic and common language a contraction, the rules for 
 which are as follows : 
 
 III. Verbs in bw contract dw, do, and dov into <5; as, 
 Ti/jidG), tljig} ; riimof.iev, ti\iu>\lev ; rtfidovoi, rifitioc. Other- 
 wise they contract into a ; as, ri\ias, rl\ia. They also sub- 
 scribe 1 ; as, ri\idoi\Li, ti\l&\li ; rifidsLg, rifiag. 
 
 IV. Verbs in eo contract ss into «, and so into oi; ; as, 
 (pcXss, <piXsi ; (piXeofiev, (piXovfiev. Otherwise they drop 
 e ; as, (ftiXeo), <pi\6) ; ^iXeeig, faXelg. 
 
 V. Verbs in 6o> contract 0, with a long vowel, into w ; 
 as, drjXdd), drjXti ; with a short vowel, or ov, into ov ; as, 
 drjXosrs, drjXovrs; drjXoovoi, §r\Xovoi. Otherwise into 
 ol ; as, drjXorjg, drjXolg. In the infinitive osiv is contracted 
 into ovv. 
 
 VI. Four verbs in dw, namely, £do), nsivdcd, diijjdo), and 
 Xpdo), contract as into t\, and dsi into y ; as, ^do, C^c, 
 gff, £j/T£ £j?v ; imperfect, s^ojv, eftg, lift. So, also, Trsivyvt 
 dLipyjv, xprjodai,, xpryrai. 
 
 VII. Dissyllables in so) are contracted in the imperative 
 and infinitive only. Thus we say, ttXsg), TrXsofiev, and not 
 7tX(o, irXovjiev. 
 
CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 149 
 
 Examples of Contracted Verbs. 
 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE 
 
 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD.- 
 
 ■Present. 
 
 I honour. 
 
 
 / love. 
 
 
 I manifest. 
 
 S. TLfj.au, 
 
 s. 
 
 <j>i7iEG), 
 
 S. 
 
 dr]X6u t 
 
 TlfiCJf 
 
 
 (bilu, 
 
 
 dnTifi, 
 
 Ttfideig, 
 
 
 <j)L2,££ig, 
 
 
 6t]X6elc, 
 
 rifiac, 
 
 
 <pt?i£ic, 
 
 
 Sjjlolc, 
 
 TLjidei, 
 
 
 (j>tl££l, 
 
 
 dnlioEi, 
 
 rifia. 
 
 
 <j>cXei. 
 
 
 drikoZ. 
 
 D. TLfiderov, 
 
 D 
 
 (j>L?l££TOV, 
 
 D 
 
 S^iOETOV, 
 
 TlfiaTOV, 
 
 
 §lkE~lTOV y 
 
 
 6n?i,ovTov, 
 
 Tifiderov, 
 
 
 <j)l?l££TOV, 
 
 
 StjXoetov, 
 
 TLfldTOV. 
 
 
 tylkELTOV. 
 
 
 dn?Mvrov. 
 
 P. Tifidofiev, 
 
 p. 
 
 (ptfaOfXEV, 
 
 P 
 
 d?]?.6ofj,£v, 
 
 rcfiufxev, 
 
 
 (j)l2,OV{X,EV, 
 
 
 drjlovftEv, 
 
 Ti/idere, 
 
 
 QiMete, 
 
 
 StjTioete, 
 
 Ttfidre. 
 
 
 (plTiElTE, 
 
 
 dnhovTS, 
 
 TLfiaOVOL, 
 
 
 fylkioVGl, 
 
 
 drfkoovai, 
 
 TLfXUCl. 
 
 
 (piTiovat,. 
 Imperfect. 
 
 
 Snhovci. 
 
 S. hrifiaov, 
 
 S. 
 
 EfDiEOV, 
 
 S. 
 
 kdf/loov, 
 
 ETLjXUV, 
 
 
 E<f>ll0VV, 
 
 
 kdrfkovv, 
 
 krifxaEC, 
 
 
 £^)tkE£g, 
 
 
 kdr/'koEC, 
 
 krifiag, 
 
 
 kfyilEig, 
 
 
 eStjXovc, 
 
 erifxae, 
 
 
 k(j)l"?i££, 
 
 
 kdfaos, 
 
 eTi/Lta. 
 
 
 Efy'CkEL. 
 
 
 kdrfkov. 
 
 D. ETlfidETOV, 
 
 D 
 
 £<J)l2,££TOV, 
 
 D 
 
 sdnTiOETOv, 
 
 ETtfldTOV, 
 
 
 £(j>t?o£lTOV 1 
 
 
 kdnlovTov, 
 
 £TlfJ,aST7]V, 
 
 
 eQcXeettjv, 
 
 
 £6rj?iO£Tnv, 
 
 ETifidrrjv. 
 
 
 e^lXeittjv. 
 
 
 hdfjXovTrjv 
 
 P. ETtfldoflEV, 
 
 P. 
 
 E^tliofiEV, 
 
 P. 
 
 kdj]?i6o[/.£v, 
 
 ETL/J.C)[X.EV, 
 
 
 £<j>tX0V/l£V, 
 
 
 kdrjTiovfiEV, 
 
 krcfidETE, 
 
 
 E(J)lXe£T£, 
 
 
 e6t]^,6ete, 
 
 ETtjldTE, 
 
 
 E(pl2,SLT£, 
 
 
 kdrjlovTE, 
 
 kri/iaov, 
 
 
 E(j>llEOV, 
 
 
 iSrjTiOov, 
 
 ETLfLUV. 
 
 
 £(pl?iOVV. 
 
 
 hdrfkow. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.- 
 
 -Present. 
 
 S. Tlfido), 
 
 S. 
 
 (juToECO, 
 
 S. 
 
 drjTioa, 
 
 TCfXdf 
 
 
 <j>t,lti, 
 
 
 dnlti, 
 
 TLfidrjC, 
 
 
 (piterjc, 
 
 
 dnXonSy 
 
 Ttfiac, 
 
 
 fa^VCr 
 
 
 dnXotc, 
 
 Tifidy, 
 
 
 (jtikin, 
 
 
 drjTioy, 
 
 Tifid. 
 
 
 tyiki}. 
 
 
 6tj%oI. 
 
 N2 
 
150 
 
 CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 J honour. 
 
 
 I love. 
 
 I manifest. 
 
 D. TLfJ,dr}TOV, 
 
 D 
 
 flMtJTOV, 
 
 D. 6r)7\,6rjTOv, 
 
 TiflClTOVf 
 
 
 fiTlTJTOV, 
 
 StjIwtov, 
 
 TlfldnTOV, 
 
 
 <pl%ET]TOV, 
 
 dnMnrov, 
 
 Ti/iarov. 
 
 
 (jilhJJTOV. 
 
 dr\kv>Tov> 
 
 P. Tlfldo)jUEV, 
 
 P 
 
 (f)l,XEO}/J,EV, 
 
 P. dn2,6o/j,ev t 
 
 Tifiu/iev, 
 
 
 (j)L?l€)/J,£V, 
 
 d7)X£){j,£v } 
 
 Ti/idrjre, 
 
 
 <pL?lET]T£ t 
 
 ^TjT^OTjTE, 
 
 TlfiaTE, 
 
 
 (blTlTJTE, 
 
 SrjTiUTE, 
 
 TlfiduGl, 
 
 
 <j)l%EO)CU, 
 
 deduct,, 
 
 TtfltioC. 
 
 
 (pihticu. 
 
 dnXtiai. 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD. 1 - 
 
 —Present. 
 
 S. Tifidotjii, 
 
 S. 
 
 (pilsoifii, 
 
 S. SnXooifitf 
 
 TLflibflL, 
 
 
 (pLTlOtflLy 
 
 dqlotfu, 
 
 Ti/xdoic, 
 
 
 <j)L%£Oig, 
 
 dnlooi?, 
 
 Ttft&g, 
 
 
 (piTlOL^, 
 
 dv'kolg, 
 
 TLjldoi, 
 
 
 (piXiot, 
 
 drjhooi, 
 
 Tl(lG>. 
 
 
 Qikol. 
 
 6n7ioT. 
 
 D. TtfiaOCTOV, 
 
 D 
 
 <pi?i£0CT0V, 
 
 D. ftrfkooirov, 
 
 TLH&TOV, 
 
 
 tylkoLTOV, 
 
 drjXolrov, 
 
 TlfiaOlT7]V, 
 
 
 ^lXeolttjv, 
 
 driTiOOLTrjv, 
 
 ti/j,6t?]v. 
 
 
 tylkoiT7\V. 
 
 d7]loiT7]V. 
 
 P. TLfiaOCfJ,£V, 
 
 P. 
 
 filsOLflEV, 
 
 P, 6n2.6otfi£v, 
 
 TtflUflEV, 
 
 
 <Pl2,0lfl£V, 
 
 dnlotftev, 
 
 TlfJ,aOLT£, 
 
 
 <j>L%£OLT£, 
 
 SrjXooiTE, 
 
 rifitirs, 
 
 
 (fulotre, 
 
 drjXoiTE, 
 
 TlfidoLEV, 
 
 
 <pl?lSOl£V, 
 
 dqlooiEv, 
 
 Tlfl&EV. 
 
 
 §lkol£V. 
 
 SjjTcocev. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD 
 
 — Present. 
 
 S. Tiftae, 
 
 S. 
 
 <pl?i££, 
 
 S. 6rj"koE y 
 
 rifia, 
 
 
 (j>l2,EL, 
 
 6rfkoV) 
 
 TlfiaETQ, 
 
 
 (pl2,££T0), 
 
 drjXoETO, 
 
 Tijidroi. 
 
 
 (j)L/\,£LTO). 
 
 dn'kovTG) . 
 
 D. TlfiaETOV, 
 
 D. 
 
 (j>i?i££T0V, 
 
 D. df)2,0£T0V, 
 
 TL/l&TOV, 
 
 
 <pi%£LTOV, 
 
 dnlovrov, 
 
 TLfldETUV, 
 
 
 flJlSETUVi 
 
 dr/loETuv, 
 
 Ttfidruv. 
 
 
 (piTiElTOV. 
 
 dnlovTtov. 
 
 1. The Attics have a 
 
 contracted form of this mood peculiar to them- 
 
 Belves ; as follows : 
 
 
 
 
 Tifi-vrjv, -U7/C 
 
 -cj?7, ftl 
 
 olvv, -oi7jg, -oiij, 
 
 •6t]tov 
 
 , -cp^rnv, 
 
 -oir/TOV, -oifjTnv, 
 
 -yrifisv, -dirjTE, 
 
 -d>7joav, 
 
 oirjfiEv, -oirjTE, -oinaav, 
 
 drjTi- 
 
 OtTJV, 
 
 -Oi?/0, 
 
 -oil], 
 
 
 
 -oirjTov, 
 
 -oiijrrjv, 
 
 ' 
 
 0171 f J. f 
 
 v, -oir)TS } 
 
 -oiyaav. 
 
EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 151 
 
 P. rtfidere, 
 
 p. 
 
 <j>iMete, 
 
 P, 
 
 6tja6ete, 
 
 rijiare, 
 
 
 ftletTE, 
 
 
 SrjAovrs, 
 
 Tifiaeruuav, 
 
 
 tyiXeETucav, 
 
 
 dyXosTQcav, 
 
 rifidruaav. 
 
 
 tyikELTuoav. 
 
 
 dqTiOVTocav. 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD.— Present 
 
 
 Tifidecv, 
 
 
 <piXeetv, 
 
 
 drjloEtv, 
 
 rifiav. 
 
 
 ^CKeZV. 
 
 
 dTj^OVV. 
 
 PARTICIPLE.— Present 
 
 
 
 N. ri/zduv, 
 
 N. 
 
 (ptMuv, 
 
 k 
 
 drjTiouv, 
 
 TLflCiV, 
 
 
 <f)l?LG)V, 
 
 
 drjAtiv, 
 
 Tifidovtra, 
 
 
 (j)L%EOVOa, 
 
 
 drjTioovaa, 
 
 rcfiuaa, 
 
 
 <j)t,lovaa, 
 
 
 driTiovca, 
 
 Tlfldov, 
 
 
 <j)l2,£OV, 
 
 
 drjTioov, 
 
 TLjJLUV. 
 
 
 tyikovv. 
 
 
 dfjlovv. 
 
 G. TlfiaOVTOC, 
 
 G. 
 
 <j>iMovTog, 
 
 G, 
 
 drfkoovroq, 
 
 Tifitivroc;, 
 
 
 (piXovvroc, 
 
 
 dqlovvTog, 
 
 Ttfiaovarjc, 
 
 
 ^LToEOvarjg, 
 
 
 drjTioovaf]^, 
 
 TL/LLUGTjC, 
 
 
 <pi?iova?]£, 
 
 
 d?]%OVG7}C, 
 
 TifJ-dovTog, 
 
 
 tyikeovrog, 
 
 
 dqXoovTog, 
 
 TlflUVTOg, &c 
 
 
 <j)t?iOVVTO£, &c. 
 
 
 dqhovvroc, &c 
 
 LX. EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE OF CON- 
 TRACTED VERBS. 
 
 I, 
 
 Translate the following : 
 
 I. Noet 1 Kal rore irpdrre. — avvrfieia Kopov yevvd. — 
 'Opcpevg add)v eKtvet 2 XiBovg re Kal devSpa. — ol avdponoL 
 rd naXcubv 3 ev dvrpoig cdkovv. 4 — rr\v ZtKeXiav to iraXaibv 
 ol 'Poyfialoc endXovv rb rr\g 'P6(j,rjg rafxelov. — rr\v 'Ax^X* 
 Xecog danlda "Ofirjpog errotrjGe 5 (pepovaav bXov rbv ovpavbv, 
 Kal yeupyovvrag, 6 Kal ya\iovvrag, Kal SiKa^ofievovg Kal 
 TroXefjiovvrag. — QaXijg Xeyerai irptirog dorpoXoyrjcat. — 
 fjbrjdeTTore (j)povi]G / Qg enl aeavr(b fieya.' 7 — UXdrov <piXooo<f)- 
 lav tt]v tiavdrov fieXerrjv eKaXeaev. 
 
 II. T £2 iral atcoira, noXX' e%ei atyrj KaXd. — p/ KaKolg 
 b\iiXei. — rovg $eoi>g ri\ia- rd onovdala p,eXera. — yeXa 6 
 p£>pog, Kav 1 ri \ir\ yeXolov %. — laXfxoyvevg dvritpovrav 
 eroXfia ro> Ad. — ol "~EXX7]veg ri\idai rbv 'Lnneiov lionet- 
 dtiva? Kal $vovolv avrco kirl tgj 'lodpcj. 3 — ol K6X%oi rovg 
 
152 EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 veKpovg ev (3vpaatg tidnrovoL, ml etc rtiv devdpuv e%apru>- 
 olv.* — AcoyevTjg Iduv rrore \ieipaKiov epvdptGJv, 5 ddppei, 
 £(f)7}, roiovrov eon rrjg dperrjg rb %pc5^a. — ol dvdpcjnot 
 ovde rbv depa rolg bpvtoiv 6 elodv 1 eIvcll eXevdepov. 
 
 III. 'Odvaaevg rbv KvKXo)na jxedvaavra kZeriHpXooev. 1 
 — ' ' Apt(7ro(f)dv7jg Xeyei nepl rov ILepucXeovg, on rjarparrrev, 
 k6povra, i-vvefcvna 2 rr\v 'EXXdda. — ev tg5 ILeXonovvTjoiaKco 
 •TToXefjLG) elg avrjp, 6 HepiKXrjg, e^d)pdov 3 r7)V7T6Xiv. — ZuKpar- 
 7\g eXeye rovg fiev aXXovg dvdpunovg £j/v, 4 Iva eodiotev, 
 avrbv de eaQieiv, Iva ^G)7). 5 —ediddxd7] 'KpattXrig dpfiarr}- 
 XareZv p,ev vnb 6 'Afifarpvovog' iraXaieiv de vnb Avro- 
 Xvkov onXofiaxslv de vnb Kdaropog- Ktdapo)deZv de vnb 
 Aivov. — XelXo)v, elg t&v eirra ccxpCJv, npooerarre,' 1 yX6r- 
 rr\g KpareZv, fir) natcoXoyelv, yrjpag n\iav. 
 
 IV. Kal £6)v 6 cpavXog Kal tiavtiv 1 KoXd^erai. — tj via 
 <j>povrlg ovk dXyelv <piXel. — ova eanv ovdelg 2 bong ov% 
 avrbv (f)iXel. — el 6 Qebg Trarijp vfitiv y, rjyairare av 3 fie. — 
 teal Kv6epvrjrf]g dyadbg eviore vavayel, Kal dvrjp oirovdaZog 
 eviore drvxei. — rvx^ eoace* cpavXa) ayoivoderxj' TroXXdtug 
 yap rbv firjdev npdi-avra ore^avoZ. 5 — emoicoreZ tw fiev 
 tjXlg) 6 TroXXdiag ra v£(j)7], r& de XoyLOfiib ra ndQr\? — ovre 
 rbv appejorov* XP va V &(peXeZ KXivn, ovre rbv dvorjrov 
 emorjfiog evrvx^a. 9 — rb avro 10 eanv bepiv etcrpecpetv, Kal 
 rbv 7T0V7]pbv evepyereZv Trap' 11 ovderepep yap 7) x&pig 
 evvoiav yevva. — oiKovvreg yr\v fyrovfiev -ddXaaaav, Kal 
 irXeovreg rrdXtv TcepiOKonovfiev rbv dypov. 
 
 II. 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 
 
 We live, not as we wish, but 
 as the Deity determines. 
 
 All men live in God. 
 
 The bright beam of the sun 
 arouses the notes of birds. 
 
 Zdcj, ovx &>g tieXo), dXX' &g 6 
 
 Bebg reXeG). 
 Hag avdpGJnog ev Oebg £ao>. 
 f O 6 rjXiog Xa[nrpbg oeXag 
 
 Ktveo) 6 (pBeyfia bpvig. 
 
PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. 
 
 153 
 
 One swallow < 
 
 make a 
 
 spring. 
 There is a great Deity in 
 
 heaven who inspects all 
 
 things. 
 Many bad men are rich. 
 Apollo loves me, the Muses 
 
 love me, Jove honours me. 
 
 Ptolemy, the son of Lagus, 
 used to say, that it was 
 better to enrich than to be 
 rich. 
 
 Homer appears to me to have 
 made the men gods, and the 
 gods men. 
 
 Conon, having 
 
 naval battle, and having 
 sacrificed a hecatomb, en- 
 tertained all the Athenians. 
 
 Pythagoras enjoined on his 
 disciples to honour ihtir 
 elders, to exercise memory, 
 to wage war on lawlessness. 
 
 mlc x^tdcjv ov TTOteo) eap. 
 
 ~El[il ev ovpavbg \iiyag Qebg 
 og £(pop&G) nag, 
 
 UoAvg ttXovt£(x> aaabg. 
 'Att6XXg)v hycb (piXecj, 6 
 Movaa eyo) (f)iXe(o, Zevg 
 eyd) rifido). 
 
 ILroXejialog, 6 Adyog (vlbg), 
 Xsyo) (imperf.), ajieivojv 
 elfu (pres. infin.) ttaov- 
 tl£g) rj nXovreo). 
 
 "Ofirjpog h/G) doneo), 6 fxev av- 
 6pG)nog $£bg ttoieo) (perf. 
 infin.), 6 ■dsog de avOpomog. 
 
 K.6vg)v, ev vavp,a%La vucdo) 
 (1st aor. part.), ical ena- 
 r6\ibr\ -&vo) (1st aor. part.), 
 irdg 6 'Adrjvalog eorido) 
 (1st aor.). 
 
 ILvdayopag rrapeyyvda) (im- 
 perf.) 6 \iaQrrrr\g (dat.) 6 
 irp£o6vg ri\id(x), 6 p,vfjp,7j 
 doK£(o, dvofita (dat.) tto- 
 
 LXI. PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 Tifidouai, 
 
 S. (j>cMofiat, 
 
 S. drjXoofiai, 
 
 TLfi&fiai, 
 
 yihovfiai, 
 
 SrjXovftai 
 
 TL/idet, 
 
 fiXeei, 
 
 drjloec, 
 
 Tifid, 
 
 <pikel, 
 
 drj'koL, 
 
 Ti/iderat, 
 
 tyikeerat, 
 
 drjloerai, 
 
 Tifiurat. 
 
 ^iXelrai. 
 
 SriTiovTai. 
 
154 
 
 CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 D 
 
 Ti/iaofiEdov, 
 
 D. (J)l1s6/j.e6ov, 
 
 D. dTjloS/iEdov, 
 
 
 Tl{lU)f/.E0OV, 
 
 <j)L?i0V/J.E60V, 
 
 drjXov/j.£6ov, 
 
 
 TCfideodov, 
 
 <pl%£EGd0V, 
 
 drjhoEodov, 
 
 
 TifiaadoVi 
 
 tyL^ElodoVy 
 
 dtjlovcdov, 
 
 
 TCfideadov, 
 
 <pl%££(?60V, 
 
 SrjAoEodov, 
 
 
 Ti/Lcaadov. 
 
 ^lTielgOov. 
 
 driTiovadov. 
 
 R 
 
 Tifiao/xeda, 
 
 P. (juTiEOfieda, 
 
 P. d^oo/isda, 
 
 
 TLfjiujieda, 
 
 <pilovfi£0a, 
 
 djjAovfiEda, 
 
 
 Tifidsade, 
 
 (pl?iE£cds, 
 
 drjloEads, 
 
 
 TC/iaode, 
 
 ^OieZgOe, 
 
 drjXovods, 
 
 
 Tifidovrcu, 
 
 QiXiovrai, 
 
 drfkoovrat, 
 
 
 Ttpuvrat. 
 
 (piXovvrai. 
 Imperfect. 
 
 6jj2,ovvrau 
 
 S. 
 
 £Tifj.a6fii)v, 
 
 S. EtyikEOjirjv, 
 
 S. kdqhoofirjv, 
 
 
 ETipufiriv, 
 
 E(f>l?lOV[X7]V, 
 
 kdrjXovjirjv, 
 
 
 kri/ndov, 
 
 ktytMov, 
 
 Edqloov, 
 
 
 kriftu, 
 
 ECplllOV, 
 
 kdr/hov, 
 
 
 ETl/ZaSTO, 
 
 E^iTiEETO, 
 
 EdtjXoSTO, 
 
 
 kTLjj.dro. 
 
 eQiTieZto. 
 
 eStjXovto. 
 
 D. 
 
 krifiaonedov, 
 
 D. ECplTiEOfJ-EdoV, 
 
 D. bdrjTiOOfiEdov, 
 
 
 £Tifj,6fiedov, 
 
 ktyiTiov/iEdov, 
 
 kdriTiovfiedov 
 
 
 ETLfidecdov, 
 
 e^lMeoOov, 
 
 hdrj^oEcdov, 
 
 
 ETifiaadov, 
 
 E^lIeZgOoV, 
 
 kdvXovodoVy 
 
 
 krLfiaeadrjv, 
 
 EdiTiEsadijv, 
 
 sdrj'ko£od'r]v, 
 
 
 ETifidcdrjv. 
 
 EtyikEicdrjv. 
 
 £6r)Xovc6r)v . 
 
 P. 
 
 ETifiaofiEda, 
 
 P„ kipilEo/Lceda, 
 
 P. kdrjloofiEda, 
 
 
 £Tlfl6/J,£da, 
 
 E(f)l?lOVfl.Eda, 
 
 kdr/Xov/j-Eda, 
 
 
 ETLfldEcds, 
 
 £(j)l%E£(jd£, 
 
 kdrjXoEadE, 
 
 
 ETlfiaodE, 
 
 e^lTieZuOe, 
 
 kdriTiovode, 
 
 
 krifidovro, 
 
 kftXiovro, 
 
 kdrjlioovTO, 
 
 
 ETlflUVTO. 
 
 E(pcXoVVTO. 
 
 kdvXovvro. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 S. Ttfidafiai, 
 
 S. <piMcofj.at, 
 
 S. d^Xou/uat, 
 
 Tlfl&fJ.CU, 
 
 (f)il£)/Lt,ai, 
 
 firjhtifiai, 
 
 TLfidy, 
 
 (piMv, 
 
 ftrfho't), 
 
 Tlfifi, 
 
 (j>C?i7J, 
 
 SnXoZ, 
 
 TifidnTdt, 
 
 (j)t?LS7]Tai, 
 
 d^lor/Tai, 
 
 TL/xdrat. 
 
 <j>iXi}Tcu. 
 
 dl]huTCU. 
 
 D. TLfia6/J.£d0V, 
 
 D. (pL^EUflEdoV, 
 
 D. 6rj7iod){.i£dov, 
 
 TLlMUflEdoV, 
 
 (j>t?LG)fJ.£d0V, 
 
 drjlufisdov, 
 
 Tifidijadov, 
 
 QiXirjcdov, 
 
 drjAorjodov, 
 
 Tifxaadov, 
 
 <pi2,7}adov, 
 
 SnXtiodov, 
 
 Tipdnodov, 
 
 <j>i%E7]a6ov, 
 
 StjXotjgOov, 
 
 Tifidadov. 
 
 ^iXfjcdov. 
 
 drjiucdov. 
 
CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 155 
 
 p 
 
 Tiftaufieda, 
 
 P. (JHheupeda, 
 
 P. dnTioufieOa, 
 
 
 Tifiufceda, 
 
 (julufieda, 
 
 dnlufiEda, 
 
 
 TLfiarjode, 
 
 QiXinode, 
 
 dn'Xonode, 
 
 
 Tifiaade, 
 
 (j>tl7jad8, 
 
 dtjTiuadE, 
 
 
 TlftduVTCU, 
 
 tyikeuvrcu, 
 
 dvTiouvrcu, 
 
 
 Ttfitivrai. 
 
 tyik&vrai. 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 dnXtivTat. 
 
 s. 
 
 rtfiaoi/iTjv, 
 
 S. QiXeOL/LIVV, 
 
 S. 6r]7iOoifir}v, 
 
 
 Tlfji6jJ,T]V, 
 
 tyikoifirjv, 
 
 dnloifiriv, 
 
 
 TlfiaOLO, 
 
 <j)L%£OLO, 
 
 dnhooio, 
 
 
 TLfiCiO, 
 
 (piTiolo, 
 
 dnhoZo, 
 
 
 TI/4&0CTO, 
 
 <j>l?i£OtTO, 
 
 6n2,6otTo, 
 
 
 Tl/U&TO. 
 
 fylkolTO. 
 
 dnXocro. 
 
 D 
 
 Tifiaoifxedov, 
 
 D. fiTieoi/iedov, 
 
 D. drjXooLfiEdov, 
 
 
 Ti/xufj-edov, 
 
 (piXoL/uedov, 
 
 dn?ioifX£dov, 
 
 
 Tifidotadov, 
 
 <j>L%eotadov, 
 
 dnhootadov, 
 
 
 Tifi&adov, 
 
 QiXoZodov 
 
 dn'koZadov, 
 
 
 TLfjLaoiadrjv, 
 
 <j>iXeoiadnv, 
 
 dnTiooiadnv, 
 
 
 Ttfiuodrjv. 
 
 tyCkoiaQnv. 
 
 dnXoiodnv. 
 
 P. 
 
 Tifiaocfieda, 
 
 P. (f)l?iEOtjHEda, 
 
 P. dnXooifiEda, 
 
 
 Ti/j.6/j.Eda, 
 
 (j)t?iOL[J.Eda, 
 
 drjloifiEda, 
 
 
 Tifidotade, 
 
 ^(.Xeoiade, 
 
 6nl6oia0E, 
 
 
 TifiQade, 
 
 tyikoZaBe, 
 
 dnhoZade, 
 
 
 TLfiaOlVTO, 
 
 (pL%SOLVTO, 
 
 dnTioocvTo, 
 
 
 TLflUVTO. 
 
 (j)tXoZvTO. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 6n2,oZvro. 
 
 S. 
 
 Tifidov, 
 
 S. ^cTiEOV, 
 
 S. dn'koov, 
 
 
 TifJLib, 
 
 (J>lXov, 
 
 drjlov, 
 
 
 Tifiaeado), 
 
 fpiXsEado), 
 
 drjloEcdcj, 
 
 
 TLfidadu. 
 
 <j)l?,ELOdo. 
 
 dnTiovcdo). 
 
 D. 
 
 TifideoOov, 
 
 D. <j>iMeg6ov, 
 
 D. dn'koEodov, 
 
 
 ri/xaadov, 
 
 ^iXeZgQov^ 
 
 6n"kova6ov, 
 
 
 Tifxaeadcdv, 
 
 <j)l%££odG)V, 
 
 dnhoEoduv, 
 
 
 Ti/idcduv. 
 
 <j>i2,Eiado)v. 
 
 dn'kovGdciv. 
 
 P. 
 
 Ti/J.deod£, 
 
 P. tylkEEodE, 
 
 P. 6n7iO£ad£, 
 
 
 TLfidade, 
 
 <j)t?iEiadej 
 
 dnlovade, 
 
 
 Ti/iaeodocav, 
 
 (piXeEaduaav, 
 
 dnhosodcjuav, 
 
 
 Tt/idadcjaav 
 
 QiXEioducav. 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 dnXovcdoicav. 
 
 
 Tifidecdai, 
 
 (j>L?i,EEadat, 
 
 6r]7iG£cBai, 
 
 
 rifiacdai. 
 
 (pifaZodai. 
 
 dnXovcOai. 
 
156 EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. 
 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 N. rifiaopevoc, 
 
 N. (j>t.?ic6fzevo(;, 
 
 N. dnTioo/u-evog, 
 
 TifidfCEVO^, 
 
 (piXov/uevoc, 
 
 dnJiovfiEvoc, 
 
 TLfiao/nevt], 
 
 {ptXeofievq, 
 
 drjloo/LLevn, 
 
 TlfUJ/J.EVT], 
 
 (plTlOV/HEVT], 
 
 Sw'AovjUEvr}, 
 
 rc/j,a6/nevov, 
 
 tyiXeoficvov, 
 
 dnlooftevov, 
 
 rifiufievov. 
 
 (j>l?LOVfl£VOV. 
 
 6tjXov/j.evov 
 
 LXII. EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES 
 OF CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 I. 
 
 Translate the following : 
 
 I. Sre^avoxjaiievog dnrjXde, 1 kclI vnb t&v 'Adrjvatojv 
 erifidro. — KoXa^e rd ndOr], tva p) vn' avr&v rifiupy. — 
 'Odvooevg 6ie6oi]Brf enl aocpia. — eTrXavtejirjv 3 icard -BdXaG- 
 cav gv, & ILooeidov, enXdvag e/ie. — nap' 'Ivdolg, 6 rexvl- 
 rov nrjpcjGag 4 %elpa rj o^daXiibv, -&avd~G) fy/uovrai,. 5 — gv 
 ecp66rjGag, eycb 6e e<po6r]Gdiir)v. — 'AyrjGiXaog, epcorrjdeig* 
 n&g (xeydXrjv So^av enoirJGaro? dnenpivaro, fiavdrov na- 
 racppovfjoag. — Ucopog, epurrjdeig, vnb rov 'AXe^dvdpov, 
 \ierd rr)v iidxr}v, ntig ooi %pi}GO\iai ; 8 BaoiXi/ttig, sine. 
 
 II. AeyovGi rbv \idvriv nrjpG)6rjvai} rag bipecg, on npov- 
 Xeyev 2 dvdpunocg rd fieXXovra. 3 — tw 'AXaecjg nalde icXi- 
 [iana enl rbv ovpavbv enotrjGdGOrjv . — noXXd rjGav ev rolg 
 naXatolg %povoig tietiv dyaXfiara, a [leyaXoig enrfvedrj. 4 
 — ol "FiXXrjveg e/crrjGavro 5 \ieydXr\v doi-av r%\ ev Mapadcovt 
 vin%]. — &!CT£Lpa, 6 id£)v Tvcj)GJva %eipov\ievov ? — r) rov noi\iev- 
 og -dvydrrjp eyajirjGaro tw j3ovic6Xg). — f) dpd Kpovov rors 
 icpavd7]G£Tai, s r)v rjpdro 9 etcnirvtiv rov drrvaiov -&povov. 
 
 III. MdXXov evXadov ipoyov rj nivdvvov. — KXedvOrjg 
 vvfcrup fMev ev rolg nrjnoig rjvrXei, 1 fied' f)fiepav 6e ev rolg 
 Xbyoig eyvfivd^ero, 2 nal ovdenore dnb tyiXoGofyiag nal 
 dperrjg dnenXavdro? — <piXovg \xr\ ra^y Kru>. 4 — Adding, 6 
 vavfcXrjpog, eporrjdelg, ntig earr)Garo rbv nXovrov ; ov 
 %aXeiTG)g, £(f)r}, rbv fieyav, rbv 6e $pa%vv emnovcog. — el 
 gv edeaGG) anep ey<b, ev olda on ovk, av enavGG) 5 yeXtiv. — 
 
EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. 157 
 
 Trdvrcov earlv t\$igtov Kai XvcFcreXeararov, morovg a\xa 
 Kai %p7\oi\iovg (piXovg fcrdodat, 6 evepyeaiaig. 
 
 IV. f O (lev Uporevg r'q [lop^, 6 6e drraidevTog Tq ipvXQ 
 EfcdoTOTe dXXocovrai. 1 — (3Xdnrec Qebg ov xokudeig, dXX' 
 dyvoTjdetg. — Xoyo) 7]ye\hbvi ev navri xP<*>[J>evog oi>x dfiap- 
 TTjaeig. 2 — nparre rd fieydXa, fir} vv;w)(yov\i£VQg \ieydXa. — 
 26/Un> epG)T7]6slg rrcog dpicra at iroXetg oIkolvto, elrrev, sdv 
 pev ol TToXlrat rolg dp^pvci TTeidtevrat,, ol 6e dpxovreg rolg 
 vdfioig. — el rig olerai repnvorepov elvai rbv ev daret (3iov 
 rov ev dypolg, evdvjirjdrjTO) rrpbg eavrbv, olov fiev sure 
 (36rpvg bpav e% d\meXov Kpe\ia\ievovg, olov 6e Idelv Xrj'ia 
 Zecpvpwv avpatg Kivovjj,eva, olov 6e aKOvaai ftoiov \iv\ud\ie- 
 vd)v 3 Kai 7Tpo6dro)v (3X?]x^evG)v. 4 ' 
 
 II. 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 
 
 The ancient heroes of the 
 Greeks, in the Trojan war, 
 are said to have used char- 
 iots. 
 
 I left them drawing lots and 
 fearing for the city. 
 
 The Tarentines resolved to 
 make Pyrrhus their leader. 
 
 Not punishing the bad, you 
 wish the good to be injured. 
 
 Medea, having been wronged 
 by Jason, whom she once 
 bound by mighty oaths, 
 hates her children. 
 
 We will be silent, being over- 
 come by the more powerful. 
 
 f O naXatbg 6 "IZXXtjv rjpog, 
 ev 6 TpolKog 7r6Xefiog, 
 dpfia (dat.) %pdu (perf. inf. 
 pass.) Xeyo). 
 
 AeiTTG) KXr]p6cj (pres. part, 
 mid.), teal 6 ixoXig (dat.) 
 (f)o6eG) (pres. part. mid.). 
 
 f O Tapavrlvog fiovXevo) (1st 
 aor. mid.) Troieo) (pres. inf. 
 mid.) Hvppog r\ye\id)v. 
 
 Ov 6 fcanbg KoXd^o), (3ovXo[xat 
 ddaceG) b dyadog. 
 
 Mrjdeta, i>nb 'Idocov ddifceo) 
 (perf. part, pass.), bg trore 
 fieyag bptcog evdeo) (1st. 
 aor. mid.), 6 -rralg orvyeo). 
 
 Scydb) (1st fut. mid.), tcpela- 
 go)v (gen.) viK,d(o. 
 
 
 
158 VERBS IN fit. 
 
 The allies crowned themselves, 
 but you were indignant. 
 
 r cv\i\ia%oc OTF.^avocd (1st 
 aor. mid.), ov de ayavaic- 
 T£6) (1st aor. act). 
 
 LXIII. VERBS IN fit. 
 
 I. Verbs in \ii are formed from verbs of the third conju- 
 gation in do), eo), oco, and vo), 
 
 1. By prefixing the reduplication with I. 
 
 2. By changing o) into \ii. 
 
 3. By lengthening the penult. 
 
 II. In this way are formed the following : 
 
 larrjiii, from ardo). 
 
 TldTjfJLl,, 1 " #£G). 
 
 didtoiii, " 6 day. 
 
 dstfcvvfit, " deifcvvG). 
 
 III. If the verb begin with a vowel, with nr or or, then 
 I aspirated is alone prefixed ; as, eg), Ifjfii ; Trrdo), lifrtfltt, 
 ardcj, Igtt][ii. This is called the Improper Reduplication. 
 
 IV. The reduplication takes place in the present and 
 imperfect merely. 
 
 V. Verbs in v\ii have no reduplication ; neither is it 
 found in those verbs in \ii which are formed from verbs of 
 three syllables ; as, fcpefivdo), Kp£\ivr\\iL. It is also wanting 
 in (jyrjfii from (j)d(o. 
 
 VI. Verbs in fit have only three tenses of that form, name- 
 ly, the present, imperfect, and second aorist. They take 
 the other tenses from verbs in o. Thus, did^ia makes dw- 
 <7go and deduma from 66g). 
 
 VII. Verbs in v\ii have no second aorist, nor the optative 
 or subjunctive mood. When these moods are needed they 
 are borrowed from forms in vo. 
 
 VIII. Verbs in \ii have no second future, second aorist 
 passive, nor perfect middle. 
 
 I. Old form ■&idr]/j,i, changed to rldy/iiy in order to prevent an aspirate 
 from beginning two successive syllables. 
 
159 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 Synopsis of Moods and Tenses. 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Imper. Opt. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Part. 
 
 iaT-IJfil, 
 Tld-7]Ul, 
 
 () 16-u /ai, 
 deiKV-vfii, 
 
 -a8i, 1 -airjv, 
 
 -ETl, -ElTjV, 
 -001, -OL7]V, 
 
 -vdi, 1 
 
 -6, 
 
 -aval, 
 -ivai, 
 -ovai, 
 -vvai, 
 
 -de, 
 
 -eic, 
 -ovc, 
 -vc. 
 
 ioT7)V, 
 
 kridriv, 
 kdidtov, 
 edsinvvv, 
 
 \ The rest like the Present. 
 
 £GTJ]V, 
 
 e6u>v, 
 
 OTTjdl, 
 ■&EC, 
 
 66c, 
 
 arair/v, 
 
 ■&EC7]V, 
 6oi7}V, 
 
 GTU, 
 
 66, 
 
 arrival, 
 ■&eivai, 
 dovvai, 
 
 eras, 
 ■&eic, 
 6ovc. 
 
 Present, 
 Imperfect, 
 2d Aorist, 
 
 The other tenses are regularly formed from verbs in w. 
 Thus: 
 
 1st Future, 
 
 1st Aorist, 
 
 Perfect, 
 
 Indie. 
 
 taper. 
 
 Opt. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Fart. 
 
 CTTjG-U), 
 ■&rjO-(0, 
 
 66a-o), 
 deiij-CJ, 
 
 earr/aa, 
 tdrjua, 
 edoKa, 
 kdettja, 
 
 iarrjK-a, 
 redeiK-a, 
 deduic-a, 
 6e6eix-a, 
 
 CT7JG-0V, 
 
 deif;-ov t 
 
 -e, 
 -e, 
 -e, 
 -e, 
 
 -Olfil, 
 -Olfil, 
 -Olfil, 
 -Olfil, 
 
 -ai/ni, 
 -aifii, 
 
 -Olfil, 
 -Olfil, 
 -Olfil, 
 -Olfil, 
 
 -w, 
 
 -u, 
 
 -0), 
 
 -u, 
 
 -U), 
 
 -ElV, 
 -£IV, 
 -ElV, 
 -ElV, 
 
 -ai, 
 
 -ai, 
 
 -ivai, 
 -ivai, 
 -ivai, 
 -ivai, 
 
 -0)V, 
 -0)V, 
 -0)V, 
 
 -uv. 
 
 -Of, 
 
 -ac. 
 
 -6c, 
 -6c, 
 -6c, 
 -6c. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 tarrjKEiv or EiaTrJKEiv, eteOelkeiv, e6e66keiv, e6e6eixeiv. 
 
 Numbers and Persons. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 cor-rffii, 
 
 9d 
 
 7)Ol, 
 
 arov, 
 
 arov, 
 
 afiEV, 
 
 aTE, 
 
 aai y 
 
 rid-rj/ii, 
 
 vc, 
 
 rfai, 
 
 ETOV, 
 
 ETOV, 
 
 EfiEV, 
 
 ETE, 
 
 Eiai, 
 
 Sid-ofii, 
 
 ur, 
 
 uai, 
 
 orov, 
 
 OTOV, 
 
 OfiEV, 
 
 OTE, 
 
 ovai, 
 
 deiicv-vfii, 
 
 VC, 
 
 vai. 
 
 VTOVt 
 
 VTOV. 
 
 VfiSV, 
 
 VTE, 
 
 vai. 
 
160 
 
 lOT-rjv, 
 
 hld-TjV, 
 
 edlS-uv, 
 kdeinv-vv. 
 
 Singular. 
 VC, 
 
 Singular. 
 
 egt-vv, 
 sd-nv, 
 
 Imperfect. 
 Dual. 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 Dual. 
 
 WTOV, 7]T7]V, 
 
 etov, ettjv, 
 orov, OTTjV. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 arov, 
 
 arfjv, 
 
 a[JLEV, 
 
 are, 
 
 aaav, 
 
 erov, 
 
 ETTJV, 
 
 EjlEV, 
 
 ETE, 
 
 eaav, 
 
 OTOV, 
 
 OTTjV, 
 
 OfXEV, 
 
 OTE, 
 
 oaav, 
 
 VTOV, 
 
 VTTjV. 
 
 VfJLEV, 
 
 VTE, 
 
 vaav. 
 
 Plural, 
 r/fiev, 7jTS, qoav, 
 
 EfiEV, ETE, ECCLVy 
 
 ojievj ote, oaav. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 CTfj-di, GTTjTCJ, 
 
 6sg, 6et(o, 
 
 dog, doru. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 GT7JT0V, GT7]TUV, GTTJTE, GTrjTUGCLV, 
 
 Oetov, 6etuv, 6ete, dsTucav, 
 
 Sotov, Sotuv. 66te, doToaav. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 iGrai-vv, 
 tlOel-t/v, 
 didoi-i]V) 
 
 Singular. 
 
 GTat-7]V, 
 
 dsl-nv, 
 doi-rjv, 
 
 ral-nv, \ 
 
 el-vv, > j]g, 7]. 
 
 oi-riv, S 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 TjTOV, TjTnV. 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 Dual. 
 
 7)tov, TJrnv. 
 
 Plural. 
 T)lLEV y r]TE, -rjoav, and 
 
 EV. 
 
 Plural. 
 VfiEv, tjte, vaav, and 
 
161 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 Singular. 
 ioT-u, yc, 
 
 Tld-£), 
 
 dtd-£>, 
 
 Wi 
 
 OTW, GTTie, 
 6(0, %, 
 
 (Jw, Sue, 
 
 <5cj. 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 
 
 .D#a7. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 #rov, rJTOv, 
 
 1 GfiEV, 
 
 Tjre, 
 
 dot, 
 
 7JTOV, 7]TOV } 
 
 fifiev, 
 
 7]TE, 
 
 (JCU, 
 
 UTOV, UTOV. 
 
 | tifxev, 
 
 (JTE, 
 
 OCl. 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 CTJJTOV, OTJJTOV, 
 6f]TOV, dfJTOV, 
 
 durov, Sutov. 
 
 j gt&jiev, 
 j dtiftev, 
 
 GTTJTE, 
 
 dijTS, 
 dure, 
 
 GTUGl, 
 dCdCl, 
 
 dual. 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 vat. Ttdivai. didovai. dsiicvvvai. 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 GTfjvai. ■Qelvai. dovvat. 
 
 Present. 
 
 lar-dc, 
 
 Ttd-EIC, 
 
 6 td-ovt;, 
 6eikv-vc, 
 
 uaa, 
 elca, 
 ovoa, 
 vaa, 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 crac, 
 
 ■&EIC, 
 
 dove, 
 
 araca, crav, 
 
 ■d-Eioa, Sev, 
 
 dovaa, 66v. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 The Moods and Tenses. 
 
 Present, 
 
 Imperfect, 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 Op tat. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Inf. 1 Fart. 
 
 lar-afiat, 
 Tid-£/J.at, 
 did-o/J.a,L, 
 
 6ELKV-VfiaL, 
 
 -aero, 
 
 -EGO, 
 
 -oao, 
 -vao, 
 
 -at/irjv, 
 
 'ElflTJV, 
 -OLfJLTjV, 
 
 -ti/uat, 
 -ufiat, 
 -tifiai, 
 
 -aadai, 
 
 -EGdat, 
 
 -oodat, 
 -vadat, 
 
 -&[J.EV0C, 
 •EflEVOC, 
 -OfCEVOC, 
 
 -vfiEvoe. 
 
 lardurjv, 
 
 ETld£/I7}V, 
 kdiSSfiTjV, 
 
 h6EtKvv[xrjv, 
 
 > The rest like the Present. 
 
 2 
 
162 
 
 Tenses formed from Verbs in a). 
 
 Perfect, 
 
 Plup. 
 
 3d Fut. 
 
 1st Aor. 
 
 1st Fut. 
 
 deiKvv- 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 Opt. I Subj. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Part. 
 
 EOT-afiai, 
 rid-Ei/uai, 
 Sed-ofiac, 
 ded-siy/nai, 
 
 -aoo, 
 
 SlOO, 
 
 -000, 
 
 -CU/U,7]V, 
 
 -Eifxriv, 
 
 -OlflTJV, 
 
 -u/xai, 
 -ufxac, 
 
 -aodai, 
 -slodai, 
 -oodai, 
 -sixOai, 
 
 -afisvog, 
 
 -ElflEVOg, 
 
 -OfiEvog, 
 -EiyjiEVog. 
 
 eTedei[njv, 
 k6e66firjv, 
 kSeSel-y/xr/v, 
 
 > The rest like the Perfect. 
 
 EOTao-o/uai, 
 Tedeio-ojiai, 
 dedoo-o/iai, 
 
 
 -OLflTjV, 
 -OtflTJV, 
 -OlflVV, 
 
 
 -Eodai, 
 
 -Eodai, 
 -Eodai, 
 
 -op-Evog, 
 
 -OjJLEVOg, 
 
 -bfjiEvog. 
 
 horadriv, 
 eredrjv, 
 kdodrjv, 
 kdeixdrjv, 
 
 CTad-7)Tl, 
 Ted-rjTl, 
 
 666-nTi, 
 
 -EIT]V, 
 -ELTJV, 
 
 -einv, 
 
 -a, 
 
 -&, 
 -u, 
 
 -fjvai, 
 -rival, 
 -f^vai, 
 deixd-rivai, 
 
 -eft, 
 -Eig, 
 -etc, 
 -etc. 
 
 orad^o-o/Liai, 
 red?ja-o/j.at, 
 6od7)o-o[iaL, 
 deixOvc-o/LUU, 
 
 
 -oijirjv, 
 
 -OlflTjU, 
 
 -oi/xrjv, 
 
 
 -Ecdai, 
 -eodai, 
 -Eodai, 
 -ecdai, 
 
 -OflEVOC-, 
 
 -6/j.evoe, 
 
 -OfMEVOt;, 
 -6fJ,£VOC. 
 
 > fiai, oai, rat. 
 
 Numbers and Persons. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 fiedov, cdov, odov. 
 
 - Singular, 
 lord- 
 ETide- 
 kSido- i 
 
 kdeiKVV- 
 
 tora, 
 ride, 
 dido, 
 deiKW- 
 
 Singular. 
 > co, odu. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 Dual. 
 
 fisdov, 000V, C07JV. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 Dual. 
 
 odov, cduv. 
 
 Plural, 
 fteda, o6e, vrai. 
 
 Plural, 
 fieda, ode, vto. 
 
 Plural, 
 ode, odacav. 
 
163 
 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD. 
 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 Singular, 
 larai- \ 
 
 Tidei- > /inv, o, to. 
 6160c- ) 
 
 Dual. Plural, 
 fiedov, cdov, cdrjv. fieda, ode, 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 VTO. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. Plural. 
 
 
 loT-fiuat, rj, Tjrai, 
 Tid-u/iai, 7j, rjrai, 
 616-ufj.at, £>, u>rat. 
 
 1 6/xedov, jjodov, ijadov, 1 6/j.eda, 7}o6e, 
 
 6/j.edov, ?ja6ov, fjadov, u^da, ijads, 
 
 1 ufiedov, tiodov, uadov. \ ufieda, tjcde, 
 
 uvrai, 
 Qvrai, 
 tivrat. 
 
 INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 icraodaL, 
 Tideadat, 
 6i6oadat, 
 6eiKvvcdat 
 
 
 lordfiEV-oc, \ 
 
 TldifiEV-Og, f 
 
 6l66jj,ev-oc, ( ^' 
 6elkvv/j,ev-oc, ) 
 
 ov. 
 
 MIDDLE VOICE. 
 The Moods and Tenses. 
 The present and imperfect are the same as in the pas- 
 
 The Second Aorist. 
 
 Indie. 
 
 toper. 
 
 Opt. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Part. 
 
 kardjiriv, 
 edefinv, 
 
 e66/J.7]V, 
 
 GTUGO, 
 ■&EO0, 
 (56(70, 
 
 
 OTLJ/J,at, 
 
 fitifiai, 
 6ufj,ai, 
 
 crdadai, 
 ■&£cdai, 
 66odai, 
 
 GTa/H£VO£, 
 ■&e(.lEVO£, 
 
 66fi£vog. 
 
 Tenses formed from Verbs in w. 
 
 1st Aorist, 
 
 lat Future, 
 
 £GTT](7du7]V, 
 kdr]Kd/J.7}V, 
 
 k6uKdurjv, 
 k6sit;d[J,T}V, 
 
 GTTJG-ai, 
 
 -aifinv, 
 
 -o)fj,at, 
 
 •aodai, 
 
 -dflEVOC, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sd^-ac, 
 
 -ai/inv, 
 
 -ofiai, 
 
 -aGdai, 
 
 -dflEVOC. 
 
 GTTjG-Ofiat, 
 
 ■&^G-o/Lcai, 
 6d)G-o/j,at, 
 6£L^-o t uac, 
 
 > -OLUTJV, 
 
 
 -eodai, 
 
 -OflEVOq. 
 
164 
 
 Numbers and Persons. 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 Second Aorist. 
 Singular. Dual. 
 
 v, adov, cdrjv. fieda, 
 
 Plural. 
 a6e, 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 Second Aorist. 
 Singular. 
 
 > co, odu, 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 adov, adov. 
 
 ode, cduoav. 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD. 
 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 GT-Gtfiai, r), yrai, I ufiedov, ijadov, rjadov, I wueda, fjode, dvrai, 
 •&-€>/j,ai, r), rirai, 6/xedov, fjadov, fjcQov, 6/j.eda, ijade, uvt'cu, 
 d-6/xai, €), u)tat. \ 6/xe6ov, ticdov, uodov. \ ufieda, ucde, fivrac. 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 oraadai, 
 ■&Ec6ai, 
 Soadai. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 era- \ 
 66- ) 
 
 fievoc, ftevn, fievov. 
 
REMARKS ON VERBS. 165 
 
 FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 The Imperfect 
 is formed from the present, by prefixing the augment and 
 changing fit into v ; as, rid^u, ercd7]v. 
 
 The Second Aorist 
 is formed from the imperfect, by dropping the reduplication ; 
 as, ertdrjv, Wr\v ; or by changing the improper reduplication 
 into the augment ; as, larrjv, eoTTjv. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 The Present 
 is formed from the present active, by shortening the penult 
 and changing \ii into \iai ; as, iarrjfii,, lardfrni. 
 
 The Imperfect 
 is formed from the present, by prefixing the augment and 
 changing \xai into \ir\v ; as, ridejiat,, kriQi\xr\v. 
 
 MIDDLE VOICE. 
 
 The Second Aorist 
 is formed from the imperfect, by dropping the reduplication ; 
 as, eridefiTjv, kQ£\±7\v ; lardfiTjv, eard^Tjv. 
 
 REMARKS ON VERBS IN ju. 
 
 I. The number of verbs in fit, in the Attic and common dialects, is 
 very small, and among these few are only four which have a complete 
 conjugation peculiar to themselves, namely, Tid?]fU, typi, latrjfiL, and 
 dldufii. 
 
 II. The first aorists in /ca, of verbs in fit, are thought to have been 
 originally perfects, and to have been subsequently used as aorists, when 
 a peculiar form was introduced for the perfect. 
 
 III. The aorists in /ca have not the rest of the moods after the indica- 
 tive ; and, therefore, in giving the moods and tenses, we cannot say 
 Idrina, df/icov, drjuaifit, &c, but must pass to the second aorist ; as, 
 Idrina, #ec, deiriv, &c. 
 
166 EXERCISES ON THE VERB. 
 
 IV. In the third person plural the form aci is used by the Attics, 
 which occurs also frequently in Ionic, and hence is called Ionic ; as, 
 TiOidci, didodai, &c. 
 
 V. The first porist in na occurs in good writers almost exclusively in 
 the singular and in the third person plural. In the rest of the persons the 
 second aorist is more used, which, again, hardly ever occurs in the 
 singular. 
 
 VI. The optative present and second aorist, as in the aorist passive 
 of verbs in w, have in the plural, in the poets as well as prose writers, 
 more commonly elfiev, eire, elev ; ai£t,ev, aire, alev ; olfxev, ocre, olev ; 
 instead of elr/jiev, elnre, &c. 
 
 VII. In the verb iottj/ju, the perfect, pluperfect, and second aorist 
 have an intransitive meaning, " to stand ;" the rest of the tenses a transi- 
 tive one, "to place." Thus, Ic-Tnua. signifies "I stand;" ucri}KUv, "I 
 was standing." But earrjv, "I stood" as a transient action. 
 
 VIII. The form eora/ca, which is found in the common grammars, 
 occurs in later writers only, and in a transitive sense, " I have placed." 
 The Doric form eoraica, with the long penult, is distinct from this. 
 
 LXVI. EXERCISES ON VERBS IN fU. 
 I. 
 
 Translate the following : 
 
 1. Active Voice. 
 
 I. AidG)[M aoi efiavrbv (piXov. — ovdsv avev ttovov Qebg 
 Sldcjatv dvOpconoig. — dojpov aoi rovro duoo). — sdcofcdg 7\\fiv 
 %apdv. — Qebg e3g)ke fcvdog. — r\ 'AxiXXsog \ir\vig \ivpid 
 'A-xaioZq 1 dXyrj edr\ite. 2 — ol lttttol napd 3 rdlg dpp,dGiv egtt}- 
 oav. — rl eOTTjttag* napd rdlg irvXdig Xvnrjpd ; — ekeI, dyov, 
 
 OT7JGG) GE, GTTjGG) 6s SfldVTOV. Sbg TTjV %E~ipd flOL. 66g 
 
 7T0V <7T(d, Kdl TOV KOGfJLOV fCLV7jGG). 5 —6l6oTE, Kdl dodrjGETdl 
 
 vfilv. — ekeXevgs GTiyvai to dpna. — Qeov dtdovrog, ovdsv 
 Igxvel (pdovog. — -Qeov ov dtdovrog, ovdsv lg^vei novog. — 
 ri rbv vsupbv Kcjuvrbg bvivr\Giv ; 6 — rovrov rbv vofiov Qsbg 
 teOelksv. — ol iraXcuoi odoXbv elg rb gtojio, twv diroOavov- 
 rcov 7 naTEd7)Kav. — 7] GdXdfidvdpd, &g Xejovgl, did rov 
 rrvpbg (3ddi,£ovGd, s KdrdG6svvvoi 9 rb nvp. 
 
 II. HpoiirjOevg rb irvp rolg dvBp&Txoig sdcofcsv. — ol $ot- 
 
EXERCISES ON THE VERB. 167 
 
 vtfceg rolg "EXXtjgi rd ypdfifiara TrapadedcoKaacv. 1 — Tav- 
 raXog ev ttj Xtfivy avog ecrr\Kev. — vdfiog earl Q^aifcbg, ore 
 ovk ei-earcv 2 dvdpl Q7]6aiG) efcdelvat natdlov. — AvKovpyog, 6 
 deig 3 AanedaifJLOvioLg vo/iovg, doKel e\ioi oo<purarog. — 'Av- 
 rlyovog, 6 (3aoiXei)g, klooov neptridelg* ry Ke<paX^, Acbvvaov 
 efit/ielro. 5 — rbv Kpovov Xeyovai rovg avdptinovg e% aypiag 
 6iairr\g elg (3iov 7\\iepov fieraorrjoat,. 6 — rj nXaoriKTj deiKvvoi 
 rd e'ldrj rCdv dvdpG)iro)v, real eviore rdv &r)pu>v. — nlareve 
 Qebv ecpearrjfcevat 7 Trdvrore Kai bpav rrdvra a irpdrrecg. — 
 otife, firj didov, rdde. — ddpoei, Mrjdeta, ev yap nepl rC)vde 
 ixdvra •drjaG). 
 
 2. Passive Voice. 
 
 I. 'EcdpdftafiEV 1 dv6pG)irovg, ol Kai kvvCjv davdrte Kai 
 Inrrcov aloxptig vnb Xvnr\g dteredrjaav. 2 — Adipvtv rbv (3ovko- 
 Xov Xeyovai rex^evra 3 eKred7]vai ev ddcftvy, bdev Kai 
 rb ovofia eXabev. A — (pidXai dpyvpal edbdrjaav anaaiv. — 
 ILvdaybpag eXeye, dvo ravra en rtiv 'decJv rolg dvdptinoig 
 5edbo6ai, rb re aX7jdeveiv 5 Kai rb evepyerelv. — ralg Moi>~ 
 vaig Xeyovai napd Atbg rrjv ypa\L\idr(Av evpeaiv dodrjvat. 
 — olvog elg rr\v larptKrjv xpTioi^rarbg eon, noXXaKig yap 
 (papfJidKOLg Kepdvvvrai? 
 
 II. Nadf ev 'Pw^ deUvvrai, ev & at eiKoveg rtiv Tpcj'i- 
 Kcov -&eu)v Kelvrai} — Got /xovg) dedorat ravra noielv. — ol 
 'A&rjvalot rbv 'EptxOoviov Ik rr\g yr)g dvadodrjvaf Xe- 
 yovoi. — QuXb^evog napedodrf vnb Acovvalov elg rag Xarofi- 
 iag. — $e6(j,evog 4 ravra dceredrjv npbg oiKrov. — Karefrvy- 
 [ievG)v 5 rtiv ravpojv, ovk edido) rb depag Alrjrrjg. — ol vavrat 
 em npv\ivr\g aradevreg, \ieydX%) (fxov'q e6bo)v. 6 — 6eiKW\ie~ 
 vg)V eXeyxjuv ru>v6e avrolg rolg dvdptinocg <p66ov -frfjaa). 
 
 3. Middle Voice. 
 
 I. "Ore elXe x rr)v Qrj6ai(ov noXw 'AXegavdpog dnedoro 2 
 rovg eXevdepovg ndvrag. — 'UpaKXel r) dperr) rrjv npoarjyo- 
 piav edero- 'KpaKXrjg yap npoarjyopevdrj 3 on dt' "Rpav 
 KXeog euxev. 4 — 6 vb\iog Xeyev o \lt\ Karedov, (jirj Xd\itave. 
 
168 EXERCISES ON THE VERB. 
 
 — Zevo(j)U)V dnedero rbv crecpavov, ore ayyeXog foe 5 Xeyoiv, 
 rbv vlbv avrov, rov TpvXXov, redvdvat 6 ev Mavriveia. — 
 'HpafcXijg, xeipoodfjLevog 7 rbv Xeovra, rr/v fiev dopav t\\l$i- 
 eaaro, 8 tw %do\iari de e%pi\oaro Kopvdt. — ol 'Adrjvaloi 
 rbv Heipaid e[ATc6p(,ov ev p,eo(p rr\g 'JZXXddog Karearrj- 
 cavro. — kclkov ovdev (bverat ev dvdpi, -defieXia -ftefievG) rov 
 (3iov oocppoovvTjv nai eytcpdreiav. — ttoXXol av6p(x>7toi riBev- 
 rat rb ev ^v 9 ev irXovrcd. 
 
 II. Td X&ora nai ndXXiora TroXefM&rara rideode. 1 — 
 KaX&g edevro ravra ol rrarepeg v\idv. — [xrjdeva tiattbv dv 
 Xp7)fidrG)v evena ravrrjg -Bei\ir\v Trpoordrrjv %dov6g. — dperrj, 
 Kav ddvy rig, ova dnoXXvrat. — ev Ttjvg) K,p7\vr\ eoriv, rjg 
 to) vdari olvog ov \iiyvvrai. — ovtc dv dvvcuo, \ir\ icajxoyv, 2 
 evdaifiovelv. — ueya narcbv rb p) dvvaodai 3 <pepeiv tzaitbv. 
 — 6 ttoig)v 4: ravra neioerai ev -&avdro) ael\ivr\arog. — rd 
 TefiTTT] %u>pog eon neifievog fiera^v rov 'OXvprnov nai rfjc 
 "Oaarjg. — 6 Xeyuv ravra %apdg 5 nifiirXdodG). 6 — (jltj avafiiy- 
 woo rovro), ov irapa rdjv dyadtiv deopelg Xoi6opov\ievov. 
 — rolg 6i^7\\xevoig rd dyaOa \ioXig uapayiverai, rd de nana 
 teal \ir\ di^iievoig. 
 
 II. 
 
 Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
 matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 
 
 The winds dissipate the clouds, 
 
 but time alone manifests a 
 
 just man. 
 He gives to the herdsman the 
 
 babe to expose. 
 They stand in the plain, and 
 
 propose for the wrestlers a 
 
 public contest. 
 I knew, the misfortunes and 
 
 the death of Agamemnon. 
 
 f O avefiog diaaKi6vi]\ii 6 vety- 
 eXrj, o de xpovog dvrjp 6i- 
 itaiog \ibvog 6elnvv\Li. 
 
 Atdcdfu 6 (3ovfc6Xog o rraidiov 
 eKridrjiii (2d. aor.). 
 
 f '\arr\\JLi (perf.) ev 6 irediov, 
 Kai riQr\\ii 6 ddXrjrrjg tfy- 
 pociog dyejv. 
 
 'ETTLorafiat (imperf.) 6 rvx 7 !* 
 teal 6 tidvarog 'Ayafiep,- 
 
 V(OV. 
 
IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS. 
 
 169 
 
 Having deposited the gold, 
 they stood by the ships, and 
 said to the Barbarians, lay 
 ye down the bows. 
 
 May Jove make all these things 
 vain, and give peace to the 
 Greeks. 
 
 We are not able to fill the 
 bowl, nor to destroy the 
 serpent; but we are yoked 
 to misfortunes and are un- 
 done. 
 
 Let us put off the works of 
 darkness ; let us, if we may 
 be able to do this, place 
 within us a pure heart. 
 
 She lacerates her cheek, ma- 
 king her nail bloody. 
 
 Let each one prepare well his 
 shield. 
 
 Let them well know this, that 
 I will place my son there 
 for myself 
 
 Kararl67]fjit (2d aor.) 6 %pv- 
 obc, Trapa vavg (dat.) la- 
 TTjfii (2d aor.), ical 6 Bdp- 
 6apoc slttg), 6 roi-ov Kara- 
 rWr\\ii (pres.). 
 
 Zevc nag ovrog p,erafi6Xwg 
 tWt}\ll (2d aor. opt.), nal 
 didcj/u (2d aor. opt.) 6 "EX- 
 Xrjv elpr]V7). 
 
 Ov dvva\iai 6 fcparrjp nif/,- 
 ttXtjim, ovde 6 b^tg airoX- 
 Xv\ii, dXXd naitbg (dat.) 
 £,evyvv\hi (perf.) nal dnoX- 
 Xvfit (perf. mid.). 
 
 'AiTOTid7]iM (2d aor. subj. 
 mid.) 6 6 Oftorog epyov ev- 
 riQr\\u (2d aor. subj. mid.) 
 fcapdia, tcaOapbg, r\v 6vva- 
 fiat, (pres. subj.) ovrog 
 
 TTOUO). 
 
 ApvTTTO (mid.) irapfjtg, TiBr\\Li 
 (mid.) ovvt; diaifioc. 
 
 "Enaarog damg ev rlQr]\i,i 
 (2d aor. imp. mid.). 
 
 Ev ovrog sniorafiat (pres. 
 imper.) syo) vlbg evravSa 
 Iot7]\ll (fut. inf. mid.). 
 
 LXVII. IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS IN fiL 
 
 may be divided into three classes, each containing three 
 verbs. 
 
 I. From eo) are derived elfii, " to be ;" elfic and lr]\ii, " to 
 go," 
 
 II. From eo) are derived lr\\ii, " to send ;" r\\iai, " to sit ;" 
 eljiat, " to clothe one's selfP 
 
170 
 
 IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS. 
 
 III. Ksipai, " to lie down ;" lor\\ii, " to know ;" (prj^l, " to 
 say" 
 
 CLASS I. 
 1. ElfiC, " to be" 
 has been before conjugated, as it is used in some of its 
 tenses as an auxiliary to the passive voice of verbs in w. 
 
 2. Efyw, " to go." 1 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 Dual. Plural. 
 
 Irov, Irov. 
 
 Singular. 
 el/ii, els or el, elat. 
 
 1/j.ev, ire, elm, im or 
 lam. 
 
 fjeiV, 7?££0, 7]Et. 
 
 Future, elan, 
 elu-etv, etc, ei. 
 lov, leg, le. 
 
 Id i or el, 
 le, 
 
 Imperfect. 
 j fjeirov, TjSLTrjv. | TjELfiev, jjetre, fjeioav. 
 First Aorist, elaa. Perfect, eitca. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 j eirov, eirrji'. j eifiev, eire, etaav. 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 j lerov, ierrjv. | Iojxev, 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 Present. 
 j irov, Ituv. I Ire, 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 | lerov, lerov. | lere, 
 
 cere, lov. 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 ioifiL, lotg, lot. | lotrov, ioirqv. \ lotfiev, lotre, loiev. 
 
 1 . The present of the indicative, in this verb and its compounds, is 
 used by the Attics in a future sense. 
 
IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS. 
 
 171 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 iyfu, 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 ZyCi Zy- 
 
 1 
 
 lyrov, lyrov. j 
 
 LQ/J.EV, lyr£, LUGl. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 ievai. 
 
 
 luv 
 CLASS II. 
 
 lovca, lov. 
 
 
 1. 
 
 "IrjfU, " to send." 
 
 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 lys, lyai. 
 
 
 "letov, "letov. \ 
 Imperfect. 
 
 LEfiev, Iete, IeIgi, 
 
 lye, \y. 
 
 
 lerov, liryv. \ 
 First Future. 
 
 lEfisv, Iete, lecav. 
 
 Eig, ei. 
 
 
 erov, etov. | 
 
 0/Ll.EV, ETS, OVCL 
 
 First Aorist. 
 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 yica. 
 
 
 etna. 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 e'Ikeiv. 
 
 , fc, y- 
 
 
 erov, Iryv. 
 
 EfiEv, He, iaav. 
 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD 
 
 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 ledc, Ietcj. 
 
 1 
 
 LETOV, LETLdV. | 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 Iete, liTuaav. 
 
 £<;, £to>. 
 
 1 
 
 Stov, eruv. 
 
 He, ETocav. 
 
 lei-yv, 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 | yrov, ^r7/v. | yfxev, yrs, yaav. 
 
172 IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS. 
 
 First Future. Perfect. 
 
 Singular. Singular, 
 
 yaoifxc. etKoific. 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 eI-tjv, n$, 7j. nrov, rjrr}v. \ Wfisv, tjte, ncav. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 lei, lyg, ly. | Itjtov, Ifjrov. \ l&fiev, Ijjte, luci. 
 
 Perfect. 
 eIk-u, nq, y. 7]tov, rirov. J wfisv, ijte, uci. 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 (j, yg, y. tjtov, rjrov. j tifiev, tjte, uci. 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 Present. First Future. 
 
 ievai. tjcelv. 
 
 Perfect. Second Aorist. 
 
 eluEvat. Eivai. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 Present. First Future. 
 
 hig, Isiaa, Lev. tjcuv, ycovca, rjaov. 
 
 Perfect. Second Aorist. 
 
 Einug, scKvia, EiKog. \ &g, Eica, iv. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Singular. Dual. Plural. 
 
 Ufiai, cat, rai. \ \leQov, adov, adov. j [isda, ads, vrac. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 Is-finv, co, to. | fZEdov, cdov, adrjv. \ fiEda, cds, vto. 
 
 Perfect. 
 el-jicu, cat, rat. J (ieOov, cdov, cdov. J jLtsda, c6s, vrat. 
 
IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS. 
 
 173 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 Singular. Dual. Plural. 
 
 el-firjv, co, to. | fiedov, cdov, cdnv. \ fieda, cde, 
 
 P. P. Future. 
 elo-oficu. 
 
 eicdu. 
 
 First Aorist. First Future. 
 
 ednv and eldnv. ed^cofiac. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Perfect. 
 J eladov, elcduv. J Blade, e'icducav. 
 
 MIDDLE VOICE. 
 
 Present and imperfect like the Passive. 1 
 First Aorist. 
 Singular. Dual. Plural. 
 
 >K-dfi7)v, a, aro. \ dfiedov, acdov, dodrjv. | dfieda, acde, avro. 
 
 First Future. 
 ofj-edov, ecdov, ecdov. | ofieda, eade, ovrai. 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 epedov, ecdov, eodrjv. | tyeda, 'iode, hro. 
 
 qc-ofiai, ei, erai, 
 fynv, 
 
 £O0, 
 
 £TO, 
 
 2(70 and c 
 
 7]Ooi-(ir]v, 
 
 et/inv, 
 
 ufiai, 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD- 
 Second Aorist. 
 lcda>. J ledov, icduv. \ eade, tcduoav. 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD. 
 
 First Future. 
 , to. | fiedov, cdov, cdrjv. | fxeda, cde, vto. 
 Second Aorist. 
 to. | /iedov, cdov, cdrjv. \ fieda, cde, vto. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 Second Aorist. 
 tjtcli. | ufiedov, tjcBov, rjcdov. ] ufieda, rjcde, uvrat. 
 
 1. The middle form leuac is used in the sense of " to hasten ,-" literally, 
 " to send one's self on." Hence arises the kindred meaning of " to de- 
 sire ;" i. e., to send one's self after anything; in which sense it is the 
 root of Ifiepoq, " desire." 
 
 P2 
 
174 IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS. 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 First Future. Second Aorist. 
 
 Tjceadai. | 'icdai. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 First Future. Second Aorist. 
 
 Tjoo/jisv-og, n, ov. Ifiev-og, n, ov. 
 
 2. 7 K(icu, ll to sit." 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Singular. Dual. Plural. 
 
 Tjfiai, foai, TJrai. \ tj[ie8ov, rjcdov, r/odov. \ fypieda, %ode, rjvrai. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 fyfiyv, yco, %ro. J fyfiedov, qcdov, rjadriv. J fyfisda, %cde, tjvto. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 %go, fjada. J rjodov, jjaduv. j fade, ijcdaaav. 
 
 INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. 
 
 Present. Present. 
 
 Tjadat. I Tfjuev-oc;, n, ov. 
 
 CLASS III. 
 
 $r}fiL, "to say" 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Singular. Dual. Plural. 
 
 $ijui, (pric, tynoi. j Qarov. (parov. \ <j>a[/.£v, (pari, <f>aci. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 l<j>. V v, Wj 1 I arov, dr«v. | a l uv > aT ^ aaav > and 
 
 First Future. 
 
 $7<7-U, Bl£, El. I ETOV, ETOV. \ OflEV, ETE, OVOL, 
 
IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS. 
 
 175 
 
 Singular. 
 
 tyno-a, 
 
 cpddi, 
 
 (j)(lT(J. 
 
 VC, V> 
 
 <pac-vv, 
 
 (jn/o-ai/u, aff, ai. 
 
 £<2, <prje, 4>y- 
 
 First Aorist. 
 Dual. 
 
 dTOV, &T7]V. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 afxev, 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 | fyarov, <p&TO)v. j <j>aTe, 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 (JHlTUCaV. 
 
 1JTOV, TjTWV. 
 
 First Aorist. 
 
 Tjfiev, tjtEj vaav, 
 ftev, re, €v. 
 
 | atrov, airnv. j ai/xsv, aire, aisv. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 ] <P7jtov, tyfjTov. | (pufiev, <t>7JTe, <pfioc. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 Present. 
 
 <pdvai. 
 
 First Aorist. 
 
 yrjoai. 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Present. 
 
 (j>dg, <paca, <pdv. 
 
 First Future. 
 
 <t>7]GUV. 
 
 First Aorist. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 INDICATIVE. IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Perfect, nfya/xai, — irityarai. J iretydcdio. 
 
 INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. 
 
 iretp&odat. j irstyacfisv-osy i]> ov. 
 
176 THE NOMINATIVE AND VERB. 
 
 MIDDLE VOICE. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Singular. Dual. Plural. 
 
 <pa-fiai, cat, rai. \ jiedov, cdov, cdov. J fieda, cde, vrai. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 k<pd-finv 7 co, to. J fiedov, cdov, cdnv. \ fieda, cde, vto. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present. 
 <pdc-u, do. | 6ov, 6uv. 6s, Qocav. 
 
 INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. 
 
 Present. Present. 
 
 tyacdai. | tydfiev-oc, n, ov. 
 
 LXVIII. BRIEF VIEW OF THE GREEK SYNTAX. 
 
 the nominative and verb. 
 
 I. A verb agrees with its nominative in number and person ; as, byu 
 Tisyo), "I say ;" tovtcj tu dvdpe rjyncdcdrjv, "these two men thought;" 
 oi deol Kold&vci, " the gods punish." 
 
 II. A neuter plural, however, is generally joined with a singular verb ; 
 as, dcrpa (palverac, " stars appear ;" rdvra ecrcv dyadd, "these things 
 are good." 
 
 III. But when the neuter plural refers to living persons, the verb is 
 often put in the plural also, because persons are for the most part con- 
 sidered separately by the mind, but things as forming a class. Thus, 
 rd Tekn vnicxovTo, " the magistrates promised ;" rocdde [lev /nerd 'Adn- 
 vaiuv e6vj] kcrpdrevov, " so many nations served along with the Athe- 
 nians." 
 
 IV. Collective nouns, that is, nouns singular which express multitude 
 or number, have often their verb in the plural ; as, to CTparoiredov 
 dvex&pGvv, " the army retired ;" txoTJv yevoc dvdpuTcuv xp&vrai tovtc), 
 " a large class of men use this." 
 
 V. A dual nominative is sometimes joined with a plural verb ; as, tu 
 6e rax' eyyvdev 7]7idov t " they two quickly drew near ;" dfifyu leyovci, 
 " both say." 
 
PRONOUNS. 177 
 
 THE SUBSTANTIVE AND ADJECTIVE. 
 
 I. An adjective is often put in the neuter gender, without regard to 
 the gender of the substantive which stands with it in the sentence, XPVH-^ 
 being understood, and remains in the singular even when the substantive 
 is in the plural ; as, ovk dyadbv tj ■noTiVKOipavia, " the government of the 
 many is not a good thing ;" fieradoTiai slat XvTrnpov, " changes are a sad 
 thing." 
 
 II. An adjective of the masculine gender is often found with a femi- 
 nine noun of the dual number, and under this rule are also included the 
 pronoun, the participle, and article; as, afKpa tovtu tu iroles, "both 
 these cities ;" 6vo yvvalKt kpiCpvre, " two women quarrelling ;" to) x £ tp e i 
 " the two hands." 
 
 III. A substantive is often used as an adjective ; as, yTiticaav 'E/Udda 
 kdidat-e, " he taught the Greek tongue." 
 
 IV. The substantive is often changed into a genitive plural ; as, ol 
 Xpnorol tuv avdpunuv, " the worthy ones among men," for oi xpnaroX 
 avdpoTTOL, "worthy men." 
 
 V. An adjective in the neuter gender, without a substantive, governs 
 the genitive ; as, fieaov fyipac, " the middle of the day ;" roaov buikov, 
 " so great a throng." 
 
 VI. Adjectives are very often put in the neuter singular and plural, 
 with and without an article, for adverbs ; as, npurov, " in the first place ;" 
 to Trp&TOv, "at first;" KpvtyaZa, "secretly ;" (paidpd, "cheerfully." 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 I. The noun to which the relative refers is often omitted in the ante- 
 cedent proposition, and joined to the relative in the same case with it ; 
 as, ovrog kanv, 5v e16eq uvdpa, " this is the man whom you saw ;" ovk 
 £#w, d)Tivt Tnarevaat uv dvvaifinv ty'ilu, " I have no friend on whom I 
 might rely." 
 
 II. The relative often agrees with its antecedent in case, by what is 
 called attraction ; as, cvv role dncavpoLC, ole 6 rrarrjp KareliizEv, " with 
 the treasures which his father left behind ;" dyuv and rtiv noteuv, uv 
 eizeloe, arparcdv, " leading a body of troops from the cities which he had 
 persuaded." 
 
 III. If, in this attraction, the word to which the relative refers be a 
 demonstrative pronoun, this pronoun is generally omitted, and the rela- 
 tive takes its case ; as, ovv oic fiaTnora ^lXelc, " with those whom you 
 most love" for avv rovroig ovg \iaKiara tyikzlc. 
 
 IV. The nominative of the personal pronoun is usually omitted with 
 the personal terminations of verbs, as in Latin, except where there is an 
 emphasis ; as, aXka TrdvTue. nal cv oipei avrijv, "but you, by all means, 
 shall even see her." 
 
178 THE GENITIVE. 
 
 V. The possessive pronouns are only employed when an emphasis is 
 required ; in all other cases the personal pronouns are used in their 
 stead ; as, irarrjp ijfiibv, " our father''' (literally, " the father of us") ; but 
 izarrip qfiETEpoc, " our own father." 
 
 VI. The demonstrative pronouns are often used instead of the adverbs 
 "here" and "there;" as, akV t]6' biraduv etc do/iov epxerat, "but here 
 comes a maidservant out of the mansion;" avrai yap, avrai Tt'knaiov 
 ■frpuGKovci jiov, "for there, there, they are leaping near me." 
 
 VII. The reflexive pronoun iavrov is sometimes used for the other re- 
 flexive pronouns of the first and second persons ; as, del rjjiac avepeodai 
 kavrovc, "it behooves us to ask our own selves:" el d' ETnrv/xug fxopov 
 rbv amrie olada, " but if you truly know your own fate" 
 
 THE GENITIVE. 
 
 I. The verbs eifiC and yiyvofiai, denoting possession, property, part, or 
 duty, require the genitive ; as, rovro to rreStov tjv [iev ttote rtiv Xopaa- 
 fiiuv, " this same plain belonged formerly to the Chorasmians ;" tto/U^c 
 avoiac earl tinpaodai Kevd, " it is the part of great folly to hunt after 
 
 II. The genitive is used with verbs of all kinds, even with those which 
 govern an accusative, when the action does not refer to the whole object, 
 but only to a part ; as, 'oTZTfjaat ttpsuv, " to roast some flesh ;" erefwv rijc 
 yrjc, " they laid viaste a part of the country ;" napo'i^ac rfic dtpac, 
 " having opened the door a little." 
 
 III. Verbs signifying the operations of the senses, such as " to hear" 
 " to feel," " to smell," and the like, but not those denoting " to see," re- 
 quire the genitive ; verbs signifying " to see" take the accusative. Thus, 
 izavrbc j3aai?iEvg ukovei, "a king hears everything ;" o£b jivpov, "1 
 smell of myrrh." 
 
 IV. Time when, that is, part of time, is put in the genitive ; as, 
 ■&ipovc re nal xeiptivoc, "in both summer and winter." 
 
 V. The material of which anything is made is put in the genitive, the 
 thing made being a single object, but the subjoined definition denoting an 
 entire class or kind of materials, part of which go to compose that object ; 
 as, rbv di<f>pov ETroinaEv icxvptiv tjvluv, " he made the chariot of strong 
 wood." 
 
 VI. The superlative degree is also followed by a genitive, this geni- 
 tive marking the entire class, of which the superlative indicates the most 
 prominent as a part or parts ; as, ex^lotoc ttccvtuv, " most hated of all;" 
 apiaroi Tpuuv, " bravest of the Trojans." 
 
 VII. Hence the genitive is put also with verbs, adjectives, and ad- 
 verbs, which are either derived from superlatives, or in which merely 
 
THE GENITIVE. 179 
 
 the idea of preferableness is implied ; as, knaXktoTevETO Txaauv yvvauc&v, 
 11 she was the handsomest of all women;'''' diaTrpsTCEte fivjiruv, "con- 
 spicuous among mortals ;" e^oxoc ttuvtov, " in a manner surpassing all." 
 
 VIII. To words of all kinds other words are added in the genitive, 
 which show the respect in which the sense of these words must be 
 taken ; and, in this case, the genitive properly signifies " with regard to" 
 or " in respect of;" as, vTinc tcuc 6 totzoc exec '■> " h° w i s the place with 
 regard to timber ?" cvyyvufiuv tuv avdpoircvuv dfiapTTj/xaruv, " forgiving 
 with respect to human errors ;" Troppco rfjc rfkiniaq, "far advanced in 
 years" (properly, " far advanced with respect to years"). 
 
 IX. Hence all words expressing ideas of relation, which are not com- 
 plete without the addition of another word as the object of that relation, 
 take this object in the genitive : and to this rule belong in particular the 
 adjectives " experienced, ignorant, desirous," and the like, as also the 
 verbs " to concern one's self, to neglect, to consider, to reflect, to be 
 desirous," &c. Thus, Efj.7ret.pog icattuv, " experienced in evils ;" enrai- 
 devroc apETrjg, " uninstructed in virtue ;" rov koivov ayadov km/LCE/ista- 
 6ai, " to take care of the common good;" fieyakwv Emdv/iElv, "to desire 
 great things." 
 
 X. Words signifying plenty or want are followed by a genitive, be- 
 cause the term, which expresses of what anything is full or empty, indi- 
 cates the respect in which the signification of the governing word is taken ; 
 as, [aegtoq tcanuv, "full of evils ;" £pn/j.oc <piho)v, " destitute of friends ;" 
 ■KTirjadTJvat voaov, " to be full of sickness ;" decadac olketuv, " to be in 
 want of inhabitants." 
 
 XL The comparative degree is followed by a genitive, because this 
 genitive indicates the respect in which the comparative is to be taken ; 
 as, fiEi&v narpog, "greater than a father" which properly means, 
 "greater with respect to a father." 
 
 XII. All words derived from comparatives, or which involve a com- 
 parison, are followed by the genitive ; as, rjTTaadac. tlvoc, "to be de- 
 feated by any one" (literally, " to be less than any one") ; voTspalog 
 rrjc /J-dxvCi " after the battle ;" TrspiyEVEadat rov (3aci2,Eue, " to prove 
 superior to the king ;" dEVTEpoc ovSevoc, " second to no one." 
 
 XIII. All verbs that are equivalent in meaning to a noun and verb, 
 and especially those in which the idea of ruling is implied, are followed 
 by a genitive ; as, kvaccEiv tuv Mr/dov, " to reign over the Medes" 
 (equivalent to ava% elvac tuv Myduv) ; apxEiv avdptJirov, " to rule over 
 men" (equivalent to apxcov elvat avdpuiruv) ; and, in the same manner, 
 KvptEVELV for Kvptog Elvat ; rvpavvEVEiv for rvpavvoc slvai, Sec. 
 
 XIV. Words indicating value or worth require the genitive ; asj 
 
180 DATIVE. 
 
 Ipdec noXkuv at-ta, "he performs actions equivalent to those of many ;" 
 larpoc KoXkuv avrd^coc, " a physician equal in value to many men." 
 
 XV. All verbs denoting " to buy," " to sell," " to exchange," &c, 
 are followed by a genitive ; as, ovovvrai rac yvvaZnac xpvf-^^v noXltiv, 
 " they purchase their wives for much money;" k^Cikovv rtoWov roZf 
 aXkoic, " they sold for a large sum to the rest." 
 
 XVI. All verbs denoting " to accuse," " to criminate," &c, are fol- 
 lowed by a genitive ; as, ypatyofxai ae <j>6vov, " J accuse you of murder ;" 
 diutjojLiai ce deihiac, " I will prosecute you for cowardice." 
 
 XVII. The genitive often stands alone in exclamations, with and 
 without an interjection, as indicating the cause from which the feeling in 
 question originates ; as, T G Zev j3aatXev rrje %,ettt6t7]T0(; rtiv (ppsvuv I 
 " Oh supreme Jove, the acuteness of his intellect !" "AkoXTlov, tov 
 XaGfi7jjj,aToc ! " Apollo, what a pair of jaws /" 
 
 DATIVE. 
 
 I. The dative stands in answer to the questions to whom or what 1 for 
 whom or what 1 to whose advantage ? to whose disadvantage ? as, eduna 
 col to (3i62.iov, " I gave the book to thee;" eirecdi /not, u iraldec, "follow 
 me, my children ;" h-KtraTTco aoi tovto, " I enjoin this upon you ;" #eo?c 
 apionei, " he pleases the gods ;" tyihog ekeivg), " a friend to him ;" dyadbv 
 Ty tcoIel, " good for the state." 
 
 II. Verbs to rebuke, to blame, to reproach, to envy, to be angry, take 
 the dative of the person ; as, hfiol XoidopfjaETai, "he will reprove me;" 
 fj,£fL<po[j.at Tolg apxeiv (3ov\o[ievolc, " I blame those who wish to rule ;" 
 ov pdovEire tovto), " envy not this man ;" tl xa2,siraiveic t<5 depaTrovri ; 
 "why art thou angry at the attendant?" 
 
 III. Words implying equality, resemblance, suitableness, or the con- 
 trary, have the dative case ; as, icoc toZc. laxvpoZc, "equal to the power- 
 ful;" eoLitaq dovlo), "you resemble a slave;" dvofiotog tlj TvaTpi, "un- 
 like his father." 
 
 IV. In like manner, the dative stands also with 6 uvtoc, because it ex- 
 presses perfect equality ; as, hv ra avru nivdvvu) toZc. <pavA,OT&Toic, " in 
 the same danger with the worst ;" ToZg avroZc Kvpcj ox/totc, " in the same 
 arms with Cyrus." 
 
 V. The means by which, and the instrument with which, a thing is 
 accomplished, are both put in the dative ; as, rolv bfydatyoZv opufiev, 
 "we see with the two eyes;" ol 7toM/j,ioi, l&aXkov XiQotc, Kal siratov 
 fiaxaipaic, " the enemy threw with stones and struck with swords." 
 
 VI. The motive and cause are put in the dative, and hence the verbs 
 " to rejoice," " to be delighted," " to be grieved," &c, govern the object 
 by which the feeling is occasioned in the dative ; as, <j>66(f> dirijWov, 
 
ACCUSATIVE. 181 
 
 " they departed through fear ;" vol x^povatv, " ^ e V delight in thee ;" 
 7iV7Tovfxe8a tovtolc, " we are grieved by these things." 
 
 VII. The manner and way in which a thing takes place are put in the 
 dative ; as, (3ca etc ryv oikIov eiafi^dou, " they entered into the house by 
 force ;" iravra diereraiiTO fcerpo) nai tottu, " all things were arranged 
 by measure and by place." 
 
 VIII. The period of time at which a thing takes place, or during 
 which a thing continues or exists, is put in the dative ; as, rydc ry 
 vvktl, " on this very night ;" rpic kviayaav ravry ry rjuipa, " they con- 
 quered thrice during this same day." 
 
 IX. The verb elut, when put for e^w, " to have," governs the dative ; 
 as, ogolc ova yv apyvpoc, " as many as had not money." 
 
 X. An impersonal verb governs the dative ; as, k^eari /xoi uTuevai, 
 "it is lawful for me to depart." 
 
 XI. Neuter adjectives in riov govern the person in the dative, and 
 the thing in the case of the verb from which they are derived ; as, tovto 
 Troiyriov kari [iol, " I must do this ;" tovtov kTrifie/iyTEOV egtcv vjj.lv, 
 "you must take care of this." 
 
 ACCUSATIVE. 
 
 I. A verb signifying actively governs the accusative ; as, ol "~E?iXyvec 
 kvinyoav rove TLepoac, "the Greeks conquered the Persians." 
 
 II. Every verb may take an accusative of a cognate noun; as, 
 KLvdvvcvGu tovtov kivSvvov, " I will encounter this danger ;" yadevnaav 
 ravryv aadevetav, "they were sick with this sickness;" ein/xeXovTat 
 iraaav eTU/ieXecav, "they exercise all care;" 'koKc^iov TroTiEftyoo/xev, 
 " we will wage war." 
 
 III. Many verbs, the action of which admits of more than one object, 
 without determining the nearest, have in Greek a double accusative, 
 namely, the accusative of the person and the accusative of the thing. 
 To these belong verbs signifying "to do good or evil to one," " to speak 
 good or evil of one" " to ask," " to demand," " to teach," " to put 
 on or off" " to take away," " to deprive," " to conceal," &c. ; as, /ca/cd 
 noXha eopye Tptiac, " he has done many evils to the Trojans ;" ayada 
 elirev avrovc, " he said good things of them ;" elpero anavrac rbv Tcalda, 
 "he asked all about his son;" rove fiadyrag kSida^e GoxppoGvvyv, "he 
 taught his disciples continence." 
 
 IV. Verbs governing two accusatives in the active, retain one in the 
 passive, namely, the accusative of the thing ; as, GKyirrpov ri/ndc re 
 utoovXutcu, " he is being despoiled of his sceptre and his honours ;" 
 iTraidevdn fMovGinhv nal ^rjToptK^v, " he xvas taught music and rhetoric." 
 
 V. Since the accusative serves always to designate the object upon 
 
 Q 
 
182 VERBS PASSIVE. — INFINITIVE. 
 
 which an action immediately passes, it frequently stands also with in- 
 transitive verbs and adjectives containing a general expression, and in- 
 dicates the part or more definite object to which this expression must be 
 principally referred. This is called the accusative of nearer definition ; 
 and is to be expressed in English by different prepositions, especially by 
 in, as to, with respect to. 1 Thus, top danrvkov akyu tovtov, " I feel a 
 pain in this finger ;" nodac utcvc 'Axihheve, " Achilles swift as to his | 
 feet ;" Svpoc fjv rrjv rcarpida, " he was a Syrian as to his native 
 country;' 1 '' to divdpov TTEvr/jKovra noduv kari to vipog, u the tree is fifty 
 feet in height." 
 
 VI. Time how long is put in the accusative ; as, oaov xpovov av 
 Tto'kefjLOc 7), "for as long a time as there may be war ;" nal x^ec 6e koI 
 Tpirrjv Tjfxspav to avrb tovto Eirparrov, " they did this same thing during 
 both yesterday and the day previous" 
 
 VII. Distance and space are put in the accusative ; as, airex £L okto* 
 ijfiepfiv bdov dirb Ba6v2,tivoc, "it is distant a journey of eight days from 
 Babylon." 
 
 VERBS PASSIVE. 
 
 I. Verbs of a passive signification are followed in Greek by a genitive, 
 governed by vtto, airo, en, napd, or irpoc ; as, 6 vovc vnb olvov dtaydei- . 
 perai, u the understanding is impaired by wine ;" aXkai yvtipcu aty 
 ekuotuv hleyovTO, " other opinions were expressed by each." 
 
 II. The dative, however, is sometimes employed by the poets instead 
 of the genitive ; as, 'kxOCkrfl eddfirj, " he was subdued by Achilles." 
 
 III. The dative is very frequently put with the perfect passive of verbs, 
 whose perfect active is not much used ; as, ravra M\tKTai ftot,, " these 
 things have been said by me," for hiXoxa TavTa. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 I. The infinitive mood is used to express the cause or end of an ac- 
 tion ; as, #e/l<y adecv, " I wish to sing." 
 
 II. The infinitive, with the neuter of the article prefixed, is used as a 
 species of verbal noun ; and very frequently the article is thus appended 
 to an entire clause, of which the infinitive forms a part ; as, to \vzlv, 
 (i the loosening ;" to exelv XPW aTa > " the having money." 
 
 III. The infinitive in Greek is governed by adjectives, and denotes 
 the respect in which the idea of the adjective is to be applied ; 2 as, 
 Uavol Tepneiv (paivovrai, " they appear calculated to delight ;" ov detvog 
 
 1. It is generally assumed that Kara, or some other preposition, is 
 understood in such constructions, but this is not correct. 
 
 2. This is imitated in Latin by the poets ; as, idoneus delectare, utilis 
 facere. In prose, however, the gerund with a preposition must be em- 
 ployed ; as, idoneus ad delectandum, &c. 
 
PARTICIPLE. 183 
 
 eon leyetv, all' ddvvarog ciydv, " he is not able in speaking, but una- 
 ble to keep silent." 
 
 IV. The nominative, and not the accusative, is put with the infinitive 
 whenever the reference is to the same person that forms the subject of 
 the leading verb ; l as, ecpacicev elvac Acbc vlog, " he said he was the son of 
 Jupiter;" enecaa avrovg elvcu -d-Eog, " I persuaded them that I was a god." 
 
 V. The genitive and dative sometimes follow the infinitive by a species 
 of attraction ; as, eSsovto avrov elvac irpodv/iov, " they besought him to 
 be zealous ;" dog /lcol <pavt]vai agio), " grant unto me to appear worthy." 
 
 VI. The infinitive of the present, future, and aorists, but more par- 
 ticularly of the future, when preceded by the verb [ieHo, expresses the 
 future, and answers to the future participle active in Latin with the verb 
 sum; as, [MeXkio ypd(j>etv, "J am about to write" (scripturus sum); 
 fielhqtJG) ypd<petv, " I will be about to write" (scripturus ero) ; k/j.e'KTinca 
 ypd<j>etv, " I was about to write" (scripturus fui). 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 I. The participle is put after a verb, and in the nominative case, when 
 the reference is to some state as existing at the time on the part of the 
 subject, or to some action as being performed by it. Thus, olda tivnTog 
 uv, "I know that I am a mortal;" (paiverac 6 vouoc i][iu.q ^"kdrrTuv, 
 " the law appears to be injuring us ;" TravGaade adtKovvrec, " cease 
 acting wrongfully." 
 
 II. If, however, the subject belonging to the participle stands with the 
 principal verb as a proximate object in the accusative, the participle also 
 stands in the accusative ; as, ol 'Adrjvaloi eiravcav avrov arparnyovvra, 
 " the Athenians caused him to cease being a commander ;" ovg av opd ra 
 ayadd Trotovvrag, " whomsoever I may see doing the things that are 
 good." 
 
 III. To some verbs which merely express subordinate definitions of 
 an action, the Greeks add the participle of the verb which expresses the 
 principal action. Such verbs are Tvyx&vu, havduvw, <p6dvco, ScaTeMo), 
 &c, which, in translation, are sometimes rendered by adverbs. Thus, 
 etvxov napovreg, " they chanced to be present ;" eXadev evepyeruv, 
 " he conferred kindnesses secretly ;" <j>6dveL ttoluv, " he does it before 
 another ;" ScareTeleKa tyevyov, " I have always avoided." 
 
 IV. A participle, with a substantive, &c, whose case depends on no 
 other word, is put in the genitive absolute ; as, ekelvov e'nrovTog, irdvTEg 
 eacyuv, " he having spoken, all were silent" 
 
 1. The accusative, however, is joined with such infinitives whenever 
 emphasis is required ; as, Kpolaog evouc^e eovtov elvai. iravruv okhd- 
 rarov, " Croesus thought that he himself was the happiest of all men" 
 {Herod. 1, 34). 
 
NOTES 
 
 TO THE EXERCISES ON THE VERB. 
 
 Active Voice of Verbs in 0). 
 
 Page 
 Section 1. — 1. tlktei, 3d sing. pres. indie, of tikto. — 2. kol- -, qh 
 %aivov<jiv, 3d plur. pres. indie, of KotXaiva). — 3. yvvai£i, dat. ±0\J 
 plur. of yvvrj. — 4. (pspsi, 3d sing. pres. indie, of (pspej. — 5. rovg, 
 his, the article supplying the place of a pronoun in English. — 
 
 6. £6aipEv, 3d sing. 1st aor. indie, of /3a7rrw. — 7. tov, her. — 
 8. Epfriifjev, 3d sing. 1st aor. indie, of /)L7vto). 
 
 Section 2. — 1. TralSa, accus. sing, of rcalg. — 2. ovra, accus. 
 sing. pres. part, of eI[i£. — 3. erpe^e, 3d sing, imperf. indie, of 
 rpE<j)u. — 4. Xeovtov, gen. plur. of teov. — 5. riaoapat ttogl, with 
 four feet, rkaaapai is the dative of rioaapEg, and ttoo'i is the dative n o i 
 plural of Trovg. — 6. 6vo, supply izodag, the accus. plur. of Trovg. — J. OX 
 
 7. sypaips, 3d sing. 1st aor. indie, of ypdcJHo. — 8. e(J>vgev, produced, 
 3d sing. 1st aor. indie, of <j>vu. — 9. drrodXiTrovoiv, 3d plur. pres. ind. 
 of airoSTiETro). 
 
 Section 3. — 1. vttelkel, 3d sing. pres. indie, of vttelkq. — 2. -&vt}g- 
 Kotg, 2d sing. pres. optat. of -dvijaKu. The optative is here em- 
 ployed in its primitive sense, as denoting a wish. Hence si -&vf]a- 
 Koig, mayest thou die happily. — 3. eWtj, may have come, 3d sing. 
 2d aor. subj. of Ipxoiiai. — 4. -ddiTTovatv, 3d plur. pres. indie, of 
 ■&a,TTTG). — 5. rapixevovTsg, nom. plur. pres. part, of rapcxEvo. — 
 6. EiKa^s, 3d sing, imperf. indie, of e'lku^o. Augment wanting. 
 (Consult page 121.) — 7. rotg 'EppaZg, to the Hernia, dat. plur. of 
 
 1 'Ep/irjg. The reference is to the images of Mercury at Athens. 
 
 ; (Consult Lexicon.) — 8. exovclv, having, i. e., which have, dat. 
 plur. pres. part, of exco. — 9. Earaaia(,irnv, 3d dual, imperf. of 
 crao-idfa. — 10. ovte, nom. dual pres. part, of eijxl. — 11. naTETunE, 
 3d sing. 2d aor. indie, of /caraAeiVw. — 12. e^ettTievoe, 3d sing. 1st 
 aor. indie, of ekttMo. — 13. fjyayEV, 3d sing. 2d aor. indie, of ayo). 
 
 Section 4. — 1. 'EnpurEVGE, 3d sing. 1st aor. indie, of TrpcoTEvo). 
 It governs the genitive 'E?i?id6og, because derived from a superla- 
 tive, irpCJTog. (Consult rule, page 178.) — 2. xP° vov i f or a period. 
 Time how long is put in the accusative. — 3. rovg, their. — 4. 6dn- 
 vovaiv, 3d plur. pres. indie, of Sukvo). — 5. kyu, expressed here for 
 the sake of emphasis. The article rovg, before (j>i?iovg, is to be ren- 
 dered my. — 6. ouacj, 1st sing. 1st aor. subj. of gu£o. The conjunc- 
 tion Iva, like ut in Latin, takes here the subjunctive. — 7. v^EfiELva, 
 1st sing. 1st aor. ind. of vtzojjlevu. — 8. dpaKovra, accus. sing, of 
 dpdnuv. — 9. "Apsog, gen. of "Apng. — 10. (pvlatca, accus. sing, of 
 §vka%. — 11. dvETEikav, 3d plur. 1st aor. indie, of dvaTiXXu, — * 
 12. TTEpLOTEiXat,, 1st aor. inf. of ttepigteXTio. 
 Q2 
 
186 NOTES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 Page 
 
 -j 01 Section 5. — 1. "E^epe, 3d sing, imperf. indie, of <f>epo). — 2. etE' 
 ■i-Ol. fj,Ev, 3d sing. 2d aor. indie, of TEfivu. — 3. ette^vkec, was, more 
 literally, was by nature, 3d sing, pluperf. indie, of (f>vcj. The plu- 
 perfect has here, as often elsewhere, the force of an imperfect. 
 Thus, had been and continued to be, i. e., was. — 4. cjKiorn, super- 
 lative of uKvg — 5. rove nodac, as to her feet, i. e., of foot. This is 
 the accusative of nearer definition, where some understand Kara. 
 (Consult rule, page 182.) — 6. KarecncEvaoe, 3d sing. 1st aor. indie, 
 of KaTacKEvafa. — 7. Tc£<j)£vyug, perf. part. mid. of <f>£vyo). — 8. ettl, 
 on account of. — 9. %av?u6dovTac, accus. plur. of xavhtodovc. — 
 10. uXkot uXkac, like the construction of alius, when repeated, 
 in Latin. Hence, translate the whole clause as follows : some 
 bring one kind of sacrifice, others another, unto the gods. — 11. je- 
 upyoc, supply rrpoadyEc, and so in like manner with iroLfirjv and 
 alrcoXog respectively. 
 
 Passive Voice of Verbs in 0). 
 
 i Of\ Section 1. — 1. (iETa, after. — 2. tovo/jaGEv, 3d sing. 1st aor. indie. 
 
 J-Oi) active oVovofj,dC,u. So lovofidadnoav, 3d plur. 1st aor. indie, pass- 
 ive of the same verb. — 3. £pp"t<f>7i, 3d sing. 2d aor. indie, pass, of 
 /6i7TT6>. — 4. KaTahElEifj.ju.Evoi i]aav, 3d plur. plup. indie, pass, of nara- 
 A a ^ £ " r6) — 5. avvrjxQnGav, 3d plur. 1st aor. indie, pass, of ovvdyu. 
 
 J-4U — 6. aTTEardln, 3d sing. 2d aor. indie, pass, of diroarEHo). — 
 7. eke\evge, 3d sing. 1st aor. indie, active of keXevu. — 8. aKOnoir- 
 fjvai, 2d aor. infin. pass, of diroKonTU. — 9. tuv napovTuv, of those 
 who are present. The article with the participle is rendered into 
 English by the relative with the indicative. — 10. diaTSTdpa.yfj.at, I 
 am greatly agitated, 1st sing. perf. indie, pass, of StaTapdcoo. — tt/v 
 yvufinv, in my mind, literally, as to my mind, the accusative of 
 nearer definition, where many supply Kara. — 12. kfmETTEdrjjiEV)], 
 perf. part. pass. fern. gend. of kfiTTESdo. — 13. eolke, 3d sing. perf. 
 mid. of eIku. — 14. £Tu<pn, 3d sing. 2d aor. ind. pass, of ftdizTu. 
 
 Section?,. — 1. ^poariprifTaL, 3d sing. perf. ind. pass, of irpoaapTau. 
 — 2. upLOTO, was appointed, 3d sing, pluperf. pass, of oplfa. — 
 3. KaTa, at. — 4. u<j>8ij, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. pass, of oTTTo/uac. — 
 5. kotyuyii, 3d sing. 2d. aor. ind. pass, of ccj)d^o). — 6. naTEKOTrn, 
 3d sing. 2d aor. ind. pass, of KaTa/coTTTu. — 7. 6t,£<pdapn, 3d sing. 
 2d aor. ind. pass, of dia^ddpa. 
 
 Section 3. — 1. Tpa<j>dc, having been nurtured, 2d aor. part. pass, 
 of TpE<bo). — 2. Trapd, by. — 3. tStdd^Orj, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. pass. 
 of SiddaKG). — 4. naTEdpudr], 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. pass, of icaTa6i- 
 6p6o-fco). — 5. TvlnyElc, 2d aor. part. pass, of irhrjaGu. — 6. dnEdavEV, 
 3d sing. 2d aor. ind. active of dirodvrjOKo. — 7. KptQfjvai, 1st aor. 
 inf. pass, of npivo. — 8. /card. over. — 9. rfkavvETO, 3d sing, imperf. 
 indie, pass, of kXavvu. — 10. aTzaTSAdyEic, having been freed from, 
 2d aor. part. pass, of dnaTJidoGu) . — 11. ifirjvvGE, 3d sing. 1st aor. 
 indie, act. of finvvu. 
 
 Section 4. — I. KaT£?i£i(j)6rjGav, 3d plur. 1st aor. ind. pass, of 
 icaTaTiELiTG). — 2. fisfiv^ao, 2d sing, perf.-imperat. pass, of fivdu, in a 
 middle sense. — 3. KaTanEtiAELOfiEvoc, perf. part. pass, of ttaTanAeiu. 
 — 4. eWiaiiEvai slalv, 3d plur. perf. ind. pass, of hdifa. 
 
NOTES ON THE MIDDLE AND ACTIVE VOICES. 187 
 
 Middle Voice of Verbs in 6). 
 
 Page 
 Section 1. — 1. (paivErac, 3d sing. pres. ind. mid. of <f>aivu. — - 1 \ _ 
 
 2. kvdvovrat, 3d plur. pres. indie, mid. of kvdvo). — 3. -d-vadjievoc, J- 4:0 
 1st aor. part. mid. of ■&vu. — 4. rjTieiiparo, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. mid. 
 
 of u7iei(p(j). — 5. lovGag, 1st aor. part. act. of hovu. — 6. aTvrjXde, 3d 
 sing. 2d aor. ind. act. of diripxouai. — 7 upc^aro, 3d sing. 1st aor. j. . _ 
 ind. mid. of bpiyo. — 8. kvLTparo, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. mid. of -1-4:0 
 vi7TT0). — 9. knadioaTo, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. mid. of Kadi^co. — 
 10. Eypdiparo, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. mid. ofypdQu. — 11. ysyovauEV, 
 1st plur. perf. ind. mid. of yivojiat. — 12. some, 3d sing. perf. ind. 
 mid. of echo. — 13. navGu/xev, let us cause to cease, 1st plur. 1st aor. 
 subj. act. of iravcj. 
 
 Section 2. — 1. hoyicai, reflect, 2d sing. 1st aor. imperat. mid. of 
 "koyK,o\iai. — 2. kiprj(p[aavTO, 3d plur. 1st aor. ind. mid. of ipntyi^o). — 
 
 3. alaxvvov, respect, 2d sing. pres. imperat. mid. of aiaxyvofiai. — 
 
 4. dedoinaoLV, fear, 3d plur. perf. indie, mid. of 6el6u>. — 5. kypr\- 
 ■yoporoc, of one awake, i. e., of a person in his waking moments ; or, 
 in other words, a day-dream: gen. sing. perf. part. mid. of eyeipu. 
 
 Section 3. — 1. 'Hfivvaade, 2d plur. 1st aor. ind. mid. of huvvo. — ■ 
 
 2. airuXero, is ruined, 3d sing. 2d aor. ind. mid. of d'nok'Kvui. — 
 
 3. yevacu, taste, 2d sing. 1st aor. imperat. mid. of yevu. — 4. evpij- 
 ceie, 2d sing. 1st fut. ind. of EvpiGno. — 5. r/p^u, 2d sing. 1st aor. ind. 
 mid. of dpxo). — 6. dpdfievoq, 1st aor. part. mid. of clpu. — 7. itJEt- 
 ?lovto, 3d plur. 2d aor. ind. mid. of h^aipeu. — 8. diroloi/inv, may I 
 perish, 1st sing 2d aor. optat. mid. of dnoKkvuL. — 9. txpcGaro, 
 anointed himself, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. mid. of xp' LCi - 
 
 Section 4. — 1. d^EKpivaro, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. mid. of cnroicpi- 
 vu. — 2. airoTiuXa, I am undone, 1st sing. perf. ind. mid. of dizoX- 
 Tivui, with the reduplication. — 3. naT*, against. — 4. kddvEtoa, 1st 
 sing. 1st aor. ind. act. of davEL^o. — 5. eOegitigev, 3d sing. 1st aor. 
 indie, act. of -Qegtcl^u. — 6. fvXd^aadaL, to beware of, 1st aor. infin. 
 mid. of (pvldaaco. 
 
 Active Voice of Contracted Verbs. 
 
 Section 1. — 1. voce, 2d sing. pres. imperat. act. of voso. — 
 2. ekIvei, 3d sing, imperf. ind. of hIveu. — 3. to rcaTiaibv, ancient- ±oL 
 ly, i. e., in earliest times. The article and adjective are here in the 
 accusative, governed by Kara understood, and take conjointly the 
 place of an adverb. — 4. ljkovv, used to dwell, 3d plur. imperf. ind. 
 of oitceu. — 5. kiro'cncE, represented, i. e., described in the Iliad. 
 Literally, made, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. of ttoleu. — 6. ysupyovvrac, 
 persons cultivating the ground, i.e., engaged in husbandry : pres. 
 part, of yeupyiu, accus. plur. — 7. fisyd, highly. The neuter of 
 the adjective taken as an adverb. 
 
 Section 2. — 1. nav, even though, compounded of nai and av, and 
 then contracted. — 2. tov "ltttxeiov UoGEidtiva, the equestrian Nep- 
 tune, i. e., Neptune represented by an equestrian statue, as indi- 
 cating the rapidity of the waves. — 3. km r<p 'IgO^im, at the Isthmus 
 of Corinth.—- 4. k^apruGLV, 3d plur. pres. indie, of h^aprdo. — .. __ 
 
 5. kpvdpiuv, pres. part. act. of kpvdptdw, accus. sing. neut. ±&<Z 
 
188 NOTES ON THE PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. 
 
 Page 
 
 1 en agreeing with /ueipdiciov. — 6. bpvlaiv, dat. plur. of bpvec.— 
 
 ±OZ 7. eluv, 3d plur. imperf. indie, of kdo). 
 
 Section 3. — 1. e^ervcpXcjaev, 3d sing, lstaor. ind. of EKrv<p2,6co. — 
 2. Zwetcvtca, 3d sing, imperf. indie, of Zvynvicdcj. — 3. k&pOov, 3d 
 sing, imperf. ind. of k!;opd6u. — I. £rjv, pres. inf. of £du. — 5. tvv, 
 3d sing. pres. optat. of £aw. (Consult page 150, note 1.) — 6. vnb, 
 by. — 7. TrpooiraTTe, 3d sing, imperf. ind. of irpoardTTa. 
 
 Section 4. — 1. -fravuv, 2d aor. part. act. of tivrjenco). — 2. ovk. 
 egtlv ovdslc, there is no one. Two or more negatives in Greek 
 make a stronger negation. — 3. rj-yairare av, ye would, have loved. 
 The particle av is used to give a potential force to the indicative 
 mood. The form ^yandrt is the 2d plur. imperf. ind. of dyando). — 
 4. eocke, 3d sing. perf. ind. mid. of eiko. — 5. are^avol, 3 sing. pres. 
 ind. of CTEcpavoa). — 6. rw rjliu, the dative governed by etugkotei, 
 which last has for its nominative vi(pn. Neuters plural, when re- 
 ferring to things, take singular verbs. — 7. ndOn, the nominative to 
 ettlgkoteI understood. — 8. rbv app'uGrov, the sick man, supply 
 dvdpomov. — 9. EVTVxia, the nominative to hfEleZ understood. — 
 10. to avro, the same thing. — 11. nap', with. 
 
 Passive and Middle Voices of Contracted Verbs. 
 
 _ _ ~ Section 1. — 1. airr/Me, 3d sing. 2d aor. indie, of dirEpxopiai. — -. 
 
 J.OP 2. diEdorjdn, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. pass, of ScaBodu. — 3. h.n'kav- 
 6firjv, 1st sing, imperf. ind. mid. of 7rXavdo). In the succeeding 
 clause, kir'kdvag is the 2d sing, imperf. ind. act. of the same verb. — 
 
 4. Ttrjpuaac, 1st aor. part. act. of iznpou, to be construed with 6 and 
 translated by the relative with the indicative, he that mutilates. -=- 
 
 5. C,njiLovrai, 3d sing. pres. ind. pass, of ty/icou. — 6. eputtjOeic, 
 1st aor. part. pass, of spurdo). — 7. ETvoirjoaTo, he had acquired his, 
 literally, had made for himself; 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. mid. of 
 iroiEu. — 8. 7r«f cot xprjaofiai ; how shall I treat you ? xprioo\iai is 
 the 1st fut. mid. of xpdu. 
 
 Section 2. — 1. TrnptodTJvai, 1st aor. infin. pass, of irrjpoo). Trans- 
 late 7T7]po)dfjvac rdc oipsic, was deprived of his sight, literally, as to 
 his, &c. — 2. TrpovTiEysv, 3d sing, imperf. indie, act., contracted for 
 TcposTiEjEv, from TrpoTisyo). — 3. rd niXkovra, the things that were 
 about to take place, pres. part, of /xelXco. Supply ylvEcdai. — 
 4. ETryvedv, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. pass, of Eiraiviu. — 5. kuTTjoavTo, 
 3d plur. 1st aor. ind. mid. of ardo^ac. — 6. titiTEipa, 1st sing. 1st 
 aor. ind. act. of oiKTEipu. — 7. x 8l P°^/ X£vov i ^ n the act of being sub- 
 jugated, pres. part. pass, of x eL p6°>- — 8. upavd-fjOETai, 3d sing. 1st 
 fut. ind. pass, of upaivu. — 9. riparo, he imprecated, 3d sing, imperf. 
 mid. of dpdofiai. 
 
 Section 3. — 1. ^vt?lei, 3d sing, imperf. ind. act. of dvrMio.— 
 2. Eyvfivd&To, 3d sing, imperf. ind. mid. of yv/xvd^ofiai. — 3. dne- 
 iKkavdro, 3d sing, imperf. mid. of dnoizhavdci. — 4. uru, 2d sing. 
 . .„ pres. imperat. mid. of Krdo\iai, contracted from tcrdov. — 5. ovk 
 JLO / av ETravau, you would not have ceased; EiravGO) is the 2d sing, 
 1st aor. ind. mid. of rcavo, and the particle av gives it a potential- 
 force. — 6. KTdodai, to acquire for one's self, pres. infin. mid. of 
 ardofiai. 
 
NOTES ON THE ACTIVE, PASSIVE, AND MIDDLE VOICES. 189 
 
 Section 4. — 1. al?iOiovrac, 3d sing. pres. ind. ^oo 
 —2. a[iapT7]GELC, 2d sing. 1st fut. of dp-aprdvu. — 3. pvKUjUEVcov, -LO / 
 pres. part. mid. of pvK.dop.at. The genitive is here governed by 
 duovoai, a verb denoting the operation of one of the senses. (Con- 
 sult page 178, rule iii.) — 4. (3?i7/xcop£vtov, pres. part. mid. of (Sln- 
 %aofiai. 
 
 Active Voice of Verbs in fit. 
 
 Section 1. — 1. 'AxaioZc, on the Greeks. — 2. eOvke, inflicted, -.As* 
 literally, placed or put, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. of Ttdnpi. — 3. izapd, J-OO 
 by. — 4. re 'ioTnuac ; why standest thou 1 ] — 5. fuvijau, 1st sing. 1st 
 fut. ind. of Kiveco. — 6. bvivnatv, 3d sing. pres. ind. of bvivnpi. — 
 7. tQv cnrodavovTuv, of those who had died ; the article with a par- 
 ticiple is to be rendered into English by the relative and indicative. 
 —8. ftadi&vaa, pres. part, of (3adi&, render, by going. — 9. Karaad- 
 ivvvct, 3d sing. pres. ind. of KaraaSevvvpc. 
 
 Section 2. — 1. TvapadeSuKdatv, 3d plur. perf. ind. of irapadidu- _ „„ 
 fit. — 2. etJEGTiv, 3d sing. pres. ind. of et;eifu, taken impersonally. -10/ 
 • — 3. 6 dele, who enacted, the article and participle again rendered by 
 the relative and indicative : -&eic is the 2d aor. part. act. of Ttdnpi. 
 — 4. TzepLTideig, pres. part, of TrspiTidnfit ; render the whole clause, 
 encircling his head with ivy ; literally, placing ivy around his head. 
 — 5. kfit/ieiTO, strove to imitate, 3d sing, imperf. ind. mid. of jiLpieo- 
 ficu. — 6. fiETaarfjaai, brought over, i. e., changed, 1st aor. inf. act. 
 of [iEdiaTr]jj,L. — 7. k^EUTTjKEvai, stands by, perf. inf. act. of tyiaTn/xt. 
 
 Passive Voice of Verbs in [M. 
 
 Section 1. — 1. iupaKafisv, 1st plur. perf. ind. act. of opao. — 
 2. diETsdrjaav, were affected, 3d plur. 1st aor. ind. pass, of dtarfflnfit. 
 — 3. TExdEvra, on having been born, i. e., the moment he was born, 
 1st aor. part. pass, of tcktcj. The aorist here denotes rapidity of 
 action. — 4. sladsv, he received, 3d sing. 2d aor. ind. act. of la/xBdvu. 
 —5. to alvdevELv, the speaking the truth. The infinitive with the 
 article becomes in Greek a verbal noun. So immediately after, 
 to EvepysTElv, the doing good unto others. — 6. KEpavvvrai, 3d sing, 
 pres. ind. pass, of Kspavvv/M. 
 
 Section 2. — 1. KElvrat, lie, 3d plur. pres. ind. of Kslfiai. — 
 2. dvaSodfjvai, was produced, i. e., was born ; literally, was given 
 up; 1st aor. inf. pass, of avadido/it. — 3. napESoOn, 3d sing. 1st aor. 
 ind. pass, of Trapadidcout. — 4. -&sc)fi£voc, pres. part. mid. of ftedoftcu. 
 — 5. naTE&vyfiEVov tuv Tavpuv, the bulls having been yoked, i. e., 
 although the bulls were yoked. The genitive absolute, analogous to 
 the Latin ablative absolute. — 6. e66uv, 3d plur. imperf. ind. act. of 
 floato. 
 
 Middle Voice of Verbs in fit. 
 
 Section 1. — 1. elke, took, 3d sing. 2d aor. ind. act. of alpso. — 
 2. utteSoto, he sold into slavery, 3d sing. 2d aor. ind. mid. of 
 uTzo6i5(j)jii. — 3. TvpoanyopEvdn, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. pass, of izpoc- 
 ayopevu. — 4. £o%ev, he enjoyed, literally, he had ; 3d sing. 2d aor. 
 
190 NOTES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 
 
 Page 
 
 -j ~ Q ind. aet. of £#o. — 5. tjke, had come, 3d sing, imperf, ind. act. of 
 lOO ^kcj. The present of this verb is to be rendered as a perfect, JT 
 have come; and the imperfect as a pluperfect, / had come, i. e., I 
 was present. — 6. redvavai, had died, i. e., had fallen ; pluperf. inf. 
 (same form as the perf.) of -dv-fjoKu, to die. — 7. ^etpwcrdjuevoc, 
 having overcome, 1st aor. part. mid. of x ei po^- — 8. i^iiaaro, 
 clothed himself with, literally, clothed himself all around with ; 3d 
 sing. 1st aor. ind. mid. of a/Lupisvvvfxt,. — 9. to ev £rjv, the living 
 happily, i. e., a happy life. The article with the infinitive forms, 
 as before stated, a verbal noun. 
 
 Section 2. — 1. tIQecQe, ye make for yourselves, i. e., ye regard; 
 2d plur. pres. hid. mid. of rWrj/ii. — 2. p,r/ Kapuv, not having la- 
 boured, i. e., without having undergone some labour or other ; 2d 
 aor. part. act. of Kafivo). — 3. to /j.tj dvvacdai, the not being able. — 
 4. 6 ttoiuv, he that does. — 5. %apac, with joy. The genitive with 
 a verb of plenty. — 6= ntfnr/iaodo), 3d sing. pres. imperat. pass, of 
 
LEXICON. 
 
 
 Explanation of 
 
 Abbreviations. 
 
 adj. 
 
 Adjective. 
 
 interj. 
 
 Interjection. 
 
 adv. 
 
 Adverb. 
 
 irreg. 
 
 Irregular. 
 
 aor. 
 
 Aorist. 
 
 mid. 
 
 Middle. 
 
 art. 
 
 Article. 
 
 part. 
 
 Participle. 
 
 comp. 
 
 Comparative." 
 
 pass. 
 
 Passive. 
 
 conj. 
 
 Conjunction. 
 
 perf. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 def. 
 
 Definite. 
 
 pluperf. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 dim. 
 
 Diminutive. 
 
 plur. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 fut. 
 
 Future. 
 
 prep. 
 
 Preposition. 
 
 imperf. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 pron. 
 
 Pronoun. 
 
 impers. 
 
 Impersonal. 
 
 sing. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 infin. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 superl. 
 
 Superlative. 
 
 A. 
 
 'AyaOonlijc, ioc, contr. owe, 6. 
 Agathocles, a daring adventurer, 
 and tyrant of Sicily. 
 
 dyddoc, r), ov (adj.). Good, virtu- 
 ous, brave. 
 
 dyalpa, aroc, to (from ayaXku, to 
 honour). A statue, an image. 
 
 dyal/idTcov, ov, to (dim. from ayaA- 
 fj,a). A small statue, a little 
 image. 
 
 'Ayafiefivuv, ovoc, 6. Agamemnon, 
 a Grecian monarch, leader of the 
 forces against Troy. 
 
 ayavaKTea, (b, fut. f}co), perf. r)ya- 
 vaKTvua (from dyav, very, and 
 a%dog, sirong feeling). To be 
 indignant, to be displeased. 
 
 ayandcj, w, fut. f}au, perf. TiydnnKa 
 (from aydrrn). To love. 
 
 ayann, nc, fj. Love, affection. 
 
 ayyelia, ac, if (from dyyeTioc). In- 
 telligence, tidings, a message. 
 
 uyyehog, ov, 6. A messenger. 
 
 ayt7,n, r/c, i] (from ayu, to drive). 
 A herd. 
 
 Am 
 
 'Aynoilaoc, ov, 6. 
 
 celebrated Spartan king and 
 leader. 
 
 ayttvpa, ac, r). An anchor. 
 
 'AyXaovlKV, wc, 7]. Aglaonlce, & 
 female name. 
 
 ayhaoc, a, ov (adj. for ayaXoc, 
 from dyaXKo, to make splendid). 
 Splendid, bright, illustrious. 
 
 ciyvoeo), G>, fut. Tjcto, perf. riyvovna 
 (from a, not, and yvoeo, old form 
 for voeu). Not to know, to be ig- 
 norant of. 
 
 dyvoc, 7], ov (adj.). Pure, chaste, 
 innocent. 
 
 dyopd, dc, i). A public place, a 
 forum, a market-place. 
 
 dyploc, a, ov (adj. from dypoc, 
 country). , Wild, savage, unciv- 
 ilized. 
 
 dypoc, ov, 6. Afield, land, country. 
 
 dyo, fut. ago, perf. fya, perf. pass. 
 r)y\iai, 2d aor. act. fjyayov, 2d 
 aor. infin. dyayelv. To lead, to 
 drive. 
 
 dyuv, uvoc, 6. A contest, a game. 
 
 dyuvc^ojxacj fut. iaojj.ai, perf. rjyuv 
 
AEP 
 
 icuai, 1st aor. mid. iGafinv. To 
 contend, to strive for a prize. 
 
 ayovodervg, ov, 6 (from dydv, a 
 game, and rWnfit, to arrange). 
 An agonothete, one who arranges 
 a combat or game. Most com- 
 monly, however, a judge who 
 presides over public games. 
 
 dddupvg, v (adj. from a, not, and 
 ddnpv, a tear). Tearless, with- 
 out tears, and also, in a passive 
 sense, unwept, unlamented. 
 
 adeTifyr], rjc, rj (from ddeTityog). A 
 sister. 
 
 ad£?i<p6c, ov, 6 (from a, for afca, to- 
 gether, and 6e?i(j)vc, a womb). 
 A brother. 
 
 adrjc, ov, 6 (from a, not, and eldo, 
 to see). The invisible place of 
 departed spirits, hades, the lower 
 world. As a proper name, Pluto, 
 god of the lower world. 
 
 ddcdXctTCTog, ov (adj. from a, not, 
 did, and ?^iiTo, to leave). Unin- 
 terrupted, without intermission. 
 
 dduiTcavGTog, ov (adj. from a, not, 
 6td, and iravofiai, mid. voice, to 
 cease). Unceasing, endless. 
 
 adcKscj, o, fut. 570-6), perf. T/dtunna 
 (from dSiKog). To act unjustly, 
 to wrong, to injure. 
 
 aScuZa, ag, 97 (from ddinog). In- 
 justice, an act. of injustice. 
 
 ddtaog, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
 Sinn, justice). Unjust. 
 
 ddo^og, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
 doija, glory). Disgraceful, inglo- 
 rious. 
 
 "Adpacrrog, ov, 6. Adrastus, a Gre- 
 cian monarch. 
 
 ado, contr. from drido, fut. go, 
 perf. yua. To sing. 
 
 "Adovtg, iSog, 6. Adonis, a beauti- 
 ful youth. 
 
 del (adv.). Ever, always. 
 
 dsi/uvnoTog, ov (adj. from dei, ever, 
 and jivrjGTog, remembered). Ever 
 remembered, ever memorable. 
 
 aeivag, av (adj. from del, ever, and 
 vdu,toflow). Ever-flowing, per- 
 ennial, perpetual. 
 
 depyla, ag, r/ (from a, not, and epyov, 
 work). Idleness, indolence. 
 
 depoztdqg, eg (adj. from drip, in its 
 192 
 
 AI9 
 Homeric signification of dusky 
 air, and eUog, appearance). Of 
 a dusky hue, shady. 
 
 dndov, ovog, i] (from deido, to sing). 
 A nightingale, literally, the song- 
 stress. 
 
 drip, £p° c 3 0, and rj. Air, the at- 
 
 dddvdrog, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
 -&dvarog, death). Immortal. 
 
 ddefJUGTOg, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
 -&ep.iGTog, lawful). Unlawful, 
 unjust, wicked, impious. 
 
 'Adnva, ag, tj. Minerva. 
 
 'Adijvac, ov, at. Athens. 
 
 'AdnvaZog, a, ov (adj. from 'Adrjvai). 
 Athenian. In the plural, 'Adn- 
 valoi, uv, ol, the Athenians. 
 
 ddTinrrjg, ov, 6 (from dOlog, a con- 
 test). An athlete, a champion, a 
 combatant at the games, some- 
 times merely a wrestler. 
 
 ddllog, a, ov (adj. from ddlog, toil). 
 Wretched, miserable, toil-endu- 
 ring. 
 
 ddhov, ov, to. A prize at the 
 games, a reward. 
 
 dOXog, ov, 6. A contest, a combat 
 at the games. 
 
 ; a, ov, contr. ovg, a, ovv 
 (adj. from a, for dyav, very, and 
 ■&poog, clamour). Crowded, fre 
 quent, dense, numerous. 
 
 ddv/ua, ag, rj (from ddvfiog, dis- 
 pirited). Dejection, despondency. 
 
 udv/Ltog, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
 tivfiog, spirit). Dispirited, ' 
 jected. 
 
 A'iag, avrog, 6. Ajax, a celebrated 
 Grecian hero in the war of Troy. 
 
 AlyvTTTiog, a, ov (adj. from Acyvir- 
 rog). Egyptian. — In the plural, 
 AlyvTTTtoi, ov, ol, the Egyptians. 
 
 A?] vKTog, ov, i]. Egypt. 
 
 aiorjixuv, ov (adj. from aidiofiai, to 
 respect). Decorous, modest, well- 
 mannered. 
 
 aidog, 6og, contr. ovg, tj. Deco- \ 
 rous behaviour, modesty, venera- 
 tion, respect. 
 
 AlrjTTjg, ov, 6. Aretes, King of Col- 
 chis, and father of Medea. 
 
 aldrjp, epog, 6 and jj. The upper 
 air, the sky. 
 
AKM 
 
 alfia, utoc, to. Blood. 
 
 Aivelag , ov, 6. JEneas, a celebrated 
 
 Trojan chieftain. 
 Gif, yog, 6 and 7. A goat. 
 Alolog, ov, 6. Aeolus, god of the 
 
 winds. 
 aindlog, ov 6 (for alyoixokog, from 
 alt;, a goat, and ttoAecj, to lend). 
 A goatherd. 
 
 aipsrog, ov (adj. from alpia, to 
 choose). Eligible, also chosen. 
 
 alpeo, u, fut. f)Gu, perf. ypnica, 2d 
 aor. eIaov, 2d aor. inf. e/UZV, 2d 
 aor. mid. e'tXofinv. To take, to 
 seize. 
 
 alpo), fut. apt), perf. $p/ca. To 
 raise, to lift up, to take up. 
 
 aladnatg, sue, 57 (from aicddvofiai, 
 to perceive). The act of perceiv- 
 ing, a perception, knowledge. 
 
 cucioc, a, ov (adj. from alaa, lot, 
 fate). Happy, auspicious, fa- 
 vourable. 
 
 alaxpoc, a, ov (adj. from alaxog, 
 baseness). Disgraceful, sliame- 
 ful, base. 
 
 aXcxpdc, (adv. from alaxpoc). Dis- 
 gracefully, basely. 
 
 alaxvvn, vc, 57 (from alaxoc, base- 
 ness). Shame, disgrace. 
 
 alaxvvo, fut. vvti, perf. yaxvyna 
 (from alaxoc, ; baseness). To dis- 
 grace, to make ashamed. — ata- 
 Xvvofiat, in the middle, to make 
 one's self ashamed, to be asha- 
 med of, to reverence, to respect, to 
 feel the reproach of. 
 
 ahla, ac, y. A cause, a reason. 
 
 Atrvn, nc, 7). Mtna. 
 
 a'upvidtog, ov (adj. from alpvnc, 
 suddenly). Sudden, unexpected. 
 
 aluv, uvoc, 6 (from act, always, 
 and uv, being). An age, time, 
 eternity. 
 
 uKaTaTravaTOc, ov (adj. from a, 
 not, Kara and iravoftat, mid. 
 voice, to cease). Unceasing, in- 
 cessant. 
 
 UKLvdKvc, ov, 6 (a word of Per- 
 sian origin). A short crooked 
 sword. 
 
 anfiafa, fut. aau, perf. f/K/xdica 
 (from aKfiij, bloom). To bloom, 
 to flourish. 
 
 AAE 
 
 aKOLjinroc, ov (adj. from a, not, 
 and Kotfj.dofj.at, to lull one's self 
 to sleep). Not asleep, wakeful, 
 sleepless. 
 duoAovdog, ov (adj. from a for ufia, 
 at the same time, and Kt7^Ev6og, a 
 way or path.) Accompanying, 
 attending, following. — Also as a 
 noun, an attendant, a follower. 
 aKovriarnc, ov, 6 (from ukovtI^o), 
 to hurl a javelin). One who 
 hurls javelins, a spearman. 
 aKovcj, fut. aofiat, perf. mid. r/Koa, 
 and with redup. a/c^/coa. To 
 hear, 
 dicpa, ac, 77. A summit, a height, 
 a citadel. — Properly, the fem. of 
 unpoc, with x^P a understood. 
 dfcpdyyg, ec (adj. from a, not, and 
 Kpd^u, to cry out, 2d aor. enpd- 
 yov). Dumb, not crying out. 
 dupdrTjc, eg (adj. from a, not, and 
 updroc, strength). Weak, pow- 
 erless. 
 dnpZ6?]s, ic (adj. from tj/cpoc, high- 
 est, and paivcj, to go). Exact, 
 accurate, acute, precise. 
 'Anpiatog, ov, 6. Acrisius, a King 
 
 of Argos. 
 dupoTroAtg, cqq, 57 (from a-cpog, 
 highest, and iroAtg, a city). A 
 citadel, the acropolis of Athens, 
 the highest part of the city. 
 'AKTatuv, ovog, 6. Action, a man's 
 
 name. 
 "A/crop, opoc, 6. Actor, a man's 
 
 name. 
 ukuv, ovaa, ov (adj. for deKuv, from 
 a, not, and ekuv, willing). Un- 
 willing, 
 attov, ovroc, 6 (from ukt], a point). 
 A dart, a javelin, a sharp-pointed 
 missile. 
 aAystvog, y, ov (adj. from a/Xyoc, 
 
 pain). Painful, afflicting. 
 aXyiu, fi, fut. ?jau, perf. ylyvKa 
 (from aXyoe, sorrotv). To be 
 distressed, to grieve, to suffer 
 pain. 
 aAyog, eog, to. Pain, suffering, 
 
 sorrow. 
 d?LEt(j)G), fut. ipo), perf. rfkeitya. To 
 anoint. — In the middle voice, 
 likttyofiai, to anoint one's self. 
 193 
 
AMA 
 
 'Ale^avopog, ov, 6. Alexander, 
 King of Macedon, &c, surnamed 
 the Great, and celebrated for 
 his conquests. 
 
 ake^rjTEtpa, ag, tj (fem. of dl^v- 
 TTJp). A patroness, a patron- 
 goddess, a female defender. 
 
 dlrjOeia, ag, y (from alydfis, true). 
 Truth. 
 
 alndevo, fut. act, perf. rjlrjdevKa, 
 (from dlndrjg, true). To speak 
 the truth, to be true, to be sincere. 
 
 akndtjc, eg (adj. from a, not, and 
 Irjdcd, to lie concealed). True. 
 
 dlydtvog, rj, ov (adj. from dlndijg, 
 true). True, veracious, real. 
 
 aXicnofiai (no active occurs, but in 
 its stead alpiu), fut. dlocofiai 
 (from dloo), 2d aor. act. in a 
 passive sense, rjluv, oftener ka- 
 luv, perf. act. also in a passive 
 sense, rjJiuaa or edlcjua. To be 
 taken, to be captured, to be seized. 
 
 'AliciBtadng, ov, 6. Alcibiddes. 
 
 dlKlfiog, ov (adj. from dlni, dative 
 of all;, strength). Strong, val- 
 iant. 
 
 dlld, (conj. from dllog, other). 
 But, however. 
 
 dllrjlov, a reciprocal pronoun, 
 nom. wanting, found in the dual 
 and plural, and declined at page 
 111. One another, &c. 
 
 dllocou, d>, fut. ugu, perf. rjlloc- 
 una (from dllolog, different). 
 To make different, to change, to 
 alter. 
 
 alios, 9> o ( a dj-)' Another, other. 
 
 'A?mevc, eog, 6. Albeus, one of the 
 giants, and father of Otus and 
 Ephialtes, who are hence called 
 Aloldes. 
 
 afia (adv.). At the same time, to- 
 gether. 
 
 'kjia&v, ovoc, fj. An Amazon, a 
 female warrior. 
 
 afia^a, vc, rj (from ajua, together, 
 and ayo), to draw, as conveying 
 many things at the same time). 
 A wagon. 
 
 d/j-apravu, fut. tjou, perf. rifidprvna. 
 To err, to fail, to miss, to trans- 
 gress. 
 
 dfidprnfia, aroc, to (from d/u,aprd- 
 194 
 
 AN 
 vu, to err). A failure, a fault, 
 an offence, a transgression. 
 
 dfiaprla, ag, i] (from dfiapravid, to 
 err). An error, a fault, a sin, 
 
 dfieivcov, ov (adj. comparative of 
 dyadog). Better, braver, worthi- 
 er, more virtuous, &c. 
 
 a/ulla, rjg, rj (from d/xa, together, 
 and tin, a troop or band). A 
 contest, a struggle, a conflict. 
 
 a^TTelog, ov, tj. A vine, a vine- 
 yard. 
 
 dfnreluv, uvog, 6 (from d/xnelog). 
 A vineyard. 
 
 'A/ivvrag, ov, 6. Amyntas, a man's 
 name. 
 
 dfivvio, fut. vvcd, perf. rjfivyna (from 
 a for dyav, very, and /uvvw, an 
 excuse). To defend, to repel, to 
 ward off. — In the middle voice, 
 to defend one's self, to repel from 
 one's self, to revenge. 
 
 d/ii(pL, prep, governing the geni- 
 tive, dative, and accusative. The 
 leading meaning in all the cases 
 is around, about, round about. 
 With the genitive it also means 
 concerning; with the dative on, 
 so as to be surrounded by ; as, 
 for example, a vessel on the fire ; 
 with the accusative throughout. 
 In composition it denotes around, 
 all around, about, round about. 
 
 'Afifyidpaog, ov, 6. Amphiardus, a 
 famous Argive soothsayer and 
 leader. 
 
 'Afi(j)lSdfiag, avrog, 6. Amphidd- 
 mas, a man's name. 
 
 dfi^iivvvai, fut. djifLEGu, perf. pass. 
 7]fi<pieap.ai. . To put around, to 
 put on, to clothe. — In the mid- 
 dle voice, dfi^tevvvfiai, to put 
 on one's self, to clothe one's self. 
 
 'AfifyLTpvov, uvog, 6. Amphitryon. 
 
 du<po, rd), rd, to (dual), and oh. at, 
 rd (plural) ; gen. and dat. dual, 
 d/LKpolv, of all three genders ; ac- 
 cus. dual, dfi(j)(j}. Both. 
 
 dv, a conditional particle. If, pro- 
 vided. The Attics use t)v in its 
 stead. 
 
 dv, a particle used to give a sen- 
 tence or clause an expression of 
 uncertainty, contingency, doubt, 
 
ANA 
 bare possibility, or conjecture, 
 and hence frequently rendered 
 by might, could, would, perhaps, 
 probably, hardly, &c. Thus, 
 TjTidov, I came ; av rfkdov, I would 
 hate come ; ri teyu ; what am I 
 to say ? ri ?Jyotuc av ; what 
 might I say ? &c. 
 
 avdyav, wc, ij. Necessity. 
 
 dvadidufit, fut. ducu (from dvd, 
 up, and didufii, to give). To 
 give up, to yield up, to surrender, 
 to give, to yield. 
 
 dvd, prep, governing the dative 
 and accusative. Its primitive 
 meaning is up, up on, which, 
 however, appears most common- 
 ly in composition. With the 
 cases derivative meanings are 
 usually employed. With the da- 
 tive it denotes on the top of, in 
 (i. e., up on); with the ac- 
 cusative, throughout, through, 
 in, during. With numerals it 
 makes them distributive ; as, dvd 
 rpeic, by threes, three by three, 
 &c. 
 
 dvddnua, droc, to (from dvd, up, 
 and tWtjul, to place). A votive 
 offering, an offering, an orna- 
 ment. 
 
 'AvaKpeuv, ovroc, 6. Anacreon, a 
 Greek lyric poet. 
 
 dvaTilaicc), fut. dvaTiuccj, perf. dv- 
 rfkuaa, dvd?Mna, and r/vdluna, 
 1st aor. dvrj?,o)Ga and 7/vd?iucra 
 (from dvd, up, and dTiiaicu), to 
 take). To consume, to expend, 
 to squander. 
 
 dvd2,G)Gic, euc, 57 (from dvalcGKu, 
 to consume). An expending, a 
 consuming, a wasting. 
 
 dvauiyvvui, fut. dvaui^u, pass, and 
 mid. dvauiyvvuat. (from dvd, up, 
 and ulyvvut, to mix). To mix 
 up together, to blend, to mingle, 
 to put in confusion. 
 
 dvau^io6i]Tr]Toc, ov (adj. from dv, 
 not, same as a, not, du<pl, around, 
 and (3aivcj, to go). Undoubted, 
 clear, incontestable. 
 
 aval;, a/crof, 6. A king. 
 
 'Avat-aydpac, ov, 6. Anaxagoras, 
 a Grecian philosopher. 
 
 ANT 
 
 I dvaTTEUiru, fut. ijjcj (from dvd, up, 
 and ireuTTo, to send). To send 
 up, to send away, to throw out, 
 to release. 
 
 dvdpidfioc, ov (adj. from dv, not, 
 same as a, not, and dptduoc, num- 
 ber). Innumerable, immense, un- 
 numbered. 
 
 dvariXko, fut. dvareTiib, perf. dva- 
 riTaTina (from dvd, up, and re/l- 
 Acj, to arise). To rise up, to i 
 grow forth, to come forth, to rise, ' 
 as the sun. 
 
 avSpdiiodov, ov, to. A slave. 
 
 dvdpeloc, a, ov (adj. from dvr/p, a 
 man). Manly, brave, spirited. 
 
 dvdptdc, dvTOc, 6 (from dvfjp, a 
 man). A statue. 
 
 'Avdpofieda, ac, ij. Andromeda. 
 
 dvelevdepoc, a, ov (adj. from dv, 
 not, same as a, not, and eXevdep- 
 oc, free). Servile, illiberal. 
 
 uvZjjloc, ov, 6. Wind. 
 
 uvev (adv.). Without. Governs 
 the genitive. 
 
 dvrjp, dvepoc, contr. dvdpog, 6. A 
 man. 
 
 dvdoc, eoc, to. A flower. 
 
 dvdpoirog, ov, 6 and ij. A man, a 
 human being. 
 
 dvlKrjToc, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
 vucdu, to conquer). Unconquer- 
 ed, invincible. 
 
 dviarnui, fut. dvaoTTjau, perf. dv- 
 EGTnua, 2d aor. dviornv (from 
 dvd, up, and larr/uL, to place). 
 To set up, to raise, to establish. 
 In the perfect, I stand up; in 
 the 2d aor., I stood up. — In the 
 middle voice, to rise, to stand 
 up, &c. 
 
 dvorjroc, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
 voeco, to think). Thoughtless, 
 silly, foolish, senseless. 
 
 dvouia, ac, f/ (from a, not, and vo- 
 jioc, law). Lawlessness, wicked- 
 ness, crime. 
 
 dvdoc, contr. dvovc, ovv (adj. from a, 
 not, and vooc, contr. vovc, mind). 
 Wanting under s tanding, J " 
 
 'AvTJjvop, opoc, 6. Antenor, a 
 
 Trojan chieftain. 
 dvri prep, governing the genitive 
 195 
 
AIIE 
 only. Its primitive signification 
 is against, over against, opposite, 
 which it retains for the most part 
 in composition. With the geni- 
 tive it has commonly the mean- 
 ing, in the place of, instead of. 
 In composition, besides the mean- 
 ing of against, &c, it expresses, 
 also, exchange, reciprocity, &c. 
 avriSpovTdo), u>, Cut. rjau, perf. ctvri- 
 6e6p6vT7]na (from avri, against, 
 and fipovTaG), to thunder). To 
 hurl thunder against, to thunder 
 at. 
 'Avriyovog, ov, 6. Antigonus. 
 iivTLiiaxVTrjC, ov, 6 (from avri, 
 against, and fiaxnTrjc, a com- 
 batant). An antagonist, an op- 
 ponent. 
 'AvTc/Ltaxoc, ov, 6. Antimachus, a 
 
 man's name. 
 avrleo), u, fut. t]cg>, perf. rjvrlnna 
 (from avr'koe, a machine for 
 drawing up water). To draw 
 water, 
 avrpov, ov, to. A cave, a hole in 
 
 the earth. 
 'AvtcovIoc, ov, 6. Antonius, a 
 
 man's name. 
 at-toc, a, ov (adj. from uyu, fut. at-co, 
 to weigh). Primitive meaning, 
 equivalent in weight; ordinary 
 meaning, worthy, worth, valuable, 
 good, &c. Governs the genitive. 
 airaidevTOc, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
 7rat,d£VG), to instruct). Unedu- 
 cated, ignorant, inexperienced. 
 inraTJiaTTo, or -dacu, fut. £«, perf. 
 airr}l?Mxa (from airo, away, and 
 aXkdoau, to change). To send 
 away, to remove, to free, to de- 
 liver. — In the middle voice, to 
 send one's self away, to depart, 
 airdloc, n, ov (adj.). Soft, tender. 
 a-Kat; (adv.). Once, once for all. 
 airac, una, av (adj. from a for &fia, 
 together, and irac, all). Each, 
 every one, all, the whole, all to- 
 gether. 
 'Atts^tjc, ov, 6. Apelles, a famous 
 
 painter. 
 aizepxofiai, fut. airElsvaouai, perf. 
 airr)Xvda, and with reduplication 
 uTcelfavda, 2d aor. axjjWov 
 196 
 
 AIIO 
 
 (from airo, away, and epxojuai, 
 to go). To go away, to depart, 
 to retire. 
 dTTExco, fut. c^efw, perf. cmEGxvKa, 
 2d aor. cnvEaxov (from arc 6, 
 away, and e^w, to have). To he 
 away from, to be distant. — In the 
 middle voice, to keep one's self 
 from, to refrain, to abstain from, 
 aiuarla, ac, rj (from a, not, and mo- 
 rtc, faith). Faithlessness, per- 
 fidy. Primitive meaning, unbe- 
 lief, want of faith, mistrust. 
 u.rc'kooc, or], oov, contr. ovc, r), ovv 
 (adj. from a, not, and the old verb 
 Ttleo), whence tcTieku, to fold). 
 Simple, plain, unadorned, sin- 
 cere, 
 airo prep, governing the genitive 
 only, and signifying from, away 
 from, by means of, &c, which 
 is also its force in composition. 
 a-iroSdhXw, fut. a7ro6a?i6), perf. drco- 
 SeBTirjua, 2d aor. drceBdlov (from 
 airo, away, and fidXKu, to cast). 
 To throw away, to lose. 
 awo62,eiTG), fut. tpco, perf. aTTo6s6Xe- 
 <f>a (from dno, away, and 6/leTrw, 
 to look). Literally, to look away 
 from other objects towards some 
 particular one, hence, to regard, 
 to direct attention to, to look to- 
 wards, 
 airodldu/ii, fut. airoduxjo), perf. ano- 
 dedona (from aixd, away, and 
 diSiOfic, to give). To give away, 
 to give back, to restore, to bestow, 
 to produce, &c. 
 dnodvrjoKC), fut. drToBavovfiat, perf. 
 aTzoTEdvrjKa, 2d aor. diridavov 
 (from drro, away, and -d-vijaKu, 
 to die). To die, to die away. 
 anoKOTTTO), fut. Koipu, perf. uttoke- 
 KO(f>a (from airo, away, and kotttco, 
 to cut). To cut off, to cut away. 
 anoKplvu, fut. icpTvtJ, perf. aKOKEKpc- 
 Ka (from airo, away, and npivu, to 
 separate). To separate, to dis- 
 tinguish. — In the middle voice, 
 to answer. 
 arroKTEivu, fut. KTEvio, perf. dlTE- 
 urdna, 2d aor. dneiiTavov (from 
 arxo, away, and ktelvo, to kill). 
 To kill, to slay, to put to death. 
 
Apr 
 
 airo?i?iV[ii, fut. tnroMcu, per. diuo- 
 "kena, Attic reduplication uttoPiu- 
 7i£K.a (from drro, away, and oA- 
 Ay,t£t, to destroy). To destroy, to 
 sustain a loss, to lose. — In the 
 middle voice, d'KoXkvaaL, to be 
 undone, to be lost, to perish, 2d 
 aor. mid. dmolounv, perf. mid. 
 ditidka or drroTi^a, lam undone. 
 
 AizoXkav, covog, 6. Apollo. 
 
 'A.'KoTJiUvlog, ov, 6. Apollbntus, a 
 man's name. 
 
 airoTrE/j,7ca, fut. ipo (from airo, away, 
 and ■keuttu, to send). To send 
 away from, to dismiss, to send off. 
 
 aTTOirkavao}, u, fut. Tjaco (from utto, 
 away, and -rrXavacj, to cause to 
 wander). To cause to wander 
 away from. — In the middle voice, 
 d-Kortkavdouai, couac, to wander 
 away from. 
 
 aTropia, ag, 7) (from diropog). Com- 
 plete perplexity, utter embarrass- 
 ment, utter want. 
 
 airopoc, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
 TTopoc, a way through). Utterly 
 at loss, completely perplexed, in 
 the greatest want. 
 
 inzopp'r)TOc, ov (adj. from cnro, away 
 from, and fieo, to speak). Not 
 to be uttered, secret, not to be di- 
 
 cttoot£/IAcj, fut. aTtocTeku, perf. 
 uTzearaXica (from cnro, away, 
 and oteTJm, to send). To send 
 away, to send. 
 
 aTTOTidnfii, fut. dirodrjcto, perf. cnro- 
 TEdstKa (from cnro, away, and 
 ridnuL, to put). To lay aside, to 
 put off, to put down, to deposite. 
 
 apa(conj.). Then, therefore. When 
 circumflexed on the first syllable, 
 it is interrogative, is it that! 
 whether ? It has often the mean- 
 ing of forsooth, to wit, &c. 
 
 apd, ac, 7]. A curse, an impreca- 
 tion. 
 
 dpao/xai, uuat, fut. dcoaai (from 
 dpd, a curse). To imprecate. 
 
 "Apa\p, d6oc, 6. An Arabian. 
 
 'ApyeZoc, a, ov (adj. from "Apyog). 
 Argive, of or belonging to Argos. 
 As a substantive, Apyelog, ov, 6, 
 an Argive. 
 R2 
 
 APM 
 
 ^Apyovavrat, uv, ol (from Apyco, 
 the ship Argo, and vavTrjc, a 
 mariner). The Argonauts, the 
 heroes who sailed in the Argo to 
 Colchis, in quest of the golden 
 fleece. 
 
 "Apyoc, eoc, to. Argos, the capi- 
 tal of Argolis in the Pelopon- 
 nesus. 
 
 "Apyoc, ov, 6. Argus, a herdsman 
 of gigantic size, the keeper of Io, 
 fabled to have had a hundred 
 eyes. 
 
 dpyvpeoc, ia, eov, contr. ovc, a, ovv 
 (adj. from dpyvpoc, silver). Of 
 silver, made of silver, silver. 
 
 dpyvpoc, ov, 6 (from apyoc, white). 
 Silver. 
 
 Apidovcra, ng, r). Arethusa, the 
 name of a fountain in the island 
 of Ortygia, forming part of the 
 precincts of Syracuse. 
 
 dpETTJ, ijc i] (from apso/cco, to fit or 
 suit). Primitive meaning, fit- 
 ness, ability. Ordinary mean- 
 ings, virtue, merit, valour. 
 
 dprjv, dpvoc, 6 and t). A lamb. 
 The preferable nominative of 
 dpvoc is dprjv, the form ape, 
 though given by some lexicons, 
 being in fact obsolete. 
 
 "Apnc, eog, 6. Mars, the god of 
 war. 
 
 ApLdSvn, ng, r). Ariadne, daughter 
 of Minos, forsaken by Theseus on 
 the island of Naxos. 
 
 dptduog, ov, 6. Number, a number. 
 
 ApLCTEidrjr, ov, 6. Aristldes, a 
 Greek famed for his integrity. 
 
 ApiGTodr/uoc, ov, 6. Aristodemus, 
 a man's name. 
 
 ApLLjTou£V7}c, ovc, 6. Aristomenes, 
 a man's name. 
 
 dpLcroc, V, ov (adj.-, irreg. super- 
 lative of dyadog). Best, most 
 virtuous, most excellent, bravest, 
 &c. 
 
 'ApioTotpdvne, ovc, 6. Aristopha- 
 nes, a celebrated comic poet of 
 Athens. 
 
 dp/croc, ov, r). A bear. 
 
 dpua, drog, to (from dpco, to fit, to 
 yoke). A chariot, a car. 
 
 dpuarrjTiaTeci, &, fut. rjoco (from 
 197 
 
ASK 
 dpfia, a chariot, and klavvu, to 
 drive). To drive a chariot, to 
 impel a chariot. 
 
 dpornc, ov, 6 (from dpou, to plough). 
 A husbandman, a ploughman. 
 
 "A.pnviai, £>v, at. The Harpies, 
 fabled monsters, having the faces 
 of women and the bodies of vul- 
 tures. 
 
 dpp'rjv, ev (adj.). Male, masculine, 
 robust, vigorous, brave. 
 
 dp^uaroc, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
 fiuvvvfii, to be strong). Weak, 
 feeble, inefficient, sick. 
 
 'ApTEfiidcopoc, ov, 6. Artemidbrus, 
 a man's name. 
 
 'ApTEfiic, Tdoc, ?). Diana. 
 
 uproc, ov, 6. Bread, a loaf. It 
 properly denotes wheaten bread, 
 as distinguished from [id^a, bar- 
 ley bread. 
 
 apxVi VSi V- A beginning, an ori- 
 gin, a taking the lead, hence a 
 magistracy, an office, govern- 
 ment, empire. 
 
 'kpxidauoc, ov, 6. Archiddmus, a 
 man's name. 
 
 dpxirsKTuv, ovoc, 6 (from dpxu, to 
 be at the head, and tektov, an 
 artificer). A head-builder, an 
 architect. 
 
 apxcov, ovtoc, 6 (from dpxu, to rule). 
 A governor, a ruler, an archon. 
 
 apuua, aroc, to. A spice, an herb 
 for seasoning, an aromatic herb, 
 aroma. 
 
 aaeBeta, ac, rj (from a, not, and 
 o£6g), to worship). Impiety, ir- 
 relxgion. 
 
 aaebric., £c (adj. from a, not, and 
 oe6(j, to worship). Impious, ir- 
 religious, wicked. 
 
 darjaoc, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
 cf/ua, a mark or sign). Obscure, 
 unimportant. 
 
 dadEvrjc, ec (adj. from a, not, and 
 cQivoc, strength). Weak, feeble, 
 sick. 
 
 'kola, ac, 7). Asia. 
 
 acKeu, u, fut. TJow, perf. TjaavKa. 
 To exercise, to pursue, to prac- 
 tise, to train up, to prepare. 
 
 aoicoc, ov, 6. A wine-skin, a bag 
 of skin, a leathern sack, a bottle. 
 198 
 
 ATT 
 
 aoTra&fJiai, fut. doojiai, perf. 7jGrraa- 
 fiat. To embrace, to salute, to 
 greet, to welcome. 
 
 acnaafia, droc, to (from daird^Q- 
 fiai, to embrace). An embrace, 
 a greeting. 
 
 aortic, tdoc, rj. A shield. Also, 
 an asp. 
 
 acTEpoEtc, oEaaa, oev (adj. from 
 aarfjp, a star). Starry, shining, 
 refulgent, radiant. 
 
 aGTpuTTT], fjc, t) (from acTpanTU, to 
 flash forth). Lightning. 
 
 aarpdirTG), fut. ijjo), perf. Tjcrpafya. 
 To flash forth, to emit lightning, 
 to lighten. 
 
 darpov, ov, to. A star, a constel- 
 lation. 
 
 doTpoXoyso), &, fut. Tjao), perf. 
 TjOTpoloynna (from darpov, a 
 star, and Xiyo), to discourse). 
 To observe the stars, to know the 
 stars, to study or practise as- 
 tronomy, and in later writers, to 
 practise astrology, to be an as- 
 trologer. 
 
 darpovofioc, ov, 6 (from doTpov, a 
 star, and vouoc, a law). An as- 
 tronomer. 
 
 doTV, eoc, to. A city. 
 
 da§akr}q, ec (adj. from a, not, 
 and acfidXlo/uai, mid. voice, to 
 stumble or fall). Safe, secure, 
 firm. 
 
 da^alToc, ov, i) (from a, not, and 
 afydXkouai, to fall or fail). As- 
 phaltus, bitumen, mineral pitch, 
 deriving its Greek name from its 
 property of firmly cementing. 
 
 'AraMvTn, nc, 1). Atalanta, a 
 female name. 
 
 drdaQilXoc, ov (adj. from drdo, 
 harm). Wicked, impious, 
 ish, rash, indiscreet, overbearing 
 
 ■do, to 
 , fool- 
 '.aring, 
 
 areata, ac, t) (from a, not, and tlui), 
 honour). Ignominy, dishonour, 
 loss of rights as a citizen. 
 
 'krpsiSnc, ov, 6. Son of Atreus, 
 a patronymic appellation given 
 by Homer to Agamemnon and 
 Menelaus. 
 
 'Attckoc, tj, ov (adj.). Attic, of ox 
 belonging to Attica. 
 
arvx^o), &, fut. fjcu, perf. i/TvxyKa 
 (from a, not, and rvxv> fortune). 
 To be unfortunate. 
 
 arvxT/g, ig (adj. from a, not, and 
 tvXVi fortune). Unfortunate, un- 
 happy. 
 
 Avyeiag, ov, 6. Augeas, king of 
 T Elis. 
 
 avOtg, (adv. lengthened from av). 
 Again, anew, afterward. 
 
 avog, a, ov (adj. from avcj, to dry 
 up). Dry, thirsty, thirsting. 
 
 avpa, ag, r/ (from avu, to blow). A 
 breeze. 
 
 avpXov (adv.). To-morrow. 
 
 Avaoveg, uv, oi. The Ausones, an 
 ancient people of Italy. 
 
 avrodt (adv.). Here, there, in that 
 very spot. 
 
 AvrolvKog, ov, 6. Autolycus, a 
 man's name. 
 
 avTog, rj, 6 (pron.). With the arti- 
 cle, 6 avTog, the same. Without 
 the article, and in the oblique 
 cases, following a verb, him, her, 
 it. In the nominative with a 
 verb, he himself, she herself, &c. 
 In the oblique cases, beginning 
 a clause, it has also a reflexive 
 force ; as, avrbv kupana, I have 
 seen the man himself, ravrd, 
 for tu avrd, the same things, &c. 
 
 avroxOov, ov (adj. from avrog, and 
 xOuv, the earth). Sprung from 
 the earth itself, indigenous, abo- 
 riginal. Hence the term avrox- 
 doveg was applied to a race, sup- 
 posed to have been the primitive 
 inhabitants of a country, and fa- 
 bled consequently to have sprung 
 from the very soil. This name 
 was assumed in particular by the 
 Athenians. 
 
 avxpypog, a, ov (adj. from avxp-og, 
 dryness). Dry, squalid, parched. 
 
 u<j)avT/g, eg (adj. from a, not, and 
 (fiaivofiai, mid. voice, to appear). 
 Unseen, not visible, obscure. 
 
 acpavi^o), fut. Xau, perf. jjtydvXna 
 (from afpavrjg, invisible). To 
 make invisible, to cause to dis- 
 appear, to annihilate, to destroy. 
 
 afydovXa, ag, rj (from acpdovog, abun- 
 dant). Abundance, plenty. 
 
 BAP 
 
 ■, ov, (adj. from a, not, 
 and fdovog, envy). Abundant, 
 copious, rich. Primitive idea, 
 not envying others, but having 
 enough of one's own. 
 
 aftijig, eug, rj (from d(pLKviojU.at, to 
 come to). An arrival, a coming. 
 
 utyoSog, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
 (j>66og,fear). Fearless, undaunt- 
 ed, intrepid. 
 
 'A(f)podlT7}, ng, rj. Venus. 
 
 aQpcov, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
 (ppr/v, mind). Foolish, senseless, 
 unreflecting. 
 
 'kxatoi, uv, oi. The Greeks. 
 
 axdpiOTog, ov (adj. from a, not, 
 and x a ?' i ^°l iai i t° gratify, to 
 thank). Ungrateful, thankless. 
 
 uxOog, eog, to. A load, a burden, 
 distress, affliction, grief, heavy 
 sorrow. 
 
 'A^t/Ueiic, Eog, 6. Achilles, son of 
 Peleus and Thetis, and the most 
 famous Grecian warrior at the 
 siege of Troy. 
 
 dipivdXov, ov, to. Wormwood. 
 
 B. 
 
 (3adi£cj, fut. Xgq, perf. SeBudXaa 
 (from (3u6og, a step). To go, to 
 move along, to walk. 
 
 (3ddvg, ela, v (adj.). Deep, pro- 
 found, dense. 
 
 (3ai6g, a, ov (adj.). Small, little. 
 
 BaarpXavog, rj, ov (adj. from Bate- 
 TpXa). Bactrian, of or belonging 
 to Bactria. Frequently used as 
 a substantive, X^P a i however, be- 
 ing in fact understood ; as, Bc/c- 
 Tpiavrj, rjg, rj, Bactriana or Bac- 
 tria, a country of Upper Asia. 
 
 Baicxog, ov, 6. Bacchus, the god 
 of wine, son of Jupiter and 
 Semele. 
 
 /3a7TT6), fut. Tpu, perf. peSaQa, 2d 
 aor. k&dfyov. To dip, to plunge, 
 to immerse. Hence, to dye. 
 
 (3dp6apog, ov (adj.). Foreign, bar- 
 barous, barbarian. Frequently 
 used as a noun, Bdp6apog, ov, 6, 
 a barbarian, a foreigner. 
 
 (3ap6Xrog, ov, tj. A lyre. 
 
 (3upog, eog, to. A weight, a load, a 
 burden. 
 
 199 
 
BOX 
 
 ftdtravoc, ov, r). A touchstone, a 
 test, a trial. 
 
 fiaoilEia, ac, t) (from fiaoikEVc ). A 
 queen. 
 
 {3a(7i?oEiov, ov, to, and in the plural 
 fiaoi'keia, ov, rd. A palace. In 
 strictness, however, a mere adjec- 
 tive, dofia, a building, being un- 
 derstood with (3aai?i€iov; and 66- 
 fiara in the plural with (3aal?i,eta. 
 
 (3a<rl/iEtoc, a, ov (adj. from foao- 
 i?ievc). Royal, regal, kingly. 
 
 fiacllevc, foe, 6. A king, a mon- 
 arch. 
 
 pactTunoc (adv. from ^aatlevc). 
 Like a king, regally. 
 
 fiaaTkiaaa, nc, r) (from ftaaiXevc). 
 A queen. 
 
 fiao-Kaivo, fut. dv6, perf. j3e6da- 
 nayna (from (3&ckg), to speak). 
 To bewitch, to bind with a spell. 
 — (be fj,7f fiacKavdooiv, that they 
 may not become spell-bound, i. e., 
 suffer from magic spells. 
 
 fiarog, ov, t). A bramble, a hush. 
 
 fiaroe, rj, ov (adj. from ftaivo, to go). 
 Accessible. 
 
 (3iaiog, a, ov (adj. from j3ca,violence). 
 Violent, forcible, powerful. 
 
 fiitTiiov, ov, to (dim. from (3i6?„oc). 
 A small book, a treatise. 
 
 (3l6Xoc, ov, rj. A book. 
 
 fitoc, ov, 6. Life, a life, a mode 
 of life. 
 
 filaBspoc, a, ov (adj. from (3?mttto), 
 to injure). Injurious, hurtful. 
 
 (31nxdofiat, 6\iai, fut. ijaoftai, perf. 
 (3e6AJixn/ji.ai (from (Hnx?/, a bleat- 
 ing). To bleat. 
 
 fiodo, 6, fut. ijaci, perf. SeSonKa 
 (from fiof], a loud cry). To cry 
 aloud, to shout, to call out. 
 
 BoioTia, ac, rj. Bozolia, a country 
 of Greece. 
 
 @6o~KVfj.a, &toc, to (from /36oko, to 
 feed). A herd. 
 
 fiorpvc, voc, 6. A cluster of grapes, 
 a grape. 
 
 fiovfcoloc, ov, 6 (from (3ovg, an ox 
 or cow, and koXov, food). A 
 herdsman. 
 
 (3ov7iev/j.a, utoc, to (from (3ov2,evo). 
 A counsel, a resolve, a design, a 
 plan. 
 
 TAP 
 
 (3ov?i£v(i), fut. (tw, perf. fiEtovlevna 
 (from (3ov2,r/, counsel, will). To 
 counsel, to advise. — In the mid- 
 dle voice, to resolve, to deliberate 
 with one's self. 
 
 fiovli], ?jc, r). Will, counsel, pur- 
 pose. 
 
 (Sovlifxiao), 6, fut. aero, perf. (3s~ 
 6ovXifjitiica (from fiovXiyla, great 
 hunger). To be very hungry, to 
 be famished. 
 
 j3ovXo/u,ac, fut. r/oo/j-ai, perf. (3e- 
 6ovlr]{iat (from (3ovXr/, will). 
 To loish. 
 
 (3ovvoc, ov, 6. A hill, an eminence. 
 
 0ovc, (3ooc. 6 and t). An ox or 
 cow. 
 
 Bovoipic, ^6oc, 6. Busiris, a king 
 of Egypt. 
 
 (3pd6cvc, eoc, 6. An umpire, a 
 judge. 
 
 fipadve, Eta, v (adj.). Slow, tardy, 
 dull. 
 
 fipdxvc., Eta, v (adj.). Short, brief, 
 small. 
 
 Bpswoc, ov, 6. Brennus. 
 
 PpovTcio), 6, fut. tjgo, perf. (3E6p6v- 
 Tvna (from {3povT7J, thunder). 
 To thunder. 
 
 (3povTr/, r)q, t). Thunder. As op- 
 posed to KEpavvoc, it denotes the 
 noise of the thunder, in Latin ton- 
 itru ; whereas KEpavvoc means 
 the thunderbolt (i. e., lightning), 
 in Latin fulmen. 
 
 (SpoToc, ov, 6. A mortal. 
 
 (3po)Tog, rj, ov (adj. from (3i6p6aKo, 
 to eat). Eaten. — fipoTov, food, 
 anything eaten. 
 
 (3vpaa, nc, t). A hide, a skin. 
 
 ftouog, ov, 6. An altar. 
 
 T. 
 
 TdlaTai, ov, oi. The Gauls. 
 
 yd'kfi, Tjc, rj. A weasel, a cat. 
 
 yufj-eo, 6, fut. tjgo, perf. ysydpnKa, 
 1st aor. Eydfinaa and lyvfia. To 
 marry, to take in marriage (said 
 of the man). — In the middle ya/i- 
 io/uaL, ov/iai, to marry (said of 
 the female). 
 
 yap (conj.). For. (Never used at 
 the beginning of a sentence.) — 
 Employed sometimes in interro- 
 
ton 
 
 gations with the force of then; 
 as, Tig yap ; who then 1 
 yeldu, Q, fut. aao, perf. yeyiluKa. 
 To laugh. 
 
 yeTiolog, a, ov (adj. from ye/taw, to 
 laugh). Laughable, ridiculous. 
 
 yeved, ug, r) (from yivog, a race). 
 Generation, birth, a family, a 
 race. 
 
 yevvdeo, u, fut. t}gg), perf. yeyevvr]- 
 K.a (from yevoc, a race). To be- 
 get, to produce. 
 
 yivoc, eoc, to. A race, birth, kind. 
 
 yepaioc, a, ov (adj. from yfjpag, old 
 age). Aged, old, venerable. 
 
 yipdvog, ov, 6. A crane. 
 
 yipac, utoc (contr. dog, ug), to. A 
 reward, dignity, esteem. 
 
 yipuv, ovTog, 6. An old man. 
 
 yevo), fut. ou, perf. yiyevna. To 
 give to taste, to entertain, to serve 
 up before one. — In the middle 
 voice, yevo/xai, to give to one's 
 self to taste, to taste. 
 
 yeyvpa, ag, rj. A bridge. 
 
 yecopyeu, &, fut. t}go), perf. ysyeup- 
 yvKa (from yea, old form for yfj, 
 earth, and epyov, work). To till 
 the earth, to cultivate. 
 
 yecopyog, ov, 6 (from yea for yfj, 
 earth, and ipyov, ivork). A hus- 
 bandman, a farmer. 
 
 yVi VC> Vi contracted from yea. 
 The earth, ground. 
 
 yijpag, drog (contr. dog, ug), to. 
 Old age. 
 
 yiyag, avTog, 6. A giant. 
 
 yiyvojxat (later form yivofiac), fut. 
 yevrjcofiai, perf. yeyevrjftai, 2d 
 aor. mid. kyEvo/xr/v, perf. mid. ye- 
 yova. To become, to exist, to be. 
 
 ylvKvg, ela, v (adj.). Sweet, agree- 
 able. 
 
 yluGGa, vg, and yluTTa, ng, r). 
 The tongue, a tongue. 
 
 yvufin, rig, 37. Reason, opinion, in- 
 tention, good sense. 
 
 yvupl\iog, ov (adj. from yvupi^u, 
 to make known). Known, re- 
 nowned. 
 
 yovsvg, iug, 6 (from yovog, proge- 
 ny). A father, a generator. — In 
 the plural, yovelg, parents, an- 
 cestors. 
 
 AAN 
 
 yoog, ov, 6, and yon, ng, h (from 
 yodu, to tvail). Wailing, lamen- 
 tation, groaning, sorrow. 
 
 ypdfifia, dTog, to (from ypd<pu, to 
 write). A letter (of the alpha- 
 bet). — In the plural, literature, 
 letters, languages, learning. 
 
 ypdtpu, fut. ipu, perf. ysypafia. To 
 write, to describe, to paint, to 
 represent. — In the middle voice, 
 to accuse, i. e., to cause the name 
 of another to be written down by 
 the magistrate. 
 
 YpvXkog, ov, 6. Gryllus, son of 
 Xenophon. 
 
 ypvip, ypv-iTog, 6. A griffin, a fabu- 
 lous animal. 
 
 yv/uvd^u, fut. ugu, perf. yeyv/uvaica 
 (from yvfivog, naked). To exer- 
 cise, to train. 
 
 yvfiviKog, tj, ov (adj. from yv/ivog, 
 naked). Gymnastic, pertaining 
 to athletic exercises. 
 
 yvftvog, rj, ov (adj.). Naked, nude, 
 bare, destitute, exposed. 
 
 yvvr), acKog, tj. A woman, a fe- 
 male. — Vocative yvvai, from the 
 old nominative yvvaii;. 
 
 yvip, yvKog, 6. A vulture. 
 
 AaiSd?Mg, ov, 6. Daedalus, a cele- 
 brated artificer of remote an- 
 tiquity. 
 
 daifiuv, ovog, 6. A divinity, a deity, 
 a genius or guardian spirit, for- 
 tune, chance, fate. 
 
 duKvv, fut. 6r}^o/xat, perf. Sedrjxa, 
 2d aor. eddicov. To bite, to sting. 
 
 ddicpv, vog, to. A tear. 
 
 ddnpv/j.a, drag, to (from Saupvu, to 
 weep). A tear. 
 
 danTvTaog, ov, 6 (from SdicTvlog, a 
 finger). A finger-ring, a ring. 
 
 Aavdrj, ng, 7). Dande, mother of 
 Perseus. 
 
 Aavatdeg, ov, at. The Dana%des, 
 or daughters of Danaus. 
 
 Aavdog, ov, 6. Danaus, king of 
 Argos. 
 
 davet^u, fut. gu, perf. dsddvEiKa. 
 To lend. — In the middle voice, 
 to borrow, i. e., to cause to be 
 lent unto one's self. 
 
 201 
 
AE2 
 duKtdov, ov, to' (from da, Doric for 
 
 yfj, earth, and tteSov, a basis). 
 
 A floor, a pavement, a surface 
 
 of earth, a piece of ground, 
 ddipvn, nc, ij. Laurel, or, more 
 
 strictly speaking, bay ; a laurel- 
 tree, a bay-tree. 
 Ad<pvic, idoc, 6. Daphnis, a shep- 
 herd s name. 
 <?£ (a particle). But, however, yet, 
 
 therefore. It is opposed to juev. 
 dsidco, future dslao), perf. dideitca, 
 
 perf. middle dzdoiKa and dsdia. 
 
 To fear, to be afraid. The perf. 
 
 mid. has the signification of the 
 
 present. 
 SeiKvvfii, fut. dsl^u, perf. dsdsixa. 
 
 To show, to point out, to disclose, 
 
 to represent, 
 deikoc, rj, ov (adj. from dsidu, to 
 
 fear). Cowardly, timid, weak, 
 
 wretched, 
 deivoc, i], ov (adj.). Dreadful, ter- 
 rible, fearful ; strong, powerful ; 
 
 bad, grievous, 
 dzlnvov, ov, to. A supper, a meal, 
 
 a feast, an entertainment, 
 deiaidal/xov, ov (adj. from deidu, 
 
 to fear, and dai/uuv, the deity). 
 
 Superstitious, one who worships 
 
 through fear alone, not from true 
 
 devotion. 
 de/ia (numeral adj.). Ten. Inde- 
 clinable. 
 SeKuTrevTe (numeral adj. from Sena, 
 
 ten, and ttevte, five). Fifteen. 
 
 Indeclinable. 
 dsnaToc, v, ov (numeral adj. of the 
 
 ordinal class, from dim, ten). 
 
 Tenth. 
 devSprjELc, rjeaaa, rjev (adj. from 
 
 devdpov, a tree). Abounding in 
 
 trees, woody, 
 divdpov, ov, to. A tree, 
 decide, a, ov (adj. from dexofiai, to 
 
 take). The right, on the right; 
 
 dexterous, skilful, ingenious ; 
 
 auspicious, lucky, favourable, 
 dipag, aToq, to (from dipo, to flay). 
 
 A skin, a hide, leather, 
 dspfxa, utoc, to (from dspcj, to flay). 
 
 A skin, a hide, 
 decfioc, ov, 6. A bond, a fetter, a 
 
 tie. — In the plural, to, deafid. 
 202 
 
 AIA 
 
 dEGfxuTTjpTov, ov, to (from dea/ua- 
 Trip, a prisoner). A prison, a 
 place of confinement. 
 
 dscnzoTnc, ov, 6 (from dEawo^o), to 
 rule absolutely). A master, a 
 lord, a despot. 
 
 devTEpoe, a, ov (adj.). Second. — • 
 devTEpov, taken adverbially, in 
 the second place. 
 
 dri (a particle). Now, certainly, 
 truly; then, in fine, &c. 
 
 Anfioodevrjc, ovc, 6. Demosthenes, 
 the celebrated Athenian orator. 
 
 drjpiooloc, a, ov (adj. from df/fioc, the 
 people). Public, common. 
 
 drjvaioc, d, ov (adj. from dijv, a I 
 time). Old, living long, 
 long, everlasting. 
 
 dim, prep, governing the genitive 
 and accusative. Its leading and 
 primitive meaning is through. 
 With the genitive it denotes 
 through, throughout, during, be- 
 tween. With the accusative, 
 through, during, on account of, 
 by reason of, &c. In composi- 
 tion it denotes through, thor- 
 oughly, effectually, and also car- 
 ries with it in many instances the 
 idea of separation, division, &c. 
 
 dia6auie, euc, V (from dia6aivu, to 
 pass through, to cross over). A 
 passage, a crossing. 
 
 diaSodu, fut. rjcu, perf. dia6e6oj]Ka 
 (from did, thoroughly, and 6odo, 
 to cry). To shout loudly, to cry 
 aloud, to make public, to report, 
 to divulge. 
 
 diaSoTiT}, f/g, r/ (from diaBdMo, to 
 slander, to calumniate). Slan- 
 der, calumny, false accusation. 
 
 diaifioc, ov(adj. from did, thorough- 
 ly, and alfxa, blood). Bloody, 
 covered with blood. 
 
 diaira, nc, rj. A mode of life, a 
 plan of life, means of support, 
 subsistence, diet. 
 
 didnovoc, ov, 6. An attendant, a 
 servant, a messenger, an agent. 
 
 dianocToi, ai, a (numeral adj.). 
 Two hundred. 
 
 dialiyu, fut. fw, perf. diaX&oxa 
 (from did, through, and "hiyu, to 
 select). To separate, to select, to 
 
AIA 
 
 set apart. — In the middle voice, 
 6iake.you.aL, to discourse, to con- 
 verse. 
 
 diaXvcig, eoc, ij (from diakvu, to 
 separate). Dissolution, separa- 
 tion, liberation, discharge, a rec- 
 onciliation^ i. e., a separation of 
 contending parties, an agree- 
 ment, a treaty. 
 
 diafierpog, ov, 77 (from did, through, 
 and fiETpeo), to measure). A di- 
 ameter, a line drawn through a 
 central point. Properly an ad- 
 jective, with ypafiftfj, a line, un- 
 derstood. 
 
 dcaiTE/nro), fut. ipu, perf. diaTtcTzop.- 
 <pa (from did, through or over, 
 and 7re/j.ircj, to send). To send 
 through, to transmit, to send 
 away, to dismiss. 
 
 diairvpog, ov (adj. from did, thor- 
 oughly, and Ttvp, fire). Red-hot, 
 glowing, burning, entirely on 
 fire. 
 
 diaoneddvvvui, future diaoneddoid 
 (from 6td, thoroughly, and CKed- 
 avvvui, to scatter). To disperse, 
 to scatter. 
 
 diacnidvn/j.1, fut. diaaKeddao) (from 
 Sid, thoroughly, and Guidvyfii, to 
 scatter). To disperse, to scatter 
 about. 
 
 diatmsipco, fut. diaarcepC), perf. 
 diiairapua (from Sid, thoroughly, 
 and arreipo), to sow). To scatter 
 up and down. The primitive 
 reference is to the scattering of 
 seed in sowing ; and then the 
 later meaning refers to any scat- 
 tering. 
 
 didaraaig, cue, y (from did, apart, 
 and lary/xi, to stand). A stand- 
 ing apart, a difference, a disa- 
 greement, a separation. 
 
 dtarapdoGw, fut. diarapdtjio, perf. 
 diarerapaxa (from did, thorough- 
 ly, and rapdccG), to disturb). To 
 agitate, to alarm, to disturb 
 greatly. 
 
 6iaTid7j/j.i, fut. diaQricu, perf. dia- 
 TedeiKa (from did, apart, and 
 ridnui, to place). To dispose, to 
 arrange, to set in order, to rcgu- 
 
 Alfl 
 
 diacpdeipu, fut. diaepdepu, perf. dii<p- 
 dapua (from dm, thoroughly, and 
 (pdeipu, to corrupt). To destroy, 
 to ruin, to waste. 
 
 diddonaTioc, ov, 6 (from diddaKa, to 
 teach). A teacher, a preceptor. 
 
 diddatiu, fut. diddtja, perf. dsdiddxa. 
 To teach, to instruct. 
 
 didvfioc, ov (adj. from dig, twice). 
 Double, twofold. As a substan- 
 tive, a twin. 
 
 didu/Lii, fut. dtooa), perf. dedoica. 
 To give, to grant, to deliver. 
 
 di&fiai, fut. difyaofiai. To search, 
 to go in quest of, to strive to ob- 
 tain. 
 
 dina^o, fut. dan (from difen, jus- 
 tice). To judge, to decide, to 
 pronounce sentence, to condemn. 
 — In the middle voice, to go to 
 law, to contend at law, literally, 
 to cause justice to be dispensed 
 unto one's self. 
 
 diKaioc, a, ov (adj. from dinn, jus- 
 tice). Just, upright, right. 
 
 diKaaTrjg, ov, 6 (from dnid^ot, to 
 judge). A judge. 
 
 diKij, ng, rj. Justice, right. 
 
 diKrvov, ov, to. A net. 
 
 Aioyevng, ovg, 6. Diogenes, a cynic 
 philosopher. 
 
 Aiovvaog, ov, 6. Bacchus. 
 
 AiovvGiog, ov, 6. Dionysms, a 
 man's name. 
 
 diori (from did and on). Why ? 
 wherefore 1 — Because, on this ac- 
 count. — That. 
 
 diirloog, on, 6ov, contr. ovg, rj, ovv 
 (adj. from dig, twice, and tzMo, 
 an old form, to fold). Double, 
 twofold. 
 
 dirvovg, ovv (adj. from dig, twice, and 
 izovg, afoot). Two footed, biped. 
 
 dig (numeral adv.). Twice. 
 
 diofivpioi, ai, a (numeral adj. from 
 dig, twice, and fxvpioi, ten thou- 
 sand). Twenty thousand. 
 
 diax'tkloi, at, a (numeral adj. from 
 dig, twice, and x L ^ l0 h & thou- 
 sand). Two thousand. 
 
 diipa, ng, y. Thirst. 
 
 diuiio, fut. togo, perf. dedio)x&- 
 To pursue, to drive onward, to 
 prosecute. 
 
 203 
 
AQA 
 
 diupvg, vxoc, V (from did, through, 
 and bpvaato, to dig). A canal, 
 a trench. 
 
 66p.oc, ov, 6 (from ds/icj, to con- 
 struct). A house, a mansion, a 
 
 dot-a, yc, r). Opinion, report, fame. 
 
 dopd, ac, r) (from depu, to flay). A 
 skin, a hide. 
 
 dovhsia, ac, y (from dovlioc, a 
 slave). Slavery, servitude. 
 
 dovTioc, ov, 6 (from 6eu>, to hind). 
 A slave. 
 
 dovXocvvrj, vc, i) (from dovTioc, a 
 slave). Slavery, servitude. 
 
 dpanuv, ovroc, 6 (from 2d aor. part. 
 dparcov of depKO), from the pier- 
 cing sight assigned by the an- 
 cients to their fabled dragon). 
 A dragon, but more commonly 
 a large serpent, a serpent, a 
 snake. 
 
 Apuicov, ovroc, 6. Draco, a cele- 
 brated Athenian lawgiver. 
 
 tipuua, aroc, to (from dpdu, to do, 
 to act). A play, a drama. 
 
 dpiuvc, ela, v (adj.). Sharp, acrid, 
 pungent, keen ; fierce, severe. 
 
 dpvnTO, fut. tyu, perf. dedpvya. To 
 tear, to scratch, to lacerate. 
 
 dpvc, voc, rj. An oak-tree, a tree in 
 
 Svvauat, fut. dwrjoouai, perf. 6e- 
 dvvyuat. To be able, to have 
 power, to avail, to be equivalent to. 
 
 Svvuuig, euc, r) (from Svvauat,, to 
 be able). Power, might, force, 
 skill ; an armed force, a force, 
 an army. 
 
 dwaroc, r), ov (adj. from dvvauai, 
 to be able). Able, powerful, 
 strong, robust, mighty. 
 
 Svo (numeral adj.). Two. 
 
 dvodvuoc, ov (adj. from 6vc, a neg- 
 ative or privative particle, and 
 ■dvpoc, spirit). Dejected, dispir- 
 ited, desponding, discouraged. 
 
 dvcrnvog, ov (adj. from 6vc, a neg- 
 ative or privative particle, and 
 ctevu, to groan). Unfortunate, 
 unhappy, miserable. 
 
 AuduvT], v£, jj. Dodbna, the seat 
 of a celebrated oracle of Jove, in 
 Epirus. 
 204 
 
 Era 
 
 dufia, aroc, to (from deuu, to con- 
 struct). A. house, a mansion. 
 
 dupov, ov, to (from 86u, to give). 
 A gift, a present. 
 
 E. 
 
 hdv or dv, Attic yv (conditional par- 
 ticle). If, provided. Compound- 
 ed of el and dv, and connected 
 with the subjunctive and op- 
 tative moods ; more commonly 
 with the former. 
 
 sap, mpoc, to, contr. r)p, fjpoc. The 
 
 kapivoc, rj, ov (adj. from Zap, the 
 spring). Vernal, pertaining to 
 the spring. 
 
 iavTov, r)c, ov (reflex, pron.). His 
 own, her own, of himself, of her- 
 self, &c. Used often by the At- 
 tics for the first and second per- 
 son also. 
 
 kdo), u, fut. aau, perf. elafca. To 
 permit, to allow, to leave, to give 
 up, to yield. 
 
 E6dour}fcovTa, (numeral adj., inde- 
 clinable, from e66ouoc, seventh, 
 with numeral suffix). Seventy. 
 
 eBdopoc, rj, ov (numeral adj., ordi- 
 nal class, from cirrd, seven). 
 Seventh. 
 
 kyyvdsv (adv. from hyyvc, near). 
 Near, near at hand. Primitive 
 meaning, from near at hand. 
 
 kysipcj, fut. kyepti, perf. yyepica. 
 To arouse, to excite, to awaken, 
 to stir up. — Perfect middle, hypy- 
 yopa, I am awake, i. e., I have 
 awakened myself, and remain 
 awake. 
 
 kyupdTEia, ac, y (from kyKparyc, 
 holding firm, continent). Conti- 
 nence, self-control, moderation, 
 abstinence. 
 
 hyKpdTTjc, ec (adj. from kv, in, and 
 updroc, power, control). Hold- 
 ing firm, continent, abstinent ; 
 possessed of, commanding, ru- 
 ling, controlling. 
 
 kyxcipio° r ov, ov, to (from kv, in, and 
 Xet-p, the hand). A dagger, a 
 short sword. 
 
 kyu (personal pronoun). I. — syu- 
 ye, I for my part. 
 
EK 
 
 edvov, ov, to. A bridal present. 
 The plural, eSva, bridal presents, 
 is most commonly used. 
 
 kdpa, ac, 7] (from Hoc, a seat). A 
 seat. 
 
 £Oa>, fut. edoficu, less frequently 
 eSeao), perf. kd?]dona. To eat. 
 
 kd£?LG), fut. kde/^ao), 1st aor. jjde- 
 %r\aa. To will, to wish. Com- 
 pare ■&£ Xg). 
 
 edi^o, fut. cggj, perf. eWtica (from 
 idoc, custom). To accustom, to 
 habituate. — In the middle voice, 
 to accustom one's self, to be wont, 
 to be accustomed. 
 
 edvoc, eoc, to. A nation. 
 
 el (conditional particle). If. — el 
 firj, unless. 
 
 eldoc, eoc, to (from eldo), to see). 
 A form, an appearance, aspect, 
 cowitenance. 
 
 eldolov, ov, to (dim. from eUog, a 
 form). An image, a statue, a 
 small image. 
 
 elua^G), fut. aau>, 1st aor. y/cuaa 
 (from eluG), to be like). To com- 
 pare, to liken, to conjecture. 
 
 elaooi (numeral adj.). Twenty. 
 
 eUoGToc, n, ov (numeral adj. from 
 etKotJC, twenty). The twentieth. 
 
 ekcj, fut. el£,u, perf. mid. eoLna. 
 To be like, to resemble, to seem. 
 
 elicuv, ovoc, 7) (from eltco, to be like). 
 An image, a likeness, a statue. 
 
 elfii (substantive verb), fut. eao/nat. 
 To be. 
 
 e'nreZv, 2d aor. inf. of the old form 
 elitu), which comes itself from 
 the earlier etto. To say. The 
 2d aor. ind. is eIttov, and the 2d 
 aor. part. eItzgjv. The present is 
 not in use. 
 
 elpyvaloc, aia, atov (adj. from elprj- 
 vt], peace). Peaceful, calm, quiet, 
 pacific. 
 
 tiprjvr], vc, 7). Peace. 
 
 etc, prep, governing the accusative, 
 and signifying into, to, against, 
 with respect to, into the presence 
 of, before, &c. 
 
 etc, fiia, ev (numeral adj.). One. 
 
 en or ef, prep, governing the geni- 
 tive, and signifying out, out of, 
 from, by means of, from the time 
 S 
 
 EKT 
 
 that, since, &c. In composition 
 it denotes out, away, forth, and 
 also utterly (outerly), completely, 
 &c. It is written e/c before a 
 consonant, and ef before a vowel. 
 
 maaroc, 7], ov (adj.). Each, every 
 one. 
 
 enaoTOTe (adv. from enacToc, each, 
 every). Every time, always, con- 
 tinually. 
 
 enaTofifir/, nc, 7) (from enarov, a 
 hundred, and (3ovg). A heca- 
 'tomb, a sacrifice of a hundred 
 oxen or victims. 
 
 EKdTov (numeral adj., indeclinable), 
 A hundred. 
 
 eicaTOGToc, rj, ov (numeral adj. from 
 ekutov, a hundred). The hun- 
 dredth. 
 
 ekeZ (adv.). There, in that place. 
 
 EKeZvog, 7], (pron.). He, she, it; 
 this, that. Primitive meaning, 
 that person or thing there, the 
 root being ekeZ. 
 
 EKnTiTjoZa, ag, 7) (from e/c/ca/liw, to 
 call forth, to summon). An as- 
 sembly, a public 7neeting. 
 
 EKTiiTVEu), u, poetic form for e/cnw- 
 to). To fall out. 
 
 £/c7r/lew, u, fut. EKTzXevGu, perf. 
 EKiTEnTiEVKa (from e/c, forth, and 
 7taeu), to sail). To sail away, to 
 sail forth or out. 
 
 EKpr/aoG), fut. EKpT/tjo), perf. E^ippTj- 
 Xa (from e/c, forth, and fifioou, to 
 break). To break forth, to break 
 out, to break loose, to rush forth. 
 
 EKTECVO), fut. EKTEvC), perf. EKTETaKO, 
 
 (from e/c, out, and teivco, to 
 stretch). To stretch out, to ex- 
 tend. 
 
 EKTcOvftc, fut. Endrjcu, perf. ktcTe- 
 6ewa (from e/c, out, and Tidijfic, 
 to place). To set out, to place 
 out, to expose. — hudeZvai rraid- 
 cov, to expose a child. 
 
 ektoq (adv. from e/c). Without- 
 
 ektoc, 7j, ov (numeral adj. from ef, 
 six). The sixth. 
 
 EKTpe(j)(j), fut. snOpe-ipo, perf. e/crer- 
 po(j>a (from e/c, completely, and 
 Tpecj)G), to nurture). To bring 
 up, to rear from infancy, to 
 nourish. 
 
 205 
 
EAI 
 
 kKTvyloG), u, fut. uao, perf. ekte- 
 
 TvtyTiuna (from ek, completely, 
 
 and TV(ploo), to blind). To make 
 
 completely blind, to blind. 
 
 "EtcTup, opoc, 6. Hector, a cele- 
 brated Trojan warrior. 
 
 ekqv, ovaa, ov (adj.). Voluntary, 
 willing, of free will, of one's own 
 accord. 
 
 skaiov, ov, to (from ekata, an olive 
 tree). Olive oil, oil. 
 
 hTidaauv or eXaTTuv, ov (adj., com- 
 parative of hlaxvc, and irregular 
 comparative of uucpog). Less, 
 smaller, inferior. 
 
 klavvu, fut. kMao, perf. ykdna, and 
 with the reduplication, k?iyldKa 
 (from sTiau, to urge onward). 
 To impel, to drive, to urge on- 
 ward, to put to flight, &c. 
 
 ihafyoc, ov, 6. A stag. — y eXatyoe, 
 A hind. 
 
 eldxKTTOc, n, ov (adj., superlative 
 of hTiaxvc, and irreg. superl. of 
 fwtpoc). Least, smallest, short- 
 est, most insignificant. 
 
 klaxvc, da, v (adj.). Small, short, 
 little. 
 
 eheyxoe, eoc, to. Reproach, op- 
 probrium, shame, ignominy. 
 
 zheyxoc, ov, 6. A proof, convic- 
 tion, confutation. 
 
 kTierjuoavvr/, yc, y (from klefjuuv, 
 compassionate). Pity, mercy, 
 compassion. 
 
 'Ehevy, ye, y. Helen, a female 
 name. 
 
 'Elevoe, ov, 6. Helenus, a man's 
 name. 
 
 kTiEvdspia, ac, y (from hlevdepoc, 
 free). Freedom, liberty. 
 
 HevdepXoc, ov (adj. from bXevde- 
 poc, free). Free, frank, liberal, 
 manly. 
 
 hXevdepoc, a, ov (adj. from eIevBo, 
 an old form for epxouat, to come 
 and go). Free, i. e., having the 
 right of coming and going where 
 one pleases. 
 
 kTCcyae, avroc, 6 and y. An ele- 
 phant ; ivory. 
 
 'EliKuv, tivoc, 6. Helicon, a moun- 
 tain in Bceotia, sacred to Apollo 
 and the Muses. 
 206 
 
 EMFI 
 
 'E/l/luc, adoc, y. Greece, Hellas. 
 
 °~Ellr]v, yvoc, 6. A Greek. — As a 
 proper name, Hellen, son of Deu- 
 calion. — In the plural, oi "EXknv- 
 ec, the Greeks. 
 
 'ETiXnvLitoc, y, ov (adj. from "E/U,?/i/, 
 a Greek). Greek, Grecian, Hel- 
 lenic. 
 
 'E1?^gitovtoc, ov, 6 (from "EXXy, 
 Helle, and ttovtoc, the sea). The 
 Hellespont, now the Dardanelles. 
 The ancient name arose from the 
 fable of Helle, sister of Phryxus, 
 having been drowned in this sea 
 or strait. 
 
 hlivic, Idoe, y. Hope, expectation. 
 
 euavTOv, yc (reflexive pronoun). 
 Of myself, mine, my own, &c. 
 Dative suavrC), to myself, in my- 
 self, &c. 
 
 £ju6dX2.u, fut. kfi6akd, perf. eu6e- 
 Slyna (from ev, in, and BaXXox, 
 to cast). To throw in, to place 
 or put in, to suggest, to intro- 
 duce. 
 
 k/uSpovryroc. ov (adj. from kfidpov- 
 rao), to thunder at). Stupified, 
 astounded, thundered at. Com- 
 pare the Latin attonitus. The 
 leading idea refers to a stupor 
 produced by the noise of thunder 
 rolling near. 
 
 euoc, y, ov (pronominal adj. from 
 huov, gen. of kyd), I). Mine. 
 
 EfiTTedaco, fut. you, perf. suTrsirednica 
 (from ev, in, and irsddo, to fetter). 
 To entangle, to fetter, to impede. 
 
 EfiTceipoe, ov (adj. from ev, in, 
 and Trelpa, trial). Experienced, 
 versed in, acquainted with, hav- 
 ing made trial of. 
 
 hjiTtoploc, a, ov (adj. from e/UTropoc, 
 a merchant). Pertaining to mer- 
 chants, relating to trade, of trade, 
 of merchants. — The neuter kfi- 
 Tcopiov, ov, to, is used also as a 
 noun, a place of trade, an empo- 
 rium, a mart. 
 
 £fj,TTopoc, ov, 6. A merchant, a 
 trader. 
 
 EfXizTvu, fut. voo, perf. EUTreirrvKa 
 (from kv, in, and tttvcj, to spit). 
 To spit upon, to spit into the 
 bosom of. 
 
 
ENT 
 
 efKpdyu, obsolete present, for which 
 kadiu is in use ; 2d aor. kvefya- 
 yov ; 2d aor. infin. kutyaystv. 
 To eat up, to swallow up. 
 
 kv, prep, governing the dative, and 
 signifying in, at, on. In compo- 
 sition, with verbs, it denotes in, 
 upon, &c. With adjectives, in, 
 furnished with, having, contain- 
 ing, &c. 
 
 kvanoatot, at, a (numeral adj.). 
 Nine hundred. 
 
 evdenuTOc, y, ov (numeral adj. 
 from evdena, eleven). The elev- 
 enth. 
 
 kvSeu, fut. evSetjocj. To be want- 
 ing. — In the middle voice, kv- 
 Seofxat, ovjiai, fut. kvdeiioofxat. 
 To suffer want, to want. 
 
 evSo^og, ov (adj. from kv, in, and 
 do^a, renown, glory). Renown- 
 ed, glorious, illustrious. 
 
 kvdvu, fut. vaco, perf. kvdedvua 
 (from kv, in, and 6vu, to enter). 
 To put on. — In the middle voice, 
 to clothe one's self. 
 
 evena (adv. with the genitive). On 
 account of, because of. 
 
 kvEvyicovra (numeral adj., indecli- 
 nable). Ninety. 
 
 kvEvnuooToc, y, ov (numeral adj.). 
 The ninetieth. 
 
 kvdev, (adv.)- Hence, hereupon; 
 thence, thereupon, &c. 
 
 kvSvfteu, C), fut. yau, perf. evredv- 
 fiyna (from kv, in, and dvuee, the 
 mind). To consider, to think of, 
 to ponder in mind, to reflect upon. 
 — The middle voice is much more 
 common than the active, and has 
 the same meanings. 
 
 hvioTE (adv.). Sometimes, at times, 
 occasionally. 
 
 EvvaKLCxiAXot, at, a (numeral adj. 
 from kvvaKtc, nine times, and 
 %iktot, a thousand). Nine thou- 
 sand. 
 
 Ivvdroc, y, ov (numeral adj. from 
 kvvia, nine). The ninth. 
 
 bvoTcloc, ov (adj. from kv, in, and 
 on'Xov, a weapon). Armed, in 
 arms, equipped. 
 
 kvravda (adv.). Here, hither, there, 
 thither, thereupon. 
 
 EIIA 
 evtevOev (adv.). Hence, thence, on 
 this account, therefore. 
 
 EVTtdrjfit, fut. kvdrjao, perf. kvrs- 
 dEtna (from kv, in, and rWy/Ltt, 
 to place). To place in, to intro- 
 duce, to communicate. 
 
 Evrlfioc, ov (adj. from kv, in, 
 and Ttfir), honour). Honoured, 
 prized, valued. 
 
 kvvnvlov, ov, to (from kv, in, and 
 V7vvoc, sleep). A dream, a vision 
 seen in sleep. 
 
 £f (prep.), same as e/c, but used be- 
 fore a vowel, whereas tve is used 
 before a consonant. See kit. 
 
 ef (numeral adj., indeclinable). 
 Six. 
 
 k^atpsu, cj, fut. Tjou, perf. kgypntca, 
 2d aor. k^stlov (from kg, out, and 
 alpiu, to take). To take out, to 
 take away, to deprive. 
 
 k^aKtaxtklot, at, a (numeral adj. 
 from kl-ante, six times, and x't" 
 ?uot, a thousand). Six thousand. 
 
 itja/coGtot, at, a (numeral adj.). 
 Six hundred. 
 
 E^aitovQ, ovv (adj. from If, six, and 
 izove, a foot). Six- footed. 
 
 k^aprau, u, fut. you, perf. k^ypry- 
 na (from ef, out of or from, and 
 aprdu, to suspend). To hang 
 from, to hang to, to append, to 
 suspend. 
 
 E%EOTt (impersonal verb), 3d sing, 
 indie, of k!;£t{it. It is lawful, it 
 is permitted. 
 
 i^y/covra (numeral adj., indeclina- 
 ble). Sixty. 
 
 kgopdoo, &, fut. 6<ro), perf. k&pda- 
 na (from kg, completely, and 6p- 
 660, to make erect). To raise 
 up, to place erect, to restore, to 
 save. 
 
 kotKE, 3d sing. perf. mid. of eIkcj. 
 It is like, it resembles, it seems, 
 it is right, it is fitting. 
 
 Eoprrj, yc, y. A feast, a banquet. 
 
 tog, et], iov (pronominal adj.). His, 
 her, &c. Answering to the 
 Latin suus, sua, suum.- 
 
 kiratvEG), u, fut. ecu, perf. kirr/vs- 
 Ka (from kiratvog, praise), ' To 
 praise, to commend, to approve 
 
 °f- 
 
 207 
 
Em 
 
 liratvog, ov, 6. Praise, commenda- 
 tion, approbation. 
 
 'EjrauivcJvdag, ov, 6. Epaminon- 
 das, a celebrated Theban gen- 
 eral. 
 
 £7T£i, (conj . and adv.). Since, when, 
 after that, after. 
 
 kizEidrj (conj. and adv.). Since, 
 when. 
 
 Itteiul (from ettl, and slut, to go). 
 To go to, to come to, to arrive at. 
 The present is used by the At- 
 tics in a future sense. 
 
 eTretra (adv.). Thereupon, then, 
 afterward. 
 
 em, prep, governing genitive, da- 
 tive, and accusative. Its primi- 
 tive and leading signification is 
 on or upon. — With the genitive 
 it denotes on, upon, in, at, &c. 
 With the dative, upon, among, on 
 account of, on condition, for. 
 With the accusative, upon, 
 against, for, in order to. In 
 composition, it expresses addi- 
 tion, augmentation, increase, rep- 
 etition, &c. 
 
 exiypauua, aroc, to (from h-iypd- 
 <pu, to icrite upon). An inscrip- 
 tion, and hence an epigram. 
 
 kircypdcxj, fut. ipu, pen". - 
 
 <pa (from ettl, upon, and ypdtpu, 
 to write). To write upon, to in- 
 scribe. 
 
 'E-idau-voc, ov, j]. Epidamnus, a 
 city of Illyricum. 
 
 k~Svula, ag, rj (from k~i, and &v- 
 uoc, the soul, desire). Desire, a 
 longing for, a wish for, &.c. 
 
 ETtu.TjOiiuv, ov (adj. from k-i/.av- 
 ddvu, to forget). Forgetful, for- 
 getting. 
 
 kiuuiAeia, ag, rj (from k-iusAfc* 
 careful). Care, carefulness, at- 
 tention, application. 
 
 enLTTOvue (adv. from irri-ovoc, la- 
 borious). Laboriously, with dif- 
 ficulty. 
 
 errianuoc, ov (adj. from k~i, upon, 
 and aqua, a mark). Distin- 
 guished, marked, conspicuous, 
 honourable, illustrious. 
 
 eTZLOnoreu, £>, fut. tjgco, perf. k~e- 
 GKOTVKa (from ettl, upon, and 
 208 
 
 EPI 
 
 gkoteo, to darken). To darken, 
 to obscure, to throw gloom upon. 
 
 ETiiarapaL, fut. £7TLGT7JGOfiai. To 
 know, to understand. 
 
 bnLOTTjur), vg, 7). Knowledge, ac- 
 quaintance with. 
 
 hccaroXq, ijg, r) (from ettlgte/Jm, 
 to send to). A letter, an epistle, 
 a message, a mandate. 
 
 e-lt7]6eloq, a, ov (adj. from e-ltt}- 
 dfjc, of which the neuter etuti]- 
 6ec, sufficiently, adequately, is 
 alone in use). Fitting, adapted 
 for, suitable, advantageous, con- 
 venient. 
 
 ettiov, 2d aor. part, of E-Eipi. 
 
 E-rd (numeral adj., indeclinable). 
 Seven. 
 
 E-ranaLdEKaToc, n, ov (numeral adj. 
 from E-rd, seven, koi, and dsfca- 
 roc, the tenth). The seventeenth. 
 
 E-ratiooloi, at, a (numeral adj.). 
 Seven hundred. 
 
 E~rd-/.ovc, ovv, contr. from i-rd- 
 rr?.oog (adj. from irrrd, seven, and 
 77/ Ju, to fold). Sevenfold. 
 
 Eparsivoc, rj, ov (adj. from spuo, to 
 love). Lovely, amiable, phasing. 
 
 'Epuru, ooc, contr. ovg, i] (from kpd- 
 roc, lovely). Erato, one of the 
 Muses, presiding over amorous 
 poetry. 
 
 kpyacTTJpIov, ov, to (from kpyd^o- 
 pai, to icork). A workshop, a 
 place for working, an atelier of 
 an artist. 
 
 hpyov, ov, to. Work, labour, em- 
 ployment ; a deed, an act, a per- 
 formance. 
 
 kpsa, ag, rj. Wool. 
 
 EpEEoe, kpsia, hpEEov, contr. hpeovg, 
 hpEd, EpEovv (adj. from kpia, 
 wool). Made of wool, woollen. 
 
 kpnualoc, aia, alov (adj. from tprj- 
 pog, lo7iely). Lonely, solitary, 
 deserted, waste, uninhabited. 
 
 tp^uog, n, ov (adj.). Lonely, soli- 
 tary, &c. Like hpvualog in all 
 its meanings. 
 
 kptavxnv, £v (adj. from epi, an in- 
 tensive particle, very, and av\rji', 
 the neck). Proud, haughty. Lit- 
 erally, stiff-necked. 
 ■\ h. A kid. 
 
 
ETI 
 
 lpT<pog, ov, 6. A kid. 
 
 'IZpiXdoviog, ov, 6. Erichthonms, 
 an early king of Athens. 
 
 'E/Y/eaf, eov, contracted 'Epuijg, ov, 
 6. Mercury, Hermes. — Also, a 
 Herma, or image of Mercury, 
 namely, an erect oblong block of 
 stone, surmounted with a head of 
 Mercury, and set up at Athens 
 in public places and before pri- 
 vate dwellings. 
 
 'E/yzo/cpar^c, ovg, <L Hermocrates, 
 a man's name. 
 
 kpp'ufjLsvoc, fj, ov (adj. from fruvvvfii, 
 to be strong). Strong, vigorous, 
 robust. Comparative kppufiev- 
 ecrtfpoc, superlative kpp'ufxeveo-- 
 raroc. 
 
 ipvdnfia, aroc, to (from kpvdaivu, 
 to blush). A blush, modesty, 
 redness. 
 
 kpvdptao), £>, fut. dcQ (from kpvdpoc, 
 red). To grow red, to blush. 
 
 epxouai, fut. k?usvoouai, perf. mid. 
 TjXvda, and with the reduplication 
 i.7.T]XvBa ; 2d aor. fjWov, by syn- 
 cope for T]7JvQov. To go, to come, 
 to arrive, to proceed, &c. 
 
 epcjrdu, u, fut. -rjao), perf. rjpoTvua. 
 To question, to ask, to interro- 
 
 gate, to inquire. 
 
 spurr/ua, aroc, to (from epuraco, to 
 question). A question, an in- 
 quiry, a demand. 
 
 hcdfjq, tjtoc, ij. Clothing, raiment, 
 attire, dress ; a garment. 
 
 kaOla), fut. Xau, perf. rjodZtca. To 
 eat, to consume, to devour. 
 
 'EGTiEpidec, ov, al. The Hes- 
 perides, the nymphs that had 
 charge of the golden fruit in the 
 fabled gardens called after their 
 name. 
 
 egtiuo, u, fut. actj, perf. elaTtdica 
 (from ecrla, a family hearth). 
 To entertain, to receive into a 
 house, to give a feast to. 
 
 egtuc, £)toc, perf. part. act. of "igtv- 
 fu, for ECT?]Kug, via, 6c. 
 
 ETalpoc, ov, 6. A friend, a com- 
 panion. 
 
 etc (adv.). Yet, as yet, besides, 
 still, even now. — ovk etc, or ovk- 
 etl, no longer, no more. 
 S2 
 
 ETM 
 
 etoc, eog, to. A year. — /car* Irog, 
 yearly, every year. 
 
 ev (adv.). Well, rightly, properly. 
 Strictly speaking, the neuter of 
 the adjective Evg, sla, ev. 
 
 ~Ev6oia, ag, iq. Euboza, a large and 
 fertile island off the coasts of 
 Boeotia and Attica. 
 
 Evyiveia, ag, ij (from ev, well, and 
 yivog, birth). Illustrious descent, 
 noble birth ; generosity, valour. 
 
 EvyEvrjg, ig (adj. from £v,well, and 
 yivog, birth). Well-born, nobly 
 born ; brave, valiant, generous. 
 
 Evysug, u>v (adj. from ev, well, and 
 yia, for yf[, earth, soil). Fertile, 
 productive. 
 
 EvSatuoveu, &, fut. rjou (from ev- 
 daijuuv, happy). To be happy, 
 to be prosperous. 
 
 Evdaiuovca, ag, 57 (from EvSaiuuv, 
 happy). Happiness, prosperity. 
 
 Ev6ai/j.u)v, ov (adj. from ev, well, 
 and daluov, a genius). Happy, 
 prosperous, fortunate. Literally, 
 having a good genius to rule the 
 hour. — Opposed, consequently, 
 to nanodaiutov. 
 
 EVEpyEcla, ag, rj (from EVEpyrjg, 
 kind). Kindness, benevolence, 
 beneficence ; an act of kindness. 
 
 EVEpysTEU, C>, fut. r]Go, perf. svwp- 
 ysrnKa (from EvEpysTrtg, a bene- 
 factor). To confer benefits, to 
 confer a favour, to benefit, to be 
 kind, to do good. 
 
 EVEpyETV/ia, drag, to (from evsp- 
 yETsu, to confer benefits). A ben- 
 efit, a kindness, a favour. 
 
 Evdpavarog, ov (adj. from e$, well, 
 and -&pavo, to break). Easily 
 broken, fragile. 
 
 ~Evdi«ppuv, tivog, 6. Euthyphro, a 
 man's name. 
 
 EVK.aTa<bp6vvTog, ov (adj. from ev, 
 easily, and KaTatppovso, to de- 
 spise). Contemptible, despica- 
 ble. 
 
 evXahiouai, ovuai, fut. rjaouai (from 
 EvldBrjg, circumspect, cautious). 
 To be circumspect, to avoid, to 
 shun, to beware of. 
 
 ~E,iu£vid*Eg, ov, al. The Eumem- 
 dcs, a name given to the Furies. 
 209 
 
EY4> 
 
 evvoia, ag, r) (from evvooc, favoura- 
 ble). Kind feeling, good will, 
 attachment, affection. 
 
 evvovxoc, ov, 6. A eunuch. 
 
 evbw'koc, ov (adj. from ev, well, and 
 ott?.ov). Well-armed. 
 
 evTcTionduoc, ov (adj. from ev, well, 
 and TzTioKd/ioc, a curl). Fair- 
 curled, having beautiful curls or 
 tresses. 
 
 evKoirjToc, ov (adj. from ev, well, 
 and ttoltjtoc, made). Well-made. 
 
 evpeatc, euc, rj (from evpicnu, to 
 find). Invention, discovery, a 
 
 evprjfj.a, droc, to (from evpiCKu, to 
 find). Anything found, a prize, 
 an invention, a discovery. 
 
 ~Evpl7zi6Tjc, ov, 6. Euripides, a 
 celebrated Athenian tragic poet. 
 
 evpiGKcj, fut. evprjco, perf. evprjua, 
 2d aor. evpov. To find, to invent. 
 
 ~Evpvditcr}, we, i). Eurydice, wife of 
 Orpheus. 
 
 'Evpvfj.sduv, ovroc, 6. The Eurym- 
 edon, a river of Pamphylia, in 
 Asia Minor. — Also a name of a 
 king, Eurymedon. 
 
 T&vpvirTo'kEuoc, ov, 6. Euryptole- 
 mus, a man's name. 
 
 evpvc, eta, v (adj.). Broad, wide. 
 
 evoeOrjc, ec (adj. from ev, well, and 
 a£6cj, to worship). Pious, reli- 
 gious. 
 
 evoxvfiuv, ov (adj. from ev, well, 
 and axnjua, form). Of a good 
 form, of a graceful appearance, 
 handsome, comely, dignified. 
 
 evranrog, ov (adj. from ev, well, 
 and rdaaa, to arrange). Well- 
 arranged, orderly, correct. 
 
 i&vTEp-KTi, nc, ij. Euterpe, one of 
 the Muses. 
 
 evrvxia, ac, rj (from ev, well, and 
 TVXV, fortune). Good fortune, 
 success, prosperity. 
 
 evtynpZa, ac, i) (from ev, well, and 
 (j>rjfii, to say). Language of good 
 omen, a good omen, praise, fame. 
 
 evtyopoc, ov (adj. from ev, well, and 
 (f>epu, to bear). Fruitful, pro- 
 ductive, abundant. 
 
 Ev(j>pdT7]c, ov, 6. The Euphrates, 
 a river of Asia. 
 210 
 
 ZAG 
 
 evtyuvoc, ov (adj. from ev, well, and 
 tyuvi), a voice). Sweet-voiced, 
 melodious, tuneful. 
 
 evx&ptc, i (adj. from ev, well, and 
 %dpie, grace, attraction). Grace- 
 ful, agreeable, acceptable, attrac- 
 tive. 
 
 evudia, ag, r) (from ei>, well, ^nd 
 q&), to smell). A sweet odour, 
 perfume, fragrance. 
 
 efyiorrifiL, fut. eiuoTTJcw, perf. e(pe- 
 GTnua, 2d aor. eirso'Tr/v, (from 
 em, on or upon, and iGrr/pt, to 
 place). To place on or over, to 
 appoint. The perf , pluperf., and 
 2d aor. have a neuter significa- 
 tion, to stand with, to aid. 
 
 kcpopdo), d, fut. dou, perf. etyeupdna 
 (from £7u, upon, and opdo), to 
 look). To look upon, to survey, 
 to inspect. 
 
 ex6p a , ac t V (properly fem. of e%- 
 dpbc). Hatred, enmity. 
 
 exOpoc, a, ov (adj. from ex^oq, ha- 
 tred). Hated, hostile. — As a sub- 
 stantive, exOpog, ov, 6, a private 
 foe, an enemy, opposed to rcoXe- 
 /uoc, a public foe, and corre- 
 sponding to the Latin inimicus ; 
 whereas, TzoMjiiog answers to 
 hostis. 
 
 exvpoc, a, ov (adj. from £#«, to 
 hold, or keep). Firm, secure, 
 strong, steadfast. 
 
 ex", fut. e^u and axr}ao>, perf. ea- 
 XWta, 2d aor. ecxov, 2d aor. im- 
 per. oxeg- To have, to hold, to 
 retain, to keep. — With an adverb, 
 eXo> is to be rendered by the verb 
 to be ; as, na/itic exei, it is well ; 
 bpduc exec, it is right ; i. e., it 
 has itself well ; it has itself right ; 
 the reflexive pronoun being un- 
 derstood. — In the middle voice, 
 exo/J-ai, to hold to or by, with a 
 genitive. 
 
 &o), w (fut. and perf. not in use, for 
 which the corresponding tenses 
 of \3iou are employed. The con- 
 tractions are in n instead of a ; 
 as, £acj, &etc, tyc, £dei, Cy, &c, 
 and in the imperf. t\uv, l^c, 
 
HGO 
 £&, &.c). To live. — ol ^tivreg, 
 the living, literally, they who live. 
 £evyvvfiL, fut. &vf;o), perf. e&vxa. 
 To join, to yoke, to harness. — It 
 is used also in the sense of to 
 throw a bridge over a river or 
 strait, i. e., to join the opposite 
 sides by a bridge. 
 Zsvg, gen. Aide, &c, 6. Jupiter. 
 Consult page 85, where the de- 
 clension is given. 
 Zicpvpog, ov, 6. Zephyr, the west 
 
 wind. 
 Ztjfua, ag, 7], An injury, harm, 
 
 loss, damage, punishment, 
 fyfiwu, ti, fut. cjau, perf. kfy/xLCdKa 
 (from Cnida, punishment). To 
 punish, to chastise, to injure, to 
 harm. 
 Zqvcov, uvog, 6. Zeno, a distin- 
 guished philosopher, the founder 
 of the Stoic sect. 
 ^rjTeo), <5, fut. Tjacj, perf. kCfiTTjua. 
 
 To search for, to seek, to ask. 
 
 ^rjTVfjia, utoc, to (from &teg), to 
 
 seek). A thing sought, an object 
 
 of search, a search. 
 
 far], ?jc, i] (from fd«, to live). Life. 
 
 £uov, ov, to (from £a«, to live). A 
 
 living creature, an animal. 
 facTrip, fjpoc, 6 (from £6vvi>fu, to 
 gird). A girdle, a belt, a girth. 
 
 H. 
 
 t) (conj.). Or. When two occur in 
 separate and succeeding clauses, 
 as, r) — r), the first signifies either, 
 the second or. — After a compar- 
 ative, 7] has the meaning of than. 
 
 7]6n, rjc, 7j. Youth, the bloom of 
 youth, puberty. — As a noun, 
 "H6n, 7]c, t), Hebe, the goddess 
 of youth. 
 
 r)ye/j,uv, ovoc, 6 (from 7/yeo/j.at, to 
 lead). A leader, a commander. 
 Sometimes a guide. 
 
 t)8ovt), 7/c, t) (from 7]5ofiai, to de- 
 light). Pleasure, enjoyment. 
 
 r)8vg, da, v (adj .). Sweet, pleasing. 
 
 7}dv<ptjvo& ov (adj. from t)8vc, sweet, 
 and (puvT], a voice). Sweet-voiced, 
 melodious, tuneful. 
 
 7j6oc, eoc, to. Custom, habit, man- 
 ner. 
 
 BAN 
 
 tjkigtoc, 7), ov (adj., superlative, and 
 Tjoacjv, ov, comparative, irreg. of 
 fiiKpoc). Least, smallest, 
 qua), fut. tjZu), perf. 7)Ka. To come. 
 The present indie, means I have 
 come, I am present ; the imper- 
 fect, I had come, I was present. 
 
 'HXeiot, cov, oi. The Eleans, the 
 inhabitants of Elis ( T H/Uc), a 
 country of the Peloponnesus. 
 
 rfklog, ov, 6. The sun. 
 
 T H/Uo, Idog, t). Elis, a country of 
 the Peloponnesus. 
 
 77/loc, ov, 6. A nail, a peg. 
 
 Vfcepa, ag, 7). A day. — icad' ijfiepav, 
 daily. 
 
 Vfiepog, ov (adj.). Mild, gentle, 
 tame. 
 
 TjiieTepog, a, ov (poss. pron. from 
 7/ftelg). Our. 
 
 jjjuiovg, sea, v (adj.). Half. 
 
 7/v (conj.). If, Attic for av or huv. 
 
 r/TTEtpog, ov, 7). A continent, a 
 m.ain land. 
 
 ijp, Tjpog, to (contracted from sap, 
 eapog). The spring. 
 
 "Hpa, ag, 7). Juno, the spouse of 
 Jove. 
 
 'HpaK/isT/g, contr. 'Hparclrjg, gen. 
 Eog, contr. ovg, 6. Hercules. 
 
 'UpodoTog, ov, 6. Herodotus, a 
 celebrated Greek historian. 
 
 Vptog, uog, 6. A hero. 
 
 TJacov, ov, (irregular comparative 
 of fiiKpog). Less, smaller, vid. 
 
 7]KLCTOg. 
 
 "HQatoTog, ov, 6. Vulcan. 
 
 7/xu, oog, contr. ovg, vj. A sound, 
 
 an echo. — As a proper name, the 
 
 nymph Echo. 
 i)6g, oog, contr. ovg, 7). The dawn. 
 
 — As a proper name, Aurora, 
 
 goddess of the dawn or morning. 
 
 9. 
 
 "d-t'iJXaoaa, rig, ij. The sea. 
 QalEia, ag, 7). Thalia, one of the 
 
 Muses. 
 QdXfjg, f/Tog and ov, 6. Tholes, one 
 
 of the seven wise men of Greece, 
 
 and a celebrated philosopher. 
 ■&avaT7j<p6pog, ov (adj. from -&dva- 
 
 Tog, death, and (pspu, to bring). 
 
 Causing death, deadly. 
 
 211 
 
tiavaTog, ov, 6. Death. 
 
 dd-xTO), fut. ipcj, perf. ri-dd^a^ 2d 
 
 aor. eracpov. To bury, to inter, 
 dappeco, &, fut. rjao), perf. Tcddppv- 
 #a(from Sdppog, confidence, cour- 
 age). To be of good cheer, to be 
 confident, to be courageous. — The 
 old form was d-apaeu, and the old 
 form of -&dppog was ddpaog. 
 
 ■&apaeu, to, fut. tjgu, earlier form of 
 ■ftappeu, which see. 
 
 •&dpaog, eog, to. Courage, bold- 
 ness, confidence. — The later form 
 was -d-dppog. 
 
 ■davfia, drog, to. A wonder, won- 
 der, astonishment, admiration. 
 
 ■&avfid^cj, fut. aero, perf. Tedav/LtdKa 
 (from -d-avfia, a wonder). To 
 wonder at, to admire. — The fut. 
 mid. is more used than the fut. 
 active. 
 
 tiavjxacTog, 7), ov (adj. from Sav- 
 fidfa, to wonder at). Wonder- 
 ful, admirable. 
 
 ■&ed, dg, tj. A goddess. 
 
 tied/na, drog, to (from tieuofiat, to 
 behold). A sight, a spectacle. 
 
 ■&edofiai, ufiai, fut. aoo/xai, perf. 
 Tededfiai. To see, to behold. 
 
 fieuTpov, ov, to (from -&£douac, to 
 behold). A theatre. — Contracted 
 from deaTJipiov, a place for be- 
 holding. 
 
 •freXurfipiog, ov (adj. from deAyo, 
 to sooth). Soothing, alleviating. 
 
 •&E?iio, fut. ijau, perf. TedeTinna. To 
 will, to ivish. 
 
 -&e/j.E/\Zov, ov, to. A foundation. 
 
 6e{iio~TOKl7Jg, eovg, 6. Themis- 
 tocles, a celebrated Athenian 
 statesman and leader. 
 
 QeoirGfiirog, ov, 6. Theopompus, a 
 man's name. 
 
 ■&eog, ov, 6. A god, a divinity. 
 
 "Q-ecrnifa, fut. tau, perf. TtQia-KlKa 
 (from deo-rug, prophetic). To 
 predict, to announce beforehand, 
 to give an oracle, to declare as 
 an orade. 
 
 QeaadAog, 7), ov (adj.). Thessalian. 
 — Later form QerrdAog, 7), ov. 
 
 deupZo, to, fut. 7]OG), perf. redeuprj- 
 na. To behold, to see, to con- 
 template, to .observe. 
 213 
 
 era 
 
 QnBaiKog, 7), ov (adj. from QfjSai, 
 Thebes). Theban, of or belong- 
 ing to Thebes. 
 Qr]6aiog, a, ov (adj. from QrjSai, 
 Thebes). Theban. — As a sub- 
 stantive, Qndalot, ov, ol, the 
 Thebans. 
 tirjlvg, eta, v (adj.). Female, fem- 
 inine, effeminate. 
 
 ■&7]p, ■d-npog, 6. A wild beast, a 
 beast of prey, a wild creature. 
 
 QnpauEvrjg, ov, 6. Theramenes, a 
 man's name. 
 
 ■&nplov, ov, to (from §7ip, a wild 
 beast). A wild animal, a wild 
 creature. 
 
 ■&naavp6g, ov, 6. A treasure, a 
 treasury. 
 
 QncEvg, iog, 6. Theseus. 
 
 -frvrjento, fut. mid. fi-dvovfiai, perf. 
 Tsdvrjua, 2d aor. IQdvov. To 
 die. 
 
 ■frvvTog, tj, ov (adj. from tivrjOKO, to 
 die). Mortal. 
 
 ■&oog, tj, ov (adj.). Swift, fleet, 
 rapid. 
 
 Qpatj, dKog, 6. A Thracian. 
 
 QpdovAlog, ov, 6. Thrasyllus, a 
 man's name. 
 
 ■frpETTTLKog, 7), 6v (adj. from Tpstiw, 
 fut. 'd-pEtpo, to nourish). Nour- 
 ishing, nutritive. 
 
 d-pf]vn[ia, drog, to (from ^privet), to 
 lament). Lamentation, sorrow. 
 
 ■&pr]vog, ov, 6. Wailing, lamenta- 
 tion, a dirge. 
 
 ■&pit;, rpXxog, 7). The hair. 
 
 ■&povog, ov. 6. A seat, a throne. 
 
 ■&vydT7]p, epog, 7). A daughter. 
 
 ■&vAdnog, ov, 6. A sack, a wallet, 
 a bag. 
 
 ■&vp6g, ov, 6. The soul, spirit, cour- 
 age, desire, feeling, emotion. 
 
 ■&vpa, ag, 7). A door. 
 
 ■dvpcov, ov, to (dim. from -&vpa). 
 A small door, an aperture. 
 
 ■&vala, ag, 7) (from -&vo, to sacrifice). 
 A sacrifice. 
 
 ■&VU, fut. -&VGC-), perf. ridvKa. To 
 sacrifice. — In the middle voice, 
 to inspect the entrails of the vic- 
 tim, in order to divine the future, 
 i. e., to sacrifice for one's self, 
 for one's future advantage. 
 
inn 
 
 •&vufia, droc, to (from -&vu, to sac- 
 rifice). Incense, perfume. 
 
 I. 
 
 'IdTTV^, vyoc, 6. The northwest 
 wind. — 'lairvyec, uv, ol, the Ia- 
 
 pygians, a people of lower Italy. 
 'ldauv, ovoc, 6. Jason, the leader 
 
 of the Argonauts. 
 IdrpiKy, rig, i] (properly the feminine 
 
 of carpiKoc, healing, with texvtj 
 
 understood). The healing art. 
 I6tc, cdoc, i). The ibis, a bird held 
 
 sacred by the Egyptians. 
 Idioe, a, ov (adj.). Proper, own. 
 
 private, peculiar, 
 iduv, ovaa, ov, 2d aor. part. act. of 
 
 eldo, to see. 
 Upat;, aicoc, 6. A hawk, 
 lepevc, sue, 6 (from lepoc, sacred). 
 
 A priest, 
 lepoc, a, ov (adj.). Sacred, holy. — 
 
 As a substantive, lepov, ov, to, a 
 
 temple. — In the plural, tu iepd, 
 
 victims, 
 ludvoc, rj, ov (adj.). Befitting, fit, 
 
 convenient. 
 Ykecic, ov (adj.). Auspicious, mild, 
 
 favourable, cheerful. 
 Vkn, nc, t). A troop, a band, a 
 
 crowd. 
 Ifidc, dvToc, 6. A thong, 
 l/iariov, ov, to. A garment, a 
 
 cloak. 
 Ivd (conj.). That, in order that. 
 
 Joined to the subjunctive and op- 
 tative. 
 mz(adv.). Where. Joined to the 
 
 indicative. 
 "Ivaxoc, ov, 6. Indchus, king of 
 
 Argos. 
 'Ivdia, ac, rj. India. 
 'Ivdoc, ov, 6. The Indus. 
 log, ov, 6. A dart, a javelin, poison. 
 Imrdoifioc, ov (adj. from Ittttcc^o), to 
 
 ride). Adapted for riding, level, 
 
 even. 
 Itttteloc, a, ov (adj. from Ittttoc, a 
 
 horse). Pertaining to cavalry, 
 
 equestrian. 
 lttttevc, cue, 6 (from Ittttoc, a horse). 
 
 A horseman, a knight. 
 'iTTtrofiufiac, avTOc, 6. Hippodd- 
 
 mas, a man's name. 
 
 KA9 
 
 litTrodpouoc, ov, 6 (from Ittttoc, a 
 horse, and dpopoc, a race-course). 
 A hippodrome, a circus. 
 'nnzoKEVTavpoc, ov, 6 and 7) (from 
 Ittttoc, a horse, and Ksvravpoc, a 
 centaur). A centaur, a fabulous 
 animal, half human and half 
 horse. 
 Ittttoko/jloc, ov, 6 (from Ittttoc, a 
 horse, and ko/j.ecj, to tend). A 
 groom. 
 'IttttoTivtv, vc, 7). Hippolyte, queen 
 
 of the Amazons. 
 Ittttoc ov, 6. A horse. — 7) Ittttoc, a 
 
 mare, and also cavalry, 
 iadjioc, ov, 6. An isthmus. — The 
 term is often used singly, to de- 
 note the Isthmus of Corinth. 
 
 'tCT7]flC, fut. OTTjCU, perf. '£CT7]K.a. 
 
 To place, to set, to cause to stand. 
 The perfect, EOTnua, means I 
 stand ; the pluperfect, eIgttjkelv, 
 I was standing; the 2d aor., 
 
 EOT77V, I StOOd. 
 
 Iotiov, ov, to (dim. from Igtoc ). A 
 
 sail. 
 ioTopla, ac, 7) (from larup, opoc, 
 
 one who knows). History, the 
 
 knowledge of past events, 
 iexvoyovoc, ov (adj. from laxvoc, 
 
 feeble, and (Jhovt?, a voice). Of 
 
 feeble voice or note. 
 Icxvpog, a, ov (adj. from iaxvc, 
 
 strength). Strong, powerful. 
 igxvo), fut. vau, perf. laxvKa. To 
 
 be strong, to be powerful. 
 'IraTila, ac, 7). Italy. 
 Ix^vc, voc, 6. A fish. 
 Ixvevp-av, ovoc, 6. An ichneumon, 
 
 called also an Egyptian rat. 
 
 K. 
 
 Kdd/xoc, ov, 6. Cadmus. 
 
 naOuTTcp (adv.). Just as, even as. 
 
 tcadapog, a, ov (adj.). Pure, clean. 
 
 Kadi^o, fut. Kadityou, Attic Kadtu, 
 perf. not in use, 1st aor. snaBlca 
 (from Kara, down, and Z£b, to 
 cause to sit). To set, to place, 
 to seat.—ln the middle voice, 
 Kadl&fiat, to seat one's self, to 
 sit. 
 
 KadiuTTjjLii, fut. KaTaoTrjGu, perf. 
 nadicTnua (from Kara, down, 
 213 
 
KAII 
 
 and larnp.i, to place or set). To 
 set down, to place down, to con- 
 stitute, to establish. 
 
 Kal (conj.). And, even, also, nai 
 — Kai, both — and. 
 
 Kacptoc, a, ov (adj. from natpoc, a 
 jit season). Timely, opportune, 
 seasonable, important. 
 
 naipoc, ov, 6. A particular season, 
 a fit occasion, a suitable time, an 
 opportunity. 
 
 Kalaap, apog, 6. Caesar. 
 
 KdKodaifcuv, ov (adj. from natcog, 
 evil, and datfiov, a genius). Un- 
 fortunate, unlucky, an evil genius 
 ruling the hour. 
 
 KaKoXoyeo), u>, fut. tjou, perf. Ksita- 
 tcoXoynna (from tcanog, evil, and 
 %eyu, to speak). To revile, to 
 slander. 
 
 Kanovooc, contr. ovc, ovv (adj. from 
 nanog, evil, and vooc, mind). 
 Malevolent, hostile. 
 
 Kanoc, 7j, ov (adj.). Bad, wicked, 
 vile, cowardly, &c. — aaaov, ov,- 
 to, an evil. 
 
 ttdTiadog, ov, 6. A basket. 
 
 KaTiP.u, C), fut. sou, perf. Ksulntca. 
 To call, to invite, to invoke, to 
 name, to summon. 
 
 KallioTrn, nc, r]. Calliope, one of 
 the Muses. 
 
 KaXkoc, eoc, to (from italoc, beauti- 
 ful). Beauty. 
 
 kaloc, i], ov (adj.). Beautiful, 
 handsome, good, beloved, virtu- 
 ous, honourable, becoming. 
 
 KaTivBn, nc, tj (from koXv'ktu, to 
 conceal, 2d aor. kudlvSov). A 
 hut, a tent, an envelope, a cov- 
 ering. 
 
 /caAwf (adv. from na?.6e, beautiful). 
 Beautifully, well, in a becoming 
 manner, finely. 
 
 Kdp.n7.og, ov, 6. A camel. 
 
 Ka/xvu, fut. Ka/j,tj, perf. tceKfinica, 
 2d aor. ^Kd/xov, To labour, to 
 toil. 
 
 Kav, for nai hdv or av. And if, 
 even though. 
 
 navioKiov, ov, to (dim. from ndvva). 
 A small basket. 
 
 Kaim&dog, okoc, <L A Cappado- 
 cian. 
 214 
 
 KAT 
 
 Kapdca, ac, 7]. A heart. 
 
 Kapirog, ov, 6. Fruit. 
 
 KaprepTfcoc, rj, ov (adj. from KapTC- 
 pog). Able to endure, firm, en- 
 during, patient. 
 
 Kapxndcjv, bvog, tj. Carthage. 
 
 KdcjTup, opog, 6. Castor, brother 
 of Pollux. 
 
 nard, prep, governing genitive and 
 accusative. With the genitive 
 it denotes against, down from, 
 &c. With the accusative, ac- 
 cording to, as regards, &c. — In 
 composition it has generally the 
 force of down, or else carries 
 with it the idea of stability, firm- 
 ness, the doing a thing thorough- 
 ly, forcibly, &c. 
 
 naTa6(,6ptJcntc), fut. KaTaBpaacj, perf. 
 /caTaheSpona (from icaTa, greedi- 
 ly, and j3i(3p6<jKG), to eat). To 
 devour, to consume, to eat up. 
 
 KaTaStKa^u, fut. auto, perf. Kma- 
 dedtKuKa (from Kara, against, 
 and SiKa^o), to decide). To con- 
 demn. 
 
 Kara^Evyvvpi, fut. naTafevgo), perf, 
 KdTe&vxa (from Kara, thorough- 
 ly, and ^evyvvfu, to yoke ox join). 
 To unite firmly, to yoke together, 
 to join closely. 
 
 KaTaicTiEio), fut. elgco, perf. KaTa- 
 KettleiKa (from tcard, thoroughly, 
 and nXsiG), to confine). To lock 
 in, to shut in or up, to confine, to 
 imprison. 
 
 KaTaKoiTTO), fut. Tpu, perf. KaTaKEK- 
 o(pa (from Kara, completely, and 
 kottto), to cut). To cut in pieces, 
 to cut up. 
 
 KaTa7iap.6a.vid, fut. Karalr/ipouai, 
 perf. KaTa7,£/i7]<pa, Attic kotec- 
 \n§a, 2d aor. naTsladav (from 
 naTa, down upon, and Xap.6dvu, 
 to seize). To come suddenly 
 upon, to find, to seize, to over- 
 take, to apprehend . 
 
 KaTa?i£LTTO), fut, Tpcz, perf. KaTaXs- 
 TiEHpa, perf. rnid. naTalElonra, 
 2d aor. naTeTuTTOv (from Kara, 
 completely, and TiECTra), to leave). 
 To abandon, to leave behind. 
 
 KardXoyog, ov, 6 (from naTaTisyo, to 
 enumerate). A catalogue, a list. 
 
KEA 
 
 KaraXvu, fut. vaco, perf. KaraTiiXv- 
 na (from Kara, completely, and 
 Xvo), to loosen). To dissolve, to 
 destroy, to break up. 
 
 KaTaTTSfiTro, fut. ipto, perf. KaraTrs- 
 7ro/x(pa (from Kara, down, and 
 TrsfXTTO), to send). To send down, 
 to send away, to se?id off, to dis- 
 miss. 
 
 KaranTiTjaao), fut. fw, perf. Kara- 
 itenhnxa (from Kara, forcibly, 
 and 7r?i7j(j<rG), to strike). To dis- 
 may, to strike xoith fear or terror. 
 
 Kara<j6evvvfit, fut. KaraaSeoo), perf. 
 KariaBeKa (from Kara, complete- 
 ly, and gSevvvui, to extinguish). 
 To extinguish, to put completely 
 out, to quench entirely. 
 
 KaraGKevu^o), fut. aao, perf. Kar- 
 ECKevdKa (from Kara, completely, 
 and GKevafa, to arrange). To 
 arrange, to put in order, to dis- 
 pose. 
 
 KardoKorroc, ov, 6 (from Kara, care- 
 fully, and gkotteo, to observe). 
 A scout, a spy, an observer. 
 
 KaraarpecpG), fut. ijjcj, perf. Kar- 
 iarpofa (from Kara, down, and 
 <jrp£<pu, to turn). To overthrow, 
 to subjugate, to overturn. 
 
 KararWnfZL, fut. Karadrjaa, perf. 
 KarariOeiKa (from Kara, down, 
 and ridriiit, to put or place). To 
 put down, to deposite, to place 
 firmly. 
 
 Karatypovio, fut. rjau, perf. Kara- 
 7ce(f>p6v7]Ka (from Kara, down 
 upon, and (ppoveu, to think). 
 To contemn, to despise, to disre- 
 gard. 
 
 Karorrrpov, ov, rd (from Kara, at, 
 and bnrouat, to look). A mirror. 
 
 Kavxnua, droc, ro (from Kavxdofiai, 
 C)fj.ai, to boast). A boast. 
 
 Keap, contr. Kfjp, gen. Kiapoc, contr. 
 KJjpoc. The heart. 
 
 KElfiai, fut. KetGo/uat, perf. wanting. 
 To lie down, to lie. 
 
 KELpo, fut. KEp(b, perf. KEKapm. 
 To cut off, to shear, to plunder. 
 
 K&evdoc, ov, r). A way, a path. 
 
 keXevu, fut. go), perf. /ce/ceAev/ca. 
 To order, to command, to in- 
 cite. 
 
 KAE 
 
 Khravpoc, ov, 6. A centaur, a fab- 
 ulous being, half human and half 
 horse. 
 
 Ksvrpov, ov, ro (from KEvrio, to 
 prick). A sting, a goad. 
 
 KEpdvvvfiL, fut. KEpdGO), perf. KEK- 
 pdKa, perf. pass. KeKpdjaai, 1st 
 aor. EKpddrjv. To mix, to min- 
 gle. 
 
 Kspac, droc, contr. doc, uc, ro. A 
 horn. 
 
 KEpavvoc, ov, 6. A thunderbolt. 
 
 K£pdoc,£oc,ro. Gain, profit. 
 
 KspKvpa, ac, r). Corcyra, now 
 Corfu, an island off the coast of 
 Epirus. 
 
 KEcpdlij, ijc, 7}. A head. 
 
 Kfjnoe, ov, 6. A garden. 
 
 KrjpTvoc, 7], ov (adj. from Knpoc, 
 wax). Waxen, made of wax. 
 
 K?jpvf;, vkoc, 6. A herald. 
 
 Kr/^tGodcjpoc, ov, 6. ~ 
 a man's name. 
 
 KlBurog, ov, r). A coffer, a chest. 
 
 KWacpuv, uvoc, 6. Citharon, a 
 mountain of Boeotia. 
 
 Kiddpa, ac, tj. A harp, a lyre. 
 
 Kiddpudso, ti, fut. TjGo (horn Kiddpa, 
 a harp, and aEido), to sing). To 
 sing to the harp or lyre. 
 
 KiKEpuv, uvoc, 6. Cicero. 
 
 Kt?uKta, ac, r). Cilicia, a country 
 of Asia Minor. 
 
 Kivdvvoc, ov, 6. Danger, risk. 
 
 kZveu, &, fut. 7JGQ, perf. KEKcvnKa. 
 To move, to arouse. 
 
 KivrjGtc, euc, r] (from kIveu, to 
 move). A moving, a movement, 
 a motion. 
 
 kic, kloc, 6. A wood-worm, a corn- 
 weevil. 
 
 kiggoq, ov, 6. Ivy. 
 
 K^ato, Attic KXdo), fut. KlavGG), 
 perf. KEKkavKa, perf. pass, kek- 
 Xavfzat, 2d aor. l/c/laov. To 
 weep. 
 
 K^Eavdrjc, ov, 6. Cleanthes, a 
 philosopher of the Stoic sect. 
 
 KTisapxor, ov, 6. Clearchus, a 
 Greek commander. 
 
 Klscdpov, ov, ro (from kKelu, to 
 confine). A bolt, a bar, a lock. 
 
 KIeiu, 6oc, contr. ovc, r). Clio, 
 one of the Muses. 
 
 215 
 
KOS 
 
 Kteog, cEog, contr. iovg, to (from 
 kMu, to render famous). Re- 
 nown, fame, glory. 
 
 K?i£TrT?}c, ov, 6 (from kMtttco, to 
 steal). A thief. 
 
 KTiEuvac, uv, at. Clebncz, a city 
 of Argolis. 
 
 iclnpoo), o), fut. uou, perf. kekKt)- 
 poKa (from nXripoc, a lot). To 
 cast lots, to choose by casting 
 lots. — In the middle voice, to ob- 
 tain by casting lots. 
 
 fcllfiat;, atioc, t). A stairs, a ladder. 
 
 kKlvw, nc, r) (from kHvu, to bend or 
 recline). A couch. 
 
 kIott'zioc, a, ov (adj. from itXtJip, a 
 thief). Stolen. 
 
 Kkdv, uvoc, 6 (from nkdo, <3, to 
 break). A shoot, a sprout, a 
 small branch. 
 
 Kotkaivu, fut. avC), perf. KEKotkayna 
 (from koZTioc, hollow). To hol- 
 low, to make hollovj. 
 
 noivog, 7], ov (adj.). Common, "pub- 
 lic, vulgar, mean. 
 
 Kola^a), fut. dau, perf. nenoXdna. 
 To punish, to chastise. 
 
 nokacic, euc, 7] (from ko?i&£u, to 
 chastise). Chastisement, the act 
 of chastising. 
 
 Kolxki idog, r). Colchis, a country 
 on the eastern shore of the Eux- 
 ine. 
 
 Ko^xoc, ov, 6. A Colchian, a na- 
 tive of Colchis. 
 
 KOfirj, rig, r). The hair of the head, 
 hair. Applied figuratively to the 
 leaves of trees. 
 
 Kovuv, ovog, 6. Conon, an emi- 
 nent Athenian. 
 
 nopal;, daog, 6. A raven. 
 
 Koprj, ng, r). A virgin, a maiden. 
 
 nbpog, ov, 6. A youth, a young 
 man. 
 
 KopvdaHig or Kopv6dVcg, idog, t) 
 (from Kopvg, a helmet). The 
 crested lark. 
 
 Kopvg, vdog, i). A helmet. — In the 
 accus. sing. Kopvda and Kopvv. 
 
 KopCdvn, ng, t). A crow ; a ring or 
 handle of a door ; a crown. 
 
 Koapog, ov, 6. Order, arrangement, 
 ornament, attire ; the world, Jhe 
 universe. 
 216 
 
 KPT 
 
 novpevg, £ug, 6 (from Ketpu, to cut, 
 to shave). A barber. 
 
 Kovipog, 7), ov (adj.). Light, fleet, 
 gentle, easy. 
 
 Kox^iag, ov, 6. A snail, a screw, 
 a machine for drawing water, 
 furnished with a screw. 
 
 fcpd^o), fut. Kput-u, perf. ninpdya, 
 2d aor. Eupdyov. To croak, to 
 cry aloud, to vociferate. 
 
 npaivu, fut. dvd, 1st aor. enprjva. 
 To effect, to achieve, to accom- 
 plish, to perfect. 
 
 KparEO), €), fut. tjgo, perf. KEKpurnna 
 (from tcpdrog, power, strength). 
 To have power over, to control, to 
 rule, to sway, to command, to 
 conquer. 
 
 Kpdrr)p, rjpog, 6 (from KEpdvvvfit, to 
 mix). A vessel in which wine 
 and water are mixed, a mixer, a 
 bowl. 
 
 Kpdrng, nrog, 6. Crates, a Greek 
 philosopher. 
 
 KpaTtOTog, 7), ov (adj., irreg. super- 
 lative of dyadog). Strongest, 
 most powerful, bravest, most ex- 
 cellent, best. 
 
 tcpsag, drog, contr. aog, og, to. 
 Flesh, a piece of flesh. 
 
 kpelgguv, ov (adj., irreg. comp. of 
 dyadog), Attic upEirruv. Stron- 
 ger, more powerful, better, braver, 
 
 KpEfj-dvvvjUL, fut. KpEfidau, 1st aor. 
 EKpsfidaa. To suspend, to hang. 
 
 Kprjvn, vg, rj. A fountain, a spring. 
 
 Kprjg, nrog, 6. A Cretan. — Fem- 
 inine form Kpijaaa, ng, r). 
 
 KpT/Tn, rjg, i). Crete, now Candia. 
 
 Kpivu, fut. npivu, perf. KenptKa, 1st 
 aor. EKplva. To separate, to 
 part, to judge, to decide, to de- 
 termine, to give sentence. — In the 
 middle voice, to choose for one's 
 self, to select. 
 
 KpcTiag, ov, 6. Critias, a man's 
 name. 
 
 KpOKodsiTiog, ov, 6. A crocodile. 
 
 Kpovog, ov, 6. Saturn. 
 
 KpoTuv, uvog, 6. Crotbna, a city 
 of lower Italy, on the Tarentine 
 
 ^ , r, ■ 
 
 Kpvog, cog, to. Frost, ice. 
 
KT&o/jiai, (bjiai, fut. KTriaojiat, perf. 
 KEKT7]/j.at and EKTr/fiat. To ac- 
 quire, to procure for one's self, to 
 obtain. — In the passive, to be 
 quired or procured. The per- 
 fect, KEKT/ifiat or etcTqfxai, signi- 
 fies / possess, i. e., I have ac- 
 quired for myself, and the acqui- 
 sition remains mine. Hence the 
 3d fut. pass., KEKTTjGoiMat, means 
 I will possess. 
 
 KTECVCJ, fut. KTEVG), 1st aOr. EKTELVa, 
 
 un-Attic perfect, EK.Ta.Ka, 2d aor. 
 ekt&vov. To kill, to slay, to 
 
 kteIc, evoc, 6. A comb. 
 
 KT7j{j.a, &Toc, to (from KTaoixai, to 
 acquire). A possession, a prop- 
 erty. — In the plural, KTrj/nara, the 
 entire property, slaves, money, 
 and lands, wealth. 
 
 KTTjaiCioc, ov, 6. Ctesibius, a 
 man's name. 
 
 Kt7joc<P&v, uvtoc, 6. Ctesiphon, a 
 man's name. 
 
 ktl^cj, fut. ktZgo, 1st aor. EKTiaa. 
 To found, to build. 
 
 KvSspvf/Tnc, ov, 6 (from KvSspvao), 
 to pilot). A pilot, a guide. 
 
 Kvdoc, eoc, to. Glory, honour, re- 
 nown, fame. 
 
 kvkXoc, ov, 6. A circle, a circuit. 
 
 KvkXcoijj, uitoc, 6 (from kvkTioc, a 
 circle, and uip, an eye). A Cy- 
 clops. — The Cyclopes were a 
 fabled race, of gigantic stature, 
 having each but one eye, and 
 that a large round one in the 
 centre of their foreheads. 
 
 K.vki%, lkoc, rj. A cup, a goblet. 
 
 Kvfia, utoc, to (from kvo, to swell 
 forth). A wave, a surge. 
 
 Kvvnyoc, ov, 6 (from kvuv, a dog, 
 and dyu, to lead onward). A 
 hunter. 
 
 Kimpic, Tdoc, r). Venus, so called 
 from being particularly worship- 
 ped in the island of Cyprus. 
 
 Kvptoc, ov, 6 (from Kvpoc, authority, 
 power). A master, a lord, a pos- 
 sessor, a proprietor. 
 
 Kvpoc, ov, 6. Cyrus. 
 
 kvuv, kvvoc, 6 and rj. A dog, a 
 
 AAT 
 
 kokvtoc, ov, 6 (from kQkvu, to 
 mourn, to bewail). Bewailing, 
 mourning, lamenting. — As a 
 proper name, Cocytus, one of 
 the fabled rivers of the lower 
 world, so called from the lamen- 
 tations of the departed along its 
 banks. 
 
 KUfin, vc, rj. A village, a small 
 town. 
 
 kw/lcTkoc, r\, ov (adj. from ku/lloc, 
 merriment). Comic, pertaining 
 to comic poetry. 
 
 liafvpivdoc, ov, 6. A labyrinth* 
 Adyoc, ov, 6. Lagus, father of 
 
 Ptolemy. 
 laHa-ty, aivoc, rj. A hurricane, a 
 
 tempest. 
 Tiatoc, d, ov (adj.). The left, un- 
 lucky, inauspicious. 
 
 AaKedaipovioc, a, ov (adj. from 
 AaKEoatfiuv, Lacedamon). La- 
 cedaemonian. 
 
 AaKEdaifxov, ovoc, r). Lacedamon, 
 the capital of Laconia, called also 
 Sparta. 
 
 "XdTioc, ov (adj.). Talkative, loqua- 
 cious. Comparative 9iaMoTEpoc. 
 Superlative "kaXtcTaToc. 
 
 2,aju6avG), fut. l-fj^ojiat, perf. 2,£2,n- 
 6a, Attic ED^nda, perf. pass. M- 
 Ivpfiac, Attic EilrjuiiaL, 2d aor. 
 act. £?id6ov, 2d aor. mid. E?ia66- 
 fi7]v. To take, to receive, to ad- 
 mit. With the genitive, to take 
 hold of, to seize one by. 
 
 haftirdc, ddoc, i) (from Tidfnru, to 
 emit light, to shine). A torch, a 
 flambeau, a light, a lantern. 
 
 Adjuiuc, Tdoc, 6. Lampis, a man's 
 name. 
 
 ha/LtirpSg, d, ov (adj. from Idjirru, to 
 shine). Shining, brilliant, bright, 
 splendid, clear. 
 
 AdofisSuv, ovtoc, 6. Laomedon, 
 king of Troy, and father of 
 Priam. 
 
 "kdpvat-, dKoc, r). A chest, an ark, 
 a box, a coffer. 
 
 IdTOfiia, ag, t) (from laac, a stone, 
 and TEfivQ, to cut or quarry). A 
 quarry. 
 
 217 
 
AIM 
 
 TiiSrjg, nrog, 6 (from /Id&j, to re- 
 ceive). A caldron, a kettle, a 
 large basin. 
 
 2,eya), fut. Mt-u, perf. MTioxa, At- 
 tic elTioxa- To say, to speak, to 
 tell, to relate. 
 
 Xeia, ac, r). Plunder, booty. 
 
 "Xeljxuv, tbvoc, 6. A mead, a meadow, 
 a grassy plain. 
 
 leloc, a, ov (adj.). Smooth, pol- 
 ished, even. 
 
 "ke-nrbg, f}, ov (adj. from lino, to 
 peel off). Thin, delicate, sleek, 
 lank, slender, light. The prim- 
 itive meaning is, like something 
 peeled off. 
 
 Aepvaloc, a, ov (adj. from Aepvn, 
 Lerna). Lerncean, of or pertain- 
 ing to Lerna. 
 
 2,evic6c, 7j, ov (adj.). White. 
 
 Muv, ovrog, 6. A lion. 
 
 Arjda, ac, r). Leda, wife of Tynda- 
 rus, king of Sparta. 
 
 "krjlov, ov, to. A crop, a standing 
 crop, afield of com. 
 
 'knoTric, ov, 6 (from Ir/trj, booty). 
 A robber, a plunderer, a pirate. 
 
 Anrd), ooc, contr. ovc, r). Latdna, 
 mother of Apollo and Diana. 
 
 Aitveg, uv, ol. The Libyans, the 
 people of Africa. The Greek 
 writers often mean by Aiftvec all 
 the people of Africa ; the Ro- 
 mans by Libyes mean merely the 
 inhabitants of Libya. 
 
 AlSvn, vc, i]. Libya, a name ap- 
 plied frequently by the Greek 
 writers to all Africa. The Ro- 
 man writers, on the other hand, 
 mean by Libya merely a part of 
 the continent, between Egypt 
 and the Syrtes on the coast, and 
 extending also a considerable dis- 
 tance inland. 
 
 AifivKog, r), ov (adj. from AiBvn, 
 Libya). Libyan, of or pertain- 
 ing to Libya. 
 
 lidoe, ov, 6. A stone. In the fem- 
 inine, among prose writers, a 
 precious stone. 
 
 7Ciur)v, evog, 6. A harbour, a haven. 
 
 Xiuvn, rjg, tj. A lake. 
 
 jufiog, ov, 6. Hunger, famine, want 
 of food. 
 218 
 
 ATn 
 
 ?uveog, ea, eov, contr. ovg, ij, ow, 
 (adj. from livov, linen). Made of 
 linen, linen. 
 
 Aivog, ov, 6, Linus, an early Gre- 
 cian bard. 
 
 TiojL^oftai, fut. Xcofiai, perf. /UA<> 
 yLGfiai. To consider, to reflect. 
 
 "Xoyiaiibg, ov, 6 (from loyi&fiai., 
 to reflect). Reason, reflection, in- 
 telligence. 
 
 Xoyog, ov, 6 (from leyu, to speak). 
 A word, a speech, a reason, an 
 argument, wisdom. 
 
 hoyxv, ng, r). A spear, a lance. 
 
 Xoidopea), w, fut. 7]go, perf. Xe?ioid6- 
 prjKa (from hoidopog, slanderous). 
 To slander, to calumniate, to re- 
 vile, to abuse. 
 
 Aoifxog, ov, 6. A plague, a pesti- 
 lence, destruction, ruin. 
 
 XoiiTog, f), ov (adj. from XeiTzo), to 
 leave, perf. mid. Mhoiiva). That 
 remains, that is left. 
 
 AovKtdvog, ov, 6. Lucianus, a man's 
 name. 
 
 "Kovti, fut. Tiovou, perf. teTiovna. 
 To wash, to cleanse. — In the 
 middle voice, to wash one's self, 
 to bathe. 
 
 Xoxayerng, ov, 6 (from 2,oxayog, a 
 leader of a /lo^oc, or band of in- 
 fantry). A leader, a captain, a 
 commander of a company. 
 
 Xoxayog, ov, 6 (from /lo%oc, a com- 
 pany of infantry, and ayo, to 
 lead). A captain, a commander, 
 a leader. 
 
 loxog, ov, 6. A company of infan- 
 try, usually containing a hundred 
 men. 
 
 Avydafiig, Idog, 6. Lygddmis, a 
 man's name. 
 
 Avynevg, eug, 6. Lynceus, a man's 
 name. 
 
 Avdog, ov, 6. A Lydian. Also a 
 man's name, Lydus. 
 
 AvKovpyog, ov, 6. Lycurgus, the 
 celebrated Spartan lawgiver. Al- 
 so a king of Thrace. 
 
 Ivtctj, qg, tj. Sorrow, grief, sad- 
 ness, pain. 
 
 "kvTtwpog, d, ov (adj. from Tivirn, 
 sorrow). Sorrowful, sad, afflict- 
 ing, wearisome, painful. 
 
MAN 
 
 IvGLTelfjg, eg (adj. from Xvu, to dis- 
 charge, and re/loc, cost, expense). 
 Profitable, advantageous, valua- 
 ble, costly. 
 
 luicov, ov (adj. irreg. compar. of 
 dyadog). Better, richer, more ad- 
 vantageous, more useful. Su- 
 perlative 16l(TTog, contr. h&arog. 
 
 h&arog, vid. Xultjv. 
 
 M. 
 
 \io%a, ng, i) (from fidacu, to knead). 
 A barley-cake, bread, wheaten 
 bread. 
 
 fia&g, ov, 6. A breast. 
 
 fiadririjg, ov, 6 (from fiavddvu, to 
 learn). A learner, a disciple. 
 
 Maivdg, adog, t) (from fiaivofiai, to 
 rave). A Bacchant, a female vo- 
 tary of Bacchus, a phrensied fe- 
 male. 
 
 fiandpZog, a, ov (adj. from (id/tap, 
 happy). Happy, blessed, opulent, 
 rich. 
 
 Manedovta, ag, t). Macedonia. 
 
 MaicedoviKog, 7), ov (adj. from Ma- 
 (ceSovla, Macedonia). Macedo- 
 nian, of or belonging to Macedo- 
 nia. 
 
 Maneduv, dvog, 6. A Macedonian. 
 
 fiaicpog, d, ov (adj.). Long. The 
 forms fiaupdv, ftaKpov, fiaKpd, 
 are used adverbially in the sense 
 of far, far off. 
 
 fidXa (adv.). Very, much, very 
 much ; certainly, assuredly. — 
 Comparative (idX)\,ov, more, rath- 
 er. Superlative fid7aoTa, most, 
 especially. 
 
 Ma/lea and M.dleta, ag, 7). Malea 
 or Malea, a promontory in the 
 Peloponnesus. 
 
 fia2.6u.Kog, 7), ov (adj. from fiaXddfa, 
 same as fiaXdaau, to soften). 
 Soft, feeble, enervated, effeminate, 
 of delicate health. 
 
 [wXkov (adv., comparative of^cAa). 
 More, rather. 
 
 fiavta, ag, i) (from /laivofiat., to rave, 
 2d aor. kjidviiv). Madness, phren- 
 sy, insanity. 
 
 fiavrcKog, tj, ov (adj. from fidvrcg, 
 a soothsayer, a prophet). Divi- 
 ning, pertaining to divination. 
 
 ME9 
 The form \iavTiKr) {rexvrj being 
 in fact understood) is used in the 
 sense of, the art of divination, 
 divination, the gift of prophecy. 
 
 Mavriveta, ag, tj. Mantinea, a city 
 of Arcadia. 
 
 fidvTig, eog, 6 (from fiaivofiat, to be 
 inspired, to rave). A prophet, a 
 soothsayer. 
 
 Mapddtov, ovog, 6. Marathon, a 
 village and borough of Attica, 
 where the Persians were defeated 
 by the Greeks. 
 
 fidprvp, vpog, 6 and 7). A witness. 
 
 fidaauv, ov (adj.). comparative of 
 fzaapog. Longer, larger. 
 
 fidoTL^, lyog, rj. A lash, a scourge, 
 a whip. 
 
 /idracog, a, ov (adj. from fidrnv, in 
 vain). Vain, unprofitable. 
 
 fidxacpa, ag, 7) (from fidxn, a battle). 
 A sword. Primitive meaning, a 
 knife. 
 
 flaxy, ng, 7). A battle, a fight. 
 
 (jLaxTiTiaog, 7), ov (adj. from /idxrj, a 
 battle). Pertaining to a battle, 
 addicted to fight, pugnacious, 
 warlike. 
 
 ~M.eydK.hrjg, ovg, 6. Megdcles, a 
 man's name. 
 
 [leydTirjTup, op (adj. from fieyag, 
 great, and rj-op, a heart.) Mag- 
 nanimous, high-spirited, coura- 
 geous. 
 
 fieydTiug (adv. from fieyag, great). 
 Greatly, on a great scale, exten- 
 sively, &c. 
 
 fieyag, \ieyd\n, fieya (adj.). Greats 
 ~*Mrong, powerful. Comparative 
 fiei^cjv, superlative fieyicToc. 
 
 fieyiGTog, n, ov (adj., superlative 
 of fieyag). Greatest, strongest, 
 most powerful. 
 
 fieyedog, eog, to (from fieyag, great). 
 Greatness, size, magnitude. 
 
 fiedn, rjg, r). Intoxication, inebriety, 
 drunkenness. 
 
 fiedioTrifii, fut. fieTaaTTjcio, perf. 
 /ie6eGTT]Ka (from fierd, after, and 
 larnfii, to place. ) To put in an- 
 other place, to transfer, to remove. 
 — In the middle voice, fiedlcra- 
 fiat, to change one's own place, to 
 remove one's self. 
 
 219 
 
MEP 
 
 psdvo, fut. vau, perf. pspiOvKa 
 (from fiedv, wine). To intoxi- 
 cate, to inebriate, 
 pei&v, ov (adj., comparative of 
 fieyac). Greater, stronger, more 
 powerful. 
 
 fietpdntov, ov, to (dimin. from psl- 
 pal;, a youth). A very young 
 man, a boy, a mere youth. 
 
 psiov, ov (adj., comparative of fitK- 
 pog). Smaller, less. 
 
 p,sXag, piXaiva, psXav (adj.). Black. 
 
 fieTierao, d>, fut. tjgco, perf. pEpEki- 
 TrjKa (from jLteTiern, exercise). To 
 pursue, to exercise, to practise. 
 
 fieMrr], rjc, i). Exercise, training, 
 preparation. 
 
 psXi, Irog, to. Honey. 
 
 fieltGoa, tjc, 7) (from peki, honey). 
 A bee. 
 
 fieliTOELe, oEGaa, oev, contr. ovc, 
 ovaaa, ovv (adj. from piTa, hon- 
 ey). Made of honey, honeyed, 
 sweet, agreeable. 
 
 pEXttypuv, ov (adj. from piki, honey, 
 and (ppfjv, the mind). That de- 
 lights the mind or soul. 
 
 jue^Xo), fut. TJao, perf. pEpiXkntta. 
 To be about, to intend, to purpose, 
 to delay, to linger. — pikko) isvac, 
 I am about to go, in Latin, iturus 
 sum. — to pikkov and ra pikkov- 
 Ta, the future. 
 
 MeX7to/u.ev7), vc, t). Melpomene, one 
 of the Muses. 
 
 Mipvuv, ovoc, 6. Memnon, a man's 
 name. 
 
 piv, (adv.). Indeed. Opposed to 
 6e in the latter part of the clause 
 or sentence. It sometimes is 
 omitted, though 6e follows. In 
 translating it is often expressed 
 by a mere emphatic tone of voice, 
 and is only rendered indeed when 
 strong opposition is marked. 
 
 MeveMoc, ov, 6. Meneldus, broth- 
 er of Agamemnon. 
 
 fiivu, fut. psvti, perf. pspEvnica, 1st 
 aor. e/xELva. To remain, to abide, 
 to remain firm or fixed, to persist. 
 — The perfect middle pspova sig- 
 nifies, I intend, I wish, 1 desire, 
 I am resolved. 
 
 pipog, eoc, to. A part. 
 220 
 
 MHN 
 
 \iECoq, T], ov (adj.). Middle, in the 
 middle, in the midst, intermedi- 
 ate, &c. 
 \ietu,, a prep, governing the genitive, 
 dative, and accusative. — With 
 the genitive it denotes with, to- 
 gether with, in company with. — 
 With the dative, among, between, 
 in, at, by. — With the accusative, 
 after, next after, towards. — In 
 composition it generally marks 
 change or commutation, and car- 
 ries with it literally the force of 
 after. 
 
 fiETaBoTJj, ?jc, rj (from pETa6dkko), 
 to transpose, to change). Trans- 
 position, change. 
 
 pETakkov, ov, to. A metal. — In 
 the plural, to. psrakka, mines. 
 
 peTapcoktog, ov (adj.). Vain, una- 
 vailing, useless, idle. 
 
 psra^v (adv.). Between. 
 
 METaivovTlov, ov, to. Metapontum, 
 a city of Lucania, in lower It- 
 aly. 
 
 Metuv, uvog, 6. Meton, a man's 
 name. 
 
 Ii7], a negative particle and conjunc- 
 tion. Not, lest. — jxt) is the condi- 
 tional or dependant negative, ov 
 the absolute one. 
 
 M.7]dEia, ac, i). Medea, daughter of 
 iEetes, king of Colchis. 
 
 \ir\dELc, pndEpia, \it]6ev (from pndi, 
 not even, and sic, one). No one, 
 none. — pTjSsv, nothing. 
 
 ji7]6etcote (adv. from pijds, not even, 
 and ttote, ever). Never. 
 
 prjdopai, fut. pTjaopai (from pfjdog, 
 care, counsel). To plan, to de- 
 vise, to concern one's self about. 
 
 pTjKLGTog, 7], ov (adj. superlative de- 
 gree, from prjKog, length). Very 
 long, longest, very tall, very high, 
 tallest, highest. 
 
 fiTJKog, eog, to. Length, height. 
 
 prfkov, ov, to. An apple ; a sheep. 
 
 pTjv, pvvog, 6. A month. 
 
 pi)v (conj. ). Truly, in truth, indeed, 
 certainly, &c. 
 
 pTJvig, wg, r). Wrath, anger. 
 
 pnvvu, fut. vcu, perf. pspyvvKa. 
 To point out, to indicate, to show, 
 to discover, to make known. 
 
MON 
 
 (ifjTTip, finripog, contr. finrpog, rj. 
 A mother. 
 
 fiiyvvfii, fut. fil^o), perf. //e/z^a. To 
 mix, to mingle. 
 
 MiSag, ov, 6. Midas, an early king 
 of Lydia. 
 
 [iinpog, d, ov (adj.). Small, short, 
 little. — The neuter fttKpov is often 
 used adverbially, a little. 
 
 Mi?mv, uvog, 6. Milo, a celebrated 
 athlete of Crotona. 
 
 fiifieofiai, ovfiai, fut. Tjcojiai, perf. 
 fitfiifirifiaL (from fufiog, an imita- 
 tor). To imitate. 
 
 fitodog, ov, 6. Pay, hire, a re- 
 ward. 
 
 fiiadocpopog, ov, 6 (from jiiodog, hire, 
 and 6spcj, to bear off). A mer- 
 cenary, a hired person, a merce- 
 nary or hired soldier. 
 
 filaog, eoc, to. Hatred, enmity. 
 
 MtrvXr/vn, nc, tj. Mitylene, a city 
 in the Island of Lesbos. 
 
 fiva, ac, Tj, contracted from fivda, 
 dag. A mina, a sum, not a coin, 
 equal to 100 drachmae, and in our 
 currency to $17 59cts. and over. 
 — Also a weight. 
 
 fivdofiai, ufiai, fut. rjcofzai, perf. 
 fj.eft.vrjfj.ai. To remember, to rec- 
 ollect, to be mindful of. — The 
 perf. fj.Efj.vnft.at often signifies, I 
 remember, i. e., I have remem- 
 bered and continue to remember. 
 
 iivfjfia, urog, to (from fivdofiai, to 
 remember). A monument, a me- 
 morial. 
 
 jivrifin, fig, i] (from fivdofiai, to re- 
 member). Memory, remembrance. 
 
 fivvfioavvn, ng, i) (from fivrjfiidv, 
 remembering). Remembrance, 
 memory. — Also a proper name, 
 Mnemosyne, mother of the Mu- 
 ses. 
 
 fivr/fiov, ov (adj. from fivdofiai, to 
 remember). That remembers, re- 
 membering, mindful. 
 
 fiokig (adv.). With difficulty, scarce- 
 
 l v- 
 
 Moloaaig, iSog, rj. Molossis, a dis- 
 trict of Epirus. 
 
 fioviag, ov, 6 (from fiovog, alone). 
 One who lives alone, a solitary. 
 
 fi6vog, 7], ov (adj. ). Alone, sole, sol- 
 T2 
 
 NAT 
 
 itary . — The neuter fiovov is often 
 
 taken as an adverb, only, alone, 
 
 &c. 
 fiovocdvdakog, ov (adj. from fiovog, 
 
 alone, and (jdvSa.7i.ov, a sandal). 
 
 Having but one sandal. 
 fiopcXfiog, ov (adj. from fiopog, fate). 
 
 Fated, fatal, decreed by fate, 
 fioptyr), i)g, r). A form. 
 
 A calf, any young 
 
 A muse. 
 
 Toil, labour, fatigue. 
 A mass of ignited 
 
 fioaxog, ov, o. 
 
 animal. 
 M.ovGa, vg, r). 
 fioxOog, ov, 6. 
 fivSpog, ov, 6. 
 
 iron. 
 
 fiveXbg, ov, 6. Marrow. 
 [ivdiKog, tj, ov (adj. from fivdog, a 
 
 fable). Fabulous, pertaining to 
 
 fable, 
 fivdog, ov, 6. A word, a speech, a 
 
 story, a fable, a tale, a narrative, 
 fivla, ag, r). A fly. 
 fivudofiac, ufiai, fut. r}aofiat, perf. 
 
 act. fisfivtca, 2d aor. act. e/ivkov. 
 
 To roar, to low, to bellow, 
 fivpldg., adog, .7) (from fivplog). The 
 
 number of ten thousand. — Also a 
 
 myriad, 
 [ivptog, a, ov (adj.). Manifold, 
 
 numberless, infinite. — In the plu- 
 ral, fivpioL, ten thousand, 
 fivpfin^, r/nog, 6. An ant. 
 Mvpfiidovsg, uv, oi. The Myrmi- 
 
 dones or followers of Achilles. — 
 
 Also a name for the people of 
 
 ^Egina. 
 fivpov, ov, to. Perfume ; perfumed 
 
 ointment, 
 fivg, vog, 6. A mouse, 
 fiupog, d, ov (adj.). Foolish, silly. 
 
 — Taken also as a noun, a fool. 
 
 N. 
 vaiu. To inhabit, to dwell in. 
 vafia, arog, to (from vdu, to flow). 
 
 A stream, a spring, a fountain, 
 
 a rivulet. 
 Ndfof, ov, r). Naxus, one of the 
 
 Greek islands in the ^Egean Sea, 
 
 and sacred to Bacchus. 
 vaog, ov, 6. A temple, 
 vavdyeo), u>, fut. rjau (from vavuybg, 
 
 wrecked ; and this from vavg, a 
 
 ship, and dyu, to break). To 
 221 
 
NOO 
 
 suffer shipwreck, to be ship- 
 wrecked. 
 
 vavKXr/pog, ov, 6 (from vavg, a ship, 
 and KXi/poc, a lot). A master of 
 a ship. 
 
 vavfidxta, ag, 7) (from vavg, a ship, 
 and paxy, a battle). A sea fight, 
 a naval battle. 
 
 vavg, veug, 7). A ship, a vessel. 
 
 vavrrjc, ov, 6 (from vavc, a ship). 
 A seaman, a mariner. 
 
 veavlac, ov, 6 (from veog, young). 
 A young man, a youth. 
 
 JSeapxog, ov, 6. Nearchus, a man's 
 name. 
 
 Nei/loc, ov, 6. The Nile. 
 
 veitpoc, ov, 6. A dead, body, a 
 corpse. — Used also as an adjec- 
 tive, dead. 
 
 vzkvq, voc, 6. A dead body. 
 
 Ne/xea, ag, 7). Nemea, a region of 
 Argolis in Greece. 
 
 veodaproc, ov (adj. from viog, new, 
 and deipu, to flay). Newly 
 skinned, newly taken off. 
 
 veoc, a, ov (adj.). New, young, 
 fresh. 
 
 NeGTup, opoc, 6. Nestor. 
 
 vetyzkn, ng, t) (from vi<pog, a cloud). 
 A cloud. — As a proper name, 
 Nephele, wife of Athamas, king 
 of Thebes. 
 
 vi(j>og, eog, to. A cloud. 
 
 vnauTvg, ov, 6 (from vijoog, an 
 island). An islander. 
 
 vfjoog, ov, t). An island. 
 
 vlicao), cj, fut. tjgco, perf. veviKnxa 
 (from viKT], victory). To con- 
 quer, to be victorious. 
 
 vIktj, ng, 7). Victory. 
 
 viittu, fut. ipo, perf. vivltya. To 
 wash. 
 
 voecj, &, fut. t)gq, perf. vevonna. 
 To think, to turn in mind, to re- 
 flect, to consider, to perceive. 
 
 vo/xdg, adog, 6 (from vo[vf], pasture). 
 A Nomad, one who pastures 
 cattle, pasturing, wandering . — 
 In the plural, Nofiabeg, (ov, oi, 
 Nomddes, wandering tribes, pas- 
 toral communities. 
 
 vbuog, ov, 6. Law. — Also custom, 
 ■usage. 
 
 vbog, bov, 6, contr. vovg, vov. The 
 222 
 
 OAT 
 
 mind, the intellect, understand- 
 ing, reason. 
 
 vocTjpog, a, ov (adj. from vocog, a 
 disease). Sickly, diseased. 
 
 vocog, ov, 7). A disease, a malady, 
 sickness. 
 
 vvKTcop (adv. from vv^, night). 
 By night. 
 
 vv[i(prj, ng, r). A bride ; a nymph. 
 
 vvv (adv.). Now. 
 
 vv^, WKTog, r). Night. 
 
 vutrepog, a, ov (pronom. adj. from 
 vtii, vti, we two). Of us both. 
 
 Aavdimrn, ng, 7). Xanthippe, wife 
 of Socrates. 
 
 %ivog, ov, 6. A guest, a stranger, 
 a foreigner. 
 
 t-evog, n, ov (adj.). Foreign, 
 strange. 
 
 Eevotyiov, cJvrog, 6. 
 
 Eeptjrig, ov, 6. Xerxes. 
 
 %i§og, eog, to. A sword. 
 
 tjvyK.VK.ac), d, fut. tjgu, perf. ijvyKe- 
 KVKTjKa (from !-vv, for cvv, to- 
 gether, and kvKacj, to mingle). 
 To stir up, to mix together, to 
 throw into a ferment. 
 
 fjvlov, ov, to. Wood, a piece of 
 wood, a log. 
 
 6, i), to (article). The. — Often has 
 the force of a pronoun, this, that, 
 his, her, their, &c. — When com- 
 bined with juev and be, we have 
 6 fiiv, the one ; 6 be, the other ; 
 so also, to fiiv, to be, and ol /xev, 
 oi be, &c. 
 
 b6o2.bg, ov, 6. An obolus, a small 
 Athenian coin of bronze, worth 
 between two and three cents. 
 
 bydorjKovra (numeral adj., inde- 
 clinable, from bydoog, eighth). 
 Eighty. 
 
 byboog, on, oov (adj. from oktu, 
 eight). The eighth. 
 
 ode, Tjde, Tobe (from 6, r), to, and 
 be). This. 
 
 bbbg, ov, r). A way, a road. 
 
 bbovg, bvrog, b. A tooth, a tusk, a 
 fang. 
 
 'OdvGGevg, eug, 6. Ulysses. 
 
OAT 
 
 bdev (adv.). Whence. 
 
 olba, p erf. mid. of eIScj, I know. — 
 
 ydetv, I knew. 
 oIkeloc., a, ov (adj. from oIkoc, a 
 house). Domestic, proper, suita- 
 ble. — In the plural, ol oltceiot, 
 relations, relatives. 
 oIket7}c, ov, 6 (from oikeg), to in- 
 habit). A member of a family, 
 more commonly, a domestic, a 
 slave. 
 
 oIkscj, u, fut. you, perf. cj/07/ca 
 (from oIkoc, a house). To in- 
 habit, to dwell in. 
 
 olKTifia, droc, to (from oIkeu, to in- 
 habit). A habitation, a dwelling. 
 
 oIkvclc, euc, i] (from oIkecj, to in- 
 habit). An inhabiting, a dwell- 
 ing in a place. — Also, a habita- 
 tion, a dwelling. 
 
 oiKia, ae, y (from olnoe, a house). 
 A dwelling, an abode. 
 
 oiKog, ov, 6. A house. — Old dative, 
 oikoi, taken adverbially, at home. 
 
 olKTsipu, fut. oiKTspo, perf. UKTVp- 
 na (from olktoc, compassion). 
 To pity, to commiserate, to com- 
 passionate. 
 
 oIktoc, ov, 6 (from ol, oh !). Com- 
 passion, pity, commiseration. 
 
 oiKrpog, d, ov (adj. from oIktoc, 
 compassion). Lamentable, pite- 
 ous, wretched. 
 
 olvoc, ov, 6. Wine. 
 
 olofiat and ol/xat, fut. olyuofiat,, 
 perf. U7jfj.ac. To think, to sup- 
 pose. 
 
 oIgtoc, ov, 6. An arrow, a dart. 
 
 OKTattoaToi, at, a (numeral adj.). 
 Eight hundred. 
 
 okto) (numeral adj., indeclinable). 
 Eight. 
 
 bMoc, ov, 6. Prosperity, wealth. 
 
 bXldpoc,, ov, 6 (from bTOiVfit, to de- 
 stroy). Destruction, ruin. 
 
 bllyoe, n, ov (adj.)- Small, few. 
 
 o/loc, ri, ov (adj.). The whole. 
 
 'OXv/niridg, dSoc, y. An Olympiad, 
 a space of four years. — An Olym- 
 pic contest, an Olympic victory, 
 i. e., a contest or victory at the 
 Olympic Games. 
 
 'OTiv/xiTiog, a, ov (adj.). Olympic. 
 
 'OlvfjiiTog, ov, 6, Olympus, a cele- 
 
 OIIA 
 
 brated mountain on the coast of 
 Thessaly, the fabled seat of the 
 Grecian gods. 
 
 bji6poc, ov, 6. A shower, rain. 
 
 "Oftypoc, ov, 6. Homer. 
 
 bpiypoc, a, ov (adj. from 6/iov, to- 
 gether, and upo, to fit). Joined 
 together, united, accordant. 
 
 bfiTjpog, ov, 6 and y. A hostage. 
 
 6/j.iXeo), &, fut. ijGid, perf. coftiTiyica 
 (from o/iZAoc, a gathering). To 
 associate with, to be conversant 
 with, to hold intercourse with. 
 
 ofxlXia, ac, y (from bfj.l?i0c). Inter- 
 course, conversation. 
 
 o/liZaoc, ov,6. A gathering, a crowd, 
 
 bfifia, arog, to (from b^TOjiai, perf. 
 up,jj.ai, to see). The eye, an 
 eye. 
 
 bfiococ, a, ov (adj. from o/uSc, like). 
 Alike, similar. 
 
 ofioioc (adv. from bfioiog). In like 
 manner. 
 
 bfiug (adv. from 6/u,6g, united). To- 
 gether. 
 
 bvivypa, fut. bvyao, perf. uvym. 
 To aid, to profit. 
 
 bvofia, droc, to. A name. 
 
 bvofid^u, fut. dau, perf. covofiaKa 
 (from ovofia, a name). To name. 
 
 bvojiaaroc, y, ov (adj. from bvofid^u, 
 to name). Famous, renowned, 
 having a distinguished name 
 
 bvoq, ov, 6. An ass. 
 
 bvv^, vx°C> o- -^ nail, a claw. 
 
 bi;vdpdfj.oc, ov (adj. from b%vc, swift, 
 and dpofioc, a course). Swift of 
 foot, fleet. 
 
 b£vc, ela, v (adj.). Sharp, keen, 
 acid, tart ; swift, fleet. 
 
 b^vuTOfiog, ov (adj. from 6£vc, sharp, 
 and GTOfia, a mouth). Sharp- 
 mouthed, having pointed or beak- 
 ed mouths. 
 
 bitXlTyq, ov, 6 (from ottXov). A 
 heavy-armed soldier. 
 
 OTrlopiaxfu, &, fut. yau, perf. uw- 
 TiOjidxyKa (from OTrTiop-dxyc, an 
 armed warrior or soldier). To 
 contend in arms, to wield arms, 
 to practise the use of arms. 
 
 oTi'kov, ov, to. A iveapon. — In the 
 plural, tu bizka, arms. 
 
 223 
 
OTA 
 
 O7rro//ai, fut. oipofiai, perf. ufifiai. 
 To see, to behold. 
 
 opao, ti, fut. aao, perf. a>pa/ca, and 
 with reduplication, iupatca. To 
 see. 
 
 bpydvov, ov, to. An instrument, 
 an engine, a machine ; an organ. 
 
 bpyr), ijc, t). Anger, rage. 
 
 bpeyo), fut. %o), perf. upsxa. To 
 stretch out, to extend. — In the 
 middle voice (with the genitive), 
 to desire, i. e., with outstretched 
 hands. 
 
 bpdog, r), 6v (adj.)- Straight, right. 
 
 bpduc (adv. from bp66c). Rightly. 
 
 ipl^co, fut. laid, perf. wpi/ca (from 
 bpoc, a limit). To limit, to define, 
 to prescribe, to appoint. 
 
 bpKog, ov, 6. An oath. 
 
 bpvig, Woe, 6 and 7). A bird. 
 
 bpoc, sog, to. A mountain. 
 
 bppuSca, ac, i). Fear, terror. 
 
 'OpTvyia, ac, r). Ortygia, an island, 
 on which a part of ancient Syra- 
 cuse was built. 
 
 bpTV^, vyog, 6. A quail. 
 
 'OpcpEvg, euc, 6. Orpheus. 
 
 be, 7), b (pron.). Who, which. 
 
 bajxr], 7}e, 7} (from 6£o>, to emit a 
 smell). A smell, a perfume. 
 
 baog, ban, baov (pron.). As much, 
 how great, as great as, as much 
 as. — -Opposed often to Toaov- 
 
 TOC. 
 
 bairep, tjtzep, birsp (from be and 
 
 nsp). Whoever, whichsoever, 
 
 whatsoever. 
 "Oaaa, rjc, rj. Ossa, a mountain of 
 
 Thessaly, near Olympus. 
 qgteov, egv, to, contr. baTovv, ba- 
 
 tov. A bone. 
 oaTic, tjtlc. oti (pron. from be and 
 
 Tie). Whoever. 
 otclv (conj.). When, whenever. 
 ote (adv. and conj.). When, at 
 
 times. 
 oti (conj.). That, because, 
 ev, ovk, ot>x (neg. adv.). Not. — Ov 
 
 is used before a consonant ; ox>x 
 
 before an aspirated vowel ; ovk 
 
 before a smooth vowel. 
 ovde (conj. from ov, not, and 6e). 
 
 Not even, not, neither, nor. 
 Qvdelc, ovdefua, ov6£v (adj. from 
 224 
 
 IIAA 
 
 ovSe, not even, and elg, one). ■ No 
 one, none. — ovdev, nothing. 
 
 ov6ettote (adv. from ovde, not even, 
 and ttots, ever). Never. 
 
 ovbeTepoc, a, ov (adj. from ovoe, 
 neither, and ETepog, the other). 
 Neither of the two. 
 
 ovkovv (adv. from ovk, not, and ovv, 
 then). Therefore, then. — As an 
 interrogative, not therefore ? 
 
 ovTcuTTOTE (adv. from ovttu, not yet, 
 and 7tote, ever). Never as yet, 
 never. 
 
 ovpd, ac, rj. A tail. 
 
 Ovpavta, ac, i) (from ovpavoc, heav- 
 en). Urania, one of the nine 
 Muses, who presided over as- 
 tronomy. 
 
 ovpavloe, a, ov (adj. from ovpavoc, 
 heaven). Heavenly, of ox belong- 
 ing to heaven. 
 
 ovpavoc, ov, 6. Heaven. 
 
 ove, toTog, to. An ear. 
 
 ovte (conj.). Neither, nor. 
 
 ovtoc, avTn, tovto (pron.). This, 
 that. 
 
 6e, ov, 6 (from biTTOfiai, to 
 
 see). An eye. 
 brbte, sue, 6. A serpent, a snake, 
 bipig, euc, r) (from brrTOfiai, to see). 
 
 Sight, a seeing. 
 
 n. 
 
 7radoe, eoc, to (from rrdaxo), to suf- 
 fer, 2d aor. snaOov). Suffering, 
 misfortune ; a passion, affection, 
 feeling. 
 
 Tlaiav, avoc, 6. Pcean, the name 
 of a deity, the god of medicine. — 
 A name of Apollo ; a paan, a 
 hymn of victory. 
 
 7rai6ela, ac, r) (from iracdevu, to 
 instruct). Education, instruc- 
 tion. 
 
 Tcaiftlov, ov, to (dim. from irate, a 
 child). A child, a young child, 
 a little boy. 
 
 Tralc, Tratdog, 6. A child, a boy. — 
 7) naZg, a girl. 
 
 TvaTiawg, a, ov (adj. from 7rd2,ai, 
 formerly). Old, ancient. — Ad- 
 verbially, to -Kakaibv, anciently, 
 in early times, long ago. 
 
 ira?.aiu, fut. a'cou, perf. TXEKaXaiKa 
 
nAP 
 
 (from ndlrj, wrestling). To 
 •wrestle, to contend. 
 
 iraTufinatg, nat6og, 6 and i) (adj.). 
 One who is in second childhood. 
 
 7t62.lv (adv.). Again, back. 
 
 nakrov, ov, to (from ndXku, to 
 brandish, to hurl). A javelin, a 
 dart. 
 
 ILdv, avoc, 6. Pan, the god of 
 shepherds, &c. 
 
 navdylog, a, ov (adj. from nag, all, 
 and dytog, holy). All pure, per- 
 fectly pure, all-holy. 
 
 navonrng, ov, 6 (from nag, all, and 
 0TTT0fj.at, to see). He that seeth 
 all, all-seeing. 
 
 nravTodaizoc, r), ov (adj. from nag, 
 all, and a suffix). Of every kind, 
 manifold, various. 
 
 navrolog, a, ov (adj. from nag, all). 
 Of every kind, various. 
 
 navrore (adv. from nag, all). Al- 
 ways, at all times, continually. 
 
 ndvv (adv.). Very much, very, al- 
 together. 
 
 Trapd, prep, governing the genitive, 
 dative, and accusative. With 
 the genitive it denotes from, 
 of, on the part of. — With the 
 dative, at, by, with, near. — With 
 an accusative, to, unto, during, 
 throughout, contrary to, &c. 
 
 napaylyvo/uat, fut. napayevijaofiat, 
 perf. napayeyevr/fiac (from napd, 
 by, and yiyvo/iat, to be). To be 
 present at, to arrive at. 
 
 napa6i6w/ut, fut. napadcoau, perf. 
 Trapadiduna (from napd, to, and 
 didufii, to give). To consign, to 
 deliver up, to transmit. 
 
 napafivdia, ac, i) (from napafivde- 
 oftai, to encourage). Encourage- 
 ment, consolation. 
 
 napaadyyrjg, ov, 6. A parasang, 
 a Persian measure of distance, 
 equal to about four English miles. 
 
 Traparpexu, fut. napa6pe^o/u.ac and 
 TrapaSpapiovuai, perf. napaSeSpd- 
 {iTjita, 2d aor. nape6pdp.ov (from 
 napd, by or to, and rpexo), to 
 run). To run by, to run to or 
 towards ; to outstrip, to escape. 
 
 napeyyvdu, u, fut. r)co, perf. nap- 
 eyyeyvTjKa (from napeyyvn, the 
 
 IIEA 
 
 act of passing a word of com- 
 mand). To hand over, to pass 
 from one to another; to excite, 
 to exhort, to encourage. 
 
 ndpet/nc, fut. napteofiai (from napd, 
 by, and dfii, to be). To be 
 present. 
 
 ndpeifii, fut. napuoofxai, perf. ndp- 
 ELua (from napd, to, and el/it, to 
 go). To approach, to come near. 
 
 naprjtg, Idoc, r] (from napd, at the 
 side of). A cheek. 
 
 napdevog, ov, r). A virgin. 
 
 ndpodoc, ov, r) (from napd, unto or 
 by, and 666c, a way). A passage 
 by, a path, a parade. 
 
 Tldpoc, ov, 7]. Par os, one of the 
 Cyclades. 
 
 nag, ndaa, ndv (adj.). Every, all. 
 
 narrjp, narepog, contr. narpoq, 6. 
 A father. 
 
 narpic, l6oc, tj (from narfjp, a 
 father). One's father-land, a 
 native country. 
 
 Hut pcrnloe, ov, 6. Patroclus, a 
 Grecian chief at the siege of 
 Troy, and friend of Achilles. 
 
 navu, fut. navao), perf. ninavna. 
 To cause to cease, to restrain. — 
 In the middle voice, to cause 
 one's self to cease, to cease. 
 
 ne6lvoc, i), 6v (adj. from ne6lov, a 
 plain). Level, even. 
 
 ne6lov, ov, to (from nedov, ground). 
 A plain. 
 
 neWu, fut. nucco, perf. neneiica, 
 perf. mid. nsnoida. To per- 
 suade. — In the middle voice, to 
 obey, to acquiesce, i. e., to per- 
 suade one's self to follow the 
 bidding or direction of another. 
 
 neidd), ooc, contr. ovc, r). Persua- 
 sion. 
 
 neipa, ag, r). An attempt, a trial. 
 
 JJetpaiEvg, tog, 6. Pirceus, the 
 main harbour of Athens. 
 
 neldyog, sog, to. The sea. 
 
 nekag (adv.). Near. 
 
 neleidg, ddog, i). A dove, a wood- 
 pigeon. 
 
 neletcvg, ecog, 6. An axe. 
 
 HeXiag, ov, 6. Pelias, a king of 
 Thessaly. 
 
 JlelonovvncLdKog, rj, ov (adjective 
 225 
 
IIEP 
 from Ue?iOTc6vvi)oo(;). Pelopon- 
 nesian. 
 
 JleXoTrovvnGog, ov, rj. The Pelo- 
 ponnesus, Greece below the 
 isthmus of Corinth. 
 
 HiXorp, dirog, 6. Pelops, son of 
 Tantalus. 
 
 ire?LTaoT7}g, ov, 6 (from tzeXtt], a 
 light shield). A targeteer. 
 
 ir£[nrToc, n, ov (adj.). Fifth. 
 
 TtE/j,7ru, fut. Tpo, perf. rrsTrofi^a, perf. 
 mid. irsTroinra. To send, to throw. 
 
 Tlevdevc, sog, 6. Pentheus, king of 
 Thebes, torn in pieces by the 
 Bacchantes. 
 
 nivdoc, eoc, to. Grief, sorrow, 
 misfortune, suffering. 
 
 Ttevla, ag, rj (from KEvng, a poor 
 man). Poverty. 
 
 izEVTanLGXihiocTog, rj, ov (numeral 
 adj. from TTEVTataGxihiot, five 
 thousand). The five thousandth. 
 
 izevTaKOcloi, ai, a (numeral adj.). 
 Five hundred. 
 
 irsvTa.TrTioog, on, 6ov, contr. ovg, rj, 
 ovv (adj.). Five-fold. 
 
 7CEVTE (numeral adj., indeclinable). 
 Five. 
 
 TTEVTrjKovra (numeral adj., inde- 
 clinable). Fifty. 
 
 TXEvrvKovrrip, r)pog, 6 (from 'kevtt]- 
 Kovra, fifty). A commander of 
 fifty men. 
 
 TTETrepi, £wc, to. Pepper. 
 
 TcepdtZ, iKog, 6 and fj. A partridge. 
 
 nEpi, prep, governing genitive, da- 
 tive, and accusative. — The fun- 
 damental meaning is above, the 
 secondary and more common one 
 about, around. With the geni- 
 tive it signifies about, concerning, 
 of, on account of. — With the da- 
 tive, about. — With the accusa- 
 tive, around, round about, near, 
 against, toxmrds, &c. In com- 
 position it has the force of about, 
 around, over, and frequently adds 
 strength to the simple word, in 
 which case it has its primitive 
 force of above, superior to, 
 greater than. 
 
 irepi6oXog, ov, 6 (from TtEpiSaXku, 
 to throw around). An enclosure, 
 a circuit. 
 226 
 
 IIAA 
 
 TLepiK.2,7Jg, iovg, 6. Pericles, an il- 
 lustrious leader and statesman of 
 Athens. 
 
 TTEpiTiVivog, ov (adj. from irepi, above, 
 and Xv7rn, sorrow). Very sor- 
 rowful, sorely grieved. 
 
 TTEpLGKOTCEC), 0), fut. TjGCO, perf. TTEpt- 
 
 EGKOTrnKa (from nEpi, around, 
 and gkotteo), to look). To look 
 around, to survey. 
 
 KEpLGTeXku, fut. gtsTicj, perf. TCEpL- 
 £GTa?Ma (from Tcspl, around, and 
 cteIIo), to send.) To cover, to 
 conceal ; to decorate, to attire. 
 
 TZEpLTidrjjii, fut. 6t)G(j), perf. TzepiTe- 
 deina (from Trepi, around, and tW- 
 Tjiii, to place). To place around, 
 to put on, to attire. 
 
 JiepGEvg, Eug, 6. Perseus, a famous 
 hero, who destroyed the Gorgon 
 Medusa. 
 
 ILspGng, ov, 6. A Persian. 
 
 UepGLKog, i), ov (adj.). Persian. 
 
 izETpa, ag, ij. A rock, a stone. 
 
 Ttnyr], r/g, rj. A fountain. 
 
 •K^dnfia, uTog, to (from Tvnddo), to 
 leap). A leap, a bound. 
 
 irnpoo), u, fut. cjgu, perf. TreTrr/pona 
 (from Ttnpog, mutilated). To mu- 
 tilate, to maim, to deprive of. 
 
 ■KTJxvg, £o>g, Q. An elbow, a cubit, 
 an ell. 
 
 TvWog, ov, 6. . A cask, a tub, a jar. 
 
 ivLKpog, a, ov (adj.). Bitter; painful. 
 
 7rifiTT?infj.i, fut. r]GQ, perf. TTETrXr/Ka, 
 perf. pass. 7T£Tr?Lr/G(j,at,. To fill. 
 
 Tuvanig, Xdog, rj (dimin. from rciva%, 
 a board). A tablet. 
 
 ■k'lvu, fut. tzugo), perf. nEirorca, 2d 
 aor. ettIov. To drink. 
 
 7T17TT0), fut. TVTUGii, perf. TTETZTUIta, 
 
 2d aor. ettegov. To fall, to perish. 
 
 7UGTEVG), fut. EVGO), perf. TTEiriGTEV- 
 
 K.a (from rriGTcg, belief). To 
 trust, to confide, to believe. 
 
 TziGTog, rj, ov (adj.). Credible, true ; 
 faithful, trustworthy. 
 
 ■KLTvg, vog, 77. A pine-tree. 
 
 TT?,aKO£ig, OEGGa, oev, contr. ovg, 
 ovGGa, ovv (adj.). Broad, flat. — 
 Often used as a substantive, a 
 cake, but then apTog is under- 
 stood. 
 
 iz?iava(i> f u, fut. tjgu, perf. KEit^u- 
 
IIAO 
 
 vrjKa. To cause to wander, to lead 
 astray. — In the middle voice, to 
 cause one's self to wander, to 
 wander, to roam. 
 
 Ttla%, atcoc, 7]. A board, a plank, a 
 table; a plain, a flat region. — In 
 this latter sense applied to the 
 Thracian Chersonese by the po- 
 ets. 
 
 'KTiaarlKoc, 7), ov (adj. from ■nT^daau, 
 to mould). Plastic. — TrXaGTiKij, 
 t)c, 7), as a substantive, with rexvn 
 understood, the plastic art. 
 
 •k/Xotvc, eta, v (adj.). Broad, flat. 
 
 ILXecdg, adoc, 7). A Pleiad. — JI/\el- 
 adec, ov, at, the Pleiades, a clus- 
 ter of stars, fabled to have been 
 originally daughters of Atlas. 
 
 ttXeigtoc, n, ov (adj., superlative of 
 noXvg). Most, greatest, &c. 
 
 irhsiov, ov (adj., comparative of 
 noXvc). More, greater, &c. 
 
 nXeove^la, ac, i] (from tz/Xeov, more, 
 and ejw, to have). Cupidity, 
 covetousness, avarice, ambition. 
 — Literally, the desire of having 
 more. 
 
 n'/iEvpa, ac, t). The side ; a rib. 
 
 7r2,€G), fut. tzTisvgu, perf. ivEn/\EVKa. 
 To sail. 
 
 tt/Xeu, fut. tvIt/gg), perf. irEirTirjua. 
 To fill. 
 
 ttXeov, ov (adj., an Ionic and Attic 
 form, except in the contracted 
 cases for tt/Xeiuv). More, greater. 
 
 Tt/Xnyfj, fjc, r] (from n/XTJGGO, to 
 strike). A blow, a wound. 
 
 tt/XtJOoc, eoc, to. A multitude, an 
 abundance, a great number. 
 
 -xAtjv (adv.). Except, but, besides. 
 
 Tv/\r)p7]c, ec (adj. from tt/Xeu, to fill). 
 Full. 
 
 irTJicou, fut. tt/\t}^o), perf. nETrlvxa, 
 2d aor. EnTir/yov. To strike, to 
 wound. 
 
 n/loZov, ov, to (from tt/Xeo), to sail). 
 A ship, a vessel. 
 
 ir/Xooc, oov, contr. ovc, ov, 6 (from 
 itTleg), to sail). Navigation, a 
 voyage. 
 
 tt/Xovteu, cj, fut. tjgu, perf. ttettTiov- 
 TVKa (from tt/Xovtoc, wealth). To 
 be rich. 
 
 nTiovTct^oj, fut. Xgu, perf. ttetcXovtZ- 
 
 noA 
 
 tea (from tt/Xovtoc, wealth). To 
 enrich, to make rich. 
 
 tt/Xovto^, ov, 6. Wealth, riches. 
 
 lilovTuv, ovoc, 6. Pluto, god of 
 the lower world. 
 
 ttoieo, C), fut. iJGG), perf. KEno'inna. 
 To make, to do, to prepare, to 
 perform. 
 
 7roLr/, r/c, i). An herb, grass. 
 
 ttoltjelc, rjsGGa, 7jev (adj. from 7ro«7, 
 grass). Grassy, verdant. 
 
 Tvoirjfia, aToc, to (from ttoleo), to 
 make). A poem. 
 
 ttoltittjc, ov, 6 (from ttoleu, to make). 
 A poet. — The derivation of this 
 word and the preceding has ref- 
 erence to the exercise of imagi- 
 nation, i. e., the making or crea- 
 ting of poetic imagery. 
 
 ttoiki/Xoc, n, ov (adj.). Variegated, 
 diversified, varied, differing. 
 
 iroLfirjv, evoc, 6. A shepherd. 
 
 7T0i.fj.vn, vc, t). A flock, a herd. 
 
 TrolEfiapxoc, ov, 6 (from tto/Xe/jloc, 
 war, and apxco, to command). A 
 polemarch. Original meaning, a 
 general commanding an army in 
 the field. At Lacedaemon it re- 
 tained its military meaning, and 
 denoted a commander of 400 
 men ; while at Athens the title 
 was eventually applied to a civil 
 magistrate, who took cognizance 
 of all cases affecting the jxetolkol, 
 or " sojourners." 
 
 7T0/IE/J.EG), (J, fut. TjGO, perf. TTETToXe- 
 
 [MTjua (from TcoTiEfioc, war). To 
 wage war, to carry on war, to 
 be at war with, to be engaged in 
 war. 
 
 ttoXe/mkoc, t), ov (adj. from ttoXeixoc, 
 war). Warlike. 
 
 tto/Xeixloc, a, ov (adj. from ttoXeiioc, 
 war). Warlike ; more common- 
 ly, hostile. — As a substantive, 
 iro/lefuoc, ov, 6, an enemy ; ol tto- 
 TiifiioL, the enemy. The term 
 ttoXeiuqc means an open or public 
 enemy, but kxdpoc, a private and 
 bitter one. 
 
 ttoXeiioc, ov, 6. War. 
 
 iroXig, euc, t). A state, a city. 
 
 tto/XIttjc, ov, 6 (from tt6?uc, a city). 
 A citizen. 
 
 22? 
 
iroAAanig (adv.). Often, frequently. 
 
 7coAvdvdpcjTrog, ov (adj. from noAvg, 
 
 many, and uvOpunog, a man). 
 
 HoAvda/uag, avroc, 6. Polyddmas, 
 a Trojan warrior. 
 
 noAvtSftuv, ov (adj. from noAvg, 
 much, and idfjcov, knowing). Very 
 learned, learned, very skilful. 
 
 Ho?iVKpuTrjg, eoc, 6. Polycrdtes, a 
 tyrant of Samos. 
 
 noAvpadrtg, eg (adj. from rzoAvg, 
 much, and fiavddvo, to learn). 
 Very learned, learned, knowing 
 many things. 
 
 Holvjivla, ag, rj. Polymnia, or 
 Polyhymnia, one of the Muses. 
 She presided over singing. 
 
 7ro2,v6{ifj.aTog, ov (adj. from noAvg, 
 many, and ofipa, an eye). Many- 
 eyed. 
 
 ttoTivttovc, ovv, gen. no'kvTcodoc, 
 &c. (adj. from noAvg, many, and 
 novc, afoot). Having many feet. 
 — As a substantive, iroAvirovg, 
 odog, 6 and rj, a polypus. 
 
 noAve, tzoaat], ttoav (adj.). Much, 
 many, great, large. — ol tcoaaol, 
 the multitude, the many. — rd 
 TTOAA& and to ixoav, taken ad- 
 verbially, for the most part. — 
 Comparative tzaeov and ttaeluv, 
 superlative -kaelotoc. 
 
 noAvrifjioc, ov (adj. from tcoavc, 
 much, and ti/it/, value or honour). 
 Of great value, precious ; highly 
 honoured. 
 
 itovnpog, a, ov (adj. from -xovog, 
 toil). Wretched, evil, wicked. 
 
 novog, ov, 6 (from rrivofiat, to toil, 
 perf. mid. TtEivova). Toil, labour, 
 wretchedness, misery. 
 
 rcovrog, ov, 6. The deep, the ocean, 
 the sea. 
 
 iropsia, ag, r) (from iropevo), to cause 
 to go). A journey, a route, a de- 
 parture, a going, a way. 
 
 iropevo), fut. evgco, perf. ireTiopevna 
 (from Tzbpog, a passage). To 
 cause to go, to convey, to trans- 
 port. — In the middle voice, to 
 go, i. e., to cause one's self to 
 go. 
 
 irofip'udev (adv. from rcop'p'G), far 
 228 
 
 npo 
 
 off). From afar, from a dis- 
 tance. 
 
 TToptyvpeog, ia, eov, contr. ovg, a, 
 ovv (adj. from noptyvpa, purple 
 or crimsom colour). Purple, 
 crimson. 
 
 7rop<j)vplg, tdog, if (from nopfvpa, 
 purple or crimson colour). A 
 purple garment. 
 
 TLoGEtSuv, ibvog, 6. Neptune, god 
 of the sea. 
 
 Tioaig, eug, 6. A husband. 
 
 7rora/u.6g, ov, 6. A river. 
 
 rcore (adv.). As an interrogative, 
 when? at what time? — Not in- 
 terrogative, on a certain time, 
 once, ever. 
 
 TTOTTJpiOV, OV, TO (from TCOTTJp, a 
 
 cup). A cup, a goblet. 
 
 TTOTvlog, a, ov (adj.). Revered, au- 
 gust. — As a substantive, irorvia, 
 ag, rj, a sovereign, a mistress. 
 
 tcotov, ov, to. Drink. 
 
 iroTog, ov, 6. The act of drinking. 
 
 ttov (adv.). With the circumflex, 
 interrogative, where ? — Without 
 any accent, indefinite, anywhere, 
 somewhere. 
 
 novg, 7co66g, 6. A foot. 
 
 Trpayfia, aTog, to (from 7tpdaoo, to 
 make). A deed, an act, an affair, 
 a business, a thing. 
 
 TtpanTtHLog, rj, ov (adj. from irpdccc), 
 to make). Capable of making 
 or effecting, practical, efficient, 
 active. 
 
 Trpafrg, eug, rj (from Trpdaau, to 
 make). An action, a deed. 
 
 ■KpaGGu, fut. £o, perf. irEirpdxa, 
 perf. mid. TTETrpdya, 2d aor. ETTpa- 
 yov. To make, to do, to act, to 
 accomplish, to effect. 
 
 'Kpiatvg, sag, 6. An old man ; an 
 ambassador. 
 
 Hpidfiog, ov, 6. Priam, king of 
 Troy. 
 
 irpo, prep, governing the genitive 
 only. Primary signification, be- 
 fore. — Said of place, before, in 
 front of. — Of time, before, prior 
 to. — Of the occasion or cause, 
 for, on account of, because of — 
 Said of preference, excellence, 
 or eminence, before, more than, 
 
npo 
 
 rather than. — Said of one thing 
 or person taking the place of 
 another, for, in the place of. — In 
 composition, before, for, instead 
 of, in front of, &c. 
 
 7cp66aTov, ov, to. A sheep. — Prop- 
 erly, any four-footed animal, 
 especially a domestic one. 
 
 npoyovoc, ov, 6 (from npo, before, 
 and yi.yvofiai, to be ; perf. mid. 
 ysyova). An ancestor, a fore- 
 father. 
 
 TzpodoTTjc, ov, 6 (from irpo, before, 
 and dldu/LLL, to give). A traitor, 
 a betrayer. 
 
 irp6dvp,oe, ov (adj. from rcpo, before, 
 and ■&v/j.6c, spirit). Willing, 
 eager, ready. 
 
 TrpoKaraK^Jlvoi, fut. kTuvu, perf. 
 TcpoKaTanenXiKa (from rcpo, be- 
 fore, Kara, down, and kMvu, to 
 cause to recline or lie). To give 
 one a seat on a couch before 
 another. — In the middle voice, 
 to take a higher seat at a table, 
 to recline at table on a couch be- 
 fore another. 
 
 JlpoKvn, nc, rj. Procne, daughter 
 of PandTon, king of Athens, 
 changed into a swallow. 
 
 TrpoXsyo, fut. £w, perf. rspoXekoxo, 
 (from npo, before, and Myo, to 
 say). To foretell, to predict. 
 
 7rpo/xeT0)7Tc6Zov, ov, to (from irpo, 
 before, and perton-ov, the forehead 
 or front). A frontlet, a piece of 
 armour for a horse's front or 
 brow. — Also a forehead-band, an 
 ornament for the head, either of 
 man or animal. 
 
 HpofJLi]Qevc, euc, 6. Prometheus. 
 
 Hpotjevoc, ov, 6. Proxenus, one of 
 the Greek generals in the army 
 of the younger Cyrus. 
 
 7rpdc, prep, governing the genitive, 
 dative, and accusative. — With 
 the genitive, from, of, for the sake 
 of, on account of, in respect to, 
 and in oaths by. — With the da- 
 tive, in addition to, besides, with 
 or before. — With the accusative, 
 to, towards, against, with refer- 
 ence to, in comparison with, &c. 
 In composition, it generally sig- 
 
 npa 
 
 nines in addition to, over and 
 above, besides ; and often, like- 
 wise, against, unto, &c. 
 
 TrpoaayopEvo), evog), perf. npoonyo- 
 pevaa (from 7rpoc, unto, and 
 ayopEvu, to speak). To address, 
 to accost, to salute by name, to 
 salute. 
 
 irpoaaytj, fut. ^w, perf. irpoafjxa 
 (from 7rp6c, unto, and ayo), to 
 lead). To lead to, to admit, to 
 introduce, to apply, to adjoin. 
 
 itpooapTao, tb, fut. rjao, perf. npoa- 
 fjpTrjua (from 7rpoc, unto, and 
 apTau, to join). To attach to, to 
 connect, to unite. 
 
 ■Kpoorjyopta, ac, r] (from irpoaayo- 
 psvo), to salute). An accosting, 
 an addressing, a name, an epithet. 
 
 Tcpoadloc, a, ov (adj. from TcpoaOe, 
 before). Anterior, fore, in front 
 of 
 
 irpoGTdTvc, ov, 6 (from Trpo, before, 
 and lo-TTjfii, to place). An over- 
 seer, a superintendent, a gov- 
 ernor. 
 
 wpoo~TdTTG) or irpocTaaaco, fut. fw, 
 perf. rtpoGTETaxa (from 7rpoc, in 
 addition, and rdoaco, to order or 
 enjoin). To ordain farther, to 
 enjoin in addition, to order 
 strictly. 
 
 Tcpootonov, ov, to (from nrpoc, to or 
 towards, and uf, the eye). The 
 countenance, the face, the brow, 
 the forehead. 
 
 Tzporepoc, a, ov (adj., comparative 
 degree from Trpo, before). Prior, 
 before, previous to, preceding, 
 earlier. — The neuter nporepov is 
 taken adverbially, before, pre- 
 viously, sooner. 
 
 TrpoQf/Tnc, ov, 6 (from npo, before, 
 and Qnui, to say). A prophet, a 
 seer, a soothsayer, a diviner. 
 
 npofyrjTLc, TSoc, r\. A prophetess, a 
 female soothsayer or diviner. 
 
 TcpvfMvr], nc, tj. The stern of a ship. 
 
 npuioc, a, ov (adj. from Trput, early). 
 Early, early in the morning. 
 
 npupa, ac, 7]. The prow of a ship. 
 
 TIpoTsvc, euc, 6. Proteus, a sea- 
 god, who could transform himself 
 into all kinds of shapes. 
 
 229 
 
PAA 
 
 irpuTevo, fut. evao, perf. TrenpuTEV- 
 na (from Trptirog, first). To be 
 the first, to excel. 
 
 nptirog, n, ov (adj., superlative de- 
 gree from rrpo, before). The first. 
 to irpuTov and to. irptira, taken 
 adverbially, at first, in the first 
 place, principally. 
 
 irrepov, ov, to. A wing. 
 
 rcripv!-, vyog, 7} (from irrepov, a 
 wing). A plume, a wing, a pin- 
 ion. 
 
 UtoTie/acuoc, ov, 6. Ptolemy. 
 
 tztuxoc, rj, ov (adj. from ktwggu, 
 to crouch or creep). Poor, wretch- 
 ed. As a substantive, tttoxoc, 
 ov, 6, a beggar. 
 
 Hvyfiatot, ov, oi. The Pygmies, a 
 race of small size, fabled to bave 
 been engaged in frequent warfare 
 with the cranes. 
 
 Hvdayopag, ov, o\ Pythagoras, a 
 celebrated Grecian philosopher. 
 
 ILvTiadqg, ov, 6. Pylddes, the friend 
 of Orestes. 
 
 nilr], nc, rj. A gate. — In the plural, 
 it often signifies a pass. 
 
 nvXapoc, ov, 6 (from ttv?itj, a gate, 
 and upa, care). A doorkeeper. ■ 
 
 Trip, 7rvpoc, to. Fire. 
 
 7rvpafj,ic, Xdog, r). A pyramid. 
 
 UvpupTieyedov, ovtoc, 6 (from nvp, 
 fire, and <p7&yu, to burn). Pyri- 
 phlegethon, a river of fire in the 
 lower world. 
 
 Tlvp'p'oc, ov, 6. Pyrrhus, king of 
 Epirus. 
 
 TLtipoc, ov, 6. Pdrus, a king of part 
 of India, conquered by Alexander. 
 
 ituc (adv.). With the circumflex 
 it is interrogative, how 1 in what 
 way ? Without the accent it is 
 indefinite, any how, in any way, 
 somehow. 
 
 ttwv, eoc, to (from ndo, to feed). 
 A herd, a flock. 
 
 P. 
 
 fiaSdog, ov, 7]. A staff, a rod. 
 
 'Padap-avdvc, voc, 6. 
 
 thus, one of the judges in the 
 lower world. 
 
 faddloe, a, ov (adj.). Easy. Com- 
 parative p"auv, superlative fidcrog. 
 230 
 
 2IA 
 
 p'sv/na, aToc, to (from f>Eu, to flow). 
 A stream. 
 
 p"7jTup, opoe, 6 (from fieo, to speak). 
 An orator, a rhetorician. 
 
 f)i(,a, ng, r). A root. 
 
 pi-KTo, fut. tpu, perf. zpfitya. To 
 fling, to throw, to hurl, to throw 
 or cast away. 
 
 'Podloc, a, ov (adj. from Todoc, 
 Rhodes). Rhodxan, of or belong- 
 ing to Rhodes. 
 
 p"6dov, ov, to. A rose. 
 
 p6iru?iov, ov, to. A club. 
 
 'Pofialog, a, ov (adj. from 'Pafirj, 
 Rome). Roman, of or belong- 
 ing to Rome. 
 
 'Pufin, r/g, tj. Rome. 
 
 2. 
 
 calafiavSpa, ag, if. A salamander. 
 
 Ijalfiovevg, eog, 6. Salmoneus, a 
 king of Elis. 
 
 oakmyZ, tyyog, rj. A trumpet. 
 
 2apdava,7ra%?i,og, ov, 6. Sardanap- 
 alus, an effeminate king of As- 
 syria. 
 
 capLoaa, ng, y. A sarissa, a long 
 Macedonian lance or pike. 
 
 cap%, aapKog, rj. Flesh, a piece of 
 flesh. 
 
 caTpairrjg, ov, 6. A satrap, a title 
 for a viceroy, or governor of a 
 province among the ancient Per- 
 sians. 
 
 osavTov, rjg (reflexive pronoun). Of 
 thyself, &c. Vid. page 109. 
 
 ^etpriv, ijvog, 6. A Siren. 
 
 aeiafiog, ov, 6 (from aeiu, to shake). 
 An earthquake. 
 
 as/iag, aog, to. Light, splendour, 
 brilliancy, brightness. 
 
 aeTJjvn, ng, 57. The moon. 
 
 oefivog, rj, ov (adj. from ge6q, to 
 adore, to worship). Venerable, 
 revered, holy. 
 
 cn/iEcov, ov, to (from arifia, a sign). 
 A sign, a proof. 
 
 clyau, g>, fut. r}ao), perf. aeaiynKa 
 (from alyrj, silence). To be silent, 
 to keep silence. Vid. GLOirau. 
 
 clyrj, fjg, rj. Silence. 
 
 aidfipsog, ia, eov, contr. ovg, a, ovv 
 (adj. from oidrjpog, iron). Of iron. 
 
 cidnpog, ov, 6. Iron. 
 
2TA 
 2iKeXta, ae, 7). Sicily. 
 aivrj'Ki, wc, to. Mustard. 
 citlglc, sue, i] (from olt'l&, to feed) 
 Feeding, support, nourishing. 
 
 citoc, ov, 6. Wheat. — In the plural, 
 ra otra. 
 
 Giuirao), £), fut. tjgu, perf. geglutttj- 
 aa (from olwkt), silence). To re- 
 main silent, to be silent. Strictly 
 speaking, oioTrda) is like sileo in 
 Latin, to remain or continue si- 
 lent ; and oiyda), like taceo, to be- 
 come silent, after having just 
 spoken. 
 
 gkeXoc, eoc, to. A leg. 
 
 gktjvt}, t)c, tj. A tent, a stage, a 
 scene. 
 
 (TKrJTTTpOV, OV, TO (from GKTjTTTO), to 
 
 lean upon). Primitive meaning, 
 
 a staff. Ordinary meaning, a 
 
 sceptre. 
 CKtd, ac, tj. A shadow, a shade. 
 gkoteivoq, 7], ov (adj. from gkotoc, 
 
 darkness). Dark, obscure. 
 gk'otIoc, a, ov (adj. from gkotoc, 
 
 darkness). Dark, obscure. 
 gkotoc, eoc, to, and also gkotoc, 
 
 ov, 6. Darkness. 
 'Zo'kvjioL, uv, o't. The Solymi, a 
 
 people of Lycia, in Asia Minor. 
 SoAwv, cjvoc, 6. Solon, the cele- 
 brated legislator of the Athenians. 
 goc, gtj, gov (pronom. adj. from ov, 
 
 thou). Thine, thy. 
 oo<pca, ac, i) (from Gotyoc, wise). 
 
 Wisdom. 
 GO<poc, i), ov (adj.). Wise. 
 GTrdvtc, euc, r) (from Giravoc, 
 
 scarce). Want, indigence, scar- 
 city. 
 GTTEtpo), fut. CTcepu, perf. EGizapKa. 
 
 To sov), to scatter seed, to scatter, 
 owepua, aroc, to (from Grreipu, to 
 
 sow). Seed, grain. 
 GTxXdyxvov, ov, to. Vitals, entrails. 
 GTtovdaZoc, a, ov (adj. from gtcovStj, 
 
 zeal). Earnest, zealous, worthy, 
 arayuv, ovoc, i) (from ordfcj, to 
 
 drop, 2d aor. eorayov). A drop. 
 gtuSiov, ov, to. A stadium, a 
 
 measure of ground containing 
 
 625 feet or 125 paces. 
 GTadtoc, ov, 6. Same as Grddiov. 
 
 srr 
 
 crdd/in, nc, }). A carpenter's rule, 
 a level. — Slttovc Grddfcn, a two- 
 foot rule. 
 
 GTadfioc, ov, 6. A station, an en- 
 campment, a halting-place. 
 
 GraGid^u, fut. dou, perf. EGraGtaKa 
 (from ordocc, sedition, discord). 
 To excite dissension or discord, to 
 excite sedition ; to be in a state of 
 dissension or discord, to quarrel. 
 
 GTa^vki), t)c, t). A cluster of 
 grapes, a grape. 
 
 GTEyaajia, aroc, to (from GTeyo, to 
 cover). A cover, a roof. 
 
 gtbvoc, 7), 6v (adj. from gtevo), to 
 contract). Narrow, strait, not 
 broad, contracted. 
 
 OTeQavoc, ov, 6 (from GTEtpu, to 
 crown). A crown, a wreath, a 
 chaplet. — As a proper name, 
 Stephen. 
 
 GTE(j)av6(o, u, fut. 6oo, perf. egte^- 
 dvuKa (from gte^clvoc, a crown). 
 To crown. 
 
 GTJjdoc, eoc, to. The breast. 
 
 GToua, aroc, to. A mouth. 
 
 orpaTEVfia, aroc, to (from GrparevQ, 
 to make an expedition). An army. 
 
 Grparnyoc, ov, 6 (from Grpajbc, an 
 army, and uyu, to lead). A gen- 
 eral, a commander. 
 
 GTparld, ac, t) (from GTparoq, an 
 army). An army. 
 
 GrpariuTTjC, ov, 6 (from orparoc, 
 an army). A soldier. 
 
 GTpaTo-KE&ov, ov, to (from orparoc, 
 an army, and tceSov, a basis, a 
 foundation). An encampment, 
 an army established in camp, an 
 army generally. 
 
 Grparoc, ov, 6. An army. 
 
 GTpovdlov, ov, to (dim. from orpov- 
 66c, a sparrow). A small spar- 
 row, a sparrow. 
 
 orpovdoc, ov, 6 and i). A sparrow. 
 
 GTvyspoc, d, ov (adj. from orvyio), 
 to hate). Hateful, dismal. 
 
 GTvyio), ti, fut. t)gu, perf. eorvyvKa, 
 2d aor. lorvyov. To hate, to 
 abhor, to dread. 
 
 ov, gov (personal pron.). Thou. 
 
 Gvyypd(j>evc, sue, 6 (from ovyypdtpa, 
 to write connectedly). A histo- 
 rian, a prose writer, a writer. 
 231 
 
2fiT 
 ovkov, ov, to. A fig. 
 
 ' cv/iCovTua, ag, 7/ (from cvv, together 
 with, and (3ov?i7J, counsel). Ad- 
 vice, counsel, mutual deliberation. 
 <jvfj./j,aXoc, ov, 6 (from cvv, together 
 ioith,.&nd fJ-uxv, & fight or battle). 
 An ally, 
 cvfupopd, ag, if. An accident, a 
 
 misfortune, a calamity, &c. 
 cvv, prep, governing the dative only, 
 and signifying with, together with, 
 &c. — In composition, it denotes 
 concurrence in action, association 
 with, union, collection, comple- 
 tion, and frequently strengthens 
 the meaning of the simple verb. 
 cvvayo), fut. |w, perf. cvvrixa, 2d 
 aor. cvvi'iyayov (from cvv, to- 
 gether, and uyu, to lead). To 
 draw together, to collect, to lead 
 together, to unite. 
 cvvrjQeta, ac, r) (from cvvrjdnc, inti- 
 mate with). Social intercourse, 
 intimacy, custom, habit, 
 cvvrofjoc, ov (adj. from cvv, to- 
 gether, and re/aw, to cut). Cut 
 short, curtailed. 
 Svpanovclog, a, ov (adj.). Syra- 
 cusan. — In the plural, ol ~Lvpa- 
 kovclol, the Syracusans. 
 cvc, cvoc, 6 and r). A hog, swine. 
 G<pd^cj or c<paTTG), fut. fw, perf. 
 ectiaxa, 2d aor. pass. kc(pdynv. 
 To slaughter, to kill, to immolate, 
 to sacrifice. 
 apETepoc, a, ov (pronom. adj. from 
 c(pe lg, they). His own, their own. 
 c<pvpov, ov, to. An ankle. 
 c<pG)iTepo<;, a, ov (pronom. adj. from 
 G<pcJi, you two). Of you two, both 
 your. 
 cxoTialoc, a, ov (adj. from cxokr), 
 leisure). At leisure, unoccupied, 
 idle, slow, tardy, lazy. 
 c<j)£a, fut. co), perf. cecum (from 
 coog, safe). To save, to preserve. 
 1,G)KpaTrjg, eoc, contr. ovg, 6. Soc- 
 rates, a celebrated Athenian phi- 
 losopher. — Accusative singular, 
 liUKparnv. 
 G&fia, dTOc, to. A body, 
 cupog, ov, 6. A heap. 
 cuttjp, ypog, 6 (from oufa, to save). 
 A preserver, a saver. 
 232 
 
 TAX 
 
 cuTvpla, ac, r) (from corr/p, a pre- 
 server). Preservation, safety. 
 
 '2o)(f>povicKog, ov, 6. Sophroniscus, 
 a man's name. 
 
 Goxppocvvrj, ng, r) (from cdxppov, dis- 
 creet). Discreetness, moderation, 
 continence, temperance, wisdom. 
 
 cucppcov, ov (adjective from coog, 
 sound, and <ppf/v, mind). Dis- 
 creet, sound of mind, prudent, 
 wise, intelligent, moderate. 
 
 26(ppo)v, ovog, 6. Sophron, a man's 
 name. 
 
 TakavTov, ov, to. A talent, a sum 
 of money. — The Attic talent of 
 silver was worth $1055 59cts. ; 
 but the Attic talent of gold, 
 $10555 93cts. 
 
 TcCkag, aiva, av (adj. from Ta/ido), 
 to suffer.) Wretched, miserable, 
 unfortunate. 
 
 Ta/nelov, and Tafiielov, ov, to. A 
 magazine, a storehouse, a recep- 
 tacle, a granary. 
 
 Ta-fuac ov, 6. A steward, a dis- 
 penser, a distributor. 
 
 TdvTa?iog, ov, 6. Tantalus, a king 
 of Lydia, punished in the lower 
 world, for serving up his own 
 son Pelops, as food to the gods. 
 
 T&l-tg, eug, r) (from Tacco), to ar- 
 range). An arrangement, a reg- 
 ulation, an order; a rank, an 
 order of battle. 
 
 Tarrecvog, r), w(adj.). Humble, Iovj, 
 base, mean, submissive, lowly. 
 
 TapdvTivog, n, ov (adj. from Tdpag, 
 avTog, Tarentum). Tarentine, of 
 Tarentum. Tapavrcvoi, ov, ol, 
 the Tarentines. 
 
 Taplxevu, fut ceo, perf. TETapixev- 
 na (from rdplxog, anything salt- 
 ed, preserved, or embalmed). To 
 preserve flesh, to salt, to pickle, 
 &c. — In the case of dead bodies, 
 to embalm. 
 
 Tavpog, ov, 6. A bull. 
 
 Tacpog, ov, 6 (from -drdixTO), to bury, 
 2d aor. erdtpov). A grave, a sep- 
 ulchre, a tomb. 
 
 T&xvg, ela, v (adj.). Swift, fleet, 
 rapid. Comparative, ■&dcco)v ; 
 
 
TET 
 
 superlative rdxtcTog. — Used also 
 
 adverbially in the neuter, Taxi, 
 
 swiftly, quickly. 
 re (conj.). And ; te — re, or re — 
 
 nai, both — and. 
 relxoc, eoc, to. A wall, a rampart. 
 tekvov, ov, to (from tchto, to beget, 
 
 to bring forth). A child, offspring. 
 
 TEKTOVCKOC, 7], OV (adj. from TEKTCJV, 
 
 a builder). Of or belonging to 
 builders. — As a substantive, tek- 
 tovikt), t)c, 7] {texvtj understood), 
 architecture, the art of building. 
 
 TE%£VTaioc, a, ov (adj. from te?^evttj, 
 an end). Last, final, at the end,. 
 As an adverb, in the neuter, reA- 
 Evralov, finally, lastly. 
 
 teAevttj, f/c, y (from teXeo), to com- 
 plete). An end, death. 
 
 te%eo), €), fut. T£?i£au, perf. teteIe- 
 na (from te^oc, an end). To 
 complete, to finish, to perform, to 
 accomplish. 
 
 te?.oc, eoc, to. An end, death. 
 
 TE?iuvnc, ov, 6. A tax-gatherer. 
 
 TE/J.VU, fut. tejxu, perf. TETftnna, 2d 
 aor. ETafiov. To cut, to cleave. 
 
 Ti[iTcn, uv, t6, contracted from Teu- 
 7T£a, euv. Tempe, a beautiful 
 vale in Thessaly, between Olym- 
 pus and Ossa, and through which 
 the river Peneus ran. 
 
 TEpac, utoc, to. A sign, a portent, 
 a prodigy, a wonder, a monster. 
 
 TEpnv, Etva, ev (adj.). Soft, tender, 
 delicate. 
 
 TEpirvoc, r), ov (adj. from repTro, to 
 delight). Delightful, pleasing. 
 
 Tspipic, euc, 7} (from TEpira, to de- 
 light). Delight, enjoyment. 
 
 TEpfixopn, nc, y (from Tspiru, to 
 delight in, and x°P° c i ^ e dance). 
 Terpsichore, the Muse that pre- 
 sides over dancing. 
 
 TEcaapaKoaloL, at, a (numeral adj.). 
 Four hundred. 
 
 TEaaapEc, a (numeral adj). Four. 
 
 TETaproc, 7). ov (num. adj.). Fourth. 
 
 TETpatuax'CAioi, at, a (numeral adj., 
 from TETpuKig, four times, and 
 XihiQi, a thousand). Four thou- 
 
 TETpairTiooc, on, oov, contr. ovc, y, 
 ovv (adj. from rerpa, for TETTapa, 
 U2 
 
 TOE 
 
 four, and ttIou, old form, to fold). 
 Fourfold. 
 
 TETpaixovc, ovv (adj. from TETTapa, 
 four, and tcovc, a foot). Four- 
 footed. 
 
 TExvy, nc, y. An art, art, a work 
 of art, skill, artifice. 
 
 texvItt/c, ov, 6 (from Tsxvy, an art). 
 An artist, an artificer. 
 
 Tydvc, voc, y. Tethys, a sea-god- 
 dess, wife of Oceanus or Nereus. 
 
 TtJvoc , ov, y. Tenos, a Greek island. 
 
 Tiypyc, jjtoc, 6. The Tigris, a 
 river of Asia. 
 
 Ttdf]V7], nc, t). A nurse. 
 
 Tidovoc, ov, 6. Tithbnus. 
 
 tikto), fut. TE^ofxat, perf. TETona, 2d 
 aor. etekov. To beget, to bring 
 forth. — tlktelv ud, to lay eggs. 
 
 Tlfiao), ti, fut. you, perf. TEriuytca 
 (from rluy, honour, esteem). To 
 honour, to value, to esteem. 
 
 TlfXTj, fjc, 7] (from tiu, to honour). 
 Honour, esteem, value. 
 
 TlurJEtc, TjEoca, fiEv (adj. from t'iut), 
 honour). Honoured, esteemed, 
 valued. 
 
 tluioc, a, ov (adj. from t'lutj, honour). 
 Honoured, highly prized. 
 
 TiftopEO, C), fut. rjaco, perf. TETi/iupn- 
 Ka. To succour, to aid, to avenge, 
 to punish. — In the middle voice, to 
 avenge one's self, to punish, &c. 
 
 Tl/x6pyjj,a, dToq, to (from TiutopEo, 
 to succour). Succour, help, re- 
 venge, punishment. 
 
 Tlfj-upta, ac, y. Vengeance, punish- 
 ment. 
 
 tic, it (interrog. pron.). Who? 
 what? 
 
 tIc, tc (indef. pron.). Any, any 
 one, a certain one. 
 
 TLTpUGKG), fut. TpUGOJ, perf. TETpUKa^ 
 
 To wound. 
 
 TCO), fut. TLGU, perf. TETlKa. To 
 
 value, to esteem, to honour. 
 
 TOiOVTOQ, TOW.VT7], TOtOVTO (adj.). 
 
 Such. 
 ToTiuao), u, fut. TJao, perf. tetoTiutj- 
 
 Ka (from Tolfxa, boldness). To 
 
 dare, to venture on. 
 to^ov, ov, to. A bow. 
 to^ottjc, ov, 6 (from ro^ov, a bow). 
 
 A bowman, an archer. 
 
 233 
 
TYP 
 
 roirog, ov, 6. A place, a site. 
 Tooog, n, ov (adj.). So large, so 
 much. 
 
 tooovtoc, Toaavrr), roaovro (adj.). 
 So much, so great. 
 
 tote (adv.). Then, at that time. 
 
 Tpaxvc, Eta, v (adj.). Rough, rug- 
 ged, uneven, strong ; harsh, an- 
 gry. 
 
 Tpelc, Tpia (numeral adj.). Three. 
 
 TpETTG), fut. tpu, perf. T£Tpo(pa, 2d 
 
 _ aor. erpairov. To turn ; to rout, 
 to put to flight. — In the middle 
 voice, to betake one's self to 
 flight, to flee. 
 
 Tpfyu, fut. tipEipu, perf. TETpofya, 2d 
 aor. pass. ETpd<pnv. To nourish, 
 to rear, to bring up. 
 
 TpiaKovra (numeral adj., indeclina- 
 ble). Thirty. 
 
 rpiyuvog, ov (adj. from Tpiyuvov, a 
 triangle). Triangular. 
 
 Tpifipnc, eoc, contr. ovc, 7) (from 
 rpic, thrice, and kpECCu, to row). 
 A trireme, a galley, a vessel of 
 three banks of oars. — Properly an 
 adjective, with vavc understood. 
 
 TpircTiooc, on, oov, contr. ovc, 7), ovv 
 (adj. from Tpic, thrice, and ttAou, 
 an old form, to fold). Threefold. 
 
 Tpixove, ovv (adj. from Tpig, thrice, 
 and 7rovc, a, foot). Three-footed. 
 — As a substantive, Tpcizovc, 
 060c, 6, a tripod. 
 
 rpto-fivploi, at, a (numeral adj. from 
 Tpic, thrice, and /nvptot, ten thou- 
 sand). Thirty thousand. 
 
 Tpiroc, n, ov (numeral adj.). The 
 third. 
 
 Tpoia, ac, rj. Troy, a celebrated 
 city of Asia Minor, destroyed by 
 the Greeks after a 10 years' siege. 
 
 Tpusg, uv, 01. The Trojans, the 
 inhabitants of Troy. — Nomina- 
 tive singular, Tpuc, uog. 
 
 Tpulttog, 7), ov (adj.). Trojan, of 
 or belonging to Troy. 
 
 tvtztu, fut. i/;w, perf. TETv<pa. To 
 strike, to beat, to smite. 
 
 rvpavvig, lSoc, t) (from Tvpavvoc, a 
 monarch, a tyrant). Supreme 
 power, sovereign power, tyranny. 
 
 Tvpavvoc, ov, 6. A sovereign, a 
 tyrant. This latter meaning is 
 234 
 
 rn.E 
 
 the more common, the former 
 
 the more ancient one. 
 rvpoc, ov, 6. Cheese. 
 Tvcpojv, uvog, 6. Typhon, one of 
 
 the giants who warred against 
 
 Jupiter. He was defeated, and 
 
 placed under ^Etna. 
 Tvxn, nc, ri (from Tvyxavu, to 
 
 chance, 2d aor. etvxov). Chance, 
 
 fortune, misfortune. 
 
 T. 
 
 vixkEOC, ia, eov, contr. ovc, 7), ovv 
 (adj. from vuXoc, glass). Made 
 of glass, glass. 
 
 vfjpic, ecoc, 7). Haughtiness, inso- 
 lence, contumely. 
 
 vBptCTTjg, ov, 6 (from v6ptg, inso- 
 lence). An insulter, one over- 
 bearingly insolent, one who out- 
 rages. 
 
 vBpiGToc, 7), ov (adj. from vBpic, 
 insolence). Insulted, outraged, 
 treated with gross insolence, 
 maltreated, abused. 
 
 vyiEivbc, 7), ov (adj. from vytsta, 
 health). Wholesome, promoting 
 health, healthy. 
 
 vdaTiEoc, sa, eov, contr. ovc, 7), ovv 
 (adj. from vSac, old form for 
 vdup, water). Watery, wet, 
 moist; dropsical. 
 
 vdpa, ac, r) (from vdup, water). A 
 hydra, a water-snake. 
 
 vSpavTitg, sue, r) (from vdup, water, 
 and avlbg, a pipe). A water- 
 organ, a musical instrument 
 moved by water. 
 
 vdpia, ac, 7) (from vdup, water). A 
 water-bucket. 
 
 vdpuijj, wKog, 6 (from vdup, water, 
 and uip, the visage, from the 
 bloated appearance which this 
 disease presents). The dropsy. 
 
 vdup, vdarog, to (from vu, to make 
 wet). Water. 
 
 vlog, ov, 6. A son. 
 
 vkn, r/g, r). A wood, timber. 
 
 vlrJEtg, ijEOO-a, fjsv (adj. from vkn, 
 a wood). Woody, abounding 
 with forests. 
 
 vfisrspog, a, ov (pronom. adj. from 
 v/LLEig, you). Your, your own. 
 
 -imeitiu, fut. fju, perf. v-rretxa (from 
 
$AI 
 
 vtto, under, and ££/cw, to yield). 
 To yield to, to submit, 
 vnep, prep, governing the genitive 
 and accusative. — Its primitive 
 and leading signification is above. 
 — With the genitive it signifies 
 above, beyond, for, on account of, 
 in behalf of. — With the accusa- 
 tive, above, beyond, over, against. 
 — In composition, it denotes the 
 being over and above, excess, for, 
 and often adds strength to the 
 meaning of the simple word. 
 
 V7rLoxveo/j,ai, ovuac, fut. vrroijxijo'o- 
 fiac, perf. vireoxvpah 2d aor. 
 mid. vireaxdavv (from vtto, un- 
 der, and ioxouai, for exofiac, to 
 hold one's self). To promise, 
 to engage, to bind one's self. 
 
 vnvoc, ov, 6. Sleep. 
 
 vtto, prep, governing the genitive, 
 dative, and accusative. — Its prim- 
 itive and leading signification is 
 under. — With the genitive it de- 
 notes under, from under, by, by 
 means of, through. — With the 
 dative, by, by means of, with, 
 under, &c. — With the accusa- 
 tive, at, about, near, under. — In 
 composition, it signifies under, 
 from under, secretly, gradually, 
 and frequently diminishes the 
 force of the word with which it 
 is compounded. 
 
 VTro&ycov, ov, to (from vivo, under, 
 and (,vydv, a yoke). A beast of 
 burden. 
 
 V7rouevo, fut. vTTOuevfi, perf. vtto- 
 ueuevrjica (from vtto, behind, and 
 uevoi, to remain). To remain be- 
 hind, to wait, to await, to persist, 
 to endure. 
 
 vc, voc, 6 and r). A boar, a sow, 
 swine. 
 
 vorepoc, a, ov (adj.). Later. As 
 an adverb, vorepov, afterward. 
 
 Qayelv, 2d aor. inf. act. of (pdyu, 
 
 to cat. 
 <j>dyu, to eat, pres. inf. act. <pdyeiv, 
 
 2d aor. inf. <j>ayeZv, 2d aor. ind. 
 
 act. Huyov. 
 (paivu, fut. (pdvo, perf. iretyayKa, 2d 
 
 *IA 
 aor. fydvov. To shoiv, to make 
 appear. — In the middle, to ap- 
 pear, i. e., to show one's self, to 
 make one's self appear. 
 
 §d"kay%, ayyoc, r). A phalanx; a 
 row, or division of an army. 
 
 (paperpa, ac, r) (from (pepco, to bear). 
 A quiver. 
 
 (pdpudKov, ov,to. A poison. Prim- 
 itive meaning, a drug, a medicine. 
 
 (pavTiog, n, ov (adj.). Bad, small, 
 mean, of little value. 
 
 (peyyoc, eoc, to. Light, splendour, 
 brightness. 
 
 (pepcaToc, n, ov (adj. from <pipu, to 
 bear). Best, bravest, most excel- 
 lent. 
 
 tpeprepoe, a, ov (adj. from tpepu, to 
 bear). Comparative degree, bet- 
 ter, superior, braver. 
 
 <j>epTioToc, n, ov (adj. from (pepa, to 
 bear). Same meaning as tyipia- 
 roc. 
 
 <j>epo, fut. oiao), perf. rjvoxa, and, 
 with reduplication, kvfjvoxa, 1st 
 aor. riveyaa, 2d aor. ijveyKov (ir- 
 regular verb). To bear, to carry, 
 to bring, to yield or produce. 
 
 (pevya, fut. (pev^ouat, perf. Tretpevya 
 or nsipvya (commonly called perf. 
 mid.), 2d aor. eqvyov. To flee, 
 to escape. 
 
 (pnyog, ov, r). An oak, a species of 
 oak, strictly, having a round es- 
 culent nut. Not to be confound- 
 ed with the fagus or beach-tree, 
 the nuts of which are triangular. 
 
 (pnui, fut. tyrjcu. To say, to utter, 
 to remark, &c. 
 
 (f>6ey/J.a, droc, to (from tydeyyouai, 
 to utter). A sound, a voice, a 
 word uttered. 
 
 (f>Ldln, vc, t). A bowl, a cup, a goblet. 
 
 (j)t?McudTog, ov (adj. from ftXeu, to 
 love, and a'iua, blood). Loving 
 blood, delighting in blood. 
 
 §i7Apyvpoc, ov (adj. from tyikiu, to 
 love, and dpyvpo-c, silver, money). 
 Avaricious, covetous, grasping. 
 
 <piMcj, £>, fut. 7]go), perf. irefyi'krjKa 
 (from <piXoc, fond). To love. — It 
 has often, with an infinitive, the 
 meaning of to be wont, i. e., to 
 
 I love to do a thing. 
 
 235 
 
$0N 
 
 $l?4/j,c)v, ovog, 6. Philemon, a 
 Greek comic poet. 
 
 tytTiZa, ag, ij (from (piXog, friendly). 
 Friendship. 
 
 ^lXlttttoq, ov, 6. Philip. 
 
 $L?t,ofj.7}Xa, ag, 7]. Philomela, daugh- 
 ter of Pandlon, king of Athens. 
 She was changed into a nightin- 
 gale. Hence the term (j>iXo/j,7]?ia 
 is sometimes employed to denote 
 that bird. 
 
 fyiXogevog, ov, 6. Philoxenus, a 
 poet of Cythera. 
 
 <piXog, n, ov (adj.). Loving, fond 
 of, beloved, dear to, friendly. 
 
 <j>ilog, ov, 6. A friend. 
 
 <pt9ioao(j)ca, ag, r) (from (ptTioao^og, a 
 philosopher). Philosophy. 
 
 tylkoaofyog, ov, 6 (from (piXog, loving, 
 and aofyla, wisdom). A philoso- 
 pher. 
 
 fiXoTljiog, ov (adj. from QlXqq, lov- 
 ing, and rljirj, honour, distinc- 
 tion). Ambitious, generous, lib- 
 eral. 
 
 (piTiotypov, ov (adj. from <j)i?i,og, 
 friendly, and (ppr/v, mind). Of 
 friendly mind, friendly, kindly 
 disposed. 
 
 Qtvevg, ewg, 6. Phineus, a king of 
 Arcadia, or, according to others, 
 of Thrace, persecuted by the Har- 
 pies, as a punishment for his cru- 
 elty towards his sons. 
 
 ^/ld£, (pXoyog, r) (from <pMyo>, to 
 burn, perf. mid. nfyloya). A 
 flame. 
 
 <j>Xvdpo)6ng, eg (adj. from <f)2,vdpog, 
 indulging in trifling, and slSog, 
 appearance). Having the man- 
 ners and air of a buffoon, fond of 
 jests, trifling, silly, given io buf- 
 foonery. 
 
 <po6eo, g>, fut. Tjcu, perf. iretpoSnKa 
 (from 666og, fear). To terrify. 
 — In the middle, to fear, i. e., to 
 terrify one's self. 
 
 <j>66og, ov, 6. Fear, terror, dread. 
 
 fyoivii;, iKog, 6. A Phoenician. — 
 Also a proper Tiame, Phoenix. 
 
 QoivL?;, iicog, 6. A palm-tree, a date, 
 the fruit of the palm-tree. 
 
 <povevg, ewg, 6 (from tyovog, murder, 
 slaughter). A murderer. 
 236 
 
 $Q2 
 
 <j>6vog, ov, 6 (from fivu, to kill, perf. 
 mid. necpova). Murder, slaugh- 
 ter, bloodshed ; blood, gore. 
 
 (popeo, a>, fut. 7JGU, perf. ire/popr/na 
 (formed from cpspu, perf. mid. ire- 
 (popa). To carry, to convey, to 
 bear. 
 
 fpeap, fypkarog, to. A well. (The 
 a in the genitive and the other 
 trisyllabic cases, is generally long 
 in the Attic writers, with some 
 exceptions, however, among the 
 comic poets ; but short in the 
 Epic writers.) 
 
 fyprjv, (ppsvog, r). The mind, the in- 
 tellect, the understanding. 
 
 Qpoveo), C>, fut. tjcto), perf. 7re<pp6vnK.a 
 (from (bprjv, the mind). To think, 
 to reflect, to deliberate. 
 
 (ppovvaig, eog, t) (from Qpoveo, to 
 ihink). Reflection, prudence. 
 
 fpovifiog, ov (adj. from Qpoveo), to 
 think). Intelligent, sensible, pru- 
 dent. 
 
 (jtpovrig, idog, ?) (from <j>pov£a, to 
 think). Reflection, thought, care, 
 concern, anxiety. 
 
 <j>povpa,ag, i) (from typovpog, a senti- 
 nel). A watch, a guard, a gar- 
 rison. 
 
 $pv£j, vyog, 6. A Phrygian. 
 
 (pvyfj, fjg, f) (from (f>vyo, to flee, an 
 earlier form of (pevyu). Flight, 
 escape, exile. 
 
 (pvMK?j, f/g, r) (from <pv2,aG<?u, to 
 guard). A guard, a watch ; im- 
 prisonment, custody. 
 
 <j)v?iat;, avcoc, 6 (from tpvldaao, to 
 guard). A guard, a .sentinel, a 
 guardian. 
 
 (pv'Xdaau, fut. t-o, perf. 7re<j)V?iax a - 
 To guard, to watch, to keep watch, 
 
 $v?Ji, fig, r). A tribe, a class, a race. 
 
 <pvoLg, eug, t) (from tyvu, to beget, to 
 produce). Birth, nature, charac- 
 ter, natural talents. 
 
 (j>vo), fut. <j>i)<7o, perf. Trecpvita, 2d 
 aor. eipvv. To beget, to produce, 
 to bring forth. — The 2d aor. and 
 perf. have an intransitive signifi- 
 cation, to be, to exist. 
 
 tyuvrj, fig, f). A sound, a voice. 
 
 <p6g, furog, 6. A man, a hero. 
 
XEI 
 
 <pug, (porog, to (contr. from <pdog). 
 Light. 
 
 X. 
 
 Xatpuveia, ag, fj. Chceronea, a city 
 of Boeotia, where Philip defeated 
 the Athenians. 
 
 XaXa^a, ng, 7). Hail. 
 
 XaXeizog, r), ov (adj.). Hard, diffi- 
 cult, harsh, cruel, painful. 
 
 XaXsTzCJg (adv. from x a ^ E7r °C> diffi- 
 cult). With difficulty, harshly, 
 roughly. 
 
 XaXlvog, ov, 6. A bridle, a bit, a curb. 
 
 X^AKeog, ea, eov, contr. ovg, rj, ovv 
 (adj. from x a ^ K ^i brass, confer). 
 Brazen, &c. 
 
 XCtXnog, ov, 6. Copper, brass, bronze. 
 
 XdXvip,v6og,6. One of the Chalybes. 
 — In the plural, XdXvdeg, uv, ol, 
 the Chalybes, a people of Pontus, 
 famed for their having discov- 
 ered the art of making steel, and 
 through whom the Greeks became 
 acquainted with it. Hence, 
 
 XdTivip, v6og, 6. Steel. 
 
 Xapd, ag, t) (from x ai P^i i0 rejoice, 
 2d aor. exapov). Joy. 
 
 Xaptecg, eaaa, ev (adj. from xdp- 
 ig, delight). Graceful, pleasing, 
 agreeable, elegant, beautiful, en- 
 gaging, &c. 
 
 Xdptg, LTog, 7) (from x a W u i t0 re ' 
 joice). Joy, grace, attraction, fa- 
 vour, a gift, thanks, &c. — As a 
 proper name, Xdptg, tTog, 57, a 
 Grace, in which sense it has Xdpt- 
 ra in the accusative, whereas ^ap- 
 ig generally has xdpw. — In the 
 plural, Xdpcrsg, ov, at, the Gra- 
 ces. These were three in number, 
 Aglaia, Thalia, and Euphrosyne. 
 
 Xdofia, arog, to (from x atvu t i0 
 gape, perf. pass. Kexaa/iai). A 
 chasm, a yawning cavity, an 
 opening. 
 
 XavXtodovg, SovTog (adj. from^cw/U- 
 og, prominent, and bdovg, a tooth). 
 Having prominent teeth or tusks. 
 Hence, as a substantive, x av ^o- 
 Sovg, SovTog, 6, a tusk. 
 
 Xeiluv, ovog, 6. Chilo, a Spartan 
 philosopher, one of the seven 
 wise men of Greece. 
 
 XPA 
 
 XEtfidv, ovog, 6 (from xetfta, winter, 
 cold). Winter, wintry weather, 
 a storm, a tempest. 
 
 X^tp, x^ L pog, V- The hand. 
 
 Xeiptarog, n, ov (adj., irreg. superla- 
 tive of natcog). Worst, basest, 
 &c. The comparative is x^tpov. 
 
 Xetpou, ti, fut. d)o-o, perf. KexeipoKa 
 (from x £l Pi the hand). To treat 
 with violence. — In the middle 
 voice, x £L pooftat, ovptat, to van- 
 quish, to subdue. 
 
 Xeipov, ovog, 6. Chiron, one of 
 the Centaurs. 
 
 Xe?l6uv, ovog, 7). A swallow. 
 
 X&vg, vog, 7). A tortoise. 
 
 Xekdivn, ng, 7). A tortoise. 
 
 Xepeiov and x E ' L puv (irreg. compar- 
 ative of /ca/coc). Worse, weaker, 
 inferior, &c. 
 
 Xepvtip, t6og, 7) (from^e/p, the hand, 
 and vItttcj, to wash). Water for 
 the hands. 
 
 Xepaovrjaog, ov, 7). A peninsula. 
 As a proper name, Xepaovrjaog, 
 ov, rj, the Chersonese. 
 
 XfivEtog, a, ov (adj. from XV V > a 
 goose). Of a goose. 
 
 X&d)v, xdovog, r). The earth. 
 
 X'tklot, at, a (numeral adj.). A 
 thousand. 
 
 XtTuv, ovog, 6. A tunic, an under 
 garment. 
 
 X^a/Ltvg, vSog, rj. A cloak. 
 
 Xlorj, ng, 7). Chloe, the name of 
 a female. 
 
 Xo^og, ov, 6. Anger, choler. 
 
 XoTioo), o, fut. dao, perf. Kex6?ioica 
 (from x°^ oc > anger). To make 
 angry, to exasperate, to enrage. 
 
 Xoprd^u, fut. aao, perf. Kexopratca 
 (from x^pTog, an enclosure, and 
 also fodder). Primitive meaning, 
 to shut up and feed in an enclosed 
 place ; ordinary meaning, to fat- 
 ten, to feed, to satiate. 
 
 Xpdo, o, fut. xpV ao} j P er f- Kexpnua. 
 To give to another to make use 
 of, to give an oracle. — The more 
 usual form, however, is the mid- 
 dle, xpdofjtat, ofiat, fut. xpV ao l J - aL t 
 perf. pass. Kexpy/ X(U an & K£ XPV a - 
 [xat, to use, i. e., to give to one's 
 self to use ; to receive an oracle. 
 237 
 
S2KE 
 
 Xpfj(*a, arog, to (from X9^ oaai i to 
 use). A thing. — In the plural, 
 XprjfiaTa, riches, treasures, prop- 
 erty, effects, &c. 
 
 XpijcrZ/uog, 7], ov (adj. from xp^ 0aai ^ 
 to use). Useful, profitable. 
 
 Xpijcrpoc, ov, 6 (from XP™, to de- 
 liver an oracle). An oracle, an 
 oracular response. 
 
 Xpycrog, 7], 6v (adj. from ^paopu, 
 to use). Useful, valuable, wor- 
 thy, honourable, good. 
 
 XpZcj, fut. lau, perf. nixplita. To 
 anoint. 
 
 Xpovoc, ov, 6. Time. 
 
 Xpvosoc, ia, eov, contr. ovg, r), ovv 
 (adj. from xpvcoe, gold). Golden, 
 of gold. 
 
 Xpvatov, ov, to (dim. from xpvcrdo). 
 Gold. 
 
 XpvobuaXkoc, ov (adj. from xpvcoc, 
 gold, and (laXkoc, wool, a fleece). 
 Having a golden fleece. 
 
 Xpvaoc, ov, 6. Gold. 
 
 X^oc, i], bv (adj.). Lame. 
 
 X&pa, o.c, t). Space, a region, a 
 place. 
 
 X^plov, ov, to (dim. from^wpof, a 
 place, a country). A place, a 
 farm, a district, a spot. 
 
 X&poc, ov, 6. Room, space, a 
 country, a district. 
 
 tpevdoc, eog, to. A falsehood. 
 
 ■ip7]<pi&fj,ai, fut. iaouai, perf. tyrjfyio- 
 y.ai (from ipr)<pog, a vote). To vote, 
 to decree by vote, to determine. 
 
 ipiTTaicTj, ng, r). A parrot. 
 
 ■ipoyoc, ov, 6. Blame, censure, re- 
 buke. 
 
 ip6(f)oc, ov, 6. A noise. 
 
 -ipvxv, VC, V- The soul, life. 
 
 a 
 
 (} (interj.). Oh ! alas t 
 
 udrj, r)g, f) (contr. from iioidf), a 
 
 song). A song, an ode. 
 'SlueavLdec, ov, at. The Oceamdcs, 
 
 ocean-nymphs, daughters of Oce- 
 
 anus and Tethys. 
 i>Keav6c, ov, 6. The ocean. — As a 
 238 
 
 proper name, 'Qiteavoc, ov, 6, 
 Oceanus. 
 
 wkvc, eZa, v (adj.). Swift, rapid, 
 fleet. 
 
 u/Lioc, ov, 6. The shoulder. 
 
 tivZoc, a, ov (adj. from uveouat, to 
 buy). Vendible, purchasable. — In 
 the neuter plural, uvea, o)v, tu, 
 goods for sale, wares, &c. 
 
 c)6v, ov, to. An egg. 
 
 upa, ac, t). A season, an hour. — 
 In the plural, as a proper name, 
 7 Qpat, £>v, at, the Hours. 
 
 'Qpiav, (ovoc, 6. Orion, a celebra- 
 ted giant and hunter, changed to 
 a constellation after death. (The 
 i is always long with the Epic 
 writers, but short with the Attics). 
 
 ug (adv. and conj.). As, when, 
 how ; that, in order that. — With 
 a numeral, about. — With a su- 
 perlative, it denotes as much or 
 as little as possible, according to 
 the force of the superlative. — 
 Thus, ug Taxiara, as quickly as 
 possible ; 6g Vkdx^TOv, as little 
 as possible. It stands also for a 
 preposition, hiri or npog, and gov- 
 erns a case ; and sometimes 
 these prepositions are expressed 
 with it. When the latter con- 
 struction appears, ug means no 
 more, as far as our idiom is con- 
 cerned, than hni or Trpoc alone. 
 When it stands without them, 
 the case apparently governed by 
 ug depends in reality on km or 
 Ttpog understood. 
 
 uenrep (adv.). Just as, as. 
 
 ucKepei (adv. from woTrep, and el, 
 if). Just as if, as if. 
 
 IdTig, Zdog, i) (from ovg, an ear). A 
 bustard. The Greek name comes 
 from long feathers on the side of 
 the head, resembling long ears. 
 
 cxpeXeia, ag, r) (from o)(j>e2,EO), to 
 help). Aid. utility, advantage. 
 
 o)(]>e2,E<j), £>, fut. -fjao), perf. LxpeT^vKa. 
 To aid, to help, to profit. 
 
 l^iTCCuog, ov (adj. from txpeXeu, 
 to aid). Useful, advantageous, 
 profitable. 
 
Nearly ready, in one royal octavo volume of 1200 pages. 
 a 
 
 CLASSICAL DICTIONARY, 
 
 CONTAINING AN ACCOUNT 
 OF 
 
 ALL THE PROPER NAMES MENTIONED IN ANCIENT 
 AUTHORS, 
 
 AND INTENDED TO ELUCIDATE ALL THE IMPORTANT POINTS 
 CONNECTED WITH 
 
 THE GEOGRAPHY, HISTORY, BIOGRAPHY, ARCHAEOLOGY, 
 AND MYTHOLOGY 
 
 OP 
 
 THE GREEKS AND ROMANS, 
 
 TOGETHER 
 
 WITH A COPIOUS CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE, 
 
 AND 
 
 AN ACCOUNT OF THE COINS, WEIGHTS, AND MEASURES OF THE 
 
 ANCIENTS, WITH TABULAR VALUES OF THE SAME. 
 
 BY CHARLES ANTHON, LL.D. 
 
 The publishers beg leave to state, that, in preparing this work for the 
 press, the author has abridged and condensed all the matter added by 
 him to the last edition of Lempriere, and has also collected other and 
 still more important information from various sources not previously ac- 
 cessible to him. The author's object is, to present the student, as well 
 as general reader, with an accurate guide into the extensive field of Clas- 
 sical antiquity, and to put them in possession of the most recent investiga- 
 tions that have been made by European scholars in this very attractive 
 department of inquiry. He will give also his own views on numerous 
 topics, and more especially on those connected with Classical Mythology, 
 it being one of his professed objects to show the intimate connexion be- 
 tween this and the mythological systems of India, Egypt, Scandinavia, 
 and the earlier nations of our own continent. No part of Lempriere's 
 matter will be retained ; on the contrary, the work will now assume the 
 appearance of one entirely new, and will be designated as " Anthon's 
 Classical Dictionary." It is to be in a single royal octavo volume, of 
 about 1200 pages, and will appear in the early part of next fall, if not 
 sooner. The publishers have not the least doubt, from their acquaint- 
 ance with the plan intended to be pursued by the author, that the work 
 will prove of the most acceptable character, nOtronly to Classical stu- 
 dents, but to readers of every description. It will be printed and bound 
 in the best style ; and as the publishers anticipate for it an extensive 
 circulation, it will be sold at an unusually low price. 
 
CLASSICAL WORKS 
 
 PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS, NEW-YORK. 
 
 ANTHON'S SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS. 
 The following works, already published, may be regarded as specimens of the whole 
 series, which will consist of about thirty volumes. 
 
 Fj/rst Latin Lessons, containing 
 the most important Parts of the 
 Grammar of the Latin Language, 
 together with appropriate Exer- 
 cises in the translating and wri- 
 ting of Latin, for the Use of Be- 
 ginners. 12mo. 
 
 First Greek Lessons, upon the 
 plan of the " Latin Lessons." 
 
 A Grammar of the Greek Lan- 
 guage, for the Use of Schools and 
 Colleges. 12mo. 
 
 A System of Greek Prosody and 
 Metre, for the Use of Schools 
 and Colleges ; together with the 
 Choral Scanning of the Prome- 
 theus Vinctus of iEschylus, and 
 the Ajax and Oedipus Tyrannus 
 of Sophocles ; to which are ap- 
 pended Remarks on the Indo-Ger- 
 manic Analogies. 12mo. 
 
 Cesar's Commentaries on the 
 Gallic War ; with the first Book 
 of the Greek Paraphrase ; with 
 English Notes, critical and ex- 
 planatory, Plans of Battles, Sie- 
 
 &c, and Historical, Geo- 
 graphical, and Archaeological In- 
 dexes. Map, Portrait, &c. 12mo. 
 
 Sallust's Jugurthine War and 
 Conspiracy of Cataline, with 
 an English Commentary, and 
 Geographical and Historical In- 
 dexes. Sixth Edition, corrected 
 and enlarged. 12mo. Portrait. 
 
 Select Orations of Cicero, with 
 an English Commentary, and His- 
 torical, Geographical, and Legal 
 Indexes. 12mo. With a Portrait. 
 
 The Works of Horace, with Eng- 
 lish Notes, critical and explana- 
 tory. New Edition, with correc- 
 tions and improvements. 12mo. 
 
 Jacob's Greek Reader, with 
 Notes, &c. A New Edition, su- 
 perior to any heretofore publish- 
 ed in this country. (In press.) 
 
 Anthon's Classical Dictionary, 
 in one vol. 8vo. This will be the 
 best and most complete Classical 
 Dictionary ever published. (In 
 press.) 
 
 CLASSICAL LIBRARY. 
 
 With Portraits on steel. Bound uniformly, but each work sold separately. 
 
 Xenophon. (Anabasis, translated 
 by E. Spelman, Esq., Cyropse- 
 dia, by the Hon. M. A. Cooper.) 
 
 The Orations of Demosthenes. 
 Translated by Thomas Leland. 
 
 Sallust. Translated by William 
 Rose, M. A. With Improvements. 
 
 Caesar. Translated by William 
 Duncan. With a Portrait. 
 
 Cicero. The Orations by Duncan, 
 the Offices by Cockman, and the 
 Cato and Laelius by Melmoth. 
 
 Virgil. The Eclogues by Wrang- 
 ham, the Georgics by Sotheby, 
 and the iEneid by Dryden. 
 
 iEscHYLUs. Translated by the Rev. 
 R. Potter, A.M. 
 
 Sophocles. TransJMMI 'fijapmk 
 as Francklin, D.Djpf&rtrEny 1 
 
 Euripides. Translated by the 
 Rev. R. Potter, A.M. Portrait. 
 
 Plutarch's Lives. By John Lang- 
 horne, D.D., and William Lang- 
 home, A.M. A new Edition. 
 
 Ovid. Translated by Dryden, Pope, 
 Congreve, Addison, and others. 
 
 Horace. Translated by Philip 
 Francis, D.D. And 
 
 Ph^edrus. Translated by Christo- 
 pher Smart, A.M. Portrait. 
 
 Thucydides. Translated by Wil- 
 liam Smith, A.M. Portrait. 
 
 Livy. Translated by George Ba- 
 ker, A.M. With a Portrait. 
 
 Herodotus. Translated by the 
 Rev. William Beloe. Portrait. 
 
 Homer. Translated by Alexander 
 Pope, Esq. With a Portrait. 
 
 Juvenal. Translated by Charles 
 Badham, M.D., F.R.S. New Edi- 
 tion. To which are added, the 
 art, SatMWs of Perseus. 
 jliNiAk Translated by the Rev. 
 C. ATWheelwright. And 
 
 Anacreon. Translated by Thomas 
 Bourne, Esq. 
 
 A Life of Washington. In Latin 
 Prose. By Francis Glass, A.M. 
 

 v° °^ 
 
 > V 5 ^ I 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 | 
 
 
 
 
 % 
 
 A* 
 
 r 
 
 ^-. 
 
 * .0- 
 
 
 "o 0* 
 
 
 #> 
 
 
 
 >!>*? 
 
 
 
 
 o o 
 
 ^ v| 
 
 
 
 
 "oo v 
 
 * 8 , A* 
 
 
 
 Deacidified using the Bookkeeper pro 
 Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 1 
 Treatment Date: July 2006 
 
 PreservationTechnolog 
 
 A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVAl 
 1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
 Cranberry Township, PA 16066 I 
 (724)779-2111 
 

 
 
 ^o. 
 
 
 5> ' '' 
 
 
 x> * ^i " - ' s .^-vi*-*'*'^ '". V> V 
 
 
 ^> *> v